• Hello!

    Please be aware that our content warnings system has recently been updated! Please refer to this thread for more information, or if you're unsure, feel free to contact a Workshop staff member!

    Thank you all for helping us ensure our community is a safe and healthy one, and for your continued patronage in our Library and Workshop.

MATURE: - Ongoing Fire Emblem: Dawn of Darkness

Alrighty, I think I'll get the second part up now before I forget. xP


Chapter 19: A Second Plot

Part 2

Completely unaware of the events in Cilae, Azura and company had finally made their way back to Castle Eraghoa after only barely managing to make it to shore on a rickety, storm-beaten ship. Faline, Skye and Leona had been furious when Azura decided they couldn’t afford the time to search for the still missing Bryan and Marc; not if they were going to save Ike. A few tense moments and more than a few unpleasant words later, Faline, Skye and Leona had conceded the point. And, though nobody wanted to admit it, they doubted their missing friends were still alive. The group knew that the ship would soon have nothing left to give and since the storm, its hull was creaking ominously as if it would soon shatter, which it did. Not long after the group reached Eraghoa’s coast, they were forced to abandon the ship as the vessel literally fell to pieces. When they reached the castle, however, they found it eerily quiet and Rothgar was nowhere to be found. They had even split up into groups to cover more ground, but the wolf king still made no appearance. Azura and Ranulf were about to give up and seek out their companions when a man with black wings protruding from his back approached them. He was no doubt a raven messenger.

“Lady Azura, correct?” he inquired, his tone rushed and nervous.

“Yes?” Azura replied.

“I-I’m afraid I have bad news. I was sent here from Talgria and found that Sir Ike has died,” the raven reported. “I am very sorry.”

“W-What?!” Azura protested. “No! NO! That cannot be!”

“He passed away yesterday afternoon,” the raven went on, his jaw twitching and his quiet breathing going short and hard. “Lady Elincia has agreed to send the body back to Tellius for a proper burial, and she said she’s going to return to Tellius to rebuild the Greil Mercenaries.”

A shocked silence hovered over the group; Ranulf, who’d known Ike longer than the others, was especially struck that his friend was dead when such a happy future lay so close within reach. Some more words were exchanged but Ranulf, holding back tears, didn’t hear them.

“Again, I am sorry.” The raven then bolted off.

Azura simply dropped to her knees, tears dropping to the floor, a very upset grimace on her face.

“No… How could we have failed?” she sobbed. “How could everything we did to save him be for nothing?!”

No one answered, no one could answer. Ike was dead and, with him, their best hope of victory with Melora was lost. Unable to hold back any longer, Ranulf buried his face in his hands and began to sob. Idle chatter drifted to his ears about the group proceeding to Talgria for further orders but then he heard something strange that silenced his crying and shook him back to attention.

“I should be the one to break the news to Ike’s mother,” Azura spoke up. “I was leading the mission, so it’s my fault we failed.”

“Wait, what?” Ranulf blurted confusedly.

“Before the raven left, he said Elincia wanted us to find Ike’s mother in the Merchant District of Melior in Crimea to...to tell her that her son loves her,” Azura explained, her tone heavy with sorrow.

“What?! Ike’s mother doesn’t live in Melior!” Ranulf spoke up. “She died when Ike was a kid!”

“Does Elincia know that?”

“Yeah, Ike told her back during the Mad King’s War,” Ranulf answered. “Elincia wouldn’t make a mistake like that; and that means—”

“Ike isn’t dead, but he is in trouble,” Azura interrupted. “She must’ve added in that part so we’d realize something was up! Come on, we’ve got to find King Rothgar!”

“Azura, Ranulf! Thank goodness!” a voice interrupted seconds later. It was Raela, followed by Lily. Fearful, yet desperate expressions were strewn upon their faces.

“Did you find him?” Azura quickly inquired.

“We sure did!” Lily replied. “King Rothgar somehow got locked up in one of his own castle dungeon cells!”

“Are you serious?!” Azura exclaimed.

“It’s true. We have to get him out,” Raela insisted. “He doesn’t look well at all. There’s a noticeable lump on his head and a bloody gash on his side.”

“Maybe he knows what happened here,” Ranulf decided. “Let’s go!”

It took little time for the group to rush down a stone staircase and reach Rothgar’s prison cell in the castle’s basement where the dungeon was located. The wolf king appeared exactly as Raela described him. He was slumped on the floor against the wall in chains while blood poured onto the stone floor from his gash. Rothgar slowly sat up, relief washing over his face once his eyes spotted Azura and company.

“Oh! You’ve returned! I’m so sorry all of you had to see this!” he pleaded. “I have blundered terribly and proven myself unfit to rule…”

“No you haven’t, your majesty,” Azura protested. “We’re going to get you out of here and find some help.”

“Yes, I have…” Rothgar insisted. “I haven’t been king for very long, you see, and I’m still not used to my duties. Already I’ve made several horrible mistakes. A laguz king shouldn’t be so easy to defeat!”

“Maybe so, but everyone makes mistakes,” Azura pointed out as she sliced the lock off of the dungeon cell’s door. “Over time, you’ll improve and see what a great ruler you really are.”

“Th-Thank you, Azura.”

Rothgar then explained what had happened to him. All he could recall was being hit in the head from behind and then waking up inside one of his own dungeon cells, shackled to the wall and with a severe headache. Ranulf added the encounter with the strange raven messenger upstairs. Rothgar fully agreed that Ike still had to be alive and Elincia’s message was a call for help as he hoisted himself up and endured the pain of his injury as he did so. Before anyone could begin brainstorming for solutions, however, Kiel and Sara appeared racing down the corridor, looking just as worried as Raela and Lily had been.

“Oh, you found him! Your majesty, I’m so relieved you’re alright!” Sara cried with a smile. “…Ah! You’re hurt badly!”

“Indeed. But there’s no time to explain,” Rothgar replied. “We have to get upstairs. …Kiel, what’s that in your hand?”

“I was just about to bring that up. You won’t believe what we discovered in Ike’s room,” Kiel said and held up a parchment letter that appeared to have been written by Elincia. It told much the same story that the raven did, including that request to find Ike’s mother that gave away the message’s true meaning.

“Ike and Elincia’s belongings are gone and the room has been tossed,” Kiel went on. “There’s no sign of either of them in the castle.”

“It seems your surmise was correct,” Rothgar declared. “They were probably abducted and their possessions removed to make the message seem true.”

“Ugh! I bet you anything the Red Claw is behind this one!” Azura decided. “It’s just like them to pull such a terrible stunt!”

“But where did they take Ike and Elincia?” Ranulf inquired. “And how are we supposed to find them?”

“Hmm… They haven’t been gone very long so, unless they’re still on the move, they must’ve stopped somewhere close by. My best guess is Fort Hector, which isn’t far across the Cilaen border north of the castle,” Rothgar replied. “It’s old, run-down, and hasn’t been used in years. I’d say it’s the perfect place for the enemy to keep prisoners.”

“Then that’s where we’ll go!” Azura decided. “Come on, let’s find the others and get out of here!”

“Much though I’d like to slice the Red Claw to ribbons, I’d only slow you down in this condition. I hope you find our friends soon,” Rothgar added. “And speaking of friends, I wonder what Derien’s been doing all this time. I’ll have to look into this as well. Good luck!”

Azura nodded and led her companions back to the first floor. Ranulf offered to seek out the rest of their companions and meet the others outside later. Thankfully, it wasn’t long before the entire group had begun the journey to Fort Hector. Everyone had been filled in on the details they’d missed along the way with gasps and grunts escaping many mouths in reaction. Leona, Faline, and Skye in particular were upset, as this further delayed searching for the still missing Marc and Bryan. That is, if the two had even survived. Still, even if they had, who knows how long it would take them to find their companions now. No one was sure what to be more concerned about.

A mere few hours had passed when the group crossed the border again and spotted a building in the distance not long after. It wasn’t very large, but closer inspection revealed it was built mostly of stone, although a few areas seemed to bear wood as well. As Rothgar had described, it did indeed look old and decrepit, as a lot of the stone was chipped, or even crumpling from long neglect, while many weeds surrounded the perimeter and climbed vines embracing the walls. Before anyone could begin exploring it, however, a fairly large group of Red Claw bandits approached the fort from the west and soon took note of Azura’s group snooping around the fort grounds. Several of them carried axes as usual, but lancers, cavalry, and a few mages and archers were among them as well. The Red Claw was still growing ever stronger, more intelligent, and deadly.

“Blarg! How did they discover we were here?!” one of the axe wielders exclaimed.

“Who cares?! Just attack them before they mess things up!” another replied. With that, the bandits spread out in front of the fort to block their opponent’s path.

“Oh wow, we even get a welcoming committee! How nice of you all to drop by!” Ranulf joked with a smile.

“Shut your trap!” the first Red Claw member shot back and turned to Azura. “You’ve been a thorn in our sides long enough, girl! This ends here!”

“Ha, you wish,” Azura commented with a glare and gripped Ettardios once more. On that note, the battle commenced. By now, Azura had fully gotten the hang of swinging a sword as heavy as Ettardios with both hands. She was glad of it, as it was the perfect way to teach the Red Claw a lesson on Ike’s behalf, whether he died or not. While Azura, Morris, and Leona confronted their enemies head on, Skye and Lily rushed for the ledges near the main entrance of the fort to bombard their foes with spells and arrows. Kiel, Sara, and Ranulf carefully avoided the mages and let the others face them while they leapt at the cavalry, spooking the horses and sending their riders out of the saddles, and right into their waiting claws. Faline swooped around to the rear of the enemy and ran them through before they even saw her coming. Enemy reinforcements arrived twice during the battle, but due to the strength Skye, Morris, and Leona had gathered after promotion, the enemy’s numbers dwindled quickly.

Azura, followed by Skye and Ranulf, had approached the main entrance by the time the enemy appeared to be nearly wiped out. Kiel had downed the final enemy minutes later with the remainder of the group rushing up the stairs immediately after. However, just as Raela and Norman had begun tending to injuries, a pair of hidden foes suddenly came bolting from the eastern end of the building, right into Faline and Leona’s paths. Before anyone could make a move, however, a hand axe suddenly soared into the nearest bandit’s neck. Leona and Faline worked together to quickly down the second.

“Need a hand?” a familiar voice spoke up just after the attack. Standing at the bottom of the stairs was Bryan, leaning against the wall with his feet crossed and arms folded. Marc was next to him and caught the hand axe as it returned to him. Faline gasped instantly.

“Bryan! Oh, Bryan!” she cried, tears trailing from her eyes as she dismounted, raced towards the man she loved, and threw herself into him, her arms gripped around his neck. “You’re alive!”

“Marc!” Leona gasped and raced towards Marc. “You both survived!”

“Yep, and we’re all in one piece,” Bryan added, returning Faline’s hug tightly.

“I-I thought I’d lost you forever...” Faline sobbed, burying her face in front of Bryan’s chest.

“I thought both of you were goners,” Leona admitted, throwing her arms around Marc’s neck, tears trailing down her face as well.

“Leona, I’m sorry,” Marc replied, shakily returning Leona’s hug. “I know we had everyone really worried, but we were more worried about all of you. I was worried about you most of all. Like I said, I’m sorry!”

“Sorry for what? Marc, if this is about our relationship, I think we’ve been teased quite enough, thanks,” Leona retorted, letting Marc go.

“No, it has nothing to do with that,” Marc denied. “Well, maybe it does in a way. I’m sorry for a lot of things. Sorry for what happened on the ship, sorry for messing things up in the past during our missions, and sorry for having such a bad memory that I can’t even remember my own parents!”

“What? I have no idea what you’re talking about,” Leona protested, bringing her hands to her hips. “But look, we’ll discuss this later. I’m just glad you and Bryan are alright.”

“Yeah, how did you two make it back?” Azura wondered, just as surprised as she was glad to see both men safe and sound. “The ship managed to get us to shore right before it collapsed.”

“It’s a long story,” Bryan explained. “You see, we were—wait, the ship is history now?”

“Unfortunately,” Azura confirmed. “But go ahead with your story.”

“Oh, right. We were miraculously washed up on one of the Perais islands,” Bryan began. Then both he and Marc explained every detail of what had happened on the island and their return to their companions. Queen Lilah had sent one of her messengers to Cilae in hopes they would send a ship to rescue Bryan and Marc. Since Talgria and Cilae were allies, Cilae was glad to be of assistance and transported them back to the mainland. After they reached Castle Eraghoa once more, they found Rothgar bedridden and badly wounded.

“He looked awful,” Marc described. “Still, he managed to give us the story about Ike and Elincia being kidnapped and General Derien mysteriously disappearing.”

“Yeah. And then he said although he didn’t know for sure where they’d been taken, he could tell us where you went. Did you find any of our missing allies?”

“Not yet. King Rothgar said this place was his best guess, though,” Azura replied. “I just hope he was correct or else we might lose more than just Ike’s life!”

“Then there’s no time to waste,” Bryan added. “Come on!” The group instantly continued scouting the old fort for any signs of their missing allies once they were inside the building. Bryan had suggested they split up in order to cover the whole fort faster and save time. However, before anyone could go any further, another familiar voice interrupted them.

“Hey, are you the lady Azura?” the masculine voice inquired. Standing at the base of a staircase was the same Dracoknight Bryan had attacked at the Cilaean laboratory. Azura was surprised, but answered the man’s question anyway.

“I am, but—”

“YOU!” Bryan exploded, rushing towards the man and grabbing him by the shoulders. Azura thought she heard something heavy thumb to the floor behind him followed by a gasp, but was so struck by Bryan’s actions that she could not be certain.

“Augh!” the man bellowed as he was slammed against the wall next to him.

“What do you think you’re doing here?!” Bryan demanded. “And after what you tried to do at the lab?!”

“Uggh… Listen to me! I mean no harm!” the man pleaded.

“Do you expect us to believe that, you heartless dirtbag?!” Bryan roared, drawing back one fist and ramming it into Lartz’s side. Lartz let out a scream of agony that turned into a choking gargle as his ribs, damaged in the battle at the lab, re-broke and blood began to froth at his mouth.

“Yeah, what do you want with us?!” Azura added.

Choking on his own blood, Lartz could only gargle and point. Bryan followed his captive’s finger to see Ike sprawled on the floor with Elincia frantically compressing his chest to keep his heart beating.

“Oh my Goddess...” Bryan blurted, horrified. “Raela! Norman! OVER HERE!”

The two healers raced up a moment later, Raela tending to Lartz while Norman used his Mend Staff to stabilize Ike. Bryan, still stunned about what had happened, and what would’ve happened had Ike been a little closer to the stairway, stood in shocked silence.

“What happened?” he asked no one in particular.

“Lartz rescued us!” Elincia cried out, the glare she fixed on Bryan verging on homicidal. It was easy to tell she had been crying. Her face was red, her hair was slightly unruly, and she sniffled practically every ten seconds. Tears were still forming in her eyes as well. Her once queenly armor and surcoat had also become rather dented, tattered, and dirty, most likely from her capture. Elincia’s breathing had become a bit heavy as she regarded Bryan with brooding anger.

“He’s one of the enemy! Why would he help you?!” Bryan shot back, his own expression darkening as well.

“I don’t know, but he did,” Elincia retorted. “Red Claw members suddenly barged in on us at the castle in Eraghoa and attacked. Poor Ike was completely unconscious at the time and I was forced to write a fake letter claiming that Ike was dead and that I’d gone back to Tellius.”

Elincia went on to say that during the attack, neither Rothgar nor Derien were anywhere to be found and the other wolf laguz had been distracted by a Red Claw attack. They had not noticed Elincia and Ike being escorted away. She described the entire experience of being locked up in the old fort until a cloaked Lartz had come to the rescue.

“We’re alive by the skin of our teeth...again,” Azura quipped. “No time for hugs though. We’d better see to Ike and Lartz.”

Ike remained where he had fallen; the cot which had been used to carry him lying a foot away on its side. It had been a near miss when Bryan had unwittingly wrenched Lartz away from carrying his end; a few inches was all that separated Ike from toppling down the stairway and breaking his neck, which would have killed him just as surely as the poison. His skin had begun to grow pale with the exception of his rosy cheeks, indicating that his fever was still intact. He barely moved, if at all. Every now and then, Ike would slightly twitch his fingers or grimace. His eyes had been closed, but they soon fluttered open.

“Oh, Ike!” Azura cried, easily noticing how much worse his condition had become since she last saw him.

“Azura…” Ike replied quietly, almost in a whisper. “You’re…back…”

“Yes! Just hang in there, Ike! We have the medicine that will hopefully save you!” Azura assured and produced the tiny bottle containing what everyone hoped was truly the antidote. Beforehand, Norman had told her since Ike had taken in a lot of poison, he should drink the whole bottle quickly.

“Guys, help me sit him up!” Azura begged. Bryan, Marc, and Morris made no hesitation to hoist Ike up by his back enough to where he wouldn’t spill any of the liquid in the bottle. Elincia approached as she watched her lover drink it and prayed it would cure him.

“We shouldn’t move him,” Elincia warned. “The Red Claw had their way with him, many of his bones are broken.”

“That’s not the half of it, you’d think those villains had a herd of cattle run over him,” Norman assessed. “I feel breaks in the fingers, the hands, the wrists, the arms, the legs and several ribs. His shoulders are dislocated and his rotator cuffs, along with several other muscles, have been torn. He has terrible bruises along the neck and face as well. I can heal those injuries, but that could take hours and he won’t be able to fight for at least a few days.”

“Well, all we can do now is wait,” Azura replied after Ike finished the entire bottle. “Norman here gave us the medicine and said it may take up to a couple days to completely destroy the poison.”

“Alright, as long as Ike feels better soon,” Elincia hoped, watching the boys carefully lay Ike back onto the floor. “What about Lartz? Is he okay?”

The group turned to where Raela was tending the wounded Dracoknight. Raela’s heal staff had been enough to heal Lartz’s ribs and internal injuries and now she was applying pressure below his sternum to expel the blood that had flooded his lungs and throat. And, expelled it was, erupting out of his mouth like spurts of red dye.

“That is just nasty,” Ranulf commented, promptly clamping his mouth shut.

“I doubt anyone’s hungry right now,” Elincia obliquely agreed. “But Lartz mentioned that our captors were storing food here. That’ll help if we have to stay a while.”

“Yeah. It’s in the kitchen, where you’d expect it to be,” Lartz added, his voice weak and raspy from coughing. “Typical of the Red Claw to use a place like this as a secret hideout. In fact, I think they used it just for holding Ike and Elincia and roughing them up when they could.”

“Don’t think for a minute that I trust you,” Bryan warned with a glare, but this time Lartz matched his stare.

“The feeling is mutual, you Goddess-damned lunatic!” the Dracoknight hoarsely retorted. “You almost killed the man you came to rescue!”

Bryan saw red, and he wanted Lartz dead. He drew back his lance for a killing stroke when he felt someone seize his arm.

“Damn it, Bryan, stop being a freaking dolt already and give him a chance!” Skye cut in. “You said you’d drop this behavior!”

“This is different, Skye! For all we know, everything this man is saying could be a big fat lie!” Bryan pointed out. “What better way to get a spy on our good side than to help us save Ike?”

“I think he’s telling the truth!” Faline cried, jumping between Bryan and Lartz. “Let him speak. Please.”

“But Faline, I—”

“No. This isn’t like you, Bryan,” Faline insisted. “You nearly killed him and almost killed Ike. Would the man I love really act so villainously towards someone trying to help? For all you know, he might have the information you’re looking for.” Bryan looked into Faline’s worried eyes and grimaced.

“I’m sorry. You’re right,” Bryan admitted and turned away from Lartz and Faline. “I don’t know what I was thinking. And now I’ve made a bad impression on you, Faline. I meant it when I told you I loved you, but now I regret it. You deserve better than me.”

“Bryan, no. Don’t think such things,” Faline protested as she stood in front of Bryan once more and cupped his cheek in her hand. “You’re the only man I’ve ever loved and will ever love. One mistake isn’t going to drive me away from you.”

“Really? Are you sure?”

“Yes, and I can prove it.”

With that, Faline once again met her lips with Bryan’s. Bryan gladly returned the gesture as his hands navigated around her waistline. Faline slid her hand away from Bryan’s cheek and wrapped her arms around his neck again. As Marc watched the pair, he began to feel bits of sweat trickle down the sides of his head. He glanced at Leona, who was standing near the door, thankful she hadn’t noticed. Elincia was the first to speak up and break the short silence.

“Aw, they look cute together, don’t they?”

“They certainly do,” Azura agreed with a smile and told Elincia about the events on the ship involving the pair as well as how they met.

“That’s so sweet,” Elincia complimented and then sighed. “Still, they’re definitely lucky right now. I’ve lost count of how many times I’d come close to losing Ike since he fell ill, and he still has a long way to go before he’s well again.”

“Yeah, but I’m sure he’ll be fine,” Azura assured. Just after she had spoken, Bryan and Faline slowly pulled away from one another. Bryan held Faline’s hand and turned his attention to Lartz.

“Alright, Lartz. Tell us what you know,” Bryan insisted and then leveled an accusing finger. “But I’m warning you, if anything you say turns out to be a lie, you’ll regret ever meeting me.”

“I already do,” Lartz muttered under his breath, suddenly wondering if throwing in his lot with these people had been wise after all, then he continued. “I give you my word that I will be truthful. Anyway, the information I have should be very helpful, to you in particular.”

Bryan raised one eyebrow before replying.

“Go on.”

“Very well. First, I have to explain the incident at the lab. You see, I was forced to attack it,” Lartz admitted. “My superior is, or was, a man named Shigo. He’s one of Melora’s most powerful generals. In fact, his power is so overwhelming that I’m not sure even Ike could defeat him at his full strength. Those who displease Shigo rarely live long enough to regret it.”

“And that’s why you had no choice but to try to stop us,” Azura guessed. “He’d have done something awful to you if you disobeyed him.”

“Almost. You see, when I attacked, I wasn’t actually trying to defeat you,” Lartz corrected. “I had made my decision to defect by then, and was acting upon it as best I could without being discovered. Did you notice how I remained stationed in front of that door on the second floor? I had a hunch the Venoxic antidote was being kept in there. I was really trying to protect it for you in case Shigo had secretly ordered his goons to grab it before you did. I always had a feeling he suspected I might turn against him.”

“Is that what you were trying to tell me when you shouted for me to wait?” Bryan inquired.

“Correct. However, there’s a more important matter I need to discuss with you about General Shigo,” Lartz continued. “He wants to keep you alive, Bryan. He issued standing orders that you were not to be killed, only subdued. For awhile, I was unsure why, but the information I found while I was ‘missing’ gave me the answer. I hate to be the one to tell you this, but… He killed your mother.”

“WHAT?!” Bryan exploded, fighting the urge to grab Lartz and knock him around again. “No! I demand to know more!”

“And I do know more.”

Lartz went on, somewhat frantically, to explain that his research led him to discover that Shigo was not only directly responsible for murdering Bryan’s mother during the war Rothgar had spoken of, but that he had also seen her fleeing with her baby boy. Lartz saw a Meloran soldier comment on Bryan’s appearance during the battle on the stolen Cilaean ships, and much to his regret, he reported it to Shigo. Bryan’s description told the general that he had to be the baby that he failed to get a hold of all those years before and wanted Bryan alive until he could face him himself.

“And now he’s headed to Astryn with a powerful army,” Lartz finished. “The reason may be painfully obvious.”

Bryan didn’t immediately reply, but his eyes widened and a gasp escaped his mouth within seconds.

“No… Father!! He’s after my father, isn’t he?!”

“I believe so,” Lartz replied. “I’m not sure of this, but I also think he intends to use him to get to you. I still don’t know why; Shigo is an abrasive man, to put it mildly, but he doesn’t pursue vendettas unless he stands to gain something by winning. I just don’t know what that ‘something’ might be. I wish I could tell you the rest of what I know, but that’s for your father to reveal to you. Besides, he can probably discern Shigo’s motives better than I.”

“For once, I agree,” Bryan commented. “If what you say is true, Astryn is our next stop! I must avenge my mother!”​
 
Mkay, sorry, this weekend's been busy. Here's chapter 20. :]


Chapter 20: Unlikely Enemies

“Owww!”

“Argh! Eliot!” Natalie snapped in frustration as Eliot’s knee knocked the vulnerary she was attempting to apply to his wound out of her hand and on to the floor, where it spilled a little. “Now look what you’ve done! If you want this injury to heal properly, you need to stop squirming so much!”

“I would if you’d be a little gentler on it!” Eliot retorted with a grimace. “The way you’re treating it, you might as well let me bleed to death!”

The wound caused by the arrow from the enemy sniper whom had attempted to assassinate Leyon was one of the deepest injuries Natalie had ever seen. Granted, she’d been in many battles and seen quite a few wounds, but this arrow had managed to slip in through a gap in Eliot’s armor and dig deep into his flesh. It had been difficult enough to dislodge the arrow, all the while listening to him bellow in deep pain. Now she had to treat it and hope the bold knight wouldn’t lose too much blood, which frankly didn’t sound so bad to the thoroughly irritated deputy commander.

“Why you—!”

“That’s enough, both of you,” Leyon’s voice interrupted as the general entered the room. Eliot had been moved to a room on the upper level of Fort Tehya while Kevin’s mercenary band and the other knights stood guard below to await the allied relief forces who would secure the Fort so the Knights could depart for their next mission. Eliot was currently leaning against the back board of a bed with pillows to support him, though he insisted that he keep his armor on in case of a surprise attack from the enemy. The blood from his injury had begun to stain the sheets, but the suffering knight knew he had other things to worry about.

“Arguing isn’t going to heal that injury,” Leyon continued. “Natalie, I’m not saying you’re in the wrong or anything, but keep in mind that Eliot has been in a lot of pain lately. If I were him, I don’t think I’d be able to take much more either.”

“I know. I’m trying my best not to hurt him,” Natalie replied with a sigh which betrayed her irritation. “Besides, it isn’t my fault vulneraries are so difficult to find in this place.”

What few vulneraries the knights had left after the battle hadn’t been nearly enough to completely heal a wound as serious as Eliot’s, so Leyon and Natalie agreed to save them for future need. Luckily, after a thorough search through the building, Natalie found plenty of extra vulneraries stored away in the basement. And a good thing too; the vulnerary which had been knocked to the floor hadn’t been the first.

“That’s true, but Eliot’s wound isn’t going to heal properly if this keeps up,” Leyon lectured. “Natalie, you be a little more delicate. Eliot, leave off that whining before I have someone knock you out cold so you can’t feel the pain. On the other hand, if you two continued to bicker, you’d look as good together as Marc and Leona do.”

With that, the general couldn’t prevent a punchy smile from crossing his features.

“What?!” Eliot blurted, forgetting about his injury and attempting to sit up. “Augggh! Damn!”

“Seriously? Me with him? You must be joking,” Natalie protested with a glare. “And Eliot, do you want me to help you or not? You need to hold still.”

“I know, I know, sorry…”

Leyon couldn’t help but laugh again as he exited the room. Still, things would’ve been much easier had there been healers available to his group within the fort. He began to regret his decision of leaving most of them with the Cilaean and Talgrian force along the border, as well as at Castle Talgria. There were two Valkyries within the group Leyon brought with him, as he couldn’t afford to bring along Priests and Clerics who wouldn’t be able to keep up with his mounted force, but by this time, their staves had were nearly depleted of energy and needed to be conserved in the event of real emergencies. The fort had spare supplies stored away, but vulneraries were the only healing items left. The Melorans had probably removed or burned everything else of value. Still, Leyon supposed he should be glad enough that they were able to treat Eliot’s wounds regardless. Besides that, his crack from before had produced many new thoughts in his mind.

The life of a soldier, even one of the prestigious Talgrian Royal Knights, could be harsh; and this was especially true in wartime, when one would be away from their family for months at a time and might not live to return. People had their varied ways of dealing with these stresses; Eliot would sometimes make sketches of landscapes he visited which he’d later paint quite well for a knight. Natalie would play simple games like charades with her comrades and Leyon, well, got into other peoples’ love lives. It was fun to choose who’d make good couples and playfully tease them about it, Leyon always thought. He even intentionally tried to play cupid. When Marc and Leona first met and conversed, where Leyon had noticed definite sparks between the pair, he’d arranged for them to work together often in hopes they would fall in love. While it seemed probable, Leyon could not be sure, as it had been quite some time since he last saw them. Now he had turned his attention to Natalie and Eliot. Their quarrels were more like fights than Marc and Leona’s flirtatious quarreling, but Leyon was never serious with his teasing. After all, he’d be terrible if he really meant things like “It’d be hilarious to see you two get married; you’d kill each other in two weeks flat!” and other similar jokes. Still, at least Marc and Eliot had possible contenders for women. Leyon realized, with a hint of melancholy, that he did not.

“Ah, but if I found a girl, I might end up getting a taste of my own medicine…” he muttered to himself at the idea as he traversed the stairs to the first floor. “Then again…”

Leyon began to remind himself that he really was alone aside from his friends. His parents, along with many others, had perished in the last war many years ago, which Wencelis feared Melora sought to reignite. He and his brother were left to be raised by their grandmother, who died of illness several years later when Leyon and Russell had reached their teen years. Russell, who had only been three years older than Leyon, had disappeared during an accident only a few years prior to this new war and had been declared dead some weeks after. Leyon’s beloved older brother had not been seen since. He truly did yearn for someone to be close to again, Leyon had to admit to himself, but knew the only thing he could do was let life play out and see what happened. Besides, there was a war going on, after all.

“Ah, what the heck. If I happen to fall in love with any girl I meet, then that’s the way the cookie crumbles,” Leyon decided as he reached the chamber Kevin and his men were stationed in. Kevin himself was the first to take note of the young general’s arrival.

“Ah! General Leyon. My kindest greetings to you. How may I be of service?”

“I just came down to talk, is all. I still don’t know much about your little group,” Leyon pointed out. “After all, I’ve been really busy lately, what with Eliot’s injury and all.”

“Ah, pardon me, of course. As I told you during the battle, the Cilaean Army hired us to bolster its forces and then sent us to assist you,” Kevin explained. “Normally, we’re assigned to take out forces who’ve landed at the ports, so we’re not exactly used to fighting in forts. Unfortunately, we were the only ones left in reserve due to many more experienced men having been sent to the east coast to deal with the trouble there.”

“Yeah, things aren’t exactly going so well for Cilae either,” Zane added. “Many of our forts have been captured, there are still a lot of ships missing, and many of the Cilaean soldiers have already perished. Although, I heard rumors about a guy they call the Emerald Sentinel. They say he rescued a few villages as well as the medicinal lab at the north edge of the swamp and that he sniffed out Melora’s plans to steal our ships and use them to capture our ports. Melora is probably leery about him by now, so hopefully things will soon turn in our favor.”

“Emerald Sentinel?” Leyon repeated, arching an eyebrow.

“Oooh! Yeah, that’s right!” Magali blurted with excitement. “I hear he’s brilliant with his lance! They say he smashed through Meloran soldiers left and right and took back some of our stolen ships! Oh how I’d love to meet him and get him to teach me a few things!”

“Here we go again… Another one of Maggie’s swooning episodes…” Jett grunted, folding his arms and glaring at the wall.

“Shut up! I haven’t even met the guy yet, so how can I swoon over him?! And don’t call me Maggie, you jerk! You know I hate that name!”

“Because when you do meet him, you will swoon.”

“Hey now, this is no time to be getting into silly arguments,” Kevin intervened. “Zane and Magali are right, though. The Emerald Sentinel is supposed to be a pretty powerful lancer from what’s been going around in local towns lately, perhaps even one of the strongest ever seen in awhile. They call him so because of his green armor and blazing green eyes. His hair is even a strange shade of green, I believe…”

“…That sounds like Bryan,” Leyon realized, his eyes growing wide. “I don’t believe it. He’s made a name for himself already…”

“You know him?!” Magali cried, her mouth hanging open.

“Yeah, he commands the Talgrian Army’s third platoon. He sent his men to aid the rest of the Talgrian troops here. I do remember him being a rather exceptional lancer, even when he was a new recruit, but he still didn’t have much as far as reputation goes. I’m really impressed.”

“He did have help though, remember?” Jett reminded them. “Some other Talgrian soldiers, including the red-headed girl the Red Claw dogs are after, were battling alongside him.”

“Ah yes, that’s also true,” Kevin confirmed. “And we do know about the Red Claw. The Cilaean troops explained everything we needed to know.”

“We also heard about what happened back in Talgria,” Magali added, her tone turning somber.

Leyon’s gaze darkened at the reminder. The Red Claw had, as Wencelis had noted, become a formidable band; and now, they were a true terror. Word had newly arrived that the Red Claw had launched more attacks against Galden, Narcoss and even Fort Absolon. Between the Red Claw’s newfound strength and much of Talgria’s forces being deployed against Melora, it had been a massacre. The latest word was that Nacross and Fort Absolon had been burned to the ground, that half of Galden had been leveled and that the death toll was estimated at seven hundred and rising.

“If Melora really does have a hand in that,” Kevin spoke up. “Then they have a lot to answer for. And, we’re going to make sure they do.”

“That’s good to know,” Leyon replied with a smile. “I’m glad to have your group with us.”

“And, we’re glad to be here,” Kevin affirmed. “I was wondering, you’re probably going to go after those Melorans. Could we come with you and—”

“…Oh man. Commander, you’d better come look at this!” Zane called from the other side of the room after stepping away, cutting Kevin off. The group quickly and curiously huddled near Zane, who was backing away with his eyes wide with shock, and wondered if yet more bad news was upon them.

“What now?” Leyon wondered.

Everyone was speechless for a moment when they saw what was sticking out of the closed window before them. Three ebony black feathers, all nearly a foot long and caked with blood, were wedged between the window and the sill. Magali shivered before breaking the tense silence, tightly clutching her lance.

“W-Where do you suppose these came from?”

“No idea. I can’t believe nobody noticed them before,” Zane remorsefully replied.

“Oh no… “ Leyon uttered, his eyes widening once more. “Raven feathers… If Melora had possession of this fort before we recaptured it, then… Damn it! This can only mean one thing! They’re kidnapping the Raven messengers!”

***​

While Leyon and the others contemplated over their astonishing discovery, Azura and company had remained at Fort Hector. Ike was still recovering and those who’d ventured to retrieve the medicine had wearied themselves to the bone, so they’d elected to stay for at least a day. At Azura’s urging, the group had tried to clean the abandoned fort as best they could; Ike was still in a delicate state and the notion of resting in such filthy conditions was rather unappealing. After a few hours of dusting, sweeping, scrubbing and scattered conversation, most of the exhausted companions had just keeled over and slept where they fell. By nightfall, most of the Venoxic poisoning symptoms and even the pain from Ike’s injuries had subsided, though he was still too weak and fragile leave the newly cleaned bed that he had been placed in. Norman warned that using a staff to heal broken bones was much like patchwork and the magic could only take so much stress before giving out and causing the bone to re-break. Ike’s bones would have to repair themselves naturally if he was to return to his full strength. Normally, this process would take from a few weeks to a few months at most, but there were ways to speed it up. A diet comprised of foods rich in minerals such as calcium, vitamin C, and vitamin D was prescribed to Ike and both Raela and Norman suggested the foods he should eat, which they claimed would help the bones’ natural healing properties.

Ike was reluctant to accept it due to it being mainly milk, fruits, and vegetables instead of his beloved meat, but he knew it was food nonetheless and it would satisfy him regardless. For the time being, his limbs were in slings to keep the bones immobile and aligned so that they would knit properly. With all the splints, Ike couldn’t move anything below his neck and his entire body felt useless, but that hadn’t been the worst of it in his opinion. Azura, Bryan, Ranulf, and Faline had just entered the room to check on the hero when they saw Ike having spoonfuls of applesauce fed to him by Elincia, each suddenly found themselves bursting into gales of laughter.

“Terrific… Elincia, this is so embarrassing!” Ike blurted irritably as he glared at the laughter-struck quartet. “I could deal with it at the castle because no one was around, but this is ridiculous!”

“HAHAHA! Elincia has to spoon-feed Ike like a baby!” Ranulf exclaimed as he collapsed to the floor in uncontrollable laughter.

Elincia seethed as she ladled another spoonful of applesauce into Ike’s mouth.

“I can’t believe all of you! You really ought to be ashamed of yourselves! Ike can’t use his arms or hands, so what other choice does he have?!”

“Ah, yes, yes. You’re absolutely right, Elincia,” Faline agreed as she forced herself to stop giggling. “We really shouldn’t be laughing at poor Ike at all.”

“Yeah, I apologize,” Bryan added, a bit sheepishly. “Ranulf, get up.”

“I am! Geez…” Ranulf replied as he scrambled to his feet and brushed himself off. “I’m sorry too. That was rude of me, but I really couldn’t help it.”

“Same with me. You both do look silly, but it’s definitely not right for us to laugh,” Azura admitted with a smile.

After a few more warning glares from Ike and Elincia, the group seated themselves around the room and began filling them in on the details of their journey to retrieve the Venoxic antidote. They described their their chance discovery that Melora was using captured Cilaean ships to capture Cilae’s ports and move inland, the meeting with Faline out at sea. and Norman at the Cilaean port. The battles had been intense, but the group pulled through. Azura also returned Ettardios to Ike and insisted that she go back to using her Regal Sword from now on. Bryan also told Ike about his new suspicions regarding his past as well as what Lartz had revealed about his slain mother. It seemed that Bryan’s origins were related to Melora’s motives, though he had no idea how, and he was still puzzled as to why this General Shigo was so intent on not having Bryan killed. It was also revealed that Bryan’s name had spread across Cilae and Talgria quickly, not only because of his battles against Melora, but apparently due to his deeds as well. After the group left the lab, the Melorans had abandoned it. This had allowed the few remaining priests to partially salvage the facility and provide medical aid to nearby villages that had suffered Red Claw attacks.

“The battle at the lab must have been the perfect diversion for their terrible deeds,” Azura finished. “I feel bad that we couldn’t help those people directly, but Bryan does deserve most of the credit for all of this.”

“I guess. I did defeat much of the enemy’s army at the lab and took out the commander of the enemy battalion on the stolen ships, after all,” Bryan recalled, chuckling in equal parts surprise and embarrassment. “Gosh, the name ‘Emerald Sentinel’ must be all over the nation by now.”

“That’s because my Bryan is so amazing!” Faline chimed lovingly and leaned in to wrap her arms around Bryan’s neck and plant a loving kiss on his cheek. Ike couldn’t prevent a punchy smile from forming on his face afterwards.

“Heh. So, Bryan, how does it feel to be in my shoes?”

“Oh, well… HEY!”

Now it was Ike and Elincia’s turn to laugh. Ranulf once again exploded with laughter until he hit the floor. It was true that Bryan was beginning to know how Ike felt, having gone from obscure to a household name seemingly overnight and getting a girlfriend along the way. Though, admittedly, popularity didn’t chafe Bryan the way it did the absurdly modest Ike. Frankly, Bryan rather liked being well thought of for a change. Before anyone could get in another word, however, Skye had come into the room carrying a carton of milk. Ike had begun to feel like a real baby now that he had to be spoon-fed and given milk, but he had to do it if his bones were to heal quickly enough. And judging by all the smirks on the faces of those around him, the sooner the better.

“Wow, did someone tell a really hilarious joke or something?” Skye inquired once he saw the still-laughing Ranulf on the floor. “I could hear pussy cat down there from all the way outside.”

“Nah, Ranulf just has a weird sense of humor,” Bryan replied. “We were just filling in Ike and Elincia the details about our journey.”

“Cool. Don’t forget the part where you and Marc were thrown overboard the ship in that storm and ended up on Raven tribe’s islands,” Skye reminded as he put the carton of milk on the small table beside Elincia.

“Ah, right…” Bryan mused, then his brow furrowing in realization. “Hold on a minute. Now that I think about it again, you jinxed me, Skye!”

“What?!”

“You said not long before it happened ‘I hope he doesn’t go overboard.’ You were referring to me!”

By now, Ranulf was laughing harder than ever before and was slamming his fist on the floor.

“OH MAN! STOP IT ALREADY! MY SPLEEN’S KILLING ME! HAHAHA!”

“Wow, who knew so much could make him laugh…” Azura muttered, raising one eyebrow.

After the laughter and the heckling had finally died down, the group decided to plan their next course of action. Bryan, by this time, revealed what Lartz had told him about Shigo hunting his father in Astryn and, though Bryan still did not trust Lartz, he decided to go to Astryn. They couldn’t afford the time Ike would need to fully recover and weren’t about to leave him alone after their near miss not long ago. Luckily, a search of the fort had revealed a number of wagons likely used by the Red Claw to ferry their loot. One of the wagons was in perfect shape and even had a pair of Clydesdale horses, which would allow Marc and Leona to use their horses for battle rather than hitch them to the wagon. The wagon would be used to transport Ike to Astryn and it would be guarded along the way in the event of enemy attacks, which would most certainly occur and repelling them would be difficult to accomplish since the wagon would deprive them of a quick retreat if things went badly. A fairly large town, roughly the size of Galden, was also located on their chosen route and would be an ideal place to restock their depleted supplies. It was also going to be the location where the group would rendezvous with Bryan’s men, as he ordered them to be there. With more soldiers at their disposal, they certainly stood a much better chance against Shigo and his army. If he were attacking a large nation like Astryn, surely the army he was bringing was very large. Astryn might be on the brink of losing its royal bloodline since their ailing queen had no heir, but that did not affect the status of its military. Where Cilae had Pegasus Knights and Melora Dracoknights, Astryn had both as well as every other kind of cavalry and infantry unit. Their strong alliance with the dragon laguz of Orenias was also well-known. If the dragons joined the war, they would more than likely give Melora a reason to worry.

“So, this means we need to hope Astryn recruits the dragons for help,” Bryan analyzed. “If all of us, the Oreniasians, Astrynians, Cilaeans, and Talgrians, worked together, Melora wouldn’t stand a chance!”

“I’m afraid that’s much easier said than done,” a familiar masculine voice interrupted. Everyone turned to the door to see Lartz enter, having returned from patrolling the fort’s perimeter on his wyvern.

“I couldn’t help but overhear this as I came upstairs to check on Ike, so I apologize for the intrusion,” he continued. “Turning everyone against Melora would help level the field, but it wouldn’t make this war an easy one.”

“What do you mean?” Azura spoke up. “Bringing in other countries to help us fight Melora is sure to turn the odds in our favor.”

“Don’t go counting your wyverns before they hatch,” Lartz warned. “Right now, Talgria and Cilae are the only countries fighting Melora and Melora’s army has them outnumbered by a five-to-one margin. Getting Astryn and Orenias to help is a good idea, but it would only cut Melora’s advantage down to three or maybe two-to-one. And even this wouldn’t be easy considering their rather unfriendly relations with Talgria and Cilae. Besides, not only is Shigo a master of tactics as well as combat, but Queen Isis knows her fair share as well. They know full well what trouble the dragons’ strength could cause them, and how to prepare for it.”

“So you’re saying they know to bring a lot of thunder mages just in case,” Azura guessed.

“Exactly. Besides that, Shigo has been known to slay powerful dragons himself.”

Gasps escaped the others’ mouths upon hearing those words.

“He does sound like he could be stronger than Ike…” Elincia worriedly uttered.

“Hey, I’ve beaten dragons too, you know!” Ike pointed out, recalling the dragons Ashnard set against him as well as the battle against King Deghinsea’s men during the war against Ashera.

“Those were just small-time,” Ranulf protested. “Lartz probably means high ranked dragons.”

“Unfortunately, yes,” Lartz confirmed.

“Oh… That’s bad,” Ike realized. “I didn’t really get a chance to fight one of those, though.”

“You know what? I wouldn’t care if Shigo killed a hundred dragons in one battle with his bare hands!” Bryan interjected thunderously. “I’m still going to be the one who defeats him!”

“And I believe in you!” Faline added lovingly. “I know you’ll win, Bryan! You might not be strong enough now, but by the time that battle begins, you will be!”

“Indeed. And speaking of getting stronger, we should probably go get in some lancing practice later on, Faline,” Bryan suggested. “You did want me to train you, after all.”

“Ah, yes!”

“Getting back to business though,” Lartz cut in, to Bryan’s displeasure. “There’s no guarantee we’ll be able to bring Astryn to our side. But, since we’re going there anyway, we should check out our prospects.”

“Go on,” Azura urged.

“If Queen Marion does die, then the various dukes and duchesses are going to be making claims for the throne,” Lartz continued. “Maybe one of them would be amenable to helping us? In any case, finding out and seeing if Orenias will join us is worth a try.”

“I agree,” Bryan replied, muttering under his breath something like ‘I so did not just say that.’ “If we do find my father, and our luck is still good, he may have some insights for us about the situation in Astyrn. For now though, we should get some rest and set out at first light.”

Some time later, after most of the group had turned in for the night, Bryan quietly stepped out of his room and slowly closed the door behind him. He had been waiting with his door ajar for a certain opportunity and it had finally come. Lartz’s footsteps echoed through the hall as Bryan watched him walk down the stairs. As the Sentinel crept up to the railing and peered through the gaps in the supports, Lartz suddenly halted in his tracks. The Dracoknight glanced around him, his form tense and his expression almost fearful. What’s this? Bryan thought to himself. Looks like he doesn’t want anyone to see what he’s doing. For some reason, he looks rather nervous, though. After Lartz found no one nearby, he continued towards his destination, which turned out to be the kitchen. From atop the stairs, Bryan was unable to see what he was doing. If he tried to descend the staircase, Lartz would surely find him when he came out and that was assuming he didn’t hear Bryan coming down. Bryan merely waited until Lartz came into view once more.

Mere moments later, Lartz exited the kitchen with a banana in his hand. Looks like all he wanted was a snack, Bryan thought with a sigh. Gah, what am I thinking? He can’t be a spy. He’d be too stupid. Lartz had plenty of opportunities to kill Ike and even Elincia before we even got here. Both of them are still alive and Ike has made a nice recovery so far. Lartz saved us all, not just those two. No double agent would let a threat like Ike live. And, only a man with a good heart would do what Lartz has done…

After realizing his mistake, Bryan quickly retreated down a different hall before Lartz could spot him. Faline would probably be upset enough with him if she knew he had been spying on Lartz. Lartz himself could be downright angry, especially after the injuries Bryan had handed to him. Bryan sighed once more, recalling also how close they’d come to losing Ike because he didn’t hear Lartz out when they met again. He was shaken back to reality, however, when another pair of footsteps echoed behind him.

“Bryan?” a feminine voice spoke up.

“Daaah! What the—?!” Bryan cried, suddenly whirling around to see Faline standing there.

“Eek! Bryan! What the heck are you doing?!”

“Me?! You scared the daylights out of me first!”

“Yeah, well, I’m not spying on one of my own comrades,” Faline countered.

Bryan sighed once more, closing his eyes in shame.

“Alright, alright, I’ll admit it. I still didn’t want to trust Lartz even after he told me about my father. I’ve been a complete jerk lately. It should have been obvious that no real enemy would want to help us save Ike of all things.”

“True, but I know everything that’s happened is causing you a lot of pain and frustration,” Faline assured. “That’s why I’m here. Bryan, I love you and I don’t want to see you like this. You need to calm down and cheer up.”

“I love you too,” Bryan replied, a smile dawning his face for the first time in hours. “And I want to feel better, but… I don’t know how.”
“Hee hee! I do! We’ll go on a date in the sky!” Faline announced cheerfully.

“…Say what?”

“Bryan, I’m saying we’ll take a little romantic trip on my Pegasus.”

“At this hour? Are you sure? And what if the Red Claw or Meloran soldiers find us? And how do you know your Pegasus will be able to carry both of us? I’m rather heavy in this armor and I don’t want to go without it in case we get attacked.”

“Oh, you ask too many questions! Don’t worry, we’ll be fine! It is a good idea that we leave our armor on and take a weapon or two with us, though. We can get in that lancing practice too!”

“Heh, alright then. I suppose there’s no harm in going out for a bit. We can’t go far, though. We’d get lost in the dark.”

Faline couldn’t disagree with this and nodded approvingly. She then pulled Bryan out of the room by his hand and led him outside to where she had left her Pegasus. It was grazing near Lartz’s wyvern in the fenced-in field behind the fort. After the couple mounted, Faline gripped the reins and within minutes, they were soaring through the sky. Bryan had pointed out that they didn’t tell anyone they left, but Faline protested that everyone was asleep and wouldn’t notice they were gone.

“Besides,” she added coyly, “if we woke them up in the middle of the night to tell them we were going off together, would they ever let us hear the end of it?”

Bryan had begun to feel better than he had previously been despite Faline’s jibe, but so far, it hadn’t been enough to take all of his troubles off of his mind. His father was missing and in danger, the strongest Meloran general apparently had a vendetta against him, and the Red Claw was still as deadly as ever. There was also the scene where Bryan nearly killed both Lartz and Ike at the same time. He couldn’t afford such terrible mistakes and he still doubted his leadership skills.

“Faline…” Bryan began as the two continued to gracefully maneuver through the sky. “I’m still unsure if I deserve a girl like you…”

“What? Bryan, you’re not still beating yourself up for what happened with Ike and Lartz, are you?” Faline inquired.

“Sort of. I don’t want to make any more mistakes or foolish decisions. I’m afraid of doing it again and putting you in danger as a result. I’m still not a good leader either, in my opinion. What good am I to you if my foolishness—”

“Don’t talk about yourself like that! You’re a wonderful leader, Bryan and you’ve saved many lives already,” Faline pointed out. “It isn’t your fault you’re making mistakes either. Everything that’s going on is causing you a lot of stress. When I’m stressed out, I can’t think clearly either and I make stupid decisions as a result.”

“I guess… But still, I’ve been known to make mistakes even when I’m not stressed out. That’s why everyone thought I was the worst leader ever back home. I don’t know why General William even gave me that position…”

“That’s just ridiculous! Don’t listen to any of those jerks,” Faline angrily protested. “Bryan, I love you because you’re you. Your skills as a leader don’t matter to me. Deep down inside you, I see the most wonderful man I ever met.”

“But… I’m still not even sure how to be a good man for you.”

“Bryan, I think you do know. You just don’t realize it.”

“Huh?”

“Hey, let’s land down in that forest clearing. We’ll talk more there. It’s not a place where we’ll easily be seen either.”

Bryan nodded as Faline allowed her Pegasus to descend slowly until its hooves touched the grassy ground of the small forest clearing. The moon was shining brilliantly overhead with the stars alongside it. Faline and Bryan dismounted the Pegasus and allowed it to rest its wings. Bryan turned to the girl he loved, his face still bearing an expression of deep conflict.

“Faline, I love you more than anything, but my mind keeps telling me you deserve better.”

“I don’t care. Listen, there’s something I have to tell you,” Faline replied, her gaze straying to the ground. Her eyes suddenly seemed filled with guilt and sorrow.

“Bryan… I know about your childhood. I know you’ve been bullied… How you suffered… And how lonely you were,” Faline admitted. “I also know you grew up without a mother.”

“W-What?! But how?!”

“A long time ago, when I was a little girl, my mom took my two little sisters and I to Talgria for a vacation,” Faline began. “We stayed in a town called Narcoss. The place you grew up in.”

Faline’s story continued as she told about one day in particular during that trip. A friend was babysitting her sisters while she and her mother were out shopping. Just down the street they were taking, Faline spotted a group of boys in the middle of the road. Most of them had their attention focused on the olive-haired boy standing in the middle. They had begun taunting him and pushing him around until they tossed him and a book he’d been carrying into a mud puddle nearby. The olive-haired boy only sat there after they left and burst into tears as he stared at his soiled book.

“I wanted to go help that boy, but my mother gave me a big fat no. She said the boy must be trouble if he was hated that much,” Faline continued. “That boy was you, wasn’t it?”

“…Yes, it was,” Bryan admitted. “I remember that day too. It was the same day I met Skye, though you were probably gone by the time he showed up.”

“I thought so. Later on, when my mom and I went to get my sisters, I overheard her talking with her friend. The topic of the conversation eventually strayed to you and my mom’s friend said ‘I feel kind of sorry for the little boy, though. He doesn’t have a mother according to some other friends of mine.’ When I first saw you during that pirate attack a year ago, I couldn’t help but think, ‘hey, is he the boy from Narcoss?’ I saw how kind, caring, and courageous you really were. You couldn’t be a troublemaker at all.”

“Thanks, Faline. That really cheers me up,” Bryan replied with a loving smile.

“I’m glad. Though, to be honest, I never had any luck with men at all until I met you,” Faline went on. “Men I’ve met in Cilae only liked me for my appearance. They would say I have a cute face and what not. They’d also act like big showoffs and brag about things I didn’t care about. And if they were soldiers, they only fought to earn money or look cool. But you weren’t like that. You fight for honor and respect and I’ve never seen you judge anyone by their looks, or act like stuck up showoff. Bryan, you’re so much better than the jerks I put up with in Cilae, that there’s no man I could love more than you.”

With that, Bryan’s smile grew and he pulled Faline close. She responded by slipping her arms around his neck.

“Words can’t describe how happy that makes me feel,” Bryan replied happily, his smile broadening from ear to ear. “Faline, I love you because you changed me for the better. You believed in me when I didn’t believe in myself, and you showed me love, something I knew nothing about. Unlike pretty much everyone else save for my dad and Skye that time ago, you only saw my good side, you didn’t think I was a loser or a crybaby.”

“Because you weren’t those things and you never will be. You’re my Emerald Sentinel,” Faline added, a loving grin forming on her features. “By the way, while I was a little girl, I used to dream of a handsome knight in shining armor coming to sweep me off my feet someday.”

Bryan’s grin only grew larger upon hearing that statement.

“Well, I may not be a knight, but I do have the looks and shining armor! Right?”

Already knowing Faline’s answer, Bryan scooped her up and swooped in for a kiss. They embraced it for a long, wonderful moment, alone and truly in love.

***​

The next morning came all too quickly. Somehow, the weary travelers managed to rise at sunup and were busy packing their belongings and readying themselves to depart. Since it would take several days to reach Astryn’s border, the group also scoured the fort for any food the Red Claw might’ve had and loaded it into the wagon. Ike had to be hauled inside the same way he had been supported when he sprained his ankle in Narcoss, but was made comfortable all the same. He had pillows to rest his head on, and if he got cold, he of course had his cape. Bryan noticed Lartz wearing the same nervous expression he had the previous evening and still found it suspicious as the group all gathered outside. He and Faline managed to return from their date in time to get a good night’s sleep as well. The Clydesdales had been a lucky find, since hitching Marc and Leona’s horses to the wagon would pose a risk if they came under attack.

“Looks like we’re all set,” Azura analyzed some time later. Marc grimaced as he as he and Leona mounted their horses. He knew he could no longer keep himself from revealing the secret he had been hiding.

“Hey, guys... Wait,” Marc spoke up before the group could begin their journey, a hint of frustration in his voice.

“Is something wrong, Marc?” Leona inquired.

“I-I have a confession to make. On the ship Bryan and I took back to the mainland from Perais...I found something.”

“That’s your confession?” Bryan inquired, arching an eyebrow and folding his arms.

“N-No! When I went to my cabin the first night, as the trip lasted about a week, I found a piece of parchment sticking out from under one of the bed’s pillows. It turned out to be some kind of message. I read it, but...”

“But what, Marc? Come on, there’s no need to be so nervous. It isn’t like you’ve killed anyone,” Azura lectured.

“I’m sorry, I can’t help it! I read that message and it mentioned Bryan. I rushed out to show him, but I tripped on the deck and the wind blew it out of my hand. It was lost in the sea, and I forgot what it said! Oh, I’m so ashamed of this!”

With that, Marc sagged in his saddle and brought his hands to the front of his head.

“What?! Marc, you idiot!” Bryan blurted angrily. “Why’d you have to be so clumsy and not tell anyone sooner?!”

“I don’t know...” Marc replied frustratingly, slowly shaking his head.

“Knock it off, Bryan. That’s not helping the situation!” Skye interjected.

“Well look who’s talking Mister Threatening-Kye-will-solve-our-problem!” Bryan shot back. By now, Skye was at his wit’s end and made a fist.

“DAMN YOU! Leave my brother out of this!”

“Alright, I’ve heard enough!” Raela intervened, stepping between the two quarreling friends. “I found a Sleep staff hidden in this fort, so if you two don’t put a cork in it right now, you’ll both be damned!”

“Uh…” Skye muttered with a gulp. “Wow. I apologize. I’m truly sorry.”

“Er…” Bryan mused. “Yeah, same with me. Anyway, Marc has to remember what that message said. It could’ve told me where my father is!”

“And you think I don’t know that?!” Marc shot back. “Though... I do recall something else from it now that you bring that up.”

“Then tell us before you forget again, Marc!” Leona replied, her tone sounding more concerned than her usual barbs.

“There...there was another name mentioned,” Marc began. “I can’t remember it exactly. It was something like Om...Oh...Own...”

“Owen?!” Bryan blurted, stepping forward towards Marc in shock.

“Yes...yes! That was it!”

“I knew it! That’s my father!”

“Then perhaps that ship was one of the ones Melora stole before Cilae got it back,” Azura guessed.

“Either that or there was an enemy spy on board trying to keep Shigo informed about me,” Bryan agreed. “Or, maybe Shigo wanted me to find it? Damn it, Marc, you’ve got to remember the rest of that message or so help me I’ll die of frustration!”

“I’m trying, you dimwit! It’s not easy when your memory has more holes than a colander!” Marc protested with a grimace.

“Alright, you both need to calm down,” Leona cut in and leaned over in her saddle to clasp Marc’s shoulder. “Marc, please, just try as hard as you can.”

“Yes, I know you can do it, Marc!” Azura encouraged. Marc didn’t respond immediately. Instead, he shook his head again.

“Aaaugh! Daaamn! My head won’t stop throbbing!” he complained seconds later. “Why can’t I remember a simple stinkin’ message?!”

“Oh... Marc, as helpful as it would be for you to remember, we won’t force you if it’s giving you a headache,” Azura assured.

“Ah...yes, please. I can’t do this anymore right now,” Marc gave in, finally standing up. “I just need to clear my head for awhile. My skull feels ready to split in half...”

“I’ll help you out, Marc,” Leona offered as Marc brought a hand to the side of his head. “Let’s get you inside the wagon. You can help keep an eye on Ike in there.”

“Thanks...” Marc grimaced once more before Leona helped him dismount and climb into the wagon.

The group continued their long journey across the Cilaean plains and hills and towards the southwestern border. The expansive grasslands allowed travel to be quick, though the distance was still great, but the plains were exposed. Knowing this would work against them if they were attacked, everyone stayed alert and set a guard whenever they stopped to rest. Ike had improved steadily though, since he was right next to the group’s food stock, they decided to keep the splints on his arms for the time being. Faline wanted to mention her training session with Bryan during their date, but Bryan brought a hand up and insisted that they surprise them with her improved skills in the next battle. Besides, he rather doubted Faline could tell the others she and Bryan spent a night alone together without people getting suspicious. Bryan still asked Marc from time to time if he remembered anything else about the letter but all Marc came up with was something about ‘the inheritance,’ which Bryan could not make sense of. Though they had to avoid nearby villages so as to not attract attention, the group still decided to make a stop for supplies in the fairly large town of Keanu late that afternoon. It was a lively settlement much like Narcoss and Galden in population and business. The only difference was that instead of only townsfolk, many Cilaean soldiers patrolled the roads and alley ways as well. It was no surprise due to the war, of course, but something still didn’t seem natural. Unlike the allied patrols seen on the way to town, these Cilaean soldiers were not worried at all. Their eyes were filled with anger instead. And, when they caught sight of the group, their anger became open hostility.

“Hey! There he is! That has to be the Emerald Sentinel!” one of them, a cavalier, suddenly shouted and leveled an accusatory finger at Bryan. “He looks exactly as his men described him! Get him!”

“Wait, WHAT?!” Bryan exclaimed as two Cilaean heavy knights dashed from behind the Sentinel and plucked him by his arms. “What the hell is going on here?!”

“Hey! What’s the meaning of this?!” Faline demanded, floating her Pegasus before the cavalry knight. “Bryan didn’t do anything to harm you!”

“Yeah, what’s the big idea?!” Azura stepped in.

“Oh, he didn’t? Ha!” the cavalier mocked. “Tell that to his entire platoon! They ransacked three villages nearby here and stole well over half their war supplies!”

“What?! That’s ridiculous!” Bryan protested. “My men would never commit such horrid crimes! This is preposterous!”

“You dare to feign ignorance?!” the cavalier roared. “They called you by your title, ‘the Emerald Sentinel.’ Who else could it be but you, traitor?”

“NO! Impossible! Have you all gone completely insane?!” Bryan shot back. “Those soldiers were not mine! They tricked you!”

His anger had quickly reached its boiling point and he couldn’t prevent himself from fighting to break free. But his captors held him fast.

“You really have some gall to keep up this little charade,” the cavalier hissed angrily. “Besides, I’ll bet that pillaging back in Talgria was your handiwork too. They say Narcoss, Galden and Fort Absolon have all been burned to the ground and that over seven hundred people have been killed.”

Silence fell over the companions like a thunderhead; Azura’s face went deathly pale when she realized her foster mother might be among the dead and Skye was suddenly terrified for Kye’s safety.

“I haven’t been in Talgria for months!” Bryan protested. “I was—”

“Letting your cohorts have their fun?” the cavalier cut him off. “I’ve heard enough, traitor. If we can’t have your confession, we’ll have your head!”

The cavalier gestured to his men and one of them circled behind Bryan to hold his wrist behind his back while the other drew a lance to strike the death blow. Bryan swung violently and managed to free his hands. His jabbed his elbow into his captor’s gut, sending him tumbling back, and then sidestepped the other’s lance to land a sharp kick in his stomach. Both men groaned loudly in pain and collapsed to the ground. Bryan quickly armed himself with his lance and shield and shouted for everyone else to do the same. However, Faline and Azura both had other ideas.

“Bryan! No! What are you thinking?!” Azura protested. “They’re Cilaean soldiers! Our allies!”

“And my brethren no less!” Faline added.

“Face it, guys. Idiots are everywhere,” Bryan insisted, his voice taking on a feral tone. “Even the Talgrian Army has soldiers I’d love to tear to pieces. People who are as dimwitted as these imbeciles are no allies of mine!”

The girls had to admit he had a point, and that there was no time to argue anyway, so they abided by Bryan’s wishes. Everyone soon girded themselves, prepared for the most unexpected fight of their lives. The town square was nearby and the group realized it would be the perfect place to entrench against the forthcoming assault. No matter where they were, however, the group, including Bryan, was still reluctant to kill Cilaean soldiers. After all, allies fighting with one another would likely only help the real enemy. And, of course, the cavalier’s words about the massacre back in Talgria weighed heavily on their hearts.​
 
Here's chapter 21. :]


Chapter 21: The Prince of Astryn

Azura’s party had reached the plaza, fanning out to cover the avenues leading towards them, and anticipating that the Cilaean soldiers would attack at any moment. However, the cavalier who first made the accusation against Bryan had other plans first. He apparently was the commander of the soldiers patrolling the town and suddenly signaled for his troops to halt their advance.

“You’re already in a very deep hole, traitor,” he warned. “Don’t dig yourself any deeper, and don’t drag the others along with you. Surrender and the rest can go free.”

“What do you take me for, a moron?!” Bryan exclaimed, his anger verging on fury. “Why should I believe you? You’ll probably just chase them down once you have me in irons.”

“Well, can’t say I didn’t try to be diplomatic,” the cavalier replied with a hint of sarcasm. He then gestured towards a Bishop at his side. In the Bishop’s hands was a Warp staff.

Before Bryan could react, the Warp staff flared and Bryan was suddenly whisked from the plaza into the enemy ranks. Then, just as quickly, three heavy knights lunged and bore him to the ground. As strong as he was, Bryan was completely blindsided and the trio easily overpowered him. Faline gasped in fright as they tackled her lover to the ground despite his efforts to stop them. Before he could even raise his lance, Bryan found himself lying on the dirt road with his arms being bound by ropes.

“Listen, buddy,” one of Bryan’s captors spoke up. “You’ll stop struggling right now if you value your pitiful life.”

“Where do you want ‘im, Commander Flozell?” a second inquired.

“Ah, I think the guillotine we set up in the square will do nicely,” Flozell decided. “This way, he’ll know what’s coming to him should he make another wrong move. Oh, and gag him too, his voice sickens me.”

“Should we take his head off now?”

“Not yet. I don’t know how those others play into this, but I want to find out. Take them down, or at least keep them from escaping.”

“Understood.”

Bryan merely growled as he was hauled off to the execution device near the middle of the town square, one meant to punish the most base of men and the most nefarious of outlaws. After a convicted criminal was secured in the stocks at its base, an executioner would release the blade that hung poised above. That same blade would careen down towards the prisoner and hew the head from the shoulders. Faline continued to shudder in fear as the three knights forced a ball of cloth into Bryan’s mouth and then tied a coil of rope over it so that he couldn’t spit it out. The rope around his hands was then removed, too briefly for Bryan to escape, while his captors forced the Sentinel to his knees and clapped his wrists in the stocks. Flozell then approached him atop his horse and sniggered as Bryan’s gaze strayed to the ground.

“Seeing how pathetic you look right now is a paltry compensation for the carnage you’ve wrought, but I’ll take what I can get,” Flozell hissed furiously, taking note of Bryan’s saddened eyes. “Taking your head off before the magistrate gets here might cost me my commission, but I’ll risk it if you try anything.”

Damn… Bryan fumed to himself, the cloth in his mouth threatening to stray into his throat. This can’t be happening to me. How can anyone believe I’d have my men do such things? Whoever it was had to be either Melorans or Red Claw bandits in disguise, or both. Or…are these Cilaean soldiers the culprits? Melora has masqueraded as Cilaeans before; for all we know, these guys could’ve fabricated the whole story or even ransacked those towns themselves. Whatever the case, we’re in deep.

Faline could only watch as Flozell fumed at Bryan as if he wanted to have the Sentinel’s head off then and there, her anger at him and her fear for Bryan continuing to grow. She gripped the reins of her Pegasus and instantly charged forth in a bold attempt to rescue her lover no matter what anyone else did. Azura, realizing her intent and that Faline stood no chance alone, gasped and stepped forward, motioning the rest of the group to follow. If Faline let her rage get the better of her, it could cost her life. Though, of course, following her would cost the group a defensible position.

“Dang it…” Azura fumed. “Guys, we need to think of something before their archers turn Faline into a pincushion!”

“Marc and I can keep watch for them,” Skye offered. “That is, if he’s up to it after his episode earlier.”

“Of course,” Marc agreed. “Archers never hurt me much anyway unless they have anything beyond the strength of a steel bow.”

With that, the entire group leaped into action and, seeing the supposed traitor’s accomplices mobilizing, the Cilaeans armed themselves to meet the attack. Since Talgria and Cilae were allies, they knew one another’s armies and tactics well. Talgria knew of Cilae’s specialty in Pegasus knights and light infantry while the Cilaeans were all too familiar with Talgria’s advantage in Paladins and heavy knights. However, Marc, Leona, and Morris were the only ones in Azura’s group to be in either of their nation’s best classes, while the Cilaean soldiers they fought had many light infantry in the field. However, if whoever had framed Bryan had rankled Cilae this much, it would likely only be a matter of time before they brought in Pegasus knights as reinforcements. Though Faline was one of their own, Azura had no way of knowing if that would count for much if Faline seemed to be aiding their prey. Since each of the two small armies knew the strengths and weaknesses of the other, and since the Cilaeans had their foes outnumbered and surrounded, fighting seemed nearly pointless. The only possible outcomes anyone in their right mind could foresee was that the Cilaeans would eventually overrun Azura and her companions, but losing many of their number in doing so, or a stalemate that may prove just as costly. Azura and company knew that the former was far more likely and could only hope that someone would come and convince the Cilaean soldiers to stand down or that an opportunity to save Bryan and retreat would present itself.

Azura’s group, working to save Bryan and Faline, advanced as fast as they dared, moving several meters forward and then fanning out to repel any attacks. Still reluctant to use lethal force against their erstwhile allies, the group used the flats of their swords, the shafts of their lances, and the hafts of their axes to stun oncoming foes. Their strategy seemed to be working and they advanced slowly but surely to their imperiled allies, but Azura soon saw that the soldiers they’d subdued were either limping or being carried towards the guillotine where they were being healed by the Priests and Bishops. And that left the group no better off than when they started.

However, this stalemate was soon interrupted by the sound of flapping wings echoing nearby and it wasn’t coming from Faline’s Pegasus. Within the next few moments, another Pegasus came into view in the town square. Its rider was a woman garbed in sea green armor. A long, dirty blonde braid fluttered behind her as she circled above the battle, likely seeking a target. Faline gasped instantly when she took note of the knight’s appearance and quickly flew to meet her.

“Marina! Oh Marina, thank the goddess you’re here!” Faline cried, nearly weeping in relief.

“Faline? What are you—? Where have you been?!” Marina demanded. “Commander Eilonwy is furious about your absence; she’ll have you mucking stables until this time next year if you don’t have a darned good explanation!”

Faline seemed to pale at the threat and began to explain herself very, very quickly.

“I know, and I’m very sorry. I wanted to join Lady Azura. Her group has been fighting Melora and they needed all the help they can get. And they still do!”

Marina seemed unimpressed.

They’re fighting Melora? What do you think we’ve been doing, playing aerial polo?! And, just what’s going on here anyway? I was ordered to reinforce the Cilaeans here because they were being attacked by traitors. A unit of Pegasus knights will be here shortly. I rode ahead to bring word to Commander Flozell.”

“Marina, no! Don’t side with them! There’s been a horrifying mistake! We’ve been falsely accused of ransacking those villages, but we’re not traitors!” Faline pleaded, tears forming in her eyes. She quickly told her comrade the story behind the incident and that Flozell’s claims were utterly false.

“Please! You have to help us save Bryan!” Faline continued. “They’ve got him in that guillotine over there!”

“Wait, you mean him? Isn’t he that guy you always went on about because he rescued you from pirates or something?”

“Yes, exactly! Marina, please! I’m begging you! You’ve got to believe me! Bryan is innocent! I’ve been with him long enough to know!”

“How can you be so sure?”

“Because I love him!” Faline blurted, tears falling down her face. “I love Bryan with my heart and soul. And I’d never love a man who’d commit such awful crimes. You know me, Marina…”

“You loving him won’t mean much in court,” Marina informed Faline gravely. “As for knowing you, not as well as I thought apparently, since I once believed you’d never leave your unit on a whim without so much as a by-your-leave.”

Faline could literally feel the color drain out of her face but, before she could say more, Norman cut in.

“Milady Marina!” he called out. “Captain Bryan was at the medicinal lab near the swamp at the time of the alleged crime. My associates and I met him there, and we will testify to his whereabouts if need be!”

“So the accused has an alibi?” Marina asked, her tone changing. “Well, that might change things. I will help you, at least until a verdict is handed down. But, if you’re lying to me Faline, then a stint mucking stables will be the least of your worries.”

“Oh, thank you, Marina! Thank you!”

With that, Marina took her place beside Azura and company and the battle continued. Flozell merely grumbled at this setback and ordered his men to charge. Azura and company’s spirits had been bolstered by Marina’s joining them and they fought all the harder. Once more, they began a determined, but forcibly slowed march towards Bryan, batting aside anyone that crossed their path with sword flats, lance shafts and axe hafts. The enemy Priests and Bishops continued to heal the enemy but Faline clubbed both soundly with the shaft of her lance and they fell to the street, out cold. Now that Flozell could no longer put his wounded back into the fray, the group advanced towards him and Bryan more rapidly. Marina and Faline flew ahead as the group had finally approached the overwhelmed commander minutes later.

“Marina! You dare betray us and side with traitors?!” Flozell exclaimed hotly.

“The accused has an alibi,” Marina pointed out. “And even if he didn’t, executing an accused prisoner before a verdict has been handed down is a punishable offense.”

“Well, if that’s the way it’s gotta be, then that’s the way it’s gotta be,” Flozell replied, reaching to release the guillotine’s blade.

“NO!! LEAVE HIM ALONE!!” Faline exploded, both in anger and fright.

“Faline, wait! It’s a trick!” Marina protested, spotting two archers positioned on either side of Faline out of the corner of her eye. Faline, however, was ready for this attack. Marina watched, open mouthed, as Faline pulled her feet free of the stirrups and then swung herself into a near handstand atop the saddle. The two arrows whizzed past her and, before the stupefied archers could react, buried themselves in the guts of either bowman. Flozell, also stunned, brought up his blade to fend her off. Faline then swung back into the stirrups and took to the air once more as the familiar glow enveloped her body and steed. Her armor slowly expanded in size and a matching cape flamed from her back. Ankle guards and spurs were added to her feet while an ornate horse trapping appeared on the Pegasus’s back and enshrouded its front side while a horse helm with a long horn appeared on its head. The fur on the backs of its ankles grew as well.

“YOU MESS WITH THE MAN I LOVE, YOU MESS WITH ME!” Faline blurted, enraged. She then angrily ripped her ponytail free, shoved the hair clip into her satchel, and readied her lance once more. Three foot lancers charged forth in an attempt to protect their commander, but Faline was not merciful. Azura, the others, and even Bryan watched in amazement as the newly promoted Falcon Knight gracefully twirled her lance and delivered blow after blow against the soldiers, her long hair flowing behind her in pink cascades. She drove her newly gained spurs into the two soldiers on either side of her Pegasus and thrust her lance over her head and downward in order to impale the one behind her directly in the head. The two remaining soldiers sprung to their feet once more, only to find Faline had dismounted, her eyes full of flame. She twirled her lance once more and drove its blade into the flesh of the soldier in front of her. The pommel was smashed against the second one’s stomach. Faline leaped into the air and delivered a flying kick into his head and then ended him with a stab to the gut.

Dang, Bryan thought to himself, almost forgetting about the enormous blade hanging over him. She’s on fire. Hehe, that’s my Faline. So dangerous, yet so beautiful… Skye shook his head while the others simply stared in amazement as Faline mounted her Pegasus once more and again swooped towards Flozell. Flozell, by now, was in a state of shock and was soon yanked away from Bryan by the collar of his tunic. Faline made no hesitation to shove the blade of her lance into his throat and violently toss his body to the ground. She then dismounted the Pegasus once more, breathing slowly and heavily.

“Had enough yet?!” Faline shot at the remaining soldiers who, deciding they were outmatched, dropped their weapons and surrendered. Faline then gradually calmed down, dizzy and lightheaded from the heat of the moment, as she produced her hair clip and secured her hair once more in her customary ponytail. She instantly rushed to Bryan’s aid and removed the gag from his mouth.

“Bryan! Are you alright?”

“…Yeah, I’ll be fine,” Bryan replied through a cough. “You—”

“Captain Bryan!” an unfamiliar voice interrupted from a nearby road. Everyone’s attention was turned to the numerous soldiers that had newly arrived, though these soldiers were Talgrian rather than Cilaean. Above them was yet another Pegasus with garb similar to that of Faline’s.

“That’s my platoon! And Lady Louise!” Bryan gasped.

“Oh, Bryan! We’re so relieved you’re safe!” Louise chimed, landing her Pegasus in front of the guillotine in which Bryan was still held. “These idiots didn’t hurt you, did they?”

“No, but they would have and more if my companions hadn’t been here, especially Faline,” Bryan confirmed as one of his men pried open the stocks.

“You sure you’re unharmed, Sir?” the soldier inquired as the stocks gave away.

“Positive. I’m pleased to see you and everyone else are safe.”

“We’re so sorry we’re late,” Louise continued. “We received word about the attacks on the villages by a group that claimed to be your platoon.”

“Allied Command knew we could not have done it since we were aiding the evacuation of Allied Command from Jerusa at the time,” the soldier who freed Bryan added. “But, since the raven messengers never showed up, there was no way to get the word out about the deception. Lady Louise came as well with a message from Queen Belinda to back up our alibi.”

“Speaking of alibis,” Norman stepped in, “allow me to reiterate that Bryan was at the medicinal lab near the swamp when the crime was committed. My associates from the lab and I will gladly testify if need be.”

“I thank you, Father,” Louise replied, removing a sheet of parchment. “These orders come straight from Queen Belinda herself; her signature and her signet are on them and should be enough to validate our claims.”

The late Flozell’s second-in-command snatched the parchment and examined it.

“Well, signatures can be forged,” he began, noting the less-than-friendly looks that greeted his words, “but signets can’t. Signet rings are enchanted to prevent being duplicated or used by anyone other than the rightful ruler. So, this is authentic.”

“That’s correct. As for the rest of you,” Louise continued, eyeing the remaining Cilaean troops, “Allied Command has ordered you to release these people. See to your wounded and might I suggest that you exercise better judgment in the future? This altercation has cost us time and lives when we can least afford to lose either.”

The Cilaeans, looking quite chagrined at the reprimand, dispersed to tend to their injured.

“Oh, one more thing, Captain,” the soldier who freed Bryan went on. “We also ran into a pair of laguz on our way here. They told us they were looking for you and a man named Marc. Lady Louise instead persuaded them to travel ahead to General Leyon and his troops, who are currently encamped in Fort Tehya. Allied Command received reports stating that General Shigo has taken the field and is headed for Astryn. Lady Louise wishes for us to rendezvous with General Leyon to reinforce him against Shigo.”

“Ah, excellent plan. We’ll head there immediately before crossing the border into Astryn,” Bryan decided and then turned to Faline. “And Faline… Thanks a lot. You saved my life.”

“Bryan, you know I had to,” Faline replied, a loving smile forming on her face. “I love you way too much. Plus, you once saved me, so I was returning the favor.”

“That you were. By the way, I was very impressed with you. I guess I’m a good teacher. Don’t you think you were a bit overdramatic though?”

“Heh, in my case, not at all. See, if I have my hair in a ponytail, I have a strange habit of ripping it free whenever I get really angry. Hehe…”

“Ah, that makes sense…sort of. Oh, and Lady Louise, I’m afraid a Cilaean commander was slain during the battle. Faline did what she had to do to rescue me.”

“I see,” Louise replied, her tone grim. “We may very well feel that loss on the front lines but, if he was prepared to execute you without a verdict, then he probably would not have ended up much better off had he lived. Well, there’s nothing to be done at the moment and we have a long journey ahead of us if we’re to pass through Astryn and then homeward.”

“Hm? We were planning to return to Aracion after investigating a...certain matter in Astryn. But, does his majesty command us to return at once?” Bryan inquired.

“No, but he wishes for me to. You’ve heard about the trouble in Talgria, haven’t you? They need a lot of help right now. And besides that, Allied Command decided to move its operations to Aracion because of the threat of seaborne attacks by Melora.”

“I’ll go too,” Marina added. “Faline was right when she told me you need all the help you can get. I just need to let the other Pegasus knights in town know about the change in plans and we can be on our way.”

“Ah, I see. Then let’s get moving,” Bryan agreed.

With that, the Sentinel ordered his men to restock their supplies if necessary and regroup on the outskirts of town within the next hour. They were to serve as reinforcements in the event of battle afterwards while he, Azura and company continued to act as the vanguard of the fighting force. Azura’s group, meanwhile, resupplied elsewhere in town as well. Skye quickly approached Bryan as they walked into a shopping district, his surprise and amazement at Faline’s vicious act still evident.

“Hey Bryan, where did Faline learn those maneuvers back there? Did you teach her?”

“Yeah, she wanted me to, remember?” Bryan recalled with a smile.

“Well, yeah, but…I didn’t think you’d know that much about Pegasus knights. No offense.”

“Don’t worry, you’re right. I don’t know a lot about them. That’s why it’s good that I have this handy,” Bryan assured, producing an old, tattered red book.

“Huh?! How do you still have that?!” Skye exclaimed, nearly falling over. “I thought those delinquents totally ruined it a long time ago!”

“Hehe, that was the book on the basics that I lost. I only pretended it was the one about famous lancers and advanced lancing techniques; those punks thought they came away with more than they really did and left me alone for a bit while they were still laughing it up. This book I always kept at home to protect it.”

Skye couldn’t help but smile and chuckle slightly before responding.

“Heh. Bryan, that’s exactly why I like you. You’re a conniving character and a right sneak; my kind of guy all over. Of course, you were always fun to hang with too. I definitely made the right decision in getting to know you back then.”

“Aw, shucks. I only did what I needed to. Besides, you’re the one who had the awesome idea of shooting the other kids with that slingshot of yours.”

“Ohhh, yeah, that was such a blast! They never knew who did it either because we always stayed hidden! And when I shot them with those miniature stink bombs, that was priceless! Haha, shooting stuff is so much fun. That’s why I became an archer.”

“I figured as much. It works out nicely, though! While I’m attacking up close to defend you, you’re behind me firing away at the enemies in the distance that would otherwise overwhelm me.”

“Right on!”

The hour seemed to pass in the blink of an eye as everyone finished restocking the wagon, along with making sure the supplies fit in so they didn’t squish Ike and, more importantly, so that Ike didn’t eat the whole stockpile. Ike himself also reported that he felt he could remove his splints soon. Elincia, however, decided to wait until they arrived at Fort Tehya just to be sure and, besides which, his near death experience from the poisoned ribs did not stop him from salivating at the site of the dried beef the wagon was now crammed with. Elincia also chose to ride in the wagon with him to make sure Ike remained undisturbed and that nothing fell out. Neither Bryan nor Marc were particularly excited about meeting up with Janz and Lauren again, whom they surmised to be the two laguz looking for them, but knew the more allies, the better. However, just as they were on their way to rejoin Louise and Bryan’s men, their thoughts were interrupted near the outskirts of town. Two Cilaean soldiers, a foot lancer and a Swordmaster, quickly approached Faline, large grins and clear recognition on their faces. Faline simply groaned.

“Ah, if it isn’t the lovely Faline!” the Swordmaster blurted uncontrollably and bowed before her in a fashion that, from a gentleman, might’ve impressed a lady. “Oh how we’ve missed you so!”

“Indeed. Things just haven’t been the same since you left the Pegasus knights behind!” the foot lancer added. “Commander Eilonwy seems to want you shoeing Pegasi until you’re fairly gray, but I’m sure we can intercede on your behalf.”

Faline merely folded her arms.

“Oh please. Can’t you two take a hint?!” she grunted. “I don’t need your help explaining myself to the Commander and I certainly don’t like either of you! Also, Bryan is the man I love. You’ll never hold a candle to him!”

“That’s right,” Bryan stepped forward and ahead of Faline, his eyes gleaming with a brooding intensity. “Now how about you both back off before I decide to get nasty?”

“What, this guy?” the Swordsman inquired, eyeing Bryan. “He’s the so-called Emerald Sentinel isn’t he? Ha, I heard he only beat so many soldiers ‘cause they went easy on him! Haha! How pathetic.”

“Yeah, if the enemy felt so bad for this guy, then he’s a milksop, Faline,” the foot lancer agreed. They burst into laughter seconds later. Faline angrily stepped forward, but Bryan raised his hand to stop her, knowing that Lartz’s account disproved the taunt and Bryan refused to be baited. Not that these two would walk away unscathed, however.

“So you think I’m a wimp, huh? Care to test that theory?!” he retorted and launched his fist into the Swordmaster’s face. The man was staggered by the blow and what looked like a wisdom tooth flew from his gaping and newly bloodied jaw. The foot lancer gasped and lunged for Bryan in an attempt to defend his partner. Bryan merely responded by raising his shield, then thrusting the pommel of his lance into the soldier’s stomach. The Swordmaster clambered to his feet moments later with sword in hand, but Bryan easily sidestepped the clumsy charge and scythed his foe’s legs out from under him. The Swordmaster’s face plowed through the dirt and Bryan then swung his lance around until it collided with the swordsman’s head, knocking him out cold. Meanwhile, the foot lancer was scrambling to his feet in hopes of avenging his partner. Bryan decided to end the fight quickly by simply raising his shield. The lancer, going too fast to stop, ran face first into it and fall into unconsciousness on top of his friend.

“Hehe. Well, that takes care of that,” Bryan commented, slinging his weapon over his back and brushing his hands off. “They should leave you alone now, Faline. Let’s get going.”

“Oh, Bryan! I love you even more now!” Faline swooned, wrapping her arms around his neck and pressing a kiss to his cheek, which turned pink alongside the other one. Skye simply gaped in amazement once more.

“Bryan, geez. I never thought I’d see the day you’d go beating the crap out of people like that.”

“Yeah, normally I wouldn’t dream of doing such a thing so easily, but I’d do anything for Faline.”

“Heh, I guess so.”

Faline couldn’t help but smooch Bryan’s cheek once more as they continued outside of town. As per their orders, Bryan’s platoon awaited them alongside Louise. The entire group immediately began their fairly short journey to Fort Tehya. The distance was not great and, with the dilemma of Bryan being framed momentarily resolved, they traveled unhindered and unopposed. Marc and Leona in particular were looking forward to seeing their commander again after being away from the Royal Knights for so long. Azura and the others were relieved that they’d soon have a large enough force that could hopefully take on the army Shigo was leading through Astryn. They were also very eager to hear the story Bryan’s father, Owen, had to tell. Shigo’s connection to the death of Bryan’s mother and the mysterious necklace found at Owen’s shop had raised quite a few questions which Bryan wanted answered.

The group was barely within sight of their destination when Kiel sighed reluctantly and approached Bryan.

“Bryan, I must say, what you did back there was impressive. But next time you run into anyone who attempts to mess with you, think about what you’re getting yourself into before you start busting heads.”

“Thank you, Kiel. And don’t worry,” Bryan assured him. “They don’t call me the Emerald Sentinel for nothing. It’ll probably be a long time before I run into anyone who’s a match for me.”

Kiel did not seem satisfied and instead stepped in front of the lancer, blocking his path. Bryan was forced to halt as he arched an eyebrow in puzzlement.

“Hey, what gives?”

“Bryan, I’m serious. Listen to me when I say you don’t want to get overconfident!”

“I’m not being overconfident. I know my own skills and limits.”

“Do you? I really have a hard time believing that. You may have good armor, skills, and weapons, but they will do you no good if you can’t put them to proper use.”

“What?! Are you saying I misuse my weapons and abilities?!”

“Not at all. I’m saying that not thinking a fight through before you get into one and merely assuming your strengths will prevail no matter what is dangerous. And this is a lesson I learned the hard way.”

“Exactly what do you mean?”

“He has a point, Bryan,” Ranulf stepped in. “Laguz are known to be rather reckless when it comes to battle. They care little for details and even ignore tactics at times. I actually knew one back in Tellius who didn’t want to strategize at all. And sometimes beorc can be the same way.”

“What?! Don’t tell me you two don’t think I give a damn about strategies!” Bryan protested. “It was me who planned our defense during that fight on the ship!”

“True. But in that case, we were in a full-fledged battle,” Kiel pointed out. “We weren’t suddenly confronted by a couple of jerks who got on Faline’s nerves.”

“Right. But I still don’t know what you were talking about when you said you learned your lesson the hard way.”

Bryan folded his arms as he awaited an answer.

“Well then, I’ll tell you,” Kiel replied grimly. “Rather, I’ll show you, actually. I’m sure all of you have noticed by now that my hair always covers my right eye. Ever wonder why?”

Before anyone could answer Kiel’s question, he slid his hair aside from his face. What was revealed elicited several gasps and jaws dropping, but the red wolf quickly motioned for silence. Kiel practically had no right eye at all. Instead, the eyelid seemed to be permanently sealed shut and was marred with three slash marks with spanned from the top of his cheek to his forehead was in its place. The skin of the eyelid was fairly wrinkled as well, giving the impression that the eye was askew, or even gone altogether. No one spoke for at least a few seconds until Azura broke the silence, her eyes still wide open.

“Kiel! Your eye... Is it—?”

“It is indeed. I have been blind in one eye for several years.”

“And it happened in a situation that wasn’t much different from yours, Bryan,” Sara added, her tone as snippy as ever but with an uncommon trace of sadness.

“Exactly. I was only trying to protect my sister from a pair of outlaws and I thought I could take both of them out myself,” Kiel explained. “So I attacked them. It was a huge mistake. They were wolf laguz like me and before I knew it, one of them had me by the neck and slashed my eye with the claws of his front paw.”

Kiel went on to explain that even though only three out of the four claws on the paw that struck him had made contact with this flesh, his eye had literally been torn apart. His attacker might as well have ripped the eyeball right out of its socket. Blood was splattered all over Kiel’s face within seconds as he forced himself back into his human form, and screamed louder than a wyvern’s roar. Sara had burst into tears, though she admitted to such with much reluctance, as Kiel kept his hands clasped over his eye and continued to bellow in pain.

“It was lucky for us that we had enough vulneraries handy,” Sara continued. “Of course, although it healed his injury by permanently closing his eyelid and turning the claw marks into scars, it was impossible to repair the eyeball.”

“And my eye has been blind ever since,” Kiel finished, letting his hair fall over his eye once again.

“I don’t believe it...” Bryan murmured a few seconds later. “But I think I see what you’re saying now, Kiel. If I get overconfident trying to protect those I love and care about, I could end up taking a serious injury too.”

“Exactly. But what happened to me afterwards was just as bad, if not worse.”

“Huh?”

“Because of the way I looked from then on, I was ashamed to show my face to anyone. Sara was the only one I could be around for a long time. I was worried about how my fellow laguz would react if they found out, especially since we’ve only recently been accepted in Eraghoa. I grew my hair so it would cover it up in both of my forms, but leave my left eye to help me see. When I saw Bryan take out those two men, I knew he was tempting fate and that I needed to bring this up later.”

“Kiel…” Azura uttered, too shocked to form a sentence.

“I want this to stay between us,” Kiel went on, his tone brooking no argument. “I’m still worried about what the others in Eraghoa will say if they find out about this. And, well, I think it’s no secret this thing is pretty darned ugly. If you can’t bear it, I…I understand.” With that, he turned around, sniffled, and allowed a tear to trickle down his cheek.

“Kiel… No,” Faline stepped in and walked around to face the saddened wolf laguz. “I’m not afraid. Anyone who is is stupid and ignorant. Besides that, I think those scars look cool! Though, it could do without the wrinkly skin.”

“R-Really?”

“Yeah, I think so too!” Lily added and quickly approached the two. “Those scars make you look even tougher than you already do!”

“Thanks, you guys. This means a lot to me. Still, I don’t want anyone back in Eraghoa finding out about this. The laguz don’t welcome...cripples in the pack.”

“Well, they’re welcome to their decision, but we’ve already made ours,” Azura affirmed.

“Yeah, and I’m sorry for not listening to you before. I’ll always bear this in mind,” Bryan assured and then noticed the saddle on Lartz’s wyvern was empty. “Wait a minute, where’s Lartz?”

“Oh, I-I’m right here…” Lartz’s voice spoke up. He poked his head out from behind the wing of his wyvern, making a less than convincing show of tightening the straps on the saddle.

“Just what on earth are you doing?” Skye inquired, raising one eyebrow and clearly not buying Lartz’s clumsy deception.

“Yeah, you’ve been acting weird ever since we met you,” Bryan added.

Lartz was silent for a long moment, his eyes straying away from the others’ gazes, as if gravely uncertain whether or not to reply. After a long moment, he sighed and spoke.

“I’m really sorry. I suppose there’s no use keeping this to myself any longer. I’ll tell you as we keep moving,” Lartz decided.

“Go ahead,” Azura encouraged with a smile. “There’s no need to be nervous.”

“Okay,” Lartz began as he remounted his wyvern and the group began moving again. “I…I’m a little nervous around wolf laguz. Not exactly scared, just nervous.”

“But why? I’m shaky enough around you as it is,” Kiel admitted, eyeing Lartz’s mount with obvious discomfort. “I fear wyverns more than anything.”

“Well, you see, I’m not what I seem to be. I’m…a Branded.”

With that, everyone fell silent as gasps escaped several mouths. From what they knew, Branded were a very rare race, even in Altarais where the beorc and the laguz had long coexisted peacefully. Azura was the first to speak up.

“A Branded? If I recall right, aren’t they beorc who have laguz ancestors somewhere in their bloodline?”

“Correct,” Lartz confirmed. “I’m descended from the wolf laguz. I’d show you my brand, but it’d require me to take my chest plate off and I don’t believe we have the time for that.”

The dracoknight continued to explain how he always wished he had been born as a pure wolf laguz instead of a Meloran with a wolf’s blood. Ever since he was young, Lartz carried a bitter hatred in his heart for Melora and their actions and beliefs. Many of them were cut from the same cloth as the Red Claw; violent sadists who reveled in the pain and suffering of their enemies. They even used blood pacts, cursed documents that gradually killed the citizens of the nation who signed it if its terms were not followed, as Melora had gradually expanded to its current borders. The Melorans also instigated the war between the beorc and laguz to fight many generations before through the same base trickery and proxy warfare they’d conducted using the Red Claw, despite that both sides eventually forging a peace. And now the nation’s current ruler, Queen Isis, sought to follow in the footsteps of her late husband and take over Altarais as was his wish. Those who were fortunate would die by Meloran blades and those who were not would live condemned to slavery and bondage under the blood pacts.

“But what do my pendant and I have to do with all of this?” Azura wondered.

“That, I don’t know. I avoided the conflicts of the last war as best as I could, but I do know the death of Melora’s previous king was what ended it,” Lartz continued. “I was actually happy after that but never thought Isis would start another one. When I see a Meloran now, I can’t help but get the urge to lash out at them. I’d even murder my own family if given the chance. My parents and sister were no better, they’re just as cruel and twisted as nearly everyone else within those borders…”

Lartz formed an angry fist as he finished his story. Azura and the others, despite the dracoknight’s harsh sentiments, couldn’t help but feel for him. No one could choose who or what they were born as but living with it was often a harsh task. Well, this explains his behavior back at the fort, Bryan thought to himself. He must’ve wanted to make sure neither Kiel nor Sara were around.

“Well, just remember that not all Melorans are that bad,” Azura pointed out. “You’re living proof, after all.”

“True…” Lartz agreed.

“Ah, there’s the fort!” Louise exclaimed moments later. She pointed to a large fortified structure with many towers. The group excitedly followed her to the gate and then to the keep’s entrance. Just as Bryan’s soldiers had reported, several Royal Knights on horseback as well as a few infantry awaited them out front. Marc and Leona quickly rode ahead to greet their comrades.

“General Leyon! We’re so sorry to have worried you!” Marc spoke up, breaking the silence.

“Yeah, helping Azura turned out to be more complicated than we thought,” Leona added. “In fact, we’re still at it!”

“Hey, long time no see! And, think on it no further. I would’ve done the same in your place. I’m just glad to see you both safe and sound,” Leyon replied with a smile. “By the way, a pair of raven laguz from Perais wishes to speak with you, Marc, as well as Bryan. They’re waiting for you two inside.”

“Ah, right. I’ll go see what they want.” Marc then motioned Bryan to follow him. Seeing Janz again wasn’t particularly appealing to Bryan, but he disappeared inside the fort with Marc regardless. Leyon turned to Azura.

“Ah, you must be Azura. I’m Leyon, the commander of the Talgrian Royal Knights. Your reputation has traveled far, and some of what I’ve heard is quite extraordinary. Meeting you in person is an honor I’ve been looking forward to for some time now.”

It might’ve been Azura’s imagination but she could’ve sworn she felt blood rushing to her cheeks. And, though this also might be her eyes playing tricks on her, she thought she saw a hint of smugness in Leyon’s expression.

“Yes, it’s a pleasure to meet you. We should leave here as soon as possible though. Who knows what Melora or the Red Claw will do next.”

“Agreed. As soon as Bryan and Marc return, I will brief the troops on our planned route and we’ll be heading on our way. With our forces combined, I have no doubts that we’ll be able to defeat Shigo and return to his majesty in Talgria before things get any worse.”

“I hope so. Lartz here revealed some important information to us, though. I’ll tell you about it later on, though I think it might best be kept private.”

Leyon nodded approvingly, now curious about what Lartz knew himself. His thoughts were interrupted minutes later, however, when Bryan and Marc emerged from the fort, followed by Janz and Lauren, the very same laguz they met after being lost at sea and washing up in Perais. Quick introductions between people who hadn’t met were made soon after.

“Our queen, Lilah, decided Melora’s actions on the mainland were too dangerous to ignore and sent us to join you,” Janz explained to Azura.

“Plus, we might find out exactly what’s happening to our brethren and where Melora is keeping them,” Lauren added.

“What?!” Azura gasped, having not known this information.

“Yeah, my blood was boiling hotter than lava when I found out,” Janz replied.

The two laguz explained that raven messengers on the mainland had been gradually disappearing for several days. Just as Leyon had deduced from the ravens’ absence from relaying Allied communications and his later discovery of the raven feathers in Fort Tehya, Queen Lilah grew certain that there was foul play involved. When Janz and Lauren had arrived and learned of Leyon’s findings, they agreed that Melora was holding the ravens hostage. Azura figured that this explained why the raven in Castle Eraghoa lied to them about Ike’s well-being and seemed near to panic the whole time. His captors must have forced him to do so, likely on pain of death, especially considering what Lartz revealed about Melora’s fondness for violent and sadistic practices against their enemies.

Aware that time was precious, Leyon quickly gathered the troops and made sure his briefing was quite succinct.

“I’m sure you all know about General Shigo’s army crossing the border into Astryn,” he began, hardly needing to wait for an answer. “They may be attempting to attack Astryn, pass through to attack Talgria, or both. Whatever the case, we’re going to stop them. A force of that size will likely stick to the Ystrad river valley, where it’s wide and flat. We’ll likely have to take the same route for at least part of the journey but we’ll be able to take a shortcut through the Caline Fallows.”

Bryan’s ears perked up at the name. Wasn’t that the name of the woman to whom his father gave the engraved necklace he’d found at the abandoned shop? Before he could ponder further, Leyon continued.

“The Fallows are almost as flat as the Ystrad valley, but narrower and quite a bit uglier. However, taking them will allow us to make up the time we lost and maybe even pull ahead of them. We’ll have outriders, cavaliers and our fliers, scouting ahead of the column to ensure we’re not caught unawares. Beyond that, usual rules: find the enemy and make them wish they stayed the bloody hell home!”

Knowing a good exit line when they heard one, the combined force set out immediately. Since Fort Tehya hadn’t been far from the Astrynian border, the group crossed it quickly and without incident. While they did so, Elincia helped Ike remove his splints as promised, though she told him he still couldn’t have half the wagon’s food despite his protestations that he was hungrier than a lion laguz fresh from a fortnight’s fast. The chagrined and ever hungry Ike, however, still found his limbs to be rather stiff due to having not used them for so long and agreed to remain in the wagon until they returned to normal; and even then he managed to sweet talk Elincia into letting him have a huge joint of seasoned beef first.

Despite this, he hoped he could be of some use in the upcoming battle. Ike was not one to simply sit around while his friends risked their lives, after all. Besides, he was rather looking forward to seeing the looks on the Melorans’ faces when they discovered he was still alive. It was a sound tactic, Melora would never see it coming and, above all, nobody ruined Ike’s meals and got away with it.

The Allied force crossed the Ystrad river valley with little difficulty. There were signs of numerous camps that had been pitched and then broken, likely Shigo’s force settling in for the night and carrying on the next day. Gradually, the ashes from doused fires and gouges in the earth from tent stakes grew fresher and the troops knew that they were catching up fast. Leyon then diverted the column into the Caline Fallows as planned, sending Lartz, Faline, Marina, Marc, Leona, Ranulf, Kiel and Sara ahead to act as outriders; if any enemy was up ahead or approached the column from the flank, they were to return with warning at once. As the column crossed the Fallows, again undisturbed by the enemy, Bryan again pondered what connection might exist between these Fallows and the woman who shared their name whom his father had evidently known. The Fallows were grim and barren, the land sickened with blight and too many clashes between unknown adversaries while abandoned farms and ruined fields dotted the landscape, and they offered no insight to Bryan. Still, if there was a connection between these Fallows and this mysterious Caline, he suspected that connection wasn’t a pleasant one.

Only a short time had passed when the large group left the fallows and spotted another fort in the distance. The outriders quickly scouted it from a safe distance and revealed that it was heavily guarded by Meloran forces. At every wall and every corner stood soldiers and cavaliers, some garbed in similar armor to that of the Royal Knights and Bryan before he had become a Sentinel, which meant that they would not be easy foes to confront. Heavy knights guarded the main gates and doors while archers and mages flanked the tops of the main ramps, ready to fire at any attackers. Other units, such as healers and axe fighters, were scattered elsewhere.

“Blast! We don’t have the time to be fighting all these guys right now!” Bryan complained. “I just want to defeat Shigo, rescue my father, get him to tell me what I want to know, and get to Aracion.”

“You know, you’re right. If we could just get Shigo to—” Azura began. However, a deep chuckling voice cut her off.

“Hehehe. Look who finally decided to show up.”

Everyone’s attention was turned in the direction of the main gate. Racing towards them from the threshold was a black horse garbed in similar armor and trappings to Leyon’s. Its rider was the very same man Leyon spotted near Fort Tehya. Lartz quickly approached Bryan and leaned over in the saddle to get his attention.

“Bryan, that’s him!”

“Lartz?” Shigo noticed. “I had a feeling you’d defected. Well, what a disappointment you turned out to be.”

“Let’s see if you’re still laughing when I chop you into kindling!” Lartz retorted.

Bryan was about to remind Lartz, none-too-gently, that no one was going to kill Shigo besides Bryan himself but Shigo cut him off.

“Pity. I thought you the perfect specimen; ruthless, aggressive and merciless. The way you torched that Meloran village, and practically depopulated it, was incredible. My parents were among your victims, though not that I minded, they were weak, so I decided to make something of you. I was hesitant since you killed my twin sister, she was the only one I ever trusted, but I thought the gamble was worth it. Sadly, you disproved me.”

“I don’t give a damn! Melora is hopelessly tainted by evil! Every act I did to punish it was well deserved!”

”That was always the problem with you, no discipline. Don’t you remember the first thing I taught you? ‘Don’t fight a battle if you don’t gain anything by winning.’ You think I’m pathetic? You’re the one who was torching villages because you couldn’t accept your roots. I should’ve given Selia her due vengeance long ago, but I can still kill you now.”

“Not if I can help it!” Bryan intervened. “I know you have my father and I want him back! You wanted me alive, so here I am! We’ll settle this here and now, man-to-man!”

“Tempting. But, I’d rather let my men have some fun first. We’ll see if you’re a worthy opponent for me in the process. And your father? I presume you mean this man right here.”

With that, Shigo snapped his fingers and within the next minute, a bound man in a gray cloak with dark grayish blue hair was brought to the parapet of the fort. By straining his eyes, Bryan could make out enough of the man’s face to recognize him.

“DAD!” Bryan hollered, his angry expression suddenly turning into a look of peril. “Murdering my mother when I was a baby didn’t satisfy you, Shigo?! Let him go if you want to die easy!”

Hearing this even from such a distance, Owen’s head suddenly shot up, eyes widened with disbelief that his son knew his mother’s fate.

“So you found that much out, did you?” Shigo chuckled. “Ha, like it will help you any.”

“We don’t have time to play games with you, Shigo!” Azura stepped in. “You wanted to fight Bryan? Let’s get it over with!”

“Ah, you’re that girl her majesty is so interested in, aren’t you?” Shigo guessed. “Maybe a second hostage will change your mind.”

The general snapped his fingers once more. This time, Lorelle was brought up to the parapet, also bound.

“NO! MOTHER!” Azura gasped in fear.

“The Red Claw picked her up in Talgria for me after they turned Galden into a bonfire. Hehe, I thought she might be of use.”

“That does it! Bryan, let’s give them a world of pain!” Azura demanded.

“It would be my pleasure!” Bryan agreed, arming himself with his lance and shield. Shigo snickered.

“See you later, oh noble one!”

With that, the general galloped away, leaving his men and the fort behind. There’s that title again, Bryan thought. Wait… Could this mean Shigo knows something I don’t and that I actually am of noble birth? Father has a lot of explaining to do once we get him out of there.

With that, the group charged towards the main gate, which remained open. As much as he wanted to give chase and overtake Shigo, Bryan knew the safety of his father and Lorelle had to come first. Plus, he knew tearing these soldiers apart would help prepare him for when the battle with Shigo finally came. The stronger Bryan became, the better his chances against such a terror. However, there were more important concerns on his mind at the moment than even that. Both he and Azura feared as they began cleaving through the Melorans that Owen and Lorelle would be injured, or worse. It was all too possible for a stray arrow or carelessly thrown spell to mistakenly hit them instead of the intended target.

The others reaching the same conclusion, they proceeded with caution. Leyon advised Azura to be careful and allow him to take the hostages to safety since he could do so the most quickly and with the least danger. But, the determined mercenary insisted that she knew what she was doing. Azura did agree, however, that it was best for someone on a mount to transport Owen and Lorelle away from the fray and allowed the general to do so. While the rest of the group held back the forces on the fort grounds, the Royal Knights charged up the main ramp followed by Bryan. Leyon was leery about how they’d handle the heavy knights, even with him using Olegxing, but luckily, the first one to fall dropped a hammer. After snickering with delight, Leyon literally smashed through the remainder with his new weapon fairly easily. Hammers were excellent for penetrating such thick armor, as they could pound through it almost as easily as a blade could cut flesh.

Meanwhile, Kevin’s mercenaries, Azura’s group, and Louise split into two units and headed in opposite directions in order to circle the fort grounds while defending one another’s backs at the same time. Bryan’s men remained stationed near the wagon, both to provide reinforcements as needed and to cut off possible escape routes for the Melorans. Ike simply sat within the wagon itself and groaned. Man… Looks like there’s no place for me in this once again, he thought to himself. Gah, I hate being useless! However, Ike soon discovered he had more to worry about than just his companions. Minutes later, Leyon finally had both Lorelle and Owen clinging to his mount and headed for the main gate. However, several enemy reinforcements gave chase. Many of their comrades within the fort grounds had by then perished, allowing Bryan and the other Royal Knights to easily rush to Leyon’s aid. Bryan’s men also joined the fray in an attempt to protect the wagon and the Clydesdales. Leyon’s pursuers were swiftly caught between Bryan’s men and their own pursuers, and were cut to pieces.

Once the Melorans were vanquished, Lorelle and Owen practically toppled from Leyon’s horse, though neither seemed seriously injured. Azura and Bryan quickly rushed to their sides after watching Lorelle weakly stagger in Owen’s direction, who then caught her in his arms.

“Mother!” Azura cried, coming to a skidding halt before her weakened foster mother. “What’s wrong?!”

“Oh… Azura! Just…a little tired and hungry,” Lorelle gasped out in delight despite her pain. “I suppose I should count myself lucky I’m still breathing. Those brutes have ice running through their veins.”

“She should go into the wagon with Ike,” Bryan advised as he and the remainder of the large group exited the fort grounds. The last of the enemy soldiers had finally been vanquished. Lorelle willingly entered the wagon, though Ike and Azura very nearly had to carry her in, and Lorelle was more than relieved to have a real place to rest.

“Dad, are you alright?” Bryan inquired seconds later.

“Yes, though as Lorelle said, we were lucky to come away with our lives,” Owen replied. “But what are you doing here? How did you know where to find me? How did you find out Shigo—”

“I came to rescue you from these barbarians, of course,” Bryan rather coldly replied. “As for how I found Shigo and learned what he did, an ally of mine told me some of the story but not enough! How could you leave me behind to constantly worry about you while this madman who apparently has something against our family was hunting you to finish the job?!”

“Bryan, I…”

“And then while the stress keeps piling up, I find out my mother was murdered when I was only an infant!” Bryan cut him off. “I also found this hidden in the shop!”

With that, the Sentinel produced the jeweled necklace he and Ike had discovered in Narcoss. Owen’s eyes widened once more as a faint gasp escaped his lips.

“You found your mother’s necklace too…”

“I did! Why did she have to die? How could any of this have happened?!”

“Bryan, I am very sorry,” Owen replied remorsefully. “I honestly regret everything I’ve put you through and wish I could take it all back. But I loved your mother with all my heart and I would have never wished harm upon her. All either of us wanted was for you to grow up happy and healthy. When she died, I vowed to raise you in her honor.”

“Well, isn’t that something!” Bryan retorted, fighting back tears. “Because my childhood was hell and you know it! And you couldn’t do a damn thing about it!”

“I taught you that you were within your rights to defend yourself, it was your choice not to listen,” Owen replied with a hint on incredulity, but which quickly faded. “I only wish I could’ve done more.”

“I would hope so. I will admit, I should have listened to you when you told me I needed to step up and defend myself, but that didn’t change the fact that no one gave a damn about me except for you and later, Skye. He was the only person who ever truly made me happy back then.”

“And I was happy to see it. It overjoyed me to know that my son finally found a friend. Before that, I feared you would never know real friendship and love.”

“So did I. But now, I know them better than I could have ever imagined. Not only do I have many friends, but I’m famous as well. Heck, I even have a girlfriend and she loves me because I’m me!”

“And that makes me proud of you, Bryan. Your mother would be just as proud.”

“I figured as much. But I need to know the truth. Why did you hide so much from me? Why couldn’t you tell me about my mother?”

“Bryan, as much as I regret it, I had to. I had no choice if I was to protect you. You were too young to know or even understand the truth. But now you must know if Shigo is to be stopped.”

“Then tell me. I’m all ears.”

“Good. Are you aware of the rumors about the lost Prince of Astryn?”

“Yeah, I’ve heard little bits here and there. Sounds pretty far-fetched, if you ask me. Queen Marion never had any children, after all.”

“That’s true, she didn’t. However, many believe Marion had a younger sister who did and Shigo has been seeking the child for years. Your mother wasn’t the first person he killed in his hunt and I doubt she was the last either.”

“You mean he believes in this prince? But what does that have to do with me or my mother?”

Owen was silent for a very long moment, as if he had so much he wanted to say that he could not guess where to begin. Finally, he heaved a long sigh and spoke five words which would alter Bryan’s life, and mission, irrevocably.

“That prince, Bryan, is you.”

“W-What?!” Bryan exclaimed, stumbling backwards and dropping his lance. “But…how is that possible?!”

“Your mother…was Princess Caline herself. And you are the son she left behind at the time of her death. You are the true heir to Astryn’s throne.”​
 
Now for chapter 22.


Chapter 22: The Arrival

Bryan’s brave lance and shield made a ringing clatter as they fell to the ground from his suddenly nerveless fingers, his lower jaw inching to follow. Shock and disbelief hit him like a fist, smashing air from his lungs, and his chest heaved with ragged gasps while his brow streamed. Questions whirled through his head as he tried to make sense of his father’s words, to believe that he was of royal birth. After what felt like hours, he finally spoke.

“I…I just don’t understand. How could Mother… How could you even…?”

“Bryan…I’m truly sorry. I also had to hide my own identity in order to protect us,” Owen admitted somberly. “Many years ago, I was a Grand Duke of Astryn. Your mother and I courted each other for years, and we were madly in love. In truth, she had better suitors to choose from, but she made me the happiest of men when she chose me. Astryn supported our union gladly, and the necklace you found was my wedding gift to her. Then, you were born two years later… Our pride and joy… I still retain my title to this day, as I had never renounced it, nor had it stripped from me by the queen. I merely…disappeared with my beloved son.”

“But…But why? The queen…my mother…everyone must have been worried.”

“I know, more so than you think, but I had no other choice. Your mother was actually supposed to be with us as well, but...”

“Shigo got to her first…”

“Precisely.”

Bryan couldn’t prevent tears from forming in his eyes once more. The rest of the group whom had been listening to Owen’s story also felt pangs of sympathy and sadness. Azura sensed that even though no more clues to her own mysterious origins had been revealed since discovering the mountain ruins and hearing Lorelle’s story, Bryan’s case was far worse, despite him still having a father. Ike, who could easily hear the conversation from the wagon nearby, also felt the young prince’s pain. Ike recalled, with stark and painful clarity, how he’d learned of his mother’s death from Volke, an assassin. Greil had touched the accursed Lehran’s Medallion, its chaotic energies causing him to go berserk, and he had slain his wife Elena in his rage. Like an old wound, which he reflected it was, it ached at the scene before Ike as if threatening to reopen.

“Dad…” Bryan uttered, unable to prevent a tear from trickling down his cheek. “You had to hide us from him…didn’t you?”

”Yes. Shigo’s invasion was a thing of nightmares. I had suspected he sought to annex Astryn for himself because he seemed to have sole command of the invasion and, when he overran a city or village, he raised his personal banner over it rather than Melora’s flag. Whatever the reason, those settlements that resisted him were quickly crushed. It became obvious that Astryn’s army was outmatched and it was only by luck that we managed to transport Queen Marion to Orenias before they could reach her. The dragons had been Astryn’s friends and allies for centuries and Shigo would not risk opening a second front against them. In time, Queen Marion had grown too weak to be an obstacle to Shigo, but he was aware of you and your mother. He knew also that, so long as a true heir remained, they would be a threat to him. Perhaps, a lethal threat.”

“W-What did you, Mother, and the other nobles do…?”

Owen offered a grim shrug and replied.

“There was little we could do. Astryn’s army had been all but annihilated. What few defenders remained rallied at Medann; if they could not stop Shigo from taking Astryn, then they would make him pay dearly for it. It did, indeed, cost Shigo dearly, but the city fell nonetheless, along with all of its defenders. Your mother, myself and another Grand Duke tried to flee before Shigo finished us off as well. But, Shigo began bombarding the city with catapults launching payloads of stone and flaming pitch, and we were separated. The Grand Duke sought refuge in Cilae, but I did not learn this for some time. Whatever the case, your mother and I chose to take you to Talgria. Your mother rode off with you in her arms, hoping to meet me at the Talgrian border, but Shigo found her first. He struck her in the stomach with his sword and she must’ve been unhorsed by the blow. I was at the Talgrian border, where we’d decided to meet in case we got separated. I waited for ten, maybe fifteen minutes, but I knew something was wrong. I turned back and tried to find the two of you. Eventually, I found her collapsed in a barren field with you cradled in her right arm. I could see she was badly hurt and I dug out an elixir to try and heal her, but it was too late. She’d lost too much blood and breathed her last breaths in the fallows that bear her name.”

“I…I can’t believe this…” Bryan sobbed moments after Owen finished speaking. “Mother… But, why didn’t Shigo kill me too? He surely knew I was there.”

“I have no idea. In truth, I hadn’t even thought of the question until now. By the time I found your mother, she could barely speak. She murmured the name ‘Shigo,’ which told me enough about who had brutalized her so. Before...the end, she whispered ‘live for me, Bryan… My baby boy…’”

At this, Bryan fell silent once more. Shock and grief choked away his voice, and all the young prince could do was bury his face in his father’s torso while tears rolled down his cheeks. Owen, memories of his own grief silencing him as well, simply returned the embrace, all too aware of the pain his son was going through. By now, both Faline and Azura had felt tears forming in their own eyes, and even the tough-as-nails Skye looked somber. Owen finally spoke up again several moments later.

“While you were growing up, it always pained me to think of how you had your mother’s beautiful eyes and hair. You looked so much like her and still do… This story pains me still, even after all these years, and it still is not fully told…”

“I-It’s not?” Bryan replied, suddenly pulling away from his father. “But you crossed the border and opened that shop next, right?”

“I did, but there’s more to it than that,” Owen explained. “The first thing I did after crossing the border with you was seek out an old friend of mine in Aracion. To me, he was Willie. But you know him as General William, commander of the Talgrian Army.”

“G-General William?!” Bryan nearly gasped. “But—”

“I know. How did I know him when we were from different countries, both of which distrusted one another? You see, William is a fairly distant relative of the Astrynian noble house that I was born into. His family and mine were on good terms and he sometimes came to visit when we were children. That’s how I met him. Generally, the Talgrians and Astrynians have much enmity for one another, but on occasion, there’s a few who become friends or even fall in love and marry.”

“I see…”

“Due our friendship, William was the reason your mother and I wanted to flee to Talgria. We knew he would help us find a safe place to live. Once I found him, I told him everything I have just now revealed to you, and he suggested that I open a shop so I could earn funds to support and raise you. I chose to do this in Narcoss because I heard about Ryin and his forging skills as well as the many merchants that go through there to reach Aracion. In time, Ryin became a trusted client and we both made reasonable shares of gold from my selling his weapons.”

“But what about all that rare and valuable merchandise you had, like the lance you left me?”

“Remember the other Grand Duke who survived the fall of Medann? With a hawk messenger’s help, I learned he’d returned to Medann after the war ended to aid with Astryn’s reconstruction. Shigo had conquered and humiliated Astryn, but with the losses his army suffered and the death of Melora’s king, he could not maintain control of the country. So, he abandoned his conquest. The Grand Duke told me he desperately needed money for the reconstruction. I then told him of my shop and he agreed to send me whatever the queen was willing to part with for me to sell, provided that I sent them the larger share of what was earned from the sale. I also agreed that he could have my family’s fortune and lands for the reconstruction. I was the sole inheritor left and I rather doubted I’d return to Astryn to make use of either the gold or the estates, so I decided to put them to use where they were needed.”

“That makes sense… It explains why General William made me a platoon captain despite all of the criticism I’ve received. You knew that, sooner or later, I would have to find out the truth and try to claim the throne, and you wanted me to be ready…”

“Exactly.”

“But why couldn’t his majesty King Wencelis know of all this? He’s a wise and good ruler and surely could’ve been trusted. And what about Ryin? Sure, he and I had a rough start, but he still became our friend.”

“I know, but I just couldn’t risk letting anyone else know this information. William was the only person I trusted within the Talgrian borders at the time and if Shigo caught wind of us, we would have been in grave danger.”

“Oh…”

“And that’s the full story. I promise you.”

With that, silence fell over the group once more. Azura, Ike, Faline, and Skye’s hearts ached for Bryan, who had been shocked to his foundation by this revelation. Lartz remained in his saddle, already dreading the inevitable confrontation that would ensue when Bryan realized his father hadn’t been alone in concealing the Sentinel’s origins. Bryan soldiers had, at Leyon’s insistence, dispersed but the realization that their captain was of royal blood had stirred many hushed conversations. Bryan himself, however, was awhirl with confusion and astonishment. His discovery of Caline’s necklace, his mother’s necklace, and all the other oddities he’d stumbled upon had caused him to suspect that his father was more than just a shopkeeper and that he might not be a commoner after all. But being the last remaining heir of Astryn’s throne, or any throne for that matter, and that his mother was viciously slain by a power-hungry madman, left his mind reeling.

The Sentinel also now knew what the message which Marc found meant by there being an inheritance. However, it wasn’t a normal bequeath, like gold, a house, or family heirlooms. It was a throne and crown and an entire kingdom which accompanied them. All these years, Bryan had royal blood flowing through his veins, and neither him, nor anyone else around him, had known it aside from his father and General William. The shock finally overwhelming him, he dropped to his knees afterward, his wildly trembling hands on the ground and his eyes staring sightlessly at the earth below. Tears soon began to dampen the soil as a grimace formed on Bryan’s face.

“I just… I just can’t believe all of this…” he finally uttered.

“Bryan…” Faline replied somberly, though her words were lost in Bryan’s grief stricken tirade.

“I don’t know how I can possibly do anything to save Astryn’s government… I barely know how lead my own men effectively, let alone rule a country… I just don’t know what to do…!”

With that, Bryan was silent once more and remained on his knees, the trembling in his hands now spreading to his whole body. Several moments later, Skye’s saddened expression turned into a grimace. Growling as he harshly wiped away tears, whose existence his would later emphatically deny, he quickly approached his despondent friend. Without hesitation, Skye angrily plucked Bryan off the ground by his pauldron, which resulted in gasps out of both Faline and Azura. Owen stepped backward, startled by the sniper’s act.

“Oh for crying out loud, will you get a grip?!” Skye demanded, his eyes filled with anger and his grip on Bryan’s pauldron remaining strong. “Who cares if you’re just perfecting your damned leadership skills! You’ve earned the reputation to do this, Bryan! Tons of people respect you now! You’re the Emerald Sentinel, damn it!”

“Errgh…”

“So cut the pathetic drama! I know you’re better than this! Where’s the man who defeated a dozen other soldiers in a row during his first training session in Aracion?! What happened to the tough-ass Bryan I grew up with?!”

“Skye, stop it!” Faline intervened, quickly approaching the pair. “You’re being a jerk!”

“Yeah, Skye! Bryan doesn’t need this!” Azura angrily stepped in.

“No, no…” Bryan quickly protested, seeming as though to shake himself out of a trance. “He’s right… I’m twenty two years old. I shouldn’t be acting this way… Skye, you can let me go now. Don’t want you breaking your bow fingers on my armor.”

“Good. I’m glad you’re listening,” Skye replied and released his friend.

Bryan returned to his feet immediately afterwards and picked his equipment up, slinging it to his back once more.

“Lartz…” he intoned severely, turning to the Dracoknight. “You knew about this, didn’t you?”

“Only some of it,” Lartz admitted somberly. “I did know of your heritage, the attack on Medann, and how Princess Caline died, but no more than that. I’m sorry I had to keep it from you…”

“No, you did the right thing. I’d have felt even worse if I found out from a stranger. But now I know. I’m the prince of Astryn, and I have to accept that.”

“That’s exactly what I wanted to hear,” Skye replied, a smile forming on his face.

“I’m glad to hear it too,” Azura added. “And this could change everything. As the prince, Bryan, you have the power to command Astryn’s soldiers and request help from Orenias yourself on Queen Marion’s behalf. We can bring them into the Alliance to fight Melora.”

“That’s true, but I don’t wish to do so yet,” Bryan replied, noting Azura’s perplexity at his words. “I think we should continue to Aracion and hold off on letting Astryn know of my existence for the time being. We still need to bring you to King Wencelis, after all. He should know about this as well and he’ll likely be able to help us put this discovery to good use. Plus, I…I need to let this sink in.”

“I understand. It is good that you have some time to get used to your identity before taking on such important duties,” Azura agreed. “We also have to know if there are any survivors of the Red Claw’s recent attacks.”

“Kye!” Skye suddenly blurted, his eyes widening with fear. “Damn it! We have to leave for Aracion now!”

Owen’s story had so astonished him that he had briefly forgotten about his younger brother and the possibility that he was among the dead in Talgria.

“Oh!” Azura muttered. “Then let’s waste no more time here!”

With that, Azura and Leyon gathered the entire group and resumed their journey to Talgria’s capital city. Skye’s expression verged on feral as his hand clenched into a fist. He could not resist the urge to shout his heart out to no one in particular.

“I swear, if they killed my little brother, THEY WON’T LIVE LONG ENOUGH TO REGRET IT!”

***​

Meanwhile, deep within Melora’s borders sat its capital city of Ebonar. At first glance, it appeared to be much like Aracion, bustling with many active citizens, merchants, and all sorts of different people. However, just as Lartz had described to Azura and the others, the Meloran peoples’ penchant for violent practices was in full display in Ebonar’s streets and alleyways. Some people were using human-shaped dummies, and human prisoners in some cases, as targets for knife throwing or archery while swordsman and other warriors would have spars and duels with one another or would practice the fine art of efficient killing upon those who’d earned their Queen’s displeasure. It could easily be assumed that whoever committed or attempted to commit a crime in this city faced severe, if not fatal, punishment. Within Ebonar’s heart stood the Melora Keep, its imposing black walls and towers which rose in cruel curves making it seem a thing of nightmares. This had long been the domain of Melora’s king and queen, and the final destination of whatever enemy had the great misfortune of falling into their clutches.

Within a room that seemed painted with blood, upon a throne that looked as though carved from volcanic rock, sat a majestic-looking woman. She was shrouded from head to toe in long silver and golden brown robes, which concealed a chest plate of ebony-lined red. This armor was so strong, that even enchanted weapons could not pierce it, as the several assassins who’d sought her life over the years had discovered much too late. Her long, black hair curled in a mass of ringlets, the creamy brown fringe cascading down to the sides of her face while an elegant braid dangled near to her waist. A crown, crafted as imperiously as her near invisible armor, encircled her head, bobbing slightly as she nodded approval for the men before her to speak. One of the men standing before her was garbed in large, spiked armor and a cloak which was slightly tattered from near misses on the field of battle. He carried an enormous double-bladed axe that was nearly as tall as himself. The other wore black and silver armor similar to that of Lartz, only it was larger, more angular, and bore a more decorative design. He sported a mane of dark brown hair while a poleax stood at his side.

“You two have brought me the stone, I presume?” the woman inquired.

“It’s on its way here now, Mother,” the black-armored man confirmed. “I came to let you know ahead of time. There’s other news as well, though. We regret to inform you that General Shigo has violated your orders. His forces did not march on Jerusa as you commanded, but have instead begun making advances in Astryn. Those of our forces who had marched on Jerusa were nearly overwhelmed by the Talgrian Royal Knights. They had sought to pin down the Royal Knights until Shigo arrived, but were forced to retreat when they realized he would not be coming.”

“What?! That traitor!” Isis growled angrily. “I should’ve known he’d continue pursuing what my husband promised him all those years ago! Curse you, Shigo!”

Seemingly in an instant, however, her anger turned into mere irritation with a hint of amusement.

“Shigo will be punished for his insubordination, but his actions change nothing. Talgria and its allies are losing the war. Our capture of the Raven messengers has left the greater portion of their forces cut off from one another and in disarray. The Ravens’ absence has left their supply lines paralyzed while ours have never functioned better. Our forces are without number while theirs are dwindling by the day. Our victory is inevitable.”

“What are we to do about Shigo?” the black-armored man wondered.

“He is to be hunted down, captured, and executed in the most brutal way you can think of! I will not allow that mongrel to ruin anymore plans and take what should’ve been mine! Do I make myself clear, Royce?”

“You do, Mother.”

“Good. I’m pleased to know that you’ve found the stone, however. Now, your report, Commander Bernard?”

“Er, well, the poison failed to reach the girl, I’m afraid,” the spiked-armored man replied, a glare from his queen making him wonder if he’d share Shigo’s punishment. “B-But it did go to a man named Ike, and from what my men have told me, he’d have been a major threat to our plans had it not happened. This Ike has inflicted great defeats upon our Red Claw proxies, but he hasn’t appeared since being poisoned, so I think it’s safe to assume he’s dead.”

“Hmm, I see,” Isis replied, her anger vanishing upon hearing this news. “I’d give you and your Red Claw snobs an earful, and likely a hanging as well, for failing that mission, but the death of this Ike should more than make up for it. Thus, you are pardoned.”

“Th-Thank you.”

“Anything else before I give you both your next orders?” Isis continued.

“Well, there is one more thing…” Royce replied. “Lartz has defected as well. No surprise there, though.”

“Ha, indeed. His abilities could have been very useful to us, but instead he chose to be soft and act like a fool. If he can’t learn to accept that he was born as one of us, then let him do whatever he pleases. That is, as long as he does not interfere with our plans. If he does, I trust you know what to do.”

“Of course, Mother. And that is all.”

“Very well. Royce, I’m giving you command of every Meloran soldier and dracoknight who has not sided with Shigo. You are to order the dracoknights in Cilae to rendezvous with Bernard’s men at the encampment they have built near Talgria’s capital of Aracion. Once there, you know what to do. In the meantime, I must see if I can’t convince that deranged sister of yours to cooperate with us in this matter.”

“Understood. Erys always was like Lartz’s female counterpart. She, too, will pay for her treachery if she still refuses her duties.”

“Indeed. Bernard, you are to send the rest of your men to Jerusa. I recently learned from one of our captive ravens that much of the Talgrian army has moved from there, so it ought to be an easy target. If both Jerusa and Aracion are captured simultaneously, whatever remnants of the enemy yet persist will have no choice but to surrender.”

“It would be my pleasure, your majesty!” Bernard obeyed, brushing his hands together.

“Good. You both are dismissed.”

***​

Unaware of the plot unfolding in Melora, Azura’s group marched towards Aracion, many words exchanged between nearly every member along the way. Bryan explained to Owen how Lartz was a Meloran soldier, but who’d aided Azura and company and even revealed a few secrets about Shigo and Melora’s intentions to his newfound comrades. Owen, though surprised to find a Meloran with any semblance of honor, thanked Lartz for keeping his secrets and helping his son. Faline was also given a proper introduction and revealed to Owen as being the very same Pegasus knight Bryan rescued a year before. Owen himself had suspected as much; Bryan had given a remarkably detailed description of her after the incident, which she fit perfectly. Bryan also explained how he’d earned the nickname Emerald Sentinel, but decided against mentioning the incident in Keanu, as he felt both him and his father dredged up enough bad memories for one day.

The group soon agreed to pitch camp and turn in for the evening, as the skies had grown as dark as ebony. However, the next day, they were packed and suited up at the brink of dawn and quickly resumed their journey. Along the way, Azura realized that ever since she and the others had gone to Cilae to retrieve Ike’s medicine, she had forgotten he still carried her pendant. After inquiring about it, she was relieved to hear Elincia explain that she had hidden it deep within Ike’s belongings to prevent the Red Claw from discovering it. Once Azura laid eyes on it again for the first time in months, however, she was astonished to find it enveloped in a bright, slightly flashing glow. It wasn’t light reflecting off of the surface either, the glow was coming from within the pendant. Elincia then described that it had been like that for some time, since she and Ike had been in Eraghoa’s castle.

“This… This is unbelievable,” Azura muttered as she gazed upon her glowing pendant inside the wagon. “I really hope his majesty can explain what this is all about…”

“I’m sure he will,” Elincia assured. “I think I can see why Melora wants this pendant so badly now, though. It must have some mysterious powers.”

“Yeah… It’s definitely no ordinary piece of jewelry,” Ike agreed. “I haven’t seen anything like this since Lehran’s Medallion and believe me, that thing was special. And dangerous.”

Neither Azura, nor Elincia could disagree here. Azura had heard of Lehran’s Medallion and the accursed powers it once possessed from Ike before. She remembered how it would cause anyone who touched it to go berserk with the exception of Ike’s sister and mother. This train of thought, however, caused fear to curdle at her breastbone. What if her pendant possessed deadly magic as well? If it did, what would Melora become capable of should they get their hands on it? Azura decided not to risk finding out, as the implications were too frightening to contemplate. Instead, she attempted to turn her thoughts to a more uplifting course. Perhaps whatever power the pendant held would prove useful to her and her companions, maybe even ensure their victory over Melora. Azura felt better believing this was possible.

“Hmm…” she uttered in contemplation.

“Azura!” a familiar voice called to her from outside moments later, snapping the mercenary out of her trance. Marc soon poked his head into the wagon from atop his horse.

“We’re in view of Aracion! We’re about to cross the river—”

“Damn it!” Leyon’s voice rang out, cutting Marc off. “We’ve got a major problem out here!”

Azura worriedly jumped out of the wagon while Marc turned his horse around, both strongly suspecting what manner of danger Leyon had spotted. Much to their dismay, though not to their surprise, the group’s path across the nearby bridge was barricaded by what was undoubtedly a large Red Claw encampment. Dozens of tents and pavilions lined the bank of the river nearby the bridge, while others formed corridors on either side of the bridge. What’s more, this force was both diverse and well armed. Everyone could easily spot mages, archers, swordsmen, cavalry, thieves and rogues, and an assortment of other units besides those who simply walked about with axes slung on their backs. Melora was still providing them with men, obviously, and this time, the group Azura and company faced was larger than ever.

“Azura, listen to me,” Leyon spoke up, approaching her atop his horse. “We must destroy this camp as soon as possible. I have little doubt that it’s a beachhead for an invasion of Aracion!”

“I can see that, thanks,” Azura replied, showing a bit of irritation in her voice. “Now let’s go and give these creeps the punishment they deserve!”

The young mercenary then charged towards the front of the group. Leyon quickly followed.

“Hey! Wait a minute, don’t you think I should—”

“I don’t need any help. I’m perfectly capable of holding my own in a fight and I’m not about to let these imbeciles get the better of us!”

Leyon simply bore a small smile as the group charged into battle. I like her attitude… he thought, following them. So tough and courageous. The general knew that now was not the time to daydream, however. He raised Olegxing and began charging into the Red Claw camp.

Since the Red Claw, no doubt believing their camp would go undetected until it was too late, had not expected to come under attack and the first charge by Azura’s company took them by complete surprise. Between the strength of Azura and her battle hardened company and the strength of their newfound allies, the Red Claw bandits were easy pickings early on. The Talgrian knights and Bryan’s men were ordered to secure the area’s perimeter and attack the enemy’s flanks so that the enemy would be pressed from all sides with no chance of escape. Though the element of surprise had leveled the odds, it wasn’t long before the Red Claw regained its composure and fought back. They were also quick to realize who their opponents were. Two of the higher-ranked members stepped forward into the bloodshed and spotted Azura impaling an archer directly through the center of his gut.

“Well, well! The girl is still alive!” one of them exclaimed purposely so everyone could hear. Azura and her companions, their own opponents slain in the initial blitz, heard the exclamation and turned their attention to the two elite bandits.

“I am, and I’m afraid neither of you will be much longer as long as that remains true!” Azura shot back angrily. Leyon couldn’t help but raise his eyebrows upon witnessing her reaction. He’d never seen a woman stand up to men in such a fashion so easily before. He reflected though that her hot-blooded tendency to charge into danger at the first chance was something he could do without.

“H-Hey! The pendant’s around her neck again! And it’s glowin’ too!” the other bandit pointed out, his tone clearly expressing interest and more than fear.

“Huh?! Whoa! Whatever Melora wants with this thing, it’s gotta be big! Go tell the boss!”

“Har, ye bet I will!”

However, the bandit who had begun to flee did not get far.

“Oh no you don’t! The only way you louts are leaving is in a funeral urn!” Skye’s angry voice rang out as he flung arrow after arrow into the bandits. Azura smiled upon Skye’s ferocity though, when she remembered the reason for it, the corners of her mouth turned downward. Her time with Kye was brief, but she too hoped the young Rouge was still alive. The battle was hotly contested but, between the size and strength of the Allied force and their good fortune to catch the enemy unawares, victory seemed near. Anywhere one looked, there was a Red Claw bandit hard pressed by one of Azura’s allies or one lying on the ground dead, either cut to pieces or riddled with arrows. However, the bandits would not go down easily. Many members of Azura’s troop were wounded, even though they managed to survive their individual duels. Norman and Raela certainly had their work cut out for them, as they were dashing about healing injuries in every corner of the camp while carefully avoiding the conflict itself. In fact, injuries piled up so quickly, the pair almost wasn’t fast enough. They were thankful that their allies were well supplied with vulneraries.

After half an hour of wearing down the Red Claw’s defenses and the tide of the battle turned solidly in their favor, Azura and company finally reached what must’ve been the pavilion belonging to the Red Claw commander. Ike peered through the drapes of the wagon and saw that many of his companions were either exhausted or injured while there were still several more Red Claw bandits left. He grunted angrily and decided he could no longer tolerate remaining hidden. Ike quickly began strapping on his armor as Azura confronted the enemy commander.

“Argh, you and yer companions turned out to be tougher than I suspected, girl, but don’t think we’re givin’ up!” the boss blurted, readying an axe while swinging himself atop a horse.

“Bah! Ugly as you are, you don’t scare me!” Azura retorted. “As far as I’m concerned, you’re dead!”

“Azura, wait!” Leyon protested. “Don’t—!”

Azura paid no attention. She charged forward, drawing back her blade for an upward thrust to pierce her foe’s side, only to be stopped dead in her tracks by the sound of heavy footsteps racing behind her. She gasped in shock when she spotted Ike, suited up and armed with Ettardios, cleaving his way through four of the remaining bandits, seemingly in one blow. He then swung his blade into the boss’s horse twice, the animal sagging to its haunches in death, and back flipped while his blade struck the heart of the commander himself. Ike angrily eyed the few living bandits, whose expressions verged on panic. Noting the clear recognition on their faces, Ike thumped his chest theatrically and hefted Ettardios with equal flourish.

“That’s right, Red Claw! Ike, the hero of Tellius, is alive and back!” he shouted as the bandits fled the scene.

The Talgrian Royal Knights, one of them cheerfully muttering the phrase ‘turkey shoot,’ charged after and the remaining Red Claw were run to the ground, trampled to death by the Knights’ warhorses.

“Ike!” Elincia shouted in rage as she bolted over to her lover. “What on earth do you think you’re doing?! You’re not fully recovered yet!”

“Elincia, I’m sorry, but I just got sick of sitting around doing nothing while the rest of you did all the work,” Ike admitted, his cheeks reddening as he noted some people snickering and Ranulf mouthing ‘hen-pecked husband material.’. “I know I’m not fully recovered, but look, I made short work of those guys.”

“That’s only because you took them by surprise. Now come on, wait a bit longer for me before getting into another battle. Please?”

Ike sighed before replying, admitting to himself that he couldn’t resist such a plea from the woman he loved. He did, however, mouth to Ranulf that ‘the next time I see you, I’ll bring a dog.’

“Alright, fine… Let’s just hurry to the castle.”

After complimenting Ike on his bravery, Azura and the others were eager to complete their journey to Castle Talgria. Elincia and Ranulf were particularly surprised Ike referred to himself as the hero of Tellius, since he despised having so much fame and recognition. Ike’s theatrics were also odd, given his straightforward nature. They figured however, that one didn’t need to be famous to be a hero and ignored the matter. Besides, his display had certainly made an impression on the enemy. Leyon and Azura agreed to ransack Red Claw camp, removing anything they could use, and then leaving it in ruins as a warning to the enemy, though Azura was still irritated with the general’s behavior towards her. How dare he treat me like I’m weak… Azura thought to herself as the group reached Aracion’s outskirts. Just as they did, Leyon reined up and addressed the company.

“Ashunera has smiled on us this day. And, you have all done me proud beyond words. Had that beachhead gone undiscovered, Melora may very well have taken Aracion and defeated us completely. There will be medals, there will be promotions, once the King learns of your deeds.”

“Will there be ale?” one of the Knights spoke up, causing several people to roll their eyes. “You can keep the medals, I want a keg of house aged malt wine. A whole keg, mind you!”

Ike opened his mouth, no doubt to demand a feast rather than medals, but Elincia silenced him with a withering glare.

“Oh, shut up!” Leyon chastised, though his tone was good natured.

Azura felt her umbrage towards Leyon lessen a little, but when he rode over to her and gave her a short lecture on the virtues of looking before leaping, it took all her willpower not to slap him.

Since much of the Talgrian Army had relocated back to their capital city, many soldiers were patrolling Aracion’s various streets and roads. The townsfolk generally did not look very concerned either, which was no surprise since the city was so heavily guarded. Thus, they went about their business unaware of how close they’d come to being invaded. Despite Leyon’s earlier words, Azura and the others simply couldn’t imagine anyone breaking through defenses like these so easily, even Melora, especially since a good portion of the Red Claw had just been eliminated. They couldn’t disregard Lartz’s words from before about the strength of Melora’s military, however, and remained cautious as they proceeded through the gates of Castle Talgria. The group, especially those who had been with Azura since Narcoss, was finally relieved to have reached the destination they’d sought for so long.

While the Royal Knights and Bryan’s men had been ordered to join the patrols in the city, the others remained in the castle’s main hall. Leyon and Louise both went to greet Wencelis and inform him of their return as well as Azura’s arrival. Louise remained upstairs afterwards, while Leyon reappeared in the main hall minutes later. Azura’s heart was beginning to race as he approached her, hoping that she was finally going to know the story behind her origins as well as the enigmatic pendant.

“His majesty is relieved you’re here, Azura,” Leyon reported. “He will see you immediately.”

“Alright, then I’ll waste no time,” Azura replied.

“One more thing though,” Leyon continued. “The King also wishes for me and Bryan to be present during this meeting. He’d also like to see Ike there if he’s well enough.”

“I can certainly do that,” Bryan willingly complied.

“Same here. I’m up and moving, aren’t I?” Ike added with a smile.

Leyon nodded and led the trio upstairs to Wencelis’s conference chamber. It was a large and richly decorated, fit for meetings between royalty and government officials. Crystal chandeliers hung from the ceiling while a drapery of blue velvet covered a table of gleaming redwood chased with gold. Chairs with fine cushions provided seating while the marble floor shone in the light. Seated at the table were Wencelis himself, Louise, and a heavily armored man with auburn hair and a small mustache. His armor somewhat resembled Morris’s, only it was more decorative, slightly larger, and included a cape.

“General William…” Bryan spoke up, recognizing his superior officer. “Are you the one who wanted me here?”

“Yes, but we will talk later, Bryan,” William confirmed. “His majesty has words for all of us.”

“Understood.”

“Indeed,” Wencelis spoke up. “Azura, I’m most pleased to—oh dear… The pendant is glowing. That’s not a good sign at all…”

“W-Why not?” Azura inquired, her eyes widening slightly.

“I shall explain later. I must start from the beginning if you are to understand the pendant’s origins as well as your own,” Wencelis replied, though his tone was grave. “As I was saying, I am most pleased to see you here safe and sound.”

“So, can you tell me what I wish to know?”

“Yes, that is exactly why I’ve called you here. It is very important that you know. Now, all of you know of the great flood, do you not?”

“I know I do,” Ike replied, remembering the stories he’d heard of the flood accidentally caused by the goddess Yune centuries before.

“Ah, you must be Sir Ike,” Wencelis guessed. “I’m glad to meet you as well, and I am overjoyed to learn of your recovery.”

“Likewise, your majesty. And thank you.”

Wencelis nodded before continuing.

“Anyway, as you’ve been told, the flood supposedly submerged all continents save for Tellius beneath the ocean,” Wencelis continued. “Obviously, however, that is not true. Altarais still exists. The reason why it survived, however, is directly related to your origins, Azura.”

Azura, very curious as to how and why this was so, listened carefully to Wencelis’s words. He explained that Altarais had in fact nearly suffered the same fate as the other continents besides Tellius. Though it was on the outskirts of the main blast of waves, water gradually began covering much of the land. People had begun to climb the mountains in hopes of finding refuge. However, the water levels only continued to rise and doom seemed nigh. Then, the most wonderous of miracles occurred. Three powerful Saints, one from Talgria, one from Cilae, and one from Astryn, came together on the highest mountain in Talgria and combined their magic to fight the waves. The effort was immense and lasted many long hours, but the strength of their light magic proved to be powerful enough to cause the waves to recede and the water on the land to gradually evaporate.

“And thus, our land was saved,” Wencelis finished. “However, the burden of such an immense working of magic was so great, that the Saints were forced to sacrifice themselves in order for our land to remain protected. Once the water had finally receded, all that remained where the Saints once stood was a shining, golden stone that contained their spirits and their combined power. The families of these three Saints then built a village hidden deep within the Talgrian mountain range in memory of them. In the heart of the village was the temple where the stone was housed and protected by the descendants of the Saints for many years. It was named the Miracle Stone, as it served as the symbol of the miraculous event that saved Altarais. The flaming glow it sometimes emitted also earned it the nickname ‘Fire Emblem.’”

“Oh… Then… Those ruins we found…” Azura began, almost too shocked to speak. “That was the village…”

“So you found it,” Wencelis deduced. “Yes, the village is now in ruins. It was destroyed in the previous Altaraisian war.”

“But why? How?” Bryan inquired.

“You see, Melora sought the Miracle Stone twenty two years ago and they still seek it to this very day,” Wencelis continued. “They found the village it rested in and put it to the torch. But the stone was not there. One of the villagers, a woman, had forseen the danger. She took the stone and fled the village before the Melorans arrived. She then used her light magic to split it into two pieces. One piece was transported away using a Warp staff. Where it came to rest is unknown.”

“And the other half?” Ike wondered.

“The other…is around Azura’s neck.”

Azura gasped and held her pendant, the shock making her hand shake like a leaf in a gale as she gazed at it. Bryan, Ike, and the others had also been rendered speechless.

“And that woman, Azura, was your mother.”​
 
And now, chapter 23.


Chapter 23: Elhorhi’s Noble Lady

“My-My mother?!” Azura gasped, barely able to speak upon hearing Wencelis’s last few words.

“I think I get it now. She must have had Azura with her,” Ike guessed. “And, if Azura’s her daughter, and she was from the village…”

“Precisely,” Wencelis confirmed. “Azura, as the daughter of a woman born into that village, you are a descendant of one of the three Saints. A direct descendant, in fact. And, since the village was destroyed along with nearly all of its inhabitants, you are the sole survivor of its tribe.”

“What?!” Azura gasped, her eyes wide with disbelief.

“I thought so,” Ike added.

“I just can’t believe this… Am I really the last remaining descendant of these Saints?” Azura wondered, her mind awhirl with astonishment.

“You are,” Wencelis confirmed. “The village you were born in, the one I’ve been speaking of, was known as Elhorhi. Your father was the last chieftain of the tribe that lived there and guarded the Miracle Stone. His wife, your mother, aided him in his duties. She was with child during the war and, unless I miss my guess, that child was you.”

“Oh… That’s right,” Azura realized. “I turn twenty one later this year.”

“Indeed. You were born at least several months before the attack. The strain of giving birth can leave a woman debilitated for weeks, so I see the hand of providence in the timing of these events. When it became obvious that Elhorhi was lost, all of its inhabitants, including your father, did what they could to ensure that you and your mother would escape with you and the Miracle Stone. And, they had succeeded. You see, your father had also foreseen the danger and warned the rest of the village. By then, all avenues of escape were lost and victory was a vain hope. But, they vowed to use their light magic to make Melora’s conquest a costly one.”

“Light magic?” Azura wondered.

“Yes, every Elhorhian is descended from the three Saints and, thus, has a strong affinity for light magic. Even now, you carry it in your own blood as well.”

“That explains why I’ve never felt as much pain from magical attacks as I have from swords and lances and all.”

“Exactly. The Elhorhians were exceptional mages and healers. And, even those of different vocations, such as yourself, were also born with strong, natural resistances to the effects of magic. Tragically, they were all wiped out in the battle and their village was razed. That is, with the lone exception of you and your mother.”

“Until someone shot her with a bow as she approached my foster mother’s door…” Azura finished, grief choking her words to a faint whisper.

“You know this? Did your foster mother herself tell you this?”

“Yes. She told me that she found a dead woman at her door. The woman was lying alongside a basket that contained me and a letter that begged my foster mother to protect me and the pendant. The woman had been shot dead by an archer, or maybe more than one archer.”

“I see. Yes, as I said earlier, during her escape, your mother split the Miracle Stone in two pieces. One of those pieces is, unmistakably, the pendant you wear. And believe me, she had a good reason for dividing and hiding it; reasons which relate directly to why Melora seeks the stone.”

The group could only remain silent, curious, and more than a little nervous as Wencelis continued his tale. Ever since some time before the last war, Melora desired to take over all of Altarais and destroy anyone that opposed them. For a time, their motivations were unknown for awhile, but it eventually became clear as to how they intended to achieve their massive goal when they finally raided across the Talgrian border and attacked Elhorhi. They were after the Miracle Stone and its legendary power. Thankfully, they were defeated by the combined forces of Cilae, Talgria, and Astryn before they could embark on a search for the infant Azura. Still, from the way the soldiers fought and the nation’s rulers behaved, Melora seemed to be driven by anger, hatred, jealousy, bloodlust and, some suspected, pure and simple madness.

“The source of this rancor and ire on the part of Melora’s rulers and citizens is unknown and, frankly, few are inclined to investigate,” Wencelis continued. “I do know that Melora is not mentioned often, or favorably, in the history of Altarais. Why this would cause them to become so evil, I don’t know, but whatever the case, they must be stopped.”

“And they will be. I assure you, your majesty,” Azura replied, her tone one of steel. “But does this mean the stone’s power can be devastating?”

“Unfortunately, if it were to fall into the wrong hands, yes,” Wencelis grimly confirmed. “Thankfully, however, such is impossible as long as you draw breath.”

“W-What do you mean?” Azura stammered, afraid her guess was correct.

”The Miracle Stone retains the spirits of the three ancient Saints. The spirits, however, must bond with one of their descendants, such as yourself, in order to remain tied to this world. I can only speculate, but I believe this was done as a measure to keep the stone from being misused. However, if the Elhorhians were to be wiped out entirely, then the spirits’ ties to this world would be severed and they would depart for the hereafter, taking their protection with them and leaving the stone’s power accessible to anyone.”

Azura gasped loudly, her hands and body suddenly trembling.

“That’s…that’s why Melora wants me dead!”

“Precisely.”

“At first, Melora and the Red Claw must’ve wanted to keep their true goal secret so that they could avoid...unwanted complications,” Bryan added in realization, remembering his encounter with the bandits in the Forest of Hope. “If Azura did learn that her pendant was half of the Miracle Stone, it would’ve been easy enough for her to seek protection from Talgria, Cilae, Astryn or any of the laguz nations. When I was on my way to rejoin Azura and the others in Eraghoa, I found a hidden bandit stronghold. I overheard the bandits talking about killing Azura. At the time, that didn’t make much sense because Azura didn’t carry much that was valuable and they never mentioned anyone putting a bounty on her head. There was no obvious reason for them to want her dead. That got my suspicions up and, since they found out I was there, they must’ve gotten desperate enough to infiltrate Castle Eraghoa and poison the slab of ribs.”

“They probably would’ve gotten me right there if Ike hadn’t taken them instead,” Azura mused aloud, a hint of a snicker in her tone. “I heard red meat could kill you, but that was ridiculous.”

“Glad to be of service,” Ike muttered dryly, none too pleased about the joke.

“Sorry,” Azura apologized sheepishly. “I do owe you for that. If I’d fallen ill in your place, I might not have lasted long. Not to mention that, if it had been me imprisoned at Fort Hector, they probably would’ve killed me straight off instead of beating me to a pulp, like they did with you.”

“We were really lucky that no one else was poisoned,” Ike added. “That Cilaean lab probably wouldn’t have been able to make enough antidote to save more than a few of us.”

“And I’m relieved none of that happened. Ashunera, it seems, smiles upon us all,” Wencelis replied, heaving a sigh of relief. “However, I can’t be sure for how long, as your half of the stone is glowing, Azura. You see, though the stone is split into two, both halves yet remain connected. The power of the spirits form a bond between the two halves through which the spirits inform one another of their wellbeing. The glow indicates that the missing half is in danger. And, I fear we know what that means.”

“Melora must have found it! Curses!” Leyon opined, slamming his fist on the table.

“Oh no…” Azura murmured, her eyes wide with fear once more.

”Much though I would like to send you after the other half of the Stone, I fear that would be too dangerous,” Wencelis continued. “Although it is logical to assume that Melora has it, that is only a guess. For all we know, it could be in other hands. We also have no idea where exactly it is being kept and, wherever it is, I suspect it will be very well guarded. We do have one advantage, however; we have the other half of the stone. The two pieces are useless unless one has both of them. For now, I believe we must shift our focus elsewhere.”

Wencelis then produced a large scroll, nearly as long as the table was wide, and unfurled it. Revealed was a map of Altarais. He began tracing a finger over the border between Cilae and Melora.

“As you may be aware, most of the Allied troops, including the newly arrived Eraghoan army and a regiment of Raven warriors from Perais, are deployed along this border to repel Melora’s invasion. While I have faith in our troops, I am well aware that Melora has us badly outnumbered and that, with the Raven messengers missing, those troops have been cut off from communications and supplies. Allied Command is working to find a way around the problem, but I am convinced that rescuing the Raven messengers will be imperative.”

“Do we know where they’re being held?” Bryan spoke up.

“We know Melora is holding them, but that’s about it,” Leyon replied grimly. “I suspect, however, that Lady Azura and her band will prove vital in rescuing them once they’ve been located.”

“Music to my ears,” Azura agreed, a predatory grin dawning on her features.

“While we are working to bring our defenses into something resembling proper order,” Wencelis went on, “we are turning our focus to strengthening our forces as much as possible. Large convoys of food, medicine and weapons are being sent to the front using our most recent information as to where our troops may be found. We are also calling up reserves from both the army and the Royal Knights and distributing conscription notices throughout all the provinces to bring in as many new recruits as possible. We have no way of knowing how much damage Melora has inflicted during the communications breakdown, but I do not doubt for a moment that it is severe.”

At times, William’s face pinched in anger and he slammed one massive fist into the table, causing everyone in the room to jump.

“I know my men, Sire!” he bellowed. “The word ‘surrender’ will never enter their heads.”

“That goes double for me,” Leyon agreed with as much determination as his counterpart, but less melodrama.

“I appreciate your sentiments, but let us press on and be more careful not to break the table,” Wencelis replied. “Anyway, there is another matter I must discuss with our guest here. Now, Azura, since your father was the chief of Elhorhi, you are the rightful heir to his position.”

“But, there’s no more village and tribe to be chief of…” Azura pointed out, wondering what the Talgrian king could possibly have in mind.

“That’s true. Due to this unfortunate circumstance, I would like to create a new Talgrian province in the village’s name and honor.”

“W-W-What?”

Wencelis then produced a second map and unrolled it onto the table. It was a detailed map of Talgria demarking such large settlements and landmarks as Aracion, Galden, Narcoss, the Forest of Hope, several forts, and more. The mountain range that split the nation in half was also marked. The Kiang River was a dark line that ran down the western side of the nation. Wencelis then took a quill and inkwell sitting on the table and drew in a dotted line that encompassed Elhorhi’s location, Galden, the southeastern coastline, and likely several villages between them.

“This shall be Elhorhi Province. Your earldom, Azura,” Wencelis decided.

“B-But I don’t know anything about ruling over anyone,” Azura protested.

“Only practice can make a good leader, but I will give you what aid I can. You will first need to recruit soldiers to defend your lands, for the Red Claw is still out there and is quite dangerous. You are well known, and liked, among the survivors of Galden. Those among them who volunteer to serve in the army are at your disposal. I will appoint an aide to assist you. Her name is Bronwyn, and she will advise you on the administrative aspects of your regency.”

“Bronwyn, there’s a name I haven’t heard in a while” Leyon spoke up, surprised. “She was Deputy Commander of the Talgrian Royal Knights during the last war, but was discharged when she lost her leg in a battle. She can seem unhinged at times, but she’s got a good head on her shoulders.”

”Now Azura,” Wencelis interjected, rising to his feet and turning to Azura. “before we do anything else, first things first. Come over here.”

Azura nodded and sighed as she stood up and approached the Talgrian king.

“Now, kneel before me and hand me your sword,” Wencelis continued.

Azura dropped to one knee, unsheathing her blade and proffering it to the king. Wencelis then grasped the Regal Sword by the hilt and gently tapped the tip of its blade upon both of her shoulders. He cleared his throat before speaking.

”Azura, young mercenary of Talgria, I, King Wencelis, in the name of the Royal House of Talgria, hereby grant you the title of ruler of Elhorhi Earldom with all the powers and responsibilities therein. Rise, Lady Azura.”

With that, Wencelis removed the blade’s tip from Azura’s shoulder and she stood up. The familiar glow then immediately enveloped her body. Her suit of armor expanded, becoming sturdier and more ornate in appearance, while her shirt became a surcoat reaching down to her knees. A jeweled coronet encircled her brow while her layered shoulder guards grew nearly twice the size they had been before, albeit decreased to two layers on each shoulder, rather than three. Her chest plate expanded to cover her entire chest from her neck to just above her waistline instead of merely her breasts. A small grayish blue cape flamed from her back while a silver ornate hairclip replaced the tarnished golden one that had held her ponytail before. Azura’s gloves had taken a slightly more ornate appearance as well when more seams appeared along the sides. Finally, her old reddish brown boots were replaced with new, slightly more decorative light brown boots.

“So… This is what it’s like…” Azura commented moments later as she admired her new appearance. “I certainly feel stronger.”

“Yes, that’s natural, as you’ve probably learned,” Wencelis replied. “My congratulations, Milady Azura.”

“Milady Azura… That does have a nice ring to it!” Bryan decided with a smile.

“It’ll...take me a while to get used to that,” Azura admitted, blushing faintly.

“Speaking of which,” Wencelis spoke up, turning his focus to Bryan. “I understand you have also made a rather startling discovery about yourself.”

Bryan’s smile was wiped off of his face in an instant and he stared at the king in undisguised astonishment.

“Your majesty...you know?” he blurted, in a very soft voice.

“Leyon informed me of the discovery you made after rescuing your father, and the revelation that you are the secret prince of Astryn.”

Several eyes turned upon Leyon; Azura’s gaze was...unfriendly.

“I apologize for the intrusion,” Leyon spoke up. “However, I felt this information too important to keep from his majesty.”

“Can’t say I blame you,” Bryan replied when he found his voice. “I’m not sure how much the general has told you, your majesty, but I believe I should ensure that nothing has been overlooked. General Leyon is correct in saying you need to hear this.”

Bryan quickly relayed his father’s story while the king listened with clear interest.

“This is truly remarkable,” Wencelis intoned. “The war against Melora, it seems, is larger than we thought. It’s well known that Queen Marion is ailing, but little else could be gleaned since Astryn has become so paranoid and secretive of late. As such, I fear I cannot advise you on what to expect should you venture there.”

“True, but my father can. He still has contacts there and I know he’ll help us as best he can.”

“So, you intend to go to Astryn?”

“Yes, your majesty. I will go to Astryn and work to bring them in the Alliance to fight Melora. I know Astryn is in a slump after Shigo defeated them and with their queen near death, but I believe that knowing their prince is alive and fighting Melora could revive their fighting spirits and even bring our two countries closer together.”

Wencelis let out a long breath, as if profoundly relieved, before he spoke again.

“I very much appreciate your willingness to do as you have said. As this is, on the one hand, a family matter and, on the other, an issue of internal politics of another country, I cannot order you one way or the other. Still, if you succeed in bringing Astryn to our side and if we can reestablish reliable communications with Allied troops on the front, then we may still have a chance of victory.”

With that, Wencelis rose and inclined his head respectfully to both Bryan and Azura in the manner he would to a respectable peer. Which, in fact, both of them were.

“By the way, Azura,” he spoke up once more. “I highly recommend that you learn the lance as well. I’ll explain why another time.”

“Oh? That’s funny, I was actually thinking of the same thing myself since Prince Bryan has gotten me interested!” Azura replied with a giggle and turned to Bryan. “Your highness, since you’re already teaching Faline, I’d be honored if you’d teach me too!”

“Ah, heh, well… I don’t see any problem with that,” Bryan agreed, his cheeks turning pink. “And Azura, really, you don’t have to call me ‘your highness’ or ‘Prince’ or anything like that. You’re a very good friend. Plus, I’m not used to this prince thing yet.”

“Well, if you insist. I’m only being polite.”

“Already trying to pick up courtly manners, I see,” Bryan quipped teasingly. “Since I’m needed in Astryn, by the way, I’d like to offer my platoon to Azura’s army. If there are no objections, I would like to recommend that Skye take my place as captain. He’s proven himself a hundred times and more.”

“Is that so? Thank you, Bryan. And yes, I believe Skye is fully qualified to serve as captain in your place. However, I believe we should settle the matter with Melora before issuing such a promotion.”

“I agree,” Leyon put in. “I’d also like to temporarily offer the services of my knights to Lady Azura. I’m sure the others in our party would willingly serve her as well.”

“I’m at your command too, milady,” Ike added with a smile.

“Excellent,” Wencelis replied with a smile. “And Ike, I honestly appreciate the aid you’re giving us a great deal, especially when you’re not even of Altaraisian birth.”

“Thank you, your majesty. Truth be told though, while I am helping because Azura is a good friend, this does, in a way, also concern Tellius,” Ike replied. “If Melora were to succeed in their plot to take over Altarais, they could very well target Tellius later on. And as the hero of my homeland, it’s my duty to prevent that.”

“Well said, and you have my thanks. Best of luck to us all. Now, while Allied Intelligence works to find out where the Raven messengers are being held, we should work to secure Talgria itself. The recent assaults by the Red Claw have been devastating and we must turn our attention to eliminating any remaining Red Claw bandits and rescuing the survivors. Azura, your army is to start with Fort Absolon...or, rather, what’s left of it. We have reports that there are Narcoss refugees holed up in the Fort’s ruins. As you can imagine, our reports are fragmentary so we do not know how many are there, the state of their health or even whether or not any of them are still alive. Most problematically, we do not know if any of the Red Claw are still in the area. You’ll be provided with wagons of medicine and clothing for the refugees. Once they are well enough to travel, you’re to lead these people to safety in Aracion.”

“Understood, your majesty,” Azura replied with a bow. “I’d think it best to take a fairly small group and leave the larger armies here to guard Aracion. Is this alright?”

“Of course. In fact, I was about to suggest the same thing. Pick your men wisely.”

Azura nodded willingly and with that, the group departed to begin planning for their mission. After everything they’d been through, going into potentially hostile territory with practically no information about what they might find with still more of the Red Claw slinking about was hardly intimidating. Still, it wasn’t a laughing matter either. Bryan was immediately reminded of the attacks that occurred when the group first arrived in Narcoss months before. He had no way of knowing if any of the people he’d saved back then still survived, though he hoped so. Ryin and Kye in particular he hoped to find alive and unharmed. And, although Bryan had no small number of grudges from his unhappy childhood, he didn’t relish the idea of finding those who’d once mistreated him amongst the dead. He’d seen what the Red Claw did to the Galden militia; nobody deserved to die so hard. Before the young prince could vacate the hall, however, William’s familiar voice rang out behind him.

“Bryan, come back here. We still need to talk.”

“Ah, right. My apologies, Sir,” Bryan replied with a sigh and joined his superior officer in a nearby corridor.

“Now,” William began once they came to a halt, glancing up and down the hallway to make sure that no one would overhear them. “Your father told you everything, didn’t he?”

“He did. I know it’s up to me to save Astryn now,” Bryan confirmed. “Father also mentioned you.”

“I thought as much. And I’m glad he trusted me with his secrets. However, this is only one of two things I wanted to speak to you about.”

William folded his arms before continuing, his expression turning grave. Bryan merely gulped.

“I recently learned from a Cilaean general that two of his men reported being beaten half to death by you. Is their story true?”

“What?!” Bryan blurted, knowing exactly what William was talking about. “But… Alright… I’m not going to lie. I did attack two Cilaean soldiers up in Keanu, but I had a good reason for it, I swear!”

“A good reason? I’ll be the judge of that. Now, talk fast.”

“Those punks wouldn’t leave me or Faline alone. And I love her more than enough to teach anyone who gives her trouble a lesson!”

“Bryan, you still violated our Code of Conduct by attacking allied soldiers…”

“Yeah, but they were harassing me and my girlfriend!”

“I understand. If that’s so, I’ll see to it that their superior officer deals with them. Honestly though, I can’t actually punish you due to your status as Astryn’s prince. You’re lucky.”

“Eh heh… Well, can I go now?”

“You may.”

On that note, Bryan quickly rushed out of the hall in order to catch up with Azura. He soon found her traversing the nearest staircase down to the main hall. After letting her know of his meeting with William, Bryan’s thoughts soon returned to the mission ahead of them, which was rescuing the refugees holed up in the ruins of Fort Absolon. He grimaced at the idea of returning anywhere near there at all, even though he knew it was the right thing to do. Azura soon noticed the frown upon the prince’s face and sighed.

“Bryan… You’re reluctant to go, aren’t you?” she guessed.

“Sigh… If I said I wasn’t, I’d be lying,” Bryan confirmed. “I know I did save Narcoss once, but that was only because I thought my father was there at the time. I thought Ryin and Kye would be fine as long as they remained hidden in the armory. Now I’m not so sure. I want to protect them too, but I can’t stand the sight of anyone else from that dump!”

“I understand. But Bryan, is it so hard to forgive them?”

“It is. I know that with Red Claw on the loose, helping them is the right thing to do. But, I’ve been telling myself that and I didn’t find myself very convincing. They literally treated me like utter trash!” Bryan blurted angrily and launched an angry fist into the wall.

“That they had,” a familiar female voice agreed glumly from down the hall. Azura and the others turned their attention to the voice’s owner. The speaker was partly hidden in the shadow of a pillar, but it clearly was the same girl they had encountered in Narcoss months before.

“Misty!” Bryan blurted.

Azura peered, and then squinted into the shadow and could make out hints of a slightly tattered pink dress of simple make and a dirty blonde ponytail trailing down the girl’s back but her face was still hidden in the gloom. Despite this, her appearance was definitely not helping Bryan’s mood.

“What are you doing here?” Bryan angrily demanded.

“Reflecting, I suppose,” Misty answered, her tone distant and sad. “Recent events have...put things in perspective. I doubt you’ll believe me when I say this, but I’m here to apologize.”

“You’re right, I don’t believe you.”

Something about Misty’s behavior still bothered Azura. She approached, hoping to coax Misty out of the shadows, but the girl shied away from her touch as if terrified.

“Don’t be afraid,” Azura assured. “You can trust me.”

“I doubt you can trust her though,” Bryan warned Azura, his tone still angered.

“So you were one of the kids who pushed him around,” Azura realized, suspecting that was the reason Misty was there.

“Yes,” Misty confirmed. “I and the other girls used to laugh at him while he walked off crying. All we ever did was mock his misery while the boys would throw mud and garbage on him and call him names… The adults only assumed Bryan must have been some sort of troublemaker since they already thought he was a strange kid to begin with and said terrible things about him too, even in when his father was around. It wasn’t until Skye showed up and befriended him that we drew off…a little.”

By now, Bryan’s eyes were full of tears once again and his lips peeled back from his teeth in a snarl of equal parts anger and anguish.

“You’ve got a lot of gall waltzing in here and dredging all that up again!” he seethed, wiping his eyes. “All those years and no one never gave a damn about me! They never cared one bit about the boy who would walk home nearly every day covered in mud, garbage, and even a few bruises and scrapes here and there with tears trailing down his face…”

“I know, I was there,” Misty whispered from the shadows. “I just wanted you to know that I’m sorry, and that I’m not the only one either. A lot of people have had to re-examine their pasts lately.”

At this point, Bryan lost his temper. He snatched at Misty’s arm, with a grip hard enough to break bones, and yanked her into the light.

“Stop playing games with me!” he began to scream, but whatever else he was about to say was forgotten.

Misty was...hideous.

Her face, what was left of it, was a horrifying mass of scars and badly healed wounds, as if someone had taken a dagger to everything between her chin and forehead with reckless abandon. Her skin had also gone corpse gray and looked as coarse as moldy bread. She struggled vainly to escape the stupefied Bryan’s grip and return to the shadows, but he held her fast and she eventually gave up.

“What goes around...” she mused despondently. “You were an outcast, and now I’m one too.”

“What happened?” Azura asked, once she could force the shock out of her voice.

“I was at the refugee camp at Fort Absolon. People were dying and, from what the doctors here told me, some sort of disease began spreading from the corpses. I managed to find my way here but the disease caused lesions all over my face. They had to be removed and, well, I think you can see how that turned out.”

Bryan’s expression was unreadable, but Azura could sense he was conflicted by this discovery. Part of him probably reveled that Misty now knew what he had to go through while another part of him believed she’d been punished enough and that it was because of what he’d gone through that wishing such a thing on others was wrong. Misty gave a misshapen smile that seemed almost happy.

“You’d be surprised what people say about you now,” she told him. “Rumors about you, the Emerald Sentinel, are everywhere these days. They talk about how you defended Narcoss and that lab in Cilae and how you helped save a famous hero named Ike. Twice. It took a while, and, for me, a few more things, but we realized we had you figured wrong.”

“And it’s taken all of you all these years to figure that out?”

Misty merely nodded.

“I know, it shouldn’t have taken so long, but it’s true. Now several girls have been swooning over you. No joke.”

“Well, I’m sorry to disappoint them, but I’m taken. My girlfriend would go into quite a fit if she heard about them though, so let’s keep this between us, please. And besides that, there’s no way anyone’s taking me from her. I love Faline more than anything in the world.”

“She’s a lucky girl,” Misty mused, idly tracing a finger over her own ravaged features. “I did come here for another reason though. I know that a simple apology isn’t enough to make up for what I’ve done but, when I heard that you and Azura were here, I decided that I want to help you. You know I’m a traveling apothecary and merchant who deals in a variety of goods! I can sell you guys whatever you need whenever you need it! Besides, I know you’re going to the camps at Fort Absolon. I’ve been there, and I can tell you what you need to know about them. Please?”

“Bryan, that would really help us out,” Azura pointed out. “We wouldn’t have to stop in every town we come to for supplies. And, if there is some sort of disease going around the Fort, we’ll need all the medicine we can get.”

“Good point. Alright Misty, you have a chance to prove that you mean what you say. Make good use of it.”

“I understand. Thank you, Bryan!”

Misty was about to turn and head down the stairs when Azura saw her hesitate. Knowing why, Azura removed her cape and offered it to the girl, who draped it over her shoulders and head to cover her ruined face. With that, they proceeded downstairs to the main hall, followed by Leyon and Louise. Azura would need to gather everyone and decide who would go to Fort Absolon with her and who would stay behind. William had already decided to remain in Aracion and help guard the city. Azura told Bryan he didn’t have to come along if he didn’t want to, but Bryan believed that would only be arrogant of him, plainly not wanting to admit that seeing Misty’s condition had gotten his conscience up in arms, and volunteered to go anyway. They also agreed that it would be a simple task for the Cilaean mercenary group accompanying Leyon as well. Plus, Azura and company had only just met them and it would benefit both sides if they got to know one another better.

Minutes later, the small group finally reentered the castle’s main hall. Though they had not yet made their final decision on who would be joining them, Azura and Bryan continued to contemplate as they greeted their allies once more. Leyon approached Azura moments later, a smile on his face. Strange… I wonder how he can be so calm and content when I keep pushing him away, Azura thought to herself. Though the general had been irritating her, and she was still displeased about this ‘intrusion,’ there was something about him that caused her to like him anyhow. She just couldn’t figure out what it was.

“Milady Azura, if I might ask, may I join you as well?” Leyon inquired. “I did notice that few of our men use axes. You’re going to need someone of my experience.”

“Hm… That is true. You can come, General,” Azura allowed, mildly astonishing herself in doing so. “I’d also like the Cilaean—”

“SKYE!” a familiar young voice blurted from down the hall. Standing in front of another door were none other than Kye and Ryin, both looking a little worse for wear but thankfully unharmed. Ryin appeared to be rather calm and quite relieved to see the people he had met in Narcoss, but Kye was a different story. Tears had built up in his eyes and trailed down his cheeks as he bolted over to his older brother and buried himself in his torso. Skye gasped and threw his arms around his little brother, trying hard to hold back his own tears.

“Kye! You’re alive!” he blurted. “And Ryin too! You both made it here unharmed?”

“Yeah, we hitched a ride with Misty. It was thanks to her that we didn’t join the dead right away,” Ryin explained, approaching the two brothers. “It’s a wonder we got out of there alive, and that we didn’t catch the same illness that poor girl had. Kye protected us during the trip. The pass from Narcoss to Aracion had thankfully been reopened a day before the town was attacked and so we were able to escape through it. Others, however, weren’t as fortunate. I must say, though, Skye, your brother is quite a gifted young man. If not for his skill with knives and daggers, we might not have made it here alive.”

“Wow, really?” Bryan inquired. “That’s impressive.”

“I agree,” Skye added and turned to Kye. “I’m proud of you, buddy.”

“Th-Thanks…” Kye stammered, almost distractedly. “But Skye, dozens of people were killed back there and many buildings were burned down… Mr. Owen’s shop is gone, Mr. Ryin’s armory is gone, and many homes are gone… And my two friends are dead! I’ve lost everything I had there to those bandits! THEY’RE MONSTERS!”

“Damn… I’m so sorry,” Skye replied as Kye continued sobbing into his tunic. “They will pay for all this. Mark my words.”

“They’d better… Skye, please don’t be next…! Please don’t get killed too! I need you and you’re all I have left! Please!!”

“What? But I…I thought I was nothing to you. Nothing but a bully and a jerk…”

“That’s not true… Yeah, you were a bit scary sometimes, but I didn’t care. You’re still my big brother and I’ve always looked up to you. Sure, Ike is a hero to me as well, but you’ve taught me what it means to be tough and not let people push you around. And when those bandits attacked, it was what I learned from you that kept me going. In fact, as Mr. Ryin and I made our escape, I shouted to them ‘just you wait until my big brother finds you! He’s the best archer in the world and he’ll turn you all into pincushions!”

At this, Skye was astonished. His eyes had grown wide more tears streamed down his cheeks. He then grimaced and hugged his brother tighter.

“Kye… Thank you! Thank you, little bro…! I promise I’m not going anywhere and that I’ll never let you out of my sight again!”

“Okay…”

“Those two have finally reconciled…” Bryan uttered, a smile forming on his face.

“Yeah, and Skye did it all on his own,” Ike replied. “He asked me for some advice at Fort Hector while you all were cleaning the place up and I told him the solution can only come from his heart, not someone else.”

“And you were right, Ike,” Skye replied, letting go of his brother. “I owe you much thanks.”

“You’re very welcome.”

“I’m happy for you as well,” Azura stepped in. “I knew you two would patch things up someday.”

“Yeah, and your encouragement also helped me,” Skye added. “I thank you too, Milady.”

Azura merely smiled. Kye raised one eyebrow.

“Lady? Azura is a lord now? Cool!” he blurted. “You know, I may have lost two good friends, but I think I have many more now thanks to you, Milady! Cause I want to join you on whatever mission you’re going on next! My skills can come in handy, you know! I can pick locks and steal cool stuff from the enemy!”

“You know, I bet that can help us. Welcome aboard, Kye,” Azura agreed with a smile. “Skye, we’ll need you too. You’re one of the best archers we have.”

“Heh, thanks. I’ll be glad to come along,” Skye agreed, his tone friendlier than usual.

“Leyon, I’d like to invite Natalie and Eliot along as well. Marc and Leona can stay behind. I know it’s been quite awhile since they were last here, and they’ve been with us since day one. They could probably use the rest,” Azura continued.

“True that. I’ll be sure to let them know,” Leyon complied with another smile.

“Good. Leyon, I’d also like you to see if his majesty will allow Mother and Owen to stay here for awhile, alright? Anyway, that Cilaean mercenary group I meant to bring up earlier will come as well. That ought to do. Oh, we’ll need at least two healers and a mage as well for diversity.”

“Sounds like me and my sister!” Lily opined excitedly. “We’ll do our best!”

“Indeed,” Raela added and then lowered her voice to a whisper. “Plus I can keep Skye in check, hehe…”

“I’ll be more than happy to go along too,” Norman put in with a content smile.

“Excellent. And Bryan, yes, Faline can come along too,” Azura finished with a giggle. “But that’s all for now.”

“Er, alright,” Bryan replied, his cheeks going pink.

“Might I offer to join as well?” Ryin stepped in. “I am a blacksmith after all, and I am never without my tools and materials. I’ll forge and sell you whatever weapons you want. Between Misty and myself, you’ll be well supplied.”

“Ah, that’s an excellent idea,” Azura agreed. “Thanks so much, Ryin.”

“My pleasure. Now let’s get this show on the road, shall we?”

“Right!”

Just as the group prepared to leave the castle, Azura heard Wencelis call out to her once more.

“Oh, your majesty!” she greeted. “I was hoping to see you, I have something to ask—”

“As do I,” Wencelis cut her off, then turned his attention to the others in the room. “Leave us, and close the doors behind you.”

His tone brooked no argument, and Azura was suddenly worried about what he had to say. Once the room was empty, the king sighed heavily.

“Milady Azura, I think it’s no secret that the Alliance stands in dire straits,” he intoned gravely. “Rescuing the Raven messengers and bringing Astryn to our side is a gamble any way one looks at it.”

Azura, now worried, met the King’s gaze squarely.

“We’ll succeed,” she informed him. “We always have.”

“In truth, I do not share your appraisal of the situation. Which, I might add, is even worse than I let on. Unless we can reestablish communications with the front and bring Astryn into the war, I am all but certain that we will lose. And, if that does happen, then your orders are thus.”

As if unconvinced that no eavesdroppers were about, Wencelis lowered his voice to a whisper.

“The land I have awarded you includes the valley where you found the ruins of your birthplace. The valley, by all accounts, is rich in lumber, water and farmable land. It is also defensible, with only a few ways in and out and all of those being difficult to navigate. If Talgria and her allies are defeated, your orders are to get as many people as you can into that valley and then bar every entrance solidly.”

Azura gulped nervously; even as a contingency plan, the idea Wencelis had voiced was terrifying. Still, she nodded her understanding.

“Your administrative aide, Lady Bronwyn, is aware of this,” Wencelis went on. “She’ll be...discreetly funneling people into the valley to build shelters, farms and defenses. Her assistants will oversee the operation in the valley. In the meantime, she’ll travel with you. She cannot fight, having lost her leg, but she can use her wagon to deliver replacement weapons and supplies to you and your friends during battle.”

“I understand. However, I stand by what I said earlier: we’ll succeed.”

“And I hope you’re right,” Wencelis replied. “In the meantime, take this signet ring. It is the symbol of your newfound authority and, if you so desire it, your noble house once the war ends...whichever way it ends.”

The King handed her a golden, bejeweled ring whose face bore a tiny representation of what Azura suspected was the Miracle Stone.

”Thank you, Your Majesty,” Azura repeated with a smile as she slid the ring onto her finger.

With that, Azura left to join the chosen group gathered outside of the castle and on the roads leading out of Aracion. Leyon, meanwhile, had spoken to Wencelis about Owen and Lorelle and the king had agreed it was best for them to remain at the castle, letting some relief wash over Bryan and Azura’s stressed minds. Azura briefed the group on the mission with Leyon interjecting several times, much to her slight irritation, briefed them on the mission ahead and that they would report back to Wencelis as soon as their task was complete. The group then pledged their support and promised to do their best. Magali, once in awhile, winked at Bryan while Faline would shoot her a glare, but both agreed to fight hard as well. Bryan simply sighed at the act and easily foresaw a war between the two girls, but hoped Magali was only teasing.

Just as the group was about to begin their journey, a wagon sidled to a halt nearby and a toughened looking woman, even older than Lorelle, lowered herself to the ground. The woman had deep brown hair flecked with gray and her face, though weathered, held a friendly expression though there was a hint of sheer iron in her gaze. It was then Azura noticed that the woman walked with a crutch and had only one leg. It had to be Bronwyn.

“Hello lass,” Bronwyn greeted, moving deftly despite her crutch to greet the new Earl of Elhorhi Province. “Let me take a look at you.”

Bronwyn then looked Azura up and down with a critical eye and a quirk at the corner of her lip hinting at a sly smile.

“Your hair is a tomboyish mop, your breasts are much too small, you’re way too scrawny, you’re not wearing nearly enough makeup or jewelry, you dress like a ruffian and I shudder to think how long you go between baths,” Bronwyn assessed curtly.

Azura’s jaw dropped and her face screwed up in indignation but then, to her astonishment, Bronwyn laughed merrily and hugged her.

“It’s like I was looking at my own reflection thirty years ago,” Bronwyn mused aloud in happy reminiscence. “Thank you for indulging a nostalgic, old lady.”

Azura found this all so astonishing that all she could do was laugh along. The two had a hurried conversation about Elhorhi Province and Bronwyn’s plans for building a settlement there in case Wencelis’ secret orders had to be carried out. Azura didn’t know much about building a village but, by the sound of it, Bronwyn had a sound plan for how to do it and had capable people ready to get started. Azura also learned, to her amazement and delight, that Bronwyn had been a regular visitor to the village where Azura had been born before Melora had destroyed it. In fact, Bronwyn claimed she knew the village’s architecture and masonry styles well enough that, when construction of the new village began, she believed she could recreate the lost village. Azura was tempted to ask more, wondering if Bronwyn might’ve known her real parents or what life had been like in the village, but the time to depart was too close and she decided to wait. Despite this, she could sense that she and Bronwyn would be good friends.

When Leyon saw Bronwyn, Azura could swear the general went pale.

“It’s been a while,” he greeted, with obvious discomfort.

“Now what sort of greeting is that? I see your manners haven’t improved,” Bronwyn observed before turning to Azura with a conspiratorial grin. “After I lost my leg, I became an instructor and taught this whippersnapper everything he knows. It was hard work too, I could tell you stories.”

“Don’t!” Leyon shouted. “That’s an order!”

“I was a Deputy Commander of the Royal Knights when you were mastering the fine art of pronouncing the word ‘dada,’ so I have seniority,” Bronwyn shot back, grabbing Azura’s shoulder for balance and prodding Leyon with her crutch.

“Now, what are you waiting for? Lazy youngsters these days! The king gave us an order; get on with it, get on with it, I say!”

“Ouch! Ow! Hey! Cut that out! Alright, alright, we’re going!”

Azura couldn’t help it, she burst into uncontrollable laughter. After a few minutes, and some more of Bronwyn’s prodding, the group was underway and heading for the ruins of Fort Absolon. During the journey, Kye glanced at his brother as the group began their journey towards Fort Absolon, and noticed a difference in his appearance since the last time he’d seen him.

“Hey Skye, I just realized. What happened to your hair?” the young Rogue wondered. “You always used to have it tied back.”

“Oh yeah, I lost my hair tie in a storm. No big deal. I’ve just been too lazy to get another one. Don’t really care much anyway though.”

Kye then shot his brother a smile.

“Yeah, you’re cool either way.”

As the journey continued, Azura conversed more with Bronwyn and Misty, the merchant girl still wary of Bryan. Misty had managed to find another hooded cloak and had returned Azura’s cape but Azura could still sense Misty was self conscious of her badly scarred face. Azura decided that, once she had the chance, she’d see if Norman or Raela could do something about Misty’s scars. She’d also become fast friends with Bronwyn who, despite her age, seemed as hearty as Ike. Bronwyn felt to Azura like the spry grandmother she’d never had.

Bryan, meanwhile, gave Azura his old steel lance which he had previously stored in the wagon the group had found at Fort Hector. After she’d gotten used to its weight and balance and he’d shown her how to get the best grip, he began giving her pointers on using it. Firstly, using lances was very different from sword fighting. The lance provided much more range and tended to be heavier. Most importantly, a lance attack required the lancer to thrust his or her weapon forward, rather than swing it, though sometimes, if the lance’s blade was long enough, swinging it while jumping could suffice. The lance’s pommel, at the end opposite the blade, could also be used as a bludgeoning weapon and was helpful because with it, Azura could use a rearward thrust to strike foes behind her. The main downside to using a lance was that the long, narrow shaft made it difficult to protect oneself against enemy assaults unless the lancer had a shield due to what little space it covered. This was the reason foot lancers carried them. Cavalry lancers did not use them because they needed a free hand to grip the reins of their mount. After his lecture, Bryan encouraged Azura to practice striking his shield with her new weapon when the group stopped to eat or rest. He explained that he and Faline had begun the Falcon Knight’s training this way as well, since it was the most basic maneuver any lancer could use. Bryan then showed her the best ways to side step and avoid enemy attacks since she did not have a shield and frankly didn’t want one.

The pair decided to end Azura’s training session when Leyon announced that the group was nearing Fort Absolon’s ruins. Azura then recalled what Lartz had told her about his being a Branded. She still had questions about his kind that Lorelle had been unable to answer and hoped Lartz would be comfortable revealing them to her later on, if he knew at all. The Branded were reputed to have remarkable abilities and she was wondering what Lartz’s might be and, for that matter, if there were other Branded amongst the enemy. Before she could make her final decision on the matter, however, Leyon signaled a halt.

“I can see the fort from here,” he announced. “Our worst fears are confirmed, the Red Claw is camped in the fort’s ruins. I can’t tell from here whether the refugees are still there or not.”

Concerned, Azura carefully moved to get a better view of the ruined Fort with Leyon, Ike, and Bryan following. The Fort was still heavily damaged from the Red Claw assault, its gates being smashed and several of the walls having been breached while soot seemed to cover everything. Around the perimeter of the ruined Fort were various groups of ragged-looking men carrying axes and many other weapons. The largest guarded the now open main gates and doors to the cellar levels where, Azura suspected, the refugees were likely being held. The Red Claw did not look ready for battle though; most of the bandits were clearly exhausted and the rest staggered about as if they were drunk. However, what astonished Azura and her allies the most was what they spotted among them. There were wolves, hawks, and ravens.

“NO! They’ve convinced laguz to side with them too?!” Leyon blurted angrily. “This has to be trickery!”

“Ugh…” Azura grunted, both in irritation at the general and that the Red Claw was no longer only beorc.

“Perhaps, but as I told Lady Azura and Faline awhile back, idiots are everywhere,” Bryan recalled. “I’m willing to bet every nation has its share of bandits. They might have joined forces to create an even deadlier Red Claw.”

“That may be, but it doesn’t change the fact that Melora has already been caught kidnapping raven laguz,” Leyon argued. “I wouldn’t put it past them at all to force others to do their dirty work.”

“I think they already have. A raven laguz lied to us in Eraghoa about Ike,” Azura replied. “He said Ike died not long before we arrived and his voice sounded like he was in panic and he flew off as soon as he could. I have no doubts that Melora is forcing prisoners to help them against their will.”

“Well, whatever the case, we must get rid of these goons. They’re holding people captive in there!” Leyon reminded them. “Azura, I must insist that you allow me to cover for you this time. I don’t like seeing you charging into danger the way you’ve been doing. Besides, now that you are an earl, you have lives besides your own to consider. Lots of them.”

Azura merely grunted angrily.

“Thanks, but no thanks. I don’t need anyone acting as my shield, Leyon, especially a man who thinks I’m too weak to fend for myself! Now everyone, CHARGE!”

With that, the group rushed into battle. Leyon, however, sighed somberly as he followed his allies. He never meant to say he thought Azura was weak and he certainly did not want her to dislike him. There were many things he had begun to like about her, some of which he never thought he’d see in a woman. Still, whether Azura detested him or not, Leyon wasn’t giving up on her. He would protect her no matter what.

Since the fort’s main gates were already down, the bandits had placed ramshackle barricades to block the passage. The group first worked to rid the area of the wolves and beorc bandits that had been standing guard while Leyon hammered his way into the fort gates. Not only were some axes and especially hammers capable of breaking through tough armor, but they could easily destroy doors and wooden barriers as well. A few swift strokes had smashed the barricades into kindling. With the fort’s main entrance unbarred, the group then spread out through the perimeter and assaulted whatever was in their range. Lily’s fire magic by now had become more than capable of eliminating the wolf laguz. Skye handled the birds with ease since they were quite vulnerable to the speed and deadly accuracy of his arrows. Bryan and Kevin’s group managed to fight their way to and secure the entrances to the cellar while Bronwyn’s wagon careened its way through the fort grounds, stopping to load as many of the refugees aboard as she could, thundering out of the ruined Fort to unload them at Azura’s camp and then coming back for more. All the while, Allied troops and Red Claw alike hurled themselves out of her wild path to avoid being trampled.

“Whose side are you on?!” Raela screamed indignantly after her fourth near-miss at Bronwyn’s hands.

“Youngsters, always complaining for no good reason!” Bronwyn shot back.

Azura alternated between her sword and lance when necessary. Leyon approached her as they neared the cellar gates and watched as Azura drove her lance into a Swordmaster. A Halberdier nearby, however, had targeted her at the same time with a spear, only to receive a deadly blow to the neck from Olegxing. Leyon quickly rode up to Azura after.

“Azura, are you alright?” he inquired.

“Hmph, I’m absolutely fine!” she retorted, her irritation returning. “Now leave me alone!”

“But I just—”

“Just shut up! I’m sick of you doing this during every damned battle! If you don’t back off, Leyon, I’ll make you back off!”

Azura leveled her sword at the general as she spoke, indicating that she was not joking. Before the alarmed Leyon could respond, however, Natalie, who had been nearby, rode her horse between the two.

“Hey! How dare you speak to the general that way, you impudent piece of crap!” she blurted, her anger verging on the level of Azura’s. Apparently, Natalie had had enough of Azura’s retorts against Leyon.

“No, Natalie, that’s not necessary,” Leyon protested. “Azura’s words were a bit harsh, but if she doesn’t want my help, I won’t force it on—DAAAGH!”

Before he could finish his sentence, a hand axe sliced through an exposed part of Leyon’s right arm, the impact knocking him out of his saddle. His head crashed into a rock on the ground, cutting into his scalp and then knocking him out cold. Natalie’s face then was then enveloped in a raging red.

“Damn it! NOW LOOK WHAT YOU’VE DONE!” she exclaimed loud enough for the whole fort to hear and then swung the palm of her hand across Azura’s face, knocking her to the dirt as well.

Azura yelped from the pain as she crashed to the ground stomach first. Her own blood boiling, she sprang to her feet and lunged for Natalie as hard as she could, dropping her sword and attacking barehanded. Although only barely, she jumped high enough to shove the Paladin off of her own horse. It wasn’t long before the two began hitting and kicking one another and rolling around in the dirt. Bryan merely slapped his face in annoyance while Eliot quickly had his horse gallop over, dismounted, and attempted to break the two women up. Several of the bandits had begun snickering as well, even though the rest of Azura’s allies continued to battle them. Eliot, while struggling to stop his comrades from tearing each other apart, called Raela over to help the unconscious Leyon. This battle, which was supposed to be a cakewalk since the Red Claw were dead on their feet from exhaustion and drunkenness, was certainly going to take a lot longer than it really should.​
 
Time for chapter 24!


Chapter 24: Rising Morale

“Alright, THAT IS QUITE ENOUGH!” Eliot blurted deafeningly as he finally managed to grab hold of Azura and Natalie and tear them away from one another. His strength surprised both girls, and more than a few onlookers. Seemingly without effort, he’d pulled both of them off the ground and to their feet so hard and fast that it actually hurt.

“Look, I know I don’t have any authority over either of you, but really,” Eliot continued, his voice not even strained from the effort of holding the two women up. “Someone had to break you both up and I was the closest. And I’d think you two of all warriors would know how dangerous it can be to get into a fight with your own allies in the middle of a battle. It’s stupid! Not to mention childish.”

“Wow, am I really getting a lecture from Eliot of all people?” Natalie grumbled quietly in disbelief as Eliot finally released her and Azura.

“Hey, I heard that! I’m serious here!” Eliot retorted.

“You know, you’re absolutely right, Eliot,” Azura replied ashamedly, standing up and brushing herself off. “I feel terrible for it now.”

“As well you should! You think I haven’t noticed the way you’ve been behaving towards General Leyon?” Natalie pointed out. “And, as if that wasn’t enough, you threatened him in the middle of a battle and distracted him long enough for him to be struck by an enemy! It’s pure and simple luck that that hit didn’t kill him.”

“Oh? And, I suppose it’s fine for you to insult me and try to clobber me in the middle of a battle?!” Azura shot back. “I’m in command of this operation, you know!”

“How that happened is beyond me, if you like starting fights with your comrades.”

“What?! Take that back! I’m still new on this job and you know it!”

“Ha, I’d think even new leaders would know better than that.”

“Errrgh, DAMN YOU! SHUT UP!”

Natalie simply snorted as she remounted her horse and rode off. Eliot merely sighed in frustration while Azura looked ready to explode. One more taunt from Natalie, and she knew she’d be knocking her around again. Still, Azura had to admit she’d badly mishandled her first battle as a noble and a full-fledged commander. Granted, the fight had not been a total loss since the enemy had by now been nearly annihilated, but the fight with Natalie had tarnished that success. Azura sighed and was about to go check on the unconscious Leyon when Eliot put a hand on her shoulder.

“Wait. I think there’s something you ought to know, Milady,” he entreated quietly. “It’s about Natalie. I think I may know why she’s being so cold to you all of a sudden.”

“Oh? What’s your theory?” Azura wondered, arching an eyebrow.

Before responding, Eliot quickly glanced around to make sure no one would hear him and then lowered his voice to a near whisper.

“Well, just between you and me, I think she may be jealous of you. See, awhile back, not long after General Leyon first became our commander, Natalie developed a crush on him,” Eliot explained. “She’d show little signs here and there, like making excuses to spend time with him and dolling herself up a bit so he’d notice her. But he seemed rather oblivious to it no matter what she did, so she eventually stopped. And, call me crazy, but General Leyon appears to be interested in you in one way or another. Now, I’m no expert on figuring this stuff out, but I think Natalie’s old feelings for him might be returning because of that.”

For a long moment, Azura just stared back at Eliot as if he’d suddenly grown a second head. When she finally spoke, her words came out in a furious jumble.

“That is crazy!” Azura opined angrily, folding her arms in exasperation. “Me, interested in Leyon? All he’s done since I’ve met him is drive me up a wall, treating me as if I can’t handle myself in a fight. Heck, if it’ll get Natalie off my back, then she can have him for all I care.”

“If that’s true, then how come your cheeks are turning pink?”

Eliot grinned fiendishly when he saw the look of shock on Azura’s face.

“Uh, well… Oh, this is ridiculous! I’m just getting chilly, alright?” Azura insisted, though Eliot looked far from convinced. “Now go gather the troops. Order the mounted units to set up a perimeter in case more of the Red Claw show up, and have the others distribute medicine to the sick. Norman will oversee it and advise on how to deal with the disease Misty told us about. I have to check on Leyon, as it’s my duty to see that the wounded are tended to.”

“Heh, okay then.”

Azura merely grumbled while walking away, swearing that she heard Eliot snickering as he departed. Still, her comment about being cold had just been transparently false. Why had she blushed at the notion of Leyon having an interest in her? Surely she can’t like him, not after the way he’d been treating her. He always thinks I’m too weak to fight alongside ‘the boys’ and I always need help! I can’t stand it, Azura thought to herself as she approached Leyon’s limp form and Raela, who was still watching over him; the healer’s expression was drawn with concern, but Azura was too angry to notice. I hate men who think women can’t fend for themselves and are nothing but defenseless damsels in distress when they get in trouble! They’re stupid! I’ve lost count of how many women I’ve seen that can handle themselves on the battlefield. Heck, Leyon was trained by one! She knew everything she’d mulled over was the truth, so why did she not sound convincing to herself? For some reason, when she’d heaped those unkind thoughts on Leyon, they just didn’t ring true in her mind. Was there more to his trying to help her than she thought? Before she could come up with an answer, Azura gazed over Leyon’s limp form. He was certainly handsome, she had to admit, even with his eyes closed and bruised from his fall. A portion of his tunic had been torn away by the blow he’d taken to his arm, revealing a well-developed bicep. Azura had gauged Leyon as being of a build at least comparable to Ike and, by the look of things, Leyon might very well be as muscular as the azure haired hero.

“Oh, Lady Azura, thank goodness,” Raela spoke up moments later, snapping Azura out of her trance. “I was beginning to worry no one would guard Leyon and I if more bandits showed up.”

“Huh? Oh, don’t worry, the bandits are mostly taken care of now. I ordered the mounted knights to guard the perimeter. Odds are that’ll be enough to turn back any Red Claw headed our way, and Kevin and his little mercenary group are stronger than they appear, it seems,” Azura replied. “You should’ve seen how Jett practically cut a pair of those scoundrels in half all with one axe swing! I was quite impressed. Of course, Bryan’s strength was valuable too, though. He’s an elite warrior here, after all. Anyway, how’s Leyon?”

Here, Raela sighed heavily and Azura suddenly felt her pulse race.

“Well, I’m not sure,” Raela admitted in a worried tone. “I healed his injuries, but he still hasn’t awoken. The blow to his head was pretty nasty; it practically split open his scalp. There’s no fracturing of the skull, but I wouldn’t be surprised if he…”

“Ended up like Marc?”

“Pretty much. The skull can take a lot of punishment, but a strong enough blow can affect the mind anyway.”

For some reason, which she could not make sense of, a feeling of alarm descended upon Azura at this news. She tried to rationalize it away, since after all, Marc’s memory problems weren’t the sort of thing she’d wish on anybody, but again, she wasn’t convinced by her own musings.

“Oh dear… Somehow, I don’t think either him or Leona will like this…”

Azura had been about to ask if there was anything that could be done when the sound of an approaching horse reached her ears. To his displeasure, it was Natalie.

“Guilty conscience or are you just here to admire your handiwork?”

“Didn’t I order you to patrol the perimeter?” Azura retorted, her temper flaring.

“When I saw you over here, I was worried you’d try to kick him while he was down,” Natalie replied harshly.

Azura managed to fight down the urge to knock Natalie off her horse, again, and spoke as calmly as she could manage.

“Ugh, I don’t want to fight with you, Natalie. Leyon needs our help, and that’s more important than your little grudge against me. Now would you do me a favor and help Raela and I put him on his horse? Once that’s done, we can tie his arms to the saddle horn to keep him from falling off. If you want, you can lead the horse while Raela and I flank him to make sure he stays in the saddle.”

Natalie did not look like she relished the idea of having Azura anywhere near Leyon, but nonetheless nodded her agreement.

“Thank you.”

With that, the three women combined their strength to haul Leyon’s limp form onto his horse. Natalie produced a rope from her saddlebag and used it to tie Leyon’s wrists to his saddle horn and then remounted her own steed, pulling Leyon’s horse along by the reins while Azura and Raela walked on either side of the unconscious general to hold him steady.

While Norman took charge of handing out warm clothing and medicine to the rescued prisoners, Azura’s other companions and Kevin’s group scoped out the fort for any refugees that hadn’t been found yet or bandits that might have gone into hiding within the ruined fort. Raela and Natalie continued to watch over Leyon while Bryan and the rest of the party worked to load the refugees into the convoy wagons for transport back to Aracion. The mounted Knights, meanwhile, patrolled the area in case of another attack. The fort turned out to be in even worse condition than Fort Hector had initially been when Azura and company had arrived there to rescue Ike and Elincia. The bandits who’d ransacked the fort had decimated the place, smashing furniture, overturning tables and scattering documents, surplus equipment and personal effects everywhere. Everything that hadn’t been shattered, shredded, or burned was covered in dust, dirt, soot, and ominous stains that looked very much like blood. Even more disturbing, the corpses of the soldiers and refugees who’d been killed there were also scattered about like so much litter, bloodied, cleaved and with flies and maggots mingling about them by the thousands, while rats scurried amongst the bodies, nibbling at the dead.

It was no wonder people had begun getting sick. Misty did say that she suspected that the corpses were the source, which Norman said was likely the case for anything that was killed by Venin weapons, and either the rats or the insects could carry disease to the people hiding there. Norman suggested that cremating the bodies would stop the disease at the source. Bryan didn’t like the idea, since it seemed an undignified way to deal with the remains of brave soldiers, but agreed if he could at least identify the bodies so that their families could be notified. While that was going on, Azura conversed with Kevin and his mercenaries and complimented them on their skills in battle.

“Well, thank you very much, Milady!” Kevin replied, an astonished by the praise, yet appreciative. “You’re quite the swordfighter yourself, if you ask me. In fact, if I’d met you and seen you in action before you became a noble, I’d have invited you to join my mercenaries.”

“Oh, wow. I wouldn’t know what to say to that,” Azura admitted, nearly blushing and averting her eyes bashfully. “Though I’d—AAAAH!”

Azura’s shriek was so loud, that Kevin clapped his hands over his ears and everyone else within twenty feet jumped.

“KEEP THEM AWAY! KEEP THOSE HORRIBLE THINGS AWAY!” she screamed as she bolted out of the fort. Kevin merely stood there, perplexed and with his ears ringing, until he realized what Azura had screamed at. Out of a pile of rotted wood came a group of spiders.

“Oh, I see… Hmm…”

“WAHAHA! That’s hilarious!” a familiar masculine voice echoed nearby. Jett appeared in the doorway moments later, laughing so hard that he was turning blue from lack of breath.

“Is she really that scared of those little spiders?” he mocked through laughter. “Oh man!”

“Jett, stop it! She’s our superior, you know! Even leaders aren’t perfect!” Magali’s reprimanding voice cut in. “And you know you could get in a lot of trouble for making fun of our leader!”

“I’m sorry… Haha! I can’t help it!”

Magali merely grunted angrily.

“DANG IT, JETT! IF YOU DON’T STOP ACTING LIKE SUCH AN IMMATURE NINCOMPOOP ALL THE TIME—!”

“Alright, knock it off, both of you,” Kevin intervened, clearly used to such squabbles. “I understand this is all a little…strange, but keep in mind that we’re still on a mission. Fighting amongst ourselves will get us nowhere. And I believe we even got a demonstration of that earlier. Now, did anyone find anything?”

“Oh, no, Sir. We didn’t find any other bandits or stray villagers,” Jett replied, pausing briefly and offering a nervous smile. “And I apologize.”

“Same here. Not a soul to be found,” Magali added. “Zane went after Lady Azura, but he told me to tell you that he didn’t find anyone either.”

“Alright, let’s go rejoin the others and see when we can leave.”

Several hours dragged by slowly. Once it was obvious that there were no more Red Claw in the area, most of the mounted Knights were called back into the fort to help. Norman had proven instrumental to helping the people in the fort, able to diagnose their conditions and what medicines would best help. Misty too proved her worth, as she was well stocked on all the medicines Norman required, and this only reaffirmed Azura’s determination to find out if anything could be done to mend Misty’s horribly scarred face. They reported that, thankfully, the army had arrived just in time and that none of the refugees were in terminal condition. There were, however, a number of people who needed aid which the army could not provide. They were loaded onto Bronwyn’s wagon, since her wagon had been built to resupply troops in the middle of a battle and could move the fastest. She’d take the critically ill patients to Aracion and then circle back to rejoin the others, likely half-way through their own return trip. Azura was glad for this, since she did not relish the older woman’s reprimand.

Azura felt miserable during the return trip to Castle Talgria, more so than at any point in the journey so far. She’d overheard Jett laughing at her, Natalie hated her guts, and Leyon was still out cold even after the group had begun their trip back to Aracion. What’s more, Bryan and Skye, who’d long been her staunch allies, suddenly stopped speaking to her. They were likely annoyed with her behavior during the battle as well, especially Skye. The hot tempered sniper rarely tolerated such behavior from Kye and, judging by the tone he’d used with Bryan after the prince of Astryn had learned of his lineage, he wouldn’t put up with it from a superior officer either. Azura also noticed that Bryan and Skye weren’t even talking to each other much and Skye was glancing nervously at Raela’s Sleep staff, which she seemed to be trying to make as conspicuous as she could. Guessing that the young healer was trying, and none too gently, to get Skye to control his hot temper, Azura finally forced a giggle out of her mouth. About an hour after departure, a familiar voice called out to her.

“Ah, there you are, tomboy!”

Azura looked up to see Bronwyn, who’d rejoined the group and had pulled her wagon alongside the Lady of Elhorhi. If Bronwyn’s expression was any indication, she already knew what had happened. This wasn’t surprising; Azura suspected that the older woman was very keen minded. To Azura’s relief, however, Bronwyn didn’t bring it up...at least, not the way Natalie and Eliot had. Instead, she reported that she’d delivered the refugees as ordered and that, when they were well enough, they’d be sent to work in the valley. Azura didn’t particularly like that news, since the idea of shuttling people into the valley of her birth and sealing them in seemed little different than admitting defeat. What happened at Fort Absolon had been embarrassing, but she wasn’t about to give up after coming so far. Besides, if Melora did assemble the Miracle Stone, even the Elhorhi Valley would not be safe. Ike had said as much when he declared that Tellius would be endangered as well if Melora won the war, and Azura believed it.

At Bronwyn’s gesture, Azura climbed up into her wagon. The former deputy commander of the Royal Knights then unrolled a scroll map showing the Elhorhi Valley, Azura’s valley, though she was far from used to the idea, and began pointing to various locations along the banks of a river that ran the whole length of the valley from a huge mountain basin up above. She suggested that the river be used to drive the mills to make bread for the people who’d be living there. The two then began discussing places for grain, vegetable and dairy farms, orchards and housing. As Wencelis had described, the valley was rich in lumber, quarry stone, water and farmable land as well as plenty of open space. Fully developed, the valley could be home to thousands of people. Azura still didn’t like the idea of cramming them all in there, since it was too akin to admitting that Melora had won, but she had to admit that she was impressed at Bronwyn’s planning and at the effort her assistants and Azura’s future subjects were putting into all this.

By and large, Azura and Bronwyn were in perfect tandem discussing these plans. When Bronwyn brought up the idea of having hops farms, vineyards and breweries so that there’d be ample beer and wine, the two had their first disagreement.

“No, no, no and no!”

“You’re crazy, you’re crazy, you’re crazy and you’re crazy.”

“It’s you who’s crazy. I’m expected to govern Elhorhi, whichever way this war ends, and how am I supposed to do that when everyone’s stumbling around drunk?!”

Bronwyn’s aged features became pinched with displeasure.

“I’m having one of those funny déjà vu flashes here. Don’t pretty much all your chats with Leyon go this way?”

Azura did not appreciate being reminded of that, but Bronwyn cut her off before she could say anything.

“A lot of the people going into the valley may never come back out, if Talgria does lose the war. Some of them might want to raise glass to people they had to leave behind or to their luck that they’re still alive. I myself always take a glass of Talgrian red wine with dinner. It was the drink my husband, Goddess rest his soul, and I drank on our first date, our wedding and the last meal we had together before he died. It’s my little way of letting him know he’s not forgotten. You plan on ending that?”

Azura was stupefied; not only had she never even guessed that Bronwyn had been married but what the older woman had told her never occurred to the reluctant Lady of Elhorhi. And, between being reminded of the incident with Leyon and how she’d unwittingly interfered with Bronwyn’s remembrance of her husband, she felt even worse. She felt Bronwyn’s hand on her shoulder but could not meet her eyes.

“I already know you’re good at listening to other peoples’ problems. But, if you’re going to be a leader, you have to be the one who listens to their ideas, their views and suggestions as well. You are going to be making the decisions, but others will be saying their bit and you have to be able to hear them out. Besides, any way you look at it, this is too big a job for one person to handle alone. Keep that in mind next time that empty-headed whippersnapper tries to get across that he likes you.”

Azura had been about to object to the idea when Norman’s voice cut in.

“Lady Azura, Lady Bronwyn! I think General Leyon’s finally waking up!” Norman’s voice shouted. Azura spotted him nearby, gesturing her to follow him. She immediately complied, commanding the column to halt for a few minutes, jumping off of Bronwyn’s wagon, and racing to join the Priest. Norman and Raela had taken turns watching over Leyon and pulling his horse along while Natalie joined the other knights at the head of the column.

And, Norman had been correct. Leyon’s slumped form was stirring slightly while his eyelids slowly fluttered open. Azura gasped with relief and immediately spoke.

“Are you alright?” she inquired, almost desperately.

Leyon groaned, no doubt from his head wound, and tried to massage away the pain...only to discover that his hands were bound to his saddle horn.

“Sorry about that,” Azura interjected shyly, untying him. “We didn’t want you falling off your horse.”

“Thank you,” Leyon answered, but his tone was distant and distracted. “Man, my head hurts.”

“You did have a nasty spill back there.”

“Well, that explains that.”

Leyon still seemed distracted though, and by more than his throbbing head. His eyes kept darting in all directions and his expression was one of deep perplexity and a hint of alarm.

“We’ve left the ruins of Fort Absolon, and are on the road to Aracion,” Azura supplied, but inwardly she was getting worried.

“Thank you for that information milady,” Leyon replied, though still sounding as if he was barely paying attention.

“Hey, no need for honorifics,” Azura answered, trying to sound light and cheerful even though she was growing more and more concerned about his behavior. “It’s perfectly fine for you to call me by name.”

“That would be a lot easier if I knew your name.”

“What?! Leyon, it’s me, Azura! You know me!”

Leyon met her gaze, mostly because Azura had reached up to turn his head to face her, but there was not even a hint of recognition in his eyes. His expression was still one of deep confusion and growing alarm, which Azura was feeling herself.

“What...what do you remember?” she inquired, half dreading the answer.

For a long moment, Leyon did not reply. Instead, his gaze roamed over the knights, soldiers and mercenaries around him and then to his armored body, his horse, his axe and his hands. He looked at each and all as if he’d never seen them before.

“Nothing,” he admitted. “It...It’s all a blank.”

“Oh my...”

Norman, who’d been hovering nearby unseen, realized what was happening and approached.

“Oh my goodness…” he added somberly. “This isn’t good at all. Gen…Sir, don’t you have any recollection of anything that’s happened recently?”

“No, I have no idea what’s going on at all,” Leyon replied and brought a hand to the side of his head. “Owww… Damn, my head is killing me!”

“Oh, well… Stay on the horse and don’t move, okay? You should rest,” Norman advised.

“Alright…”

Azura and Norman then moved a short distance away, speaking in lowered voices.

“Norman, is this what I think it is?” Azura wondered fearfully.

“Yeah. Amnesia. I’m sure of it. That blow to the head must have been worse than we thought,” Norman replied. “But how in Altarais are we going to explain this to the king?!”

Azura then realized that Wencelis would be very upset to hear such news; he was already watching his kingdom tottering on the brink of destruction and now he’d effectively lost one of his best commanders. And, Natalie would probably hate her even more as well.

Norman mulled over the situation while Azura watched anxiously, uncertain what, if anything, could be done to help Leyon. Then, Norman spoke again.

“Well, people who suffer from amnesia eventually snap out of it, but I don’t think we have that kind of time. Something familiar might jog his memory, which would help, but I’m not sure how that can be done.”

“I see. I guess all we can do is try our best. We need Leyon’s skills. If we’re lucky though, he’ll at least remember how to ride and fight. By the way, Norman, I really appreciate you staying with us even though you don’t have to.”

“Oh, it’s my pleasure, Milady. I could see your growing army needed more healers available to you.”

“Indeed, we certainly did. Thank you.”

At first, Azura and Norman thought it might be best to at least remind Leyon of enough of who he was so that he could act normally and not cause any alarm. But several other people had apparently approached Leyon while the pair was conversing and, seeing Leyon’s odd behavior, had spread the news. As Azura had anticipated, Natalie chewed her out once more when she found out and even threatened to attack her again if she let anything more happen to Leyon. This deeply angered Azura, as Natalie was just as much at fault as she was. If Leyon hadn’t been distracted by their feud, he wouldn’t have been hit and thus, would not have banged his head against a rock and lost his memory. Still, Azura couldn’t help but notice that as Natalie turned her horse around, her head drooped and her expression turned to one of horror. Was she actually ashamed of herself too, or simply that worried about her superior officer? Given Eliot’s earlier account, Azura had to guess it was the latter, much to her disdain. Bronwyn, upon learning the news, glared at Azura in a fashion that made her feel about two inches tall. After that, Bronwyn clocked Azura over the head with her crutch and instructed the Lady of Elhorhi to consider this the first test of her ability to handle a crisis.

Over the remainder of the trip, Leyon’s headache faded, but he still recalled practically nothing of his life. He did however, seem to remember how to ride and fight, his grip on his axe and how he guided his horse seemed little different than from before his accident, so he could still do battle. But, Leyon did not recall his leadership over the Royal Knights and he had no idea who they were or what to tell them in either battle or even simple conversation. As deputy commander of the Royal Knights, Natalie was next in line for command but Azura suspected that she was much too upset to handle such a promotion so suddenly. Bryan volunteered to temporarily take over Leyon’s duties instead, stating that he needed to learn more about the skills of leadership if he was to be crowned king of Astryn. Natalie and Eliot agreed to help out as much as they could. Meanwhile, Azura mulled over what could be done to help Leyon. Norman had told her that something familiar might jog Leyon’s memory, but he’d been a little vague about that. And, to complicate matters still further, Azura had met Leyon only a few days ago. She had no idea what would help to exhume his lost memories. Bronwyn, Natalie and Eliot all knew Leyon far better than she, but Bronwyn seemed to want Azura to handle this on her own and as for Natalie...well, Azura wasn’t holding her breath on getting her help. So, forced to improvise, she explained to Leyon his situation as best as she could as they approached Aracion once more.

“Leyon, we need you to cooperate if we’re to get your memory back,” she informed him.

“I see. And don’t worry, I will do what I need to,” Leyon replied, though he sounded far from certain. “But are you sure it’s possible to restore my memory?”

“I believe it should be. Let’s start with what you already know, I could see along the way that you still know how to use an axe and ride a horse.”

“Well, yes. I don’t understand it though, I don’t remember doing either of those things before. But, they felt almost as natural as walking.”

“That’s a start. You learned how to use them many years ago. You were taught by a woman named Bronwyn.”

“‘Bronwyn?’” Leyon muttered, and Azura hoped he might be making progress but then sagged in defeat. “Didn’t someone by that name whack you over the head with a crutch?”

“Well, yes. But are you sure you still don’t remember anything?”

“No, not a thing. Although… This axe I’m carrying…when I look at it, a strange feeling comes over me. I feel...sadness, and longing, but I have no idea why.”

“Huh… Well, we’ll figure this out. I promise. Though, our king will be most displeased to hear about this…”

“Yeah, if I’m really as important as you say I am.”

“Oh, believe me, you are.”

Several hours later, the army arrived in Aracion. Most of the army remained in the castle grounds or in the main hall, while Azura, Ike, and Bryan reported to Wencelis. Natalie, Eliot, and a royal physician watched over Leyon. Although Ike had not gone with Azura’s party on the previous mission, he wanted to let Wencelis know that he was ready to return to the battlefield for real and that Elincia had finally given him permission to do so. This had elicited a few chuckles from the others and Bryan had, discreetly, made a point of whispering ‘hen-pecked husband material’ to the blushing hero. The group hoped that knowing this would provide at least some relief to the burdened king, since Ike’s aid was invaluable. Even so, Azura felt uncomfortable. Whatever relief this brought Wencelis would be eclipsed by new worries when the king heard of Leyon’s amnesia. And, the fact that she was partly responsible for it would not go over well. When the trio approached the doors to the throne room, Azura took a deep breath, gulped audibly, and led her comrades inside. Hopefully, she could assure the king that she would do everything in her power to help restore Leyon’s memory.

“Ah, Azura, you have returned,” Wencelis greeted, his tone betraying his relief but then turning quizzical at her expression. “You…look troubled. Don’t tell me the mission failed….”

“Oh, no, your majesty, we succeeded,” Azura replied. “All of the prisoners were rescued and brought here. They will be moved to new homes as per...your orders. Many were ill, but the medicine we brought to them has gotten this situation under control. We had no deaths or injuries beyond our capabilities to heal as well. Except…”

“I had a feeling there was a problem… What’s happened this time?”

“Leyon…lost his memory.”

Wencelis froze where he sat and nearly dropped the tome he carried.

“…What?!”

“You…You can’t be serious!” Louise gasped. “How did this happen?”

“I’m so very sorry. I’m partially to blame,” Azura admitted, hanging her head in shame. “Leyon and I got into an argument during the battle. He kept trying to cut in while I was fighting. I felt...insulted and tried to push him away. Natalie got angry and took a swing at me. Leyon tried to break us up, but…while he was distracted, he was attacked from behind. The blow knocked him out of his saddle and he smashed his head into a rock.”

“Oh dear…” Louise opined. “Is there anything we can do about this?”

“We asked a royal physician to assess his condition and I’m trying to jog his memory, but I don’t know…”

Here, Azura’s voice trailed away. After all, what else could she say? Her propensity to act before thinking had taken an already dire situation and made it even worse. Even if Leyon did recover his memory, that might take weeks. And, the Alliance simply didn’t have that kind of time while total defeat loomed closer by the hour. When Azura finally met Wencelis’ gaze again, she could not help but notice the severity of his expression.

“There are no words for how disappointed I am in you. If I didn’t need every able warrior I could find, I would send you to your earldom under indefinite house-arrest. But, that’s an indulgence that I cannot afford, and that will do nothing to rectify this situation. Leyon is, or, perhaps, I should say was, amongst the finest commanders the Royal Knights have ever had. If he is unable to command, which, I suspect is the case, it could prove devastating, not only to the morale of the Royal Knights but to the entire Alliance.”

A heavy silence fell over the little group, silent except for hope gasping its last in the hearts of five weary warriors.

“But Leyon can still battle, though, can’t he?” Louise interjected, thought perhaps only to break the mournful silence.

“He can,” Azura confirmed, wary of Wencelis. “At least, he still remembers how to ride and fight. But, I haven’t seen him in action since the accident, so I can’t be certain.”

“If he does recall his training, at least subconsciously, then it is possible he could be quickly retrained and put back in command,” Bryan spoke up, though emphasizing the conditional. “He might recall, instinctively, how to lead but that might not count for much if he has no idea who he’s leading and how best to use their skills. Until we know, one way or the other, I’ve taken temporary command of the Royal Knights,” Bryan added. “I figured it would help me prepare for when I ascend Astryn’s throne. On top of that, Natalie is deeply upset and frustrated by these events. I simply don’t think she’s up to the task of replacing her superior officer.”

“Hmm. I see,” Wencelis commented, the severity in his expression deepening. “I cannot emphasize enough how displeased I am with this development, but I am willing to allow you a chance to rectify this situation. Also, Bryan, I commend your initiative. I believe you commanding the Royal Knights is our best option until the royal physician can discover a solution to Leyon’s amnesia.”

“Thank you, your majesty. I shall do my best,” Bryan replied.

“Very good. Azura, are you absolutely sure Leyon no longer recalls anything from the past?”

“I’m positive,” Azura assured. “He doesn’t remember a single thing. In fact, he didn’t even know who he was when he woke up. Nor did he recognize me. He did say that his axe makes him feel ‘sadness and longing,’ but that’s it.”

“I see. I will instruct the physician to use whatever methods he deems necessary to resolve this matter. In the meantime, however, we have another situation to attend to. As you undoubtedly recall, your army destroyed a massive Red Claw encampment before arriving in Aracion. I had hoped that this meant that the capital was safe from invasion, at least, for the time being, but I fear that I was wrong. The Kiang River flows south of here and I fear the Red Claw will attempt to cross it for an invasion of Aracion. Your task is to prevent this by sealing off the river to the enemy.”

“Very well. How are we to close off the river?”

“During the last war, floodgates were built to prevent the enemy’s naval forces from gaining the river. One of the floodgates is at the river’s mouth and the other is further upstream near Astryn’s border. They were opened after the war ended. You simply have to close them again. Not only would this make it impossible for naval vessels to enter the river but we are expecting heavy rains and strong winds within the next three days. The rains will flood the river until it overflows its banks and the winds will cause the water to be quite stormy. The Red Claw will find swimming across the river or crossing with rafts to be impossible under such conditions.”

“Understood. And I assure you we’ll do everything we can to restore Leyon’s memory.”

“And I trust that you will, Lady Azura. I expect that the consequences of failure are quite clear.”

Again, Azura felt both the gravity of the situation, and Wencelis’ displeasure weigh on her. But, she remained determined to prevail nonetheless. She gave a quick nod.

“Your majesty, if I may have a word,” Ike cut in.

“Yes, Ike?” Wencelis wondered.

“I just thought I’d let you know that I’m ready to return to the battlefield. I had to…get permission from a certain girlfriend of mine, but my blade is yours, and Lady Azura’s, once again.”

Azura couldn’t prevent herself from giggling at this confession. Ike merely glared.

“Heh, I see. I’m pleased to have you on our side. May fortune favor you all. Oh, but one last thing. I received word of what happened in Cilae regarding the razed villages and the attempt to frame Bryan as the culprit. I decided to send your two raven laguz allies there to investigate and they should return sometime tomorrow with their findings. Since evening approaches, all of you should get a good night’s rest and depart at dawn.”

“Yes, your majesty,” Azura obeyed.

Just as Wencelis was about to dismiss the group, a sentry came through the doors. At first, the others feared that yet another situation had arisen, but the sentry’s stride and posture indicated he was in no hurry and his expression remained calm. Wencelis prayed that this meant he had good news; he could certainly use some.

“Your majesty, we have some unknown visitors at the castle gates. I do not know who they are, as they have declined to identify themselves, but they seek an immediate audience with Sir Ike.”

“Me?” Ike wondered, raising his eyebrow. “Who would be looking for me around here?”

“I don’t know, but I think you should go meet with them,” Wencelis replied. “They could be potential allies. And the more troops we recruit, the better. You all are dismissed.”

“Well, he does have a point,” Ike agreed as the trio departed the throne room. “This better not be some dumb fanclub, though.”

“Hehe, wouldn’t you rather it be that than enemies disguising themselves, though?” Azura replied with a giggle.

“Well, the jury’s still out on that one.”

“Hey, I’m going to brief the other troops on our new mission,” Bryan decided. “I’ll also go see the physician and find out if he has anything new to report while I’m at it. As his majesty said, we could have real trouble if we can’t restore Leyon’s memory.”

“Alright, then we’ll meet up again and discuss strategies later,” Azura decided.

Bryan nodded and departed for the main hall where most of the troops awaited. Ike headed for the castle gates to greet his guests while Azura decided to check on Lorelle and then retreat to her room and begin deciding upon who should accompany her in the morning. Ike remained curious about who had come to see him. He hardly knew anyone in Altarais besides the army he was with, so who could it be? Surely the Valkyrie from Kolah, Lisa, had no reason to seek him out. If she desired to join the army, she’d be looking for Azura instead. General Derien was still missing. Leyon reported allying with him when Fort Tehya was recaptured, but after that, the Eraghoan general vanished once again. King Rothgar and other foreign rulers would be seeking Wencelis if they were to come to the castle. Reluctantly, Ike could only guess that it was either a bothersome fanclub, or Melorans or Red Claw members disguising themselves as a bothersome fanclub. Dreading both options, and not sure which one was worse, Ike stepped out onto the castle grounds and approached the gates. Soon enough, two cloaked figures came into view just on the other side. One of them was rather short while the other stood about as tall as Ike and nearly as broad in build.

It was when they turned around to greet him that Ike realized he was standing before two very familiar faces.

“Ike!” they blurted at the same time.

“Boyd! Soren! I-I don’t believe it!” Ike exclaimed, his eyes widening. “Where’d you two come from?!”

“Crimea, where else?” Boyd replied with a smile. “We’re so glad we’ve finally reached you.”

“Indeed. We had to carry quite a bit with us,” Soren agreed.

“But how did you guys find me?” Ike wondered.

“Duh, everyone’s talking about it!” Boyd opined. “How there’s a big war going on, how the Red Claw is causing all kinds of trouble, and how Melora is at war with Cilae and Talgria, and how Ike, the great legendary hero of Tellius, came to Talgria’s aid and traveled here.”

“As is often the case, it’s left to me to fill in the finer details,” Soren cut in, to Boyd’s chagrin. “A while ago, word reached Melior that you and Elincia had found each other. King Renning and Empress Sanaki had been awaiting such news for some time and wanted at least a couple people to find you. Needless to say, we volunteered. Though, they did entrust us with a few other tasks to complete.”

“Yeah. In fact, we have to talk to Elincia too. Where is she?” Boyd finished.

“Oh, she’s in her room upstairs. Follow me,” Ike instructed. “Don’t worry, I can get the gate keepers to let you in.”

With Ike to vouch for them, the gatekeepers were quick to permit Boyd and Soren to enter the castle grounds and led them inside. As he led them inside, Ike inquired about the well-being of the current Greil Mercenaries and Soren’s life in the Branded village he had been invited to live in. Soren, like Lartz, was a Branded, but descended from the dragon tribe instead of the wolves. Boyd reported that the mercenaries had had a lot of work on their hands a month or so before, but that things had calmed down some since then. Soren told of how living in the Branded village was very enjoyable compared to the life he once knew prior to meeting Greil and Ike so many years ago. People now treated him with kindness and respect instead of ignoring him and leaving him to starve. Ike was glad to hear such news, especially after several recent events. Still, he told his friends of his own experiences, including having been badly poisoned.

“Dang! You mean you nearly died from being ill?!” Boyd exclaimed, nearly freezing in his footsteps. “And then Red Claw bandits beat you to a pulp?!”

“Yeah. I owe my life to my new allies. If not for Azura and her party, I would have never survived,” Ike replied. “Elincia might not have either, since she was taken along with me.”

“I can imagine,” Soren agreed. “This new foe you face appears to be quite powerful. Are you really up to the task of defeating it?”

“I certainly am. But I’ll explain it in further detail later. Elincia’s room is right up—Whoa!”

“Ike! What the—?!” Elincia gasped, having nearly run into him as she was turning a corner in the staircase the group was in. “Boyd? And Soren too? Where’d they come from?”

“Oh, they just arrived!” Ike replied with a smile. “They were looking for us.”

“Yeah, we came to deliver a few things to you two,” Boyd explained. “Firstly, and most importantly, Ike. Begnion and Crimea agree that this belongs to you. I believe Sanaki’s exact words were ‘since Ike seems so adept at finding trouble, or being found by it, he might as well have what he needs to deal with it.’”

Boyd then removed a large sack from his back, opened it, and produced a large golden blade that any Tellius native would recognize. Both Ike and Elincia gasped when they laid eyes on it.

“Whaaaat?!” Ike blurted uncontrollably and nearly stumbled over backwards. “Ragnell?! They’re giving it to me?!”

“They are. Both nations agree that your prowess with this sword in the Mad King’s War and Goddess War proves that it’s worthy of being yours and yours alone,” Soren replied.

“Yeah, everyone thinks you’re more heroic when you use that sword,” Boyd added.

“Hee hee, I think I have to agree,” Elincia added with a giggle.

“I-I see. I guess I can accept it. I have kind of missed the sword, truth be told,” Ike admitted, taking Ragnell and slinging it to his back for the first time in months. “I fought a lot of battles with it, after all.”

“And that’s not all. Lots of people miss you, you know. But your absence hasn’t affected your reputation at all,” Boyd continued. “Just about every country has a deep respect for you. And, check this out.”

Boyd dug into the sack again and produced a fairly thin book. He then tossed it to Ike. The mercenary’s eyes widened when he saw exactly what was on the cover. A painting of him in the uniform he’d worn as a general in the Mad King’s War and hefting Ragnell was in the center, and up near the top in large gold letters, was written Legendary Heroes of Tellius. Right below that, more gold letters spelled out Sir Ike: The Blue Flame. Someone had written a book about Ike, and he was rather flattered. Of course, he would never admit to it.

“Wow, now they have books on me?” Ike opined moments later. “Geez, next thing I know, they’ll be building statues.”

“Actually, that project was completed a few weeks ago,” Soren contradicted.

Ike instantly dropped the book.

“…Say what?”

Elincia burst out laughing.

“Haha, yeah, the statue of you in Melior was meant to be a gift to you. As a thank you for your deeds and bravery,” Boyd explained. “But you left before it could be complete.”

“I see…”

As was often the case, Ike was more than a little overwhelmed by his fame. While he had longed to great swordsman and commander, like his father, the celebrity he’d unwittingly garnered was much, much more than what he had in mind. While having statues of himself didn’t appeal to him the same way it did others, he did take pride in knowing that he had made such a difference in the lives of so many people. He felt Elincia kiss him on the cheek and it brought a smile to his face that not even Boyd’s mouthing ‘Ike and Elincia, sitting in a tree’ could wipe off his face.

“Is there more news?” Elincia wondered. “What of Mist and Titania?”

Here, Boyd grinned devilishly.

“Well,” he began in a coy tone, “Titania wants grandchildren and Mist wants nieces and nephews.”

“Sorry I asked,” Elincia replied, sounding anything but and more a little enticed by the implication. “What about my lord uncle? And, Lucia and Geoffrey and Bastian?”

“Oh, that’s right! We have is a letter to you from King Renning,” Soren spoke up.

At this, Elincia froze where she stood.

“A-A letter?” she stammered. “Oh… Okay.”

Soren then handed her a rolled up scroll he’d been carrying with him. Elincia, her face going pale, opened it and began reading. Even though she was nervous about what her uncle had to say, deeply worried that her leaving had left him hurt and disappointed, she forced herself to calm down and not to read too quickly. As she did so, however, her mouth parted in a shocked, gaping expression, a frightened gasp escaped her lips and tears brimmed in her eyes.

“No… No! How…How could he do this me?! How could he do this after all we’d…after all…after all…?!” her shouting quickly degenerated into a furious but incoherent babbling punctuated by sobs and she threw the letter to the ground. Before long, Elincia had raced up the stairs, crying harder than she had when Ike had fallen ill.

“Elincia! Wait!” Ike called. “What’s wrong?!”

“Ohhh…” Boyd uttered nervously, and his anxiety grew when Ike wheeled to face him.

“Boyd, what the hell is going on?!” Ike demanded.

“Huh? Wait, I don’t know! Soren doesn’t either! We didn’t read anything in that message! I swear! King Renning told us it was for Elincia’s eyes only.”

“It’s true. Still, it sounds like something devastating must’ve happened,” Soren added.

“Well, whatever. I’ll be right back,” Ike replied. “Why don’t you two stick around for awhile? We’re leaving the castle tomorrow and we could use your help with something.”

“Alright then. King Renning gave us permission to stay as long as we pleased,” Soren agreed. “He will, naturally, want us to send confirmation that we’ve arrived and have found you, but that’ll be simple enough.”

As always, Ike was glad to have the aid of someone as level-headed and dependable as Soren. Ike had been about to pursue Elincia when he realized that the letter which had so upset her was still on the floor. Ike snatched it up and, glancing at it as he walked, began to search for Elincia. What was on the letter, however, was a veritable horror story. After Ike had left Crimea, Renning reported that the country had suffered much hardship. Banditry had increased to unthinkable levels and the Crimean citizenry lost faith in the Royal Knights. The brave face that Geoffrey must’ve put on while arranging for Elincia’s departure had been illusionary. The commander of the Royal Knights, or former Commander, by the sound if it, had grown increasingly aloof, bitter and cynical, apparently resenting people he viewed as either pitying or belittling him, as well as growing more and more distant from Renning, who he seemed to blame for the failed marriage between him and Elincia.

Ike felt a pang of anguish at the reminder, recalling how he’d felt devastated at the news and might’ve been so for all his life if Elincia hadn’t found him and told him the truth. Geoffrey’s problems, apparently, were even worse. He had begun drinking and at some decidedly seedy and disreputable establishments no less. And, as talk of wishing that Ike would return and take over Geoffrey’s post grew more incessant, he seemed to snap. Geoffrey had apparently destroyed the statue of Ike in Melior, the one Ike had only just now heard about, and the museum which used to be the Greil Mercenaries’ fort. He also stole the painting Ike and Elincia had done in Melior just after the Mad King’s War and which Ike had left behind when he left Tellius, though the painting had been recovered undamaged. Geoffrey had finally been caught and confined to the dungeon following his rampage, though it had taken both Marcia and Kieran, two of the Crimean Royal Knights, to subdue him and the latter had come away all but pulverized. During his rage, he blamed Ike for ruining his life, threatened to kill him if he could, and after that, had tried to kill himself as well.

“What?!” Ike blurted angrily. “Geoffrey! You son of a—!”

Ike nearly punched the castle wall, but caught himself before he could. It was then he realized that Geoffrey was right to feel slighted and neglected. Renning’s letter seemed to imply that people had begun relying too much on Ike and he was right. Though it was still no excuse for the knight’s behavior, Ike couldn’t help but place some of the blame on himself. If he hadn’t left, if he had confronted Elincia and Geoffrey and gotten the truth out of them, then maybe Ike and Elincia would have been wed. Or, though he was loathe to even consider blaming her, perhaps if Elincia had confronted her uncle then the failed marriage between her and Geoffrey would not have happened. Then, there would have never been that rampant banditry, Elincia wouldn’t have had to leave and Geoffrey might never have had his breakdown. But, then again, if Ike, Elincia and Ranulf had never left Tellius, then how would that have affected things here on Altarais?

Reluctantly, and with many more questions than answers, Ike continued reading the letter. It explained how Geoffrey was working to recover from his melancholy, thanks to the efforts of a girl who, Renning suspected, he was falling in love with. The statue of Ike was being rebuilt and others were making efforts to restore the fort as best as they could. Much of it had been destroyed, but people everywhere were contributing to repair or replace what had been lost in the fire. Renning continued by saying that Kieran and Marcia were in love and possibly getting married. The king concluded his letter by stating that, despite the heartbreak that incurred, the citizenry of Crimea respected Elincia’s decision and didn’t blame her for wanting to reunite with Ike. Though they had supported her marriage with Geoffrey, they also thought Ike would have made a wonderful husband to her as well. The citizenry also decided that even though they still regarded Ike as a legendary hero, many other people who fought in the past two wars were heroes as well, including Geoffrey who, despite very few people knowing he was behind the rampage, now worked avidly to redeem himself.

Ike felt a little better after reading this, but would Elincia calm down? He soon entered her room to find out. At the same time, however, Ike soon recalled that he had been planning to propose to her that night. He certainly couldn’t now with his would-be fiancée so miserable. Ike would just have to wait until the next evening.

“Elincia?” he spoke up when he found her crying on her bed.

“Oh, Ike… It’s awful…” she sobbed as she sat up and sniffled. “Did you read it?”

“I did,” Ike confirmed as he sat down next to her. “And I don’t blame you for being soupset. I was furious. In fact, I almost wanted to beat Geoffrey to a pulp for what he did,” Ike admitted. “I don’t condone what he did, but I can understand why he did it.”

“That’s true…but he broke the promise he made to me… He broke it!”

“Huh?”

“He promised that he’d never try to interfere in our relationship, whether we went back to Tellius or not. But, he threatened to hurt you… How could he?!”

“I…I don’t know. Maybe I should have never left. I did practically turn my back on everyone who cared about me, even you, and all because I was so absorbed in my own problems. Maybe if I’d spoken with Renning, he would’ve seen the truth and neither of us would’ve had to leave.”

“Well, there’s plenty of blame to go around. I could have, should have, confronted my uncle and told him that I was still in love with you and I didn’t. Or, I could have reinstated you as a lord. I know you wouldn’t have liked the idea, but at least we could have courted openly instead of hiding it. Or, maybe I could’ve done something to help Geoffrey before I left. I’ve always known about Geoffrey’s...issues… I grew up with him, remember?”

Ike, sensing Elincia’s mood was turning darker at the memory, wrapped his arms around his love while she buried her face in his broad chest. For a long moment, Ike simply held her, gently stroking her back and running a hand through her thick coils of emerald hair. After a time, she spoke.

“I think you did the right thing, leaving Tellius. There was nothing left for you there. You were depressed, but you also wanted more adventure. To see unfamiliar lands… And, you hated all the attention you were getting, even over here. I never blamed you for that, and I never will.”

“Oh… Well, don’t you even think about blaming yourself either. It was simply a chain of bad events, with one leading to the next. Nobody is really at fault. Just like it was no one’s fault that that big misunderstanding about who you loved happened. And look, you didn’t even finish reading the letter. Kieran and Marcia are likely getting married. Crimea respects your decision to give the throne to your uncle. They, and he, are giving us their blessings. And Geoffrey’s working to recover. Plus, he’s in love with the girl who helped him. He’s turning his life back around. And Crimea realized her mistake of relying too much on me.”

“R-Really?”

Ike nodded and handed Elincia the letter. As she finished reading it, a small smile formed on her lips. And then she giggled.

“You know, trying to imagine Kieran being a husband is hilarious,” she chuckled. “But still, Geoffrey broke a promise he made to me. He’s never ever done such a terrible thing before. Never…”

“I know… And I’m sorry he did.”

Ike then took Elincia in his arms once more and let her cry on his chest.

***​

The next morning arrived all too swiftly. The companions Azura had chosen for the mission to the Kiang River had already gathered up outside of Aracion. Natalie was still distraught over Leyon’s condition and furious with Azura, so she’d been allowed to stay behind to compose herself. Eliot, Marc, and Leona all decided to go. Leyon, even though his memory loss had shown little improvement, was permitted to accompany them as well. Interestingly, this had been requested by the physician who was working with him. The physician himself could not help Leyon, but he noted certain instances which indicated that Leyon’s memory could return naturally.

The previous evening, Leyon had been wandering the halls, searching for, well, just about anything. He would sometimes linger in certain places or, hearing certain sounds, would mull over them. He later told the physician that, when he heard or saw these things, images would form in his mind’s eye. These, the physician reflected, might be fragmentary flashes of memory, which would indicate that Leyon’s memory might be salvageable. The physician also thought that if Leyon continued fighting and conversing with his allies, it might further jog his memory. Bronwyn, Raela, Lily, and Norman also accompanied the group again along with Bryan, Skye, Kye, and Morris. Kevin’s group agreed to come along again as well. Ike chose to go, though he’d convinced Elincia to stay behind since she was still shaken by the news from Crimea. Both Boyd and Soren agreed to join the group, though it took some persuasion from Ike to convince Soren. Both Faline and Marina, as well as Lartz, decided to come as well. It was decided that flying units would prove useful in scouting the river since they could cross it easily and, if the Red Claw were trying to cross, the airborne knights could attack them on the far bank or even on the water. Finally, Kiel, Sara, and Ranulf were added in case there were more laguz with the Red Claw, although neither of the wolf siblings particularly liked the idea of having to fight their own kind. Azura and Bryan had planned their strategies carefully. Successfully barring the Red Claw and Melora from crossing the Kiang River to attack Aracion would definitely bolster morale and allow Allied Command some much needed breathing room.

The trip lasted several hours, but eventually, the vast ocean came into view, and so had the mouth of the Kiang River. Just as Wencelis had described, there was an immense floodgate where the river flowed into the ocean and, according to Wencelis, another one lay some distance upstream. Azura still wanted to talk to Lartz, but chose to let it wait until the first gate was successfully closed. Unfortunately, doing so turned out to be a more difficult task than expected.

“Oh great…” Azura grumbled when the group arrived at the riverbank. “The Red Claw beat us here.”

It was true. On both sides of the river and guarding the levers that controlled the floodgate were dozens of Red Claw members, who had once again deployed wolf, hawk, and raven laguz as well as beorc. And as usual, the beorc were diverse in their weaponry. Axes, swords, lances, bows, and magic were everywhere the group looked. Some units were on foot while others were mounted on horses, and even wyverns and Pegasi. The Red Claw must’ve been in the midst of crossing the river, for there were also rafts on both sides of the river and several, loaded with troops and weapons on the river itself.

“Actually, for once, I’m glad this happened,” Ike replied, to which Azura responded with a stupefied look. “Hey, they still think I’m dead, remember? This is perfect! Hehe, I can’t wait to see the looks on their faces.”

“Hold on, Pegasus knights?!” Marina gasped. “Faline, can you believe this madness? Some of our soldiers must have defected! What craven wretches! Lady Azura, if we may, can we punish these mongrels?”

“I agree! This simply cannot stand! Commander Eilonwy is already angry at me and that’s quite enough!” Faline added. “These traitors give her and us a bad name, not to mention more problems!”

“Very true. And yes, we can. Everyone, charge! Take them all out! They might try to destroy the gate mechanisms when they realize what we’re trying to do, so let’s make it fast!” Azura commanded. “Marina, you, Faline, and Lartz get to the levers as fast as you can and guard them! Everyone else, let your blades run red!”

With that, the group charged forward. As Bryan led the Royal Knights toward the river bank to destroy the enemy rafts, he eyed the enemy Pegasus knights suspiciously. While it was certainly possible that they had come from Cilae, he wasn’t so sure. He knew that Astryn also had Pegasus knights since Owen told him at the castle. The fighting spirit of Astryn’s army was all but gone after Shigo’s brief conquest, so perhaps these were conscripted prisoners? Or, worse, were they Astrynians who had lost faith in the royal family of Astryn and had defected? There was, he decided, only one way to find out.

Ike excitedly rushed towards his first opponent, a promoted axe fighter who froze in his tracks when he laid eyes on the mercenary.

“Y-You guys!” he shouted, backing away as if he’d just seen a ghost.

“Argh! What’s the problem now?!” the boss, a lance paladin, shouted from ahead, turning his attention to where the voice was coming from. When he spotted who his underling was fighting, he nearly dropped his lance in utter astonishment.

“No… It can’t be… I don’t believe it!” the lance paladin shouted.

“Well, believe it!” Ike replied with a confident grin as he drove Ragnell through the axe wielder, tore it free and cut down an enemy swordsman all in the blink of an eye.

“YOU’RE ALIVE?!” the boss exploded. “NO! Damn it! Get reinforcements here on the double! Have the men on the other side of the river make their way across and attack! NOW! And you, girl, you’re going to pay dearly for pulling a fast one on us! You will pay!”​
 
Here's chapter 25. :]


Chapter 25: A Fatal Clash

Perhaps Ike had been hoping that, seeing the famed hero of Tellius alive, the enemy would panic. Instead, the Red Claw had been driven into an enraged frenzy. Those that had already crossed the river charged while those still crossing paddled faster to join the attack. Azura, seeing that Ike’s display had backfired, grunted angrily.

“Great going, Ike! Enemy reinforcements are exactly what we need!” she retorted with a glare.

“Whoa, hey, calm down. Don’t think I didn’t anticipate this,” Ike reassured his superior officer. “Remember, I’ve returned to battle with an old friend!”

With that, Ike brandished Ragnell, spinning it in the air and thrusting it into the ground in front of him. Azura, however, still looked angry and unconvinced.

“My boot heel and your ass have an appointment.”

“Wait, you’d be surprised at what this blade can do. Watch!”

With that, Azura folded her arms and watched carefully as Ike turned his attention to three Red Claw members charging towards him. One carried an axe, another wielded a sword, and the other a lance. However, this hardly mattered once Ike launched his attack. In fact, he didn’t even move. All the famous hero did was swing Ragnell three times and during each strike, the golden blade produced a shockwave that traveled so fast that it could barely be seen and which was nearly impossible to avoid. Each attack struck its target squarely in the gut with bone crushing power, knocking them to the ground instantly.

“Whoa. That’s wicked,” Azura commented. “And I thought you were powerful before you got that sword.”

“Heh, well, now you know that it’ll come in handy.”

With that, the battle continued. As per their orders, Lartz and the Pegasus knights targeted the enemies nearest to the levers that controlled the floodgates. Once that was done, they held their ground to protect the levers so that the Red Claw could not tamper with the mechanism and jam the floodgates open. Bryan was concerned for Faline’s safety, especially with all of the axe wielders amongst the enemy, but shook his head when he spotted a sword in her hand instead of a lance. Where she had gotten it, he wasn’t sure, but he had a feeling that either Ryin or Bronwyn were involved. He did know, however that Falcon Knights were eligible to learn to use swords. Bryan just hoped Faline wouldn’t forget her lance training, since there were plenty of swordsmen about.

Since Azura had taken a larger group with her this time, enough that the Red Claw’s usual advantage of numbers was all but meaningless. What’s more, the frenzy which Ike’s appearance had caused left the Red Claw uncoordinated. They’d charge at Ike and Ike would knock them right back with Ragnell’s shockwaves, sometimes all the way into the river. In fact, none of them could even get near him anymore. Meanwhile, most of Azura’s army had taken position along the riverbank and were firing arrows, spells and other projectiles at the Red Claw trying to cross the river. Still, the Red Claw had put up enough of a fight to cause injuries, keeping Raela and Norman busy. Thankfully, Leyon’s memory loss didn’t seem to affect his fighting skills and he still fought as if he’d never lost his memory at all. Like Bryan, his strength was invaluable. Skye attempted to convince Raela to use the Sleep staff on the enemy commander or one of the stronger Red Claw members, but she was set on using it on him if he misbehaved. Kye burst into laughter upon hearing this, and it took Skye all of his willpower not to retort.

Minutes later, Azura ordered Lartz and Marina to close the floodgates. Faline was still fighting an axe bandit, but once he was downed and the levers were secured, the remaining enemies fled. At the same time, Ike had launched two more shockwaves into the enemy commander. Before he knew it, the paladin was sent flying off his horse. His corpse slammed right into Boyd’s backside, knocking him to the ground. As he’d fallen, he lost his grip on his axe and it went soaring right at Soren’s head. Soren side-stepped the flying axe, which passed so close to him that it gave him a bad haircut, and ended up lodged in the edge of the floodgate.

“IKE!” both warriors shouted angrily.

“Whoa! Sorry about that! I guess I got a little carried away,” Ike admitted, pulling the corpse off Boyd and helping him up.

“I’ll say you did,” Soren replied. “I almost got sliced in half. And just look what you did to my hair!”

“Yeah, be more careful next time,” Azura lectured. “And that’s an order. One more stunt like that and you could accidentally lop someone’s head off.”

“Yeah, I know. I will,” Ike obeyed, scratching the back of his head.

“Well, thanks to your recklessness, I’ve lost my short axe!” Boyd complained. “I can’t reach it way out there!”

“Don’t worry, I’ll go get it for you,” Lartz offered. He then flew over to the axe and yanked it out of the wood. The Dracoknight returned it to Boyd afterward.

“Oh, thanks!” Boyd replied, taking his weapon back. “You’re a really nice guy for a Meloran. I can see why you defected, Lartz.”

“You heard about that?”

“Yeah. Even back in Crimea, everybody is talking about what’s going on here. We heard rumors about you before we found Ike. They say the Meloran bounty on your head is as high as the one on Ike’s. Kinda flattering, in a way.”

“Oh, I see. But Boyd, to be honest, I wouldn’t say I’m as nice as you make me out to be.”

“Huh? Why not?”

“It’s…complicated. I’d rather not talk of it.”

“Oh… Okay then.”

“Hey Lartz, if you don’t mind, I’d like to ask you something later after we leave,” Azura spoke up.

“Oh? Well, alright,” Lartz agreed, though rather reluctantly since he had a suspicion about what she wanted to know. “You’re the commander.”

“Hey Boyd, by the way, how’s Urvan serving you?” Ike inquired, referring to his father’s double-bladed axe.

“Oh, it’s a good axe. And I’m taking care of it just like you told me to,” Boyd replied, unsheathing the axe from his back. “See? Still in good condition. But I still don’t think you should’ve left it with me.”

“Really? Why? I thought it would be a little too heavy for Titania.”

“Yeah, but… Ike, it’s your dad’s axe. It should rightfully be yours.”

“True, but I figured it’d be more useful to you than me. After all, you know what happened with the local bandits after I left Tellius.”

“Yeah, point taken…”

“And besides, I have enough to carry with me right now. I have two swords and an axe, remember?”

“Heh, oh yeah, I guess that’s a good enough excuse. That Ettardios blade is really something too. Bet you’d break your sword everyday if it looked that much better afterwards!”

“Haha, yeah.”

After the enemy had been routed, Azura had Marina and Faline make sure that the floodgates’ mechanism was locked in the closed position and had the remainder of the group patrol the area in case any hidden bandits revealed themselves. Once the floodgate was effectively sealed shut, she ordered her troops to depart immediately. They had to reach the other gate as soon as possible before the enemy caught wind of their mission. If they were to figure it out prematurely, they could easily destroy the controls for the remaining gate, which would leave it impossible to close. The floodgates themselves were much too sturdy to be damaged by most weapons, but their controls were another story.

In order for Wencelis’s plan to work, the two floodgates had to be sealed shut. That would bar any enemy naval vessels from the river. And, once the rains came, they would cause the Kiang would flood and become impossible for the Red Claw’s ground forces to cross. Still, the river would not stay flooded forever and Azura could only hope that Wencelis had a plan for when the flooded river receded.

Along the way, just as she was about to speak with Lartz, Azura noticed Leyon had begun staring at Olegxing from time to time. He seemed intrigued by it, even though he still had no idea where he got it or why he even had it. Curious, Azura decided to talk with him as well after she spoke with Lartz. Hopefully, whatever Lartz had to say would prove helpful, as Azura and company needed all the help they could get right now. She approached the dracoknight eagerly after taking a deep breath.

“Lartz, about what I wanted to ask you…” Azura began.

“Yes?” the Dracoknight replied warily.

“Well, I don’t mean to force you to talk about something you don’t wish to speak of. I want to ask you something about your being a Branded.”

“Oh, I see. To be honest, I’ve decided I trust you enough to talk about my history. What was it you wanted to ask me?”

“Well, from what I know, the Branded are often born with extraordinary abilities and powers,” Azura recalled. “For example, when Ike introduced us to Soren and Boyd, I learned Soren is also a Branded. He seems to have natural talent with tactics. I was wondering if you have any such abilities.”

“Well…” Lartz began. “That…is something I really hoped you wouldn’t ask. But you should know about it, so I’ll tell you. Remember when Shigo spoke of how I destroyed a few Meloran villages out of my hatred for them?”

“Yes, but I found it hard to believe. I mean, it’s no secret that you hate Melora but something like that seemed so out of character. Besides, it was Shigo who made that claim.”

“Yeah, well…I think what I did to those villages…is my Branded ability.”

“W-What?!”

“Yes. You see, whenever I get very angry and feel a strong hatred for someone, I suddenly…go berserk. My vision turns red and blurs, and then I feel this overwhelming urge to kill people or destroy whatever’s in my path if I don’t care for them. When people try to fight me, I don’t even feel their attacks. And, that’s assuming they even managed to hit me at all. When I attack them, my blows are devastating and I find I move faster than I thought possible. After I razed those villages and murdered Shigo’s sister, Selia, the Melorans despised me and began calling my power…Accurse. As if it were a curse placed upon me. But I don’t mind the name. In fact, I think it’s a fitting term. I feel like this wretched ability truly is a curse… I’m afraid that if I become too consumed by hatred and anger, I’ll lose control and hurt people I do care for.”

“Lartz… Don’t talk like that. I see that ability as a gift of strength,” Azura countered. “If you can learn to control it better, it may be useful to us. This is why I asked you if you had any strange powers. I wanted to know if they could be helpful if you did have any.”

“Well, maybe. However, I can’t control how long I remain berserk. So as a warning, if I start going nuts in a battle, keep away from me until I calm down. Please, just in case.”

“Alright, I will, but I have confidence that you’ll never end up hurting one of us.”

“…Thank you, milady.”

At the same time that Azura and Lartz had finished their conversation, Bryan approached Faline’s Pegasus. He was still curious about where she got a sword, as she hadn’t yet gone to see Ryin as far as he knew. Azura, who was also curious, followed him. She hadn’t seen her visit Ryin and Azura had been with Bronwyn since leaving the ruins of Fort Absolon and hadn’t seen Faline approach to grab one of the surplus weapons from the wagon.

“Hey Faline, you surprised me out there,” Bryan spoke up when he came to a halt. “Where’d you get that sword? It’s an iron one, isn’t it?”

“Yeah, I’m curious too,” Azura added, after approaching moments later.

“Oh, Bryan, Lady Azura! Yes, actually, it is an iron sword,” Faline replied with a smile. “Practically a toothpick compared to your Regal Sword or Ike’s blades, but I’m still getting the feel for it. I was brushing up on some sword skills at the castle and I wanted to surprise you, Bryan. I was going to buy a sword from Ryin or see if Bronwyn had one I could borrow, since I knew Falcon Knights were permitted to use them, but one of your soldiers found me first and gave me one. Your men seem so loyal and generous!”

“You mean he just gave it to you for nothing?” Bryan wondered, arching an eyebrow.

“Yeah, because he knew I was your girlfriend,” Faline confirmed with a giggle. “Bryan, he told me that no matter what other soldiers thought of you, many of your men would serve you to the very end. They told me you showed a lot of determination when many other commanders in the Talgrian army thought you were a terrible leader and how hard you worked to prove them wrong. That did a lot to motivate them to keep going, even when things seem hopeless. Of course, they also admire your skills and bravery. Even when the odds seemed to be against you, you never gave up. And, I don’t think this country has seen a lancer of your strength in quite awhile. You’re the most amazing warrior I’ve ever seen, I know that!”

“Wow… Really? Did he, or they, mean all that? I mean… I know I’m more skilled than most soldiers I know, including Cato, whom I know would never admit to it, but I never thought I was that great of a lancer. Or a leader, for that matter.”

“He was very serious, and I could tell. In fact, he wanted me to let you know of this. He admitted that a few soldiers in your platoon still don’t exactly respect you yet, but a vast majority of them do. They think you’ll make an excellent king.”

“Well, I don’t know about that, but I really appreciate it. I’ll have to thank them properly before I resign.”

“I think I agree with them, Bryan,” Azura put in. “You’ll be a fine king. I know it. You just need to have faith in yourself. And besides, I doubt you fought with any of your own men during your very first battle as a leader…”

“Yeah, I guess you’re right. And…yeah, I didn’t. Truth be told, you and Natalie had Skye and I quite annoyed, Azura, but I forgive you. It was more so Natalie’s fault than yours anyway. She had no right to slap you like that and I could understand why you thought Leyon was underestimating you.”

“Well, I still feel terrible about it, but thank you.”

“Just don’t let the troops see you mope about it too much, milady,” Faline advised with a smile. “It’s not going to make things any better, after all. Quite the opposite probably, since it’ll affect the others as well. So think positive! I know I’m always thinking about how much I love Bryan. He’s my handsome prince in shining armor.”

“Heh, you would be thinking that, wouldn’t you?” Bryan replied, returning the smile.

“Hee hee, only because it’s true!”

Azura merely chuckled.

“Well, I have to admit, that did cheer me up some. I have some other business I’d like to attend to, though, so I’ll leave you two alone for awhile, ‘kay?”

“Ah, right, Leyon’s memory,” Bryan recalled. “Of course, Azura.”

***​

While Azura and the troops were making their way towards the second floodgate, they were unaware that a large force of Meloran dracoknights had approached the river near Aracion, not far from the very course Azura and the others had taken during their first journey to the Talgrian capital. A larger, deadlier looking black wyvern garbed in ridged silver armor was at the head of this army of wyvern riders. Its rider wore an ominous suit of silver armor streaked with black along with a helmet that had two spikes thrusting outward from either side like grisly horns. The helmet covered nearly all of the man’s face, save for a pair of cold, fathomless eyes. He was a Dragonlord, the strongest of all wyvern riders. As his army hovered above the river with Aracion faintly visible in the distance, another dracoknight approached the group from across the river. This rider had been sent out earlier to meet with some allies and had now returned to report his findings to the Dragonlord. However, the rider’s body trembled slightly while he tightly gripped the reins of his mount. As the Dragonlord eyed him, the wyvern rider looked ready to fly away for dear life.

“P-Prince Royce! We’ve got a b-big problem!” the wyvern rider panicked uncontrollably.

“What do you mean? Stop blubbering and spit it out,” Royce ordered angrily.

“The Red Claw camp! I-It’s been razed!”

“What?! Is this some kind of joke?!”

“N-No! I’m serious! Come see for yourself, your highness!”

With that, Royce angrily followed his underling to the location of the Red Claw camp where he was supposed to combine his forces with those that were encamped there under Bernard’s command. Afterwards, they were to launch a full scale invasion of Aracion in a bid to win the war in one decisive blow. When Royce arrived at the remains of the camp, however, what he saw caused his cold eyes to blaze with murder. Everywhere he looked, pieces of tents, broken weapons, and rotting corpses were strewn, as if it were a trash dump for more than just normal rubbish. Royce could only stare at the devastation while his icy gaze hardened into a glare so cold that it burned.

“DAMN IT! Those blasted fools!” he opined. “If this was the best place Bernard could put this camp, then that dastard’s a greater idiot than my sister!”

“W-Well, what if the girl is smarter than we thought?” the dracoknight suggested nervously. “I can’t think of anyone else who could’ve done this.”

“Hmm… That, I’ll admit, is also a possibility, but it won’t change the fact that Bernard is a pitiful excuse for a warrior in my eyes. The girl even purposely left the mess here for us to find! It’s like those idiots were practically asking to be destroyed!”

“So then, w-what are we going to do now?” the dracoknight inquired.

“Ah, that, my friend, is simple. To be honest, I was almost hoping for an opportunity like this. When we first crossed the border, didn’t you notice a small group of Talgrian soldiers guarding the floodgate in the northern part of the Kiang River? A courier approached them later, and then left, no doubt delivering some sort of message.”

Royce looked about his retinue but saw only puzzled expressions greeting his analysis. With an irritated groan, he tried again.

“Those floodgates are vital to Talgria’s defense against naval assault, so why are they so poorly defended instead of being closed? I might’ve chalked it up to the Alliance having a manpower shortage, but what did that courier have to say? Something is happening, and I intend to find out what. There may be an opportunity therein for us to exploit.”

“Oh, yes, excellent plan, your highness! Shall we depart now?”

“Yes, but we will not attack immediately. Before we spring our trap, we shall make certain that our prey is worth ensnaring. I want to time this perfectly. Oh, and tell Tarmon that he’ll be in charge of this. Mark my words, that girl will regret interfering with our plans. Melora will have the power she deserves!”

***​

As Azura’s party continued their journey returning northward, the day slowly drew to a close and dusk painted the Talgrian sky in shades of gold and orange. Azura noticed that Leyon was still staring at his axe, his brow furrowed in perplexity and deep concentration. Azura still wondered about this behavior, but decided it was best to let him concentrate. Perhaps looking at it long enough could make him remember how he’d obtained it? That might help him make some progress in regaining his memory, but it soon occurred to Azura that she didn’t know either. If she could find out, it might help the situation. Bronwyn clearly wanted the earl to figure things out on her own, but it couldn’t hurt to ask for more information from Leyon’s long-time comrades, would it? Asking Bronwyn was pointless, as the older woman did not strike Azura as the sort to change her mind easily, and Natalie was probably still angry with Azura. Plus, she was at the castle. Luckily, Azura had a third option. Who better to ask than Eliot? He’d clearly been fine with telling Azura about Natalie’s old school-girl crush on Leyon, and he seemed more amenable to helping her. She eagerly approached his horse, her heart racing a little faster with each step.

“Hey, Eliot, have you noticed Leyon’s been staring at Olegxing all day?” Azura inquired.

“You know, I did notice that. I’m beginning to think that it may be a key to restoring his memory,” Eliot replied. “That axe was a valuable treasure to him.”

“It was? Please, tell me more. I was going to ask you how he got it anyway.”

“Good. You see, General Leyon’s brother gave that axe to him for his birthday a few years ago. It’s one of a kind, and he had it made especially for him.”

“Leyon has a brother?”

“Well…he did. Russell died not long after that celebration.”

“Oh my… That’s terrible. I’m so sorry to hear it. What happened to him?”

“It’s…a really sad tale. Not one we soldiers really enjoy talking about. But I’ll tell you. …Have you heard the rumors that Talgria once had a third general?”

“Yeah, some people have said that two generals once commanded the main Talgrian army, but one of them disappeared. After that, General William became the sole commander of the army. But what’s that got to do with anything?”

“See, the truth is… It’s not a rumor. Far from it, in fact. That third general we used to have….was Russell.”

“W-What?! Is this true? Wouldn’t a lot of people know about him then?”

“Oh, they do, but Russell was so loved and respected by the army and citizenry that his death dealt a major blow to the nation. People stopped speaking of him or the incident and his post remained vacant, since his majesty knew he’d never find another man of Russell’s caliber. Eventually, his existence as a general became just another rumor.”

“Oh… How…did he die?”

“Well, that’s the odd thing. You see, his body was never found.”

“So, there’s no actual proof that he’s dead?”

“Yeah, I guess you could say that. But he’s been missing for three years now and there’s no way he could’ve survived…that awful disaster in Cilae.”

“What disaster?”

Eliot then told of a mission that Leyon and Russell embarked on together. They were helping some Cilaean soldiers investigate an old fort in the northern Cilaean mountains which was believed to be a large bandit stronghold. These mountains were part of a range spanning portions of Cilae and Melora. They were steep, treacherous and, above all, volcanic. The two brothers and their units had been dispatched after the royal astrologer had predicted that the volcanoes would not erupt for several months. But, during the mission, this prediction was proven dead wrong. The volcano Russell and Leyon’s men were on suddenly erupted violently, sending smoke, ash, and lava everywhere. The men were quickly separated by the smoke and choking fumes, but thankfully, they managed to escape with their lives. However, many were injured, including Leyon, and many more had been poisoned by the fumes. Unfortunately, the only one who did not return was Russell. After the eruption had subsided and the smoke cleared a day later, several search parties scoured the entire mountain, but could find no trace of him. Since his body had not been found, Leyon persisted for days, but eventually, was forced to admit defeat. Russell was officially declared dead and buried in effigy upon Leyon’s return to Aracion, along with the royal astrologer who had apparently been bribed by the bandits to give a false prediction and had been executed upon being found out.

“Oh… That’s so horrible…” Azura replied, her sorrow for Leyon growing rapidly. She now began to feel even worse for treating him so badly.

“I very much agree,” Eliot continued, closing his eyes in sadness. “We assumed that Russell’s body had been either buried under the ash or dissolved by the lava. It was a heavy blow to General Leyon. For months, he could barely function. He couldn’t sleep, he couldn’t eat, he couldn’t command us, and he’d spend hours in tears. Everyone was really upset, but he was in the worst condition I’d ever seen him in. It took him nearly a year to recover, even though so many people supported him.”

“He must have cared a lot for his brother then…”

“Oh, he definitely did. Lady Bronwyn may have been Leyon’s official instructor, but Russell practically taught him everything he knows. How to fight, how to lead, everything. He’d wanted to train his little brother to be a great general, and Leyon wanted so much to follow in his footsteps.”

“I see. I can’t say I like the idea of making Leyon relive all that, but you’re right that it may be the only way to get his memory back. I’ll speak with him once this mission is complete. Still…I have to admit that that’s really sad.”

“Indeed… Well, I wish you luck, and if there’s anything else you’d like to know, you can always ask me.”

“I will then. Thanks, Eliot.”

The march continued well into the night. Azura had kept busy finding out what she could about Russell, certain that this would prove the key to getting Leyon’s memory back. On an impulse, she asked Bronwyn and, surprisingly, the older woman was a little more informative this time around. Perhaps Bronwyn had deduced Azura’s plan and had decided the young earl’s progress was enough to merit aid. Or, maybe Bronwyn considered this a separate matter. Either way, Bronwyn had a lot to say. Apparently, she had known Russell as well. Russell had been one of her students, though he hardly needed instruction since he was already a knight at heart. He did have a mischievous streak about him though, he’d been infamous for pilfering pastries and stashing lizards in the female knights’ barracks to give them a nasty surprise when they opened their equipment trunks.

Bronwyn might’ve beaten that prankishness out of him, literally, but another thing Russell had been known for was always being able to outrun her. Azura did hear an interesting tidbit; Leyon and Russell had used their own pet lizards in those pranks. The lizards had been named Cyrus and Glenn, after a pair of characters from one of their favorite stories. Azura enjoyed these anecdotes, and even found herself laughing when Bronwyn mentioned how, when a fly had nestled on Natalie’s cheek, Russell had removed it…using his lizard. Needless to say, Natalie had not been thrilled. Leyon had been in those stories as well, always trying to match up his brother…even in pranks. Despite the hilarity, Azura had begun feeling even worse about the way she’d treated Leyon. She still resented Leyon’s treatment of her, but learning about Russell helped to put his actions in context. After losing Russell, Leyon was doubtlessly worried about losing someone else who was dear to him.

Wait a minute, did I just tacitly agree with Eliot about Leyon liking me?

Azura shook off the question, but found herself wondering if hinting at Russell and Leyon’s pet lizards and past shenanigans might help Leyon’s memory. She almost dismissed the idea out of hand as absurd but, then again, she didn’t have much in the way of alternatives. Sometime after that, perhaps around midnight, faint lights from the outskirts of Aracion could be seen in the distance. Azura and company could hardly wait to finish their mission and return to the castle for a good night’s sleep. Azura’s thoughts were interrupted, however, when Magali approached her and spoke up.

“Hey, milady…” she greeted, though rather gloomily.

“Oh, hello, Magali. Is something wrong?” Azura replied.

“Oh, no, I just noticed you were feeling kind of down and I figured I needed tell you something. Did Zane tell you to forgive Jett for his behavior yesterday?”

“Actually, yeah. He simply said Jett’s just like that sometimes. Why?”

“Well, you should probably know why he’s such a bully every now and then,” Magali insisted. “Trust me, I’ve known him since we were kids. We lived near each other in the same town. It isn’t entirely his fault he’s like this either.”

“Really?”

“Yeah. Jett never really knew his parents, you see. They both died when he was quite young, though I don’t know how. So he was raised by his older brother. The guy was a jerk though. Sure, he took good care of Jett and gave him plenty of food, taught him to fight, stuff like that, but he was also really immature. He was always teasing and making fun of people and just plain being a dork. Well, this rubbed off on Jett and the rest is history.”

“I see.”

“Still, I could see Jett never meant any harm. He didn’t know any better ‘cause he was just a kid. So I didn’t hate him. Our families had always been friends and my parents were the only people who ever had any respect for Jett’s brother since he never acted like a jerk towards them. In fact, they even agreed to set Jett and I up together one day since we were close in age! Can you imagine that? The very idea of me being with a doofus like him sounded utterly ridiculous. It never actually happened though. Eventually, Jett’s brother riled up the wrong people and he was killed several years ago in a brawl. He ticked off the wrong drunk and got his head bashed in with a pry bar. And as you might guess, Jett was pretty torn up about that. I felt bad for him and kept him company afterward while my parents helped him out until he could take care of himself. I eventually got a job under Commander Kevin and persuaded the commander to give Jett a job too. Though as you can see, sometimes I get really fed up with his behavior. But somehow, I can’t hate him or turn my back on him.”

“Ah, I understand. I’ll be sure to—”

“Hey, Lady Azura! There’s a Talgrian soldier here who wants to speak with you! He says it’s urgent!” Marina’s voice echoed nearby, cutting Azura off.

“Oh, then send him over here!” Azura commanded. Within moments, a Talgrian foot-lancer approached the earl.

“Lady Azura! Thank the goddess I managed to find you! Is Captain Bryan with you too?” he inquired.

“Yeah, right here,” Bryan spoke up from nearby. “What’s going on?”

“Oh, good! We’re in grave peril! Captain Cato and the rest of our platoon are being attacked by a wave of Meloran dracoknights!”

“What?!” both Azura and Bryan shouted at the same time.

“Hold on, wasn’t Cato’s platoon supposed to be guarding the northern floodgate until we arrived?!” Bryan quickly inquired.

“Yeah, he and the others are there now. They’re trying to fight off the dracoknights, but there are too many! We need your help or else we’re all doomed!”

“Damn it! They must be trying to stop us from closing that gate! How did they figure out our mission?!” Bryan railed.

“I-I don’t know! But you all must come quickly! Please, we have little time!” the soldier begged.

“Don’t worry, we’re on our way,” Azura assured. “Bryan, tell everyone to pick up the pace! We’ve got to get to that floodgate now!

Bryan made no hesitation to obey and soon the entire group was practically racing towards the floodgate and Cato’s embattled platoon. They only hoped they could get there in time to rescue them. Along the way, Azura mulled over what those dracoknights might be doing here. Could a naval assault against Talgria already be underway? Bryan seemed to think so and it would explain why Melora sought to seize the floodgates, but Azura didn’t much relish the idea of battling the Red Claw with Meloran naval vessels bombarding them with cannon fire. Maybe these dracoknights, however, were here for another purpose. The floodgate wasn’t far from the now destroyed Red Claw encampment that Azura had discovered near the river. Perhaps these dracoknights might have originally meant to rendezvous with the Red Claw who’d been lurking on Aracion’s doorstep. If so, then Leyon was correct. It had been a beachhead for an invasion of Aracion, and it was a good thing their group destroyed it. Soon enough, however, the floodgate came into view, and just as the soldier reported, dracoknights were everywhere and had Cato’s men completely surrounded. On top of that, several enemy infantry units were stationed there as well. Several corpses already littered the ground as well. Unfortunately, the majority of them were Talgrian.

“CATO! CATO! Where are you?!” Bryan called out. “Please tell me you’re alive!”

“Bryan?! BRYAN! Thank Ashunera! You’ve got to help us!” Cato’s voice replied from the darkness.

“Duh, why do you think I’m here, you idiot?! Shall we, Azura?”

“Indeed, we shall! Everyone, charge!” Azura ordered.

The group made no hesitation to join the fray. Dracoknights, however, could be powerful foes. Azura, however, recalled that they were vulnerable to thunder magic and arrows and ordered Skye, Soren, and Lily to use these as much as possible. Wyrmslayers, swords designed to fight dragon laguz and wyvern riders, were also obviously very effective, but Ryin was still in the process of making some and there were none in Bronwyn’s wagon. Hopefully, they’d be done soon…or else Melora’s dracoknights could prove to be too powerful.

“Raela! Norman!” Azura called out. “Make for Cato’s platoon! Bryan, Ike, Boyd, escort them!”

Unseen by Azura’s group was another group of dracoknights that had concealed themselves amongst the cliffs and had not yet attacked. Among them was a dragonmaster, a promoted dracoknight, garbed in dark magenta armor. Another dracoknight soon approached him.

“Commander Tarmon! The girl’s troops are here and attacking! Shall we bring on the full assault?” he inquired.

“Ah, so Prince Royce was right when he anticipated that we’d snare some worthy game,” Tarmon opined. “Excellent. Tear them limb from limb!”

With that, the formerly hidden wyvern riders flew into action.

***​

While this bloody battle progressed, General Shigo’s troops had remained encamped in another Astrynian fort. The troops had expected that Shigo would soon commence his second conquest of Astryn, however, he had not yet ordered the assault. For the past few nights, he stared transfixed at the stars, and was still doing so on one of the fort’s ramparts. He had been thinking about his encounter with Bryan and his previous attempt to take over Astryn, as well as how Lartz murdered Selia, his beloved sister. He also thought of how he was still the very reason Bryan was alive today. He could have killed him just as easily as he’d murdered Caline…but he let him live. More curious still, he chose to let Bryan live. Even though strange feelings had begun washing over him since meeting Bryan near the Astrynian border, Shigo could not prevent a small smile from crossing his features. Shortly after, one of his underlings, a man in dark purple armor and short blue-violet hair, approached him.

“General Shigo? Sir, I’m just wondering, how come we haven’t attacked yet?” the man wondered. “And how come you haven’t been yourself lately?”

“Ah, Commander Dougal. Very good questions, my friend,” Shigo replied. “I can see you’ve noticed that I’ve been thinking a lot lately.”

“Y-Yes, Sir. About Prince Bryan, I’m guessing?”

“In a sense, yes. You’ve gained my trust, Dougal, so I will tell you something you may find interesting.”

“Oh, thank you, Sir.”

“I had a reason for letting Bryan live. Even though I was a young man who craved nothing but power and high authority back then, I could not bring myself to kill a child, much less an infant. Children are innocent and full of potential, you know, and very valuable. Kill them, and you only lose the opportunity to bring out that potential. But even so…Bryan Casimir Novat. For years I loathed the name. That child was my only foil when I killed his mother, after all. You’d think that the idea of the very man who owns that name teaching me a valuable lesson was ridiculous. But…it happened.”

“I see. That makes total sense. But…don’t you still crave power?”

“No. My encounter with Bryan made me realize something, Dougal. Melora has been doing everything wrong. She won’t find her place in this world the way she is now, relying solely on weapons and war. I grew up with my sister in the Meloran countryside, and Selia once told me it would be amazing to have a high rank in the military and fight alongside the nobles…to be so well-respected…and to make a great impact on other lives, even if we had to kill people for it. I now know that I badly misinterpreted her words. She wanted to fight honorably, not for power. Don’t get me wrong, I still wish to rule Astryn, as his majesty King Darthen wished and I’m still glad he saw me a fit enough warrior to be a general. I may not agree with Melora’s customs anymore, and I may be getting up in years now, but my loyalty remains with him and I will at least attempt to carry out his will. Isis…bah. I will never bow to such a whiny pathetic harlot.”

“So, you’re going to make your fight against Prince Bryan a more honorable one?”

“Precisely. I want it to be a challenging fight. A hard fought battle and a well earned victory. As such, we will not strike until Bryan can motivate Astryn’s troops to fight. We’ll also let him tell Astryn of his existence. I will then attempt crush him at the height of his glory...and the height of his power. And if I win, I can tell Selia I fulfilled her wishes after I die.”

“That’s…amazing, Sir. Just so you know, I will still serve you until I die. My loyalty also remains with you and the late king and it will forever.”

“Glad to hear it, Dougal. Glad to hear it.”

***​

Meanwhile, back at the northern Kiang River floodgate, the battle between Azura’s army and Royce’s dracoknights continued. By now, many soldiers were wounded and Raela and Norman were constantly dashing about healing both the injuries to Cato’s platoon and wounds sustained during the battle while trying to avoid getting hurt themselves at the same time. Skye had received a serious blow to his bow arm while Lartz’s wyvern took a hit to the leg. Lartz himself ended up with an arrow in the inside of his shoulder not long afterwards that nearly tore through his rotator cuff. It was a miracle it didn’t cause lockjaw. Even Ike eventually took a blow to his sword arm and had to switch to Ettardios after one of Ragnell’s shockwaves missed its target and cut through a tree instead. Ike found it too difficult to accurately hit a wyvern this way and the risk of mistakenly striking one of his own allies was too high. Boyd, Soren, Kevin’s group, and many of Cato’s soldiers were wounded as well. Cato himself had received what might have been a fatal blow, if Norman had not already been nearby. He used his Mend staff before the Halberdier could bleed to death. The platoon captain would have to thank him properly later. He settled instead for skewering the axe fighter that nearly killed him.

When the dracoknights’ numbers finally dwindled and both Azura and Cato’s parties were beginning to grow exhausted, Azura herself had approached Tarmon. He was a more elite warrior than his underlings were, but so was the lady of Elhorhi. What’s more, Azura’s sword naturally gave her the upper hand against Tarmon’s axe. She only hoped that he wouldn’t switch to a lance mid-battle, or else he might overpower her.

“Hehe, your little group isn’t half-bad, girl,” Tarmon complimented. “I can see why Queen Isis is so intent upon killing you. But don’t think we’ll go down easily! My superiors would love to have your head!”

“Well then, I’m afraid I’m going to have to disappoint them. I can’t give up my head right now, nor can I ever!”

“Then we’ll just have to settle this the old fashioned way, won’t we?”

“Indeed, we will. And you will not prevail!”

With that, the two clashed blades. As Azura had feared, Tarmon did switch to a lance in the middle of the fight, making it that much more difficult for her to earn another victory. What’s worse, her exhaustion became more severe as she attempted to deal blow after blow. Once, either out of desperation or lunacy, or both, Azura managed to leap onto the dark blue wyvern’s back. The wyvern went wild at this and launched into the air, wheeling in ever higher arcs while Tarmon struggled vainly to control his mount and fight Azura at the same time. Eventually, Azura’s legs buckled under her and she fell to her knees and began panting. Blood trickled from her head, arms, and legs and a couple bruises were forming on her face. With what little strength remained to her, she grasped one of the wyvern’s spines and held on for dear life. Lartz, meanwhile, was no better off. He could feel a terrible and familiar sensation. He blood seemed enflamed with hellfire while, in the darkest recesses of his soul, a chilling, wordless voice echoed in haunting tones. His Accurse ability was on the verge of triggering itself, as he was surrounded by corpses of enemy and ally alike as well as live dracoknights.

“They’re evil…they’re all evil…and cruel…and heartless…” Lartz hissed. “I can’t stand their horrible faces! Must…kill! Gaaah…can’t…resist…the urge…AAAAAH!”

Without warning, his irises became a beady red while a vicious ruby glow enveloped both him and his wyvern. As if from out of nowhere, the dracoknight soared through the area, delivering blow after blow to the remaining enemy dracoknights. Within seconds, heads were lopped off, wings were sliced to ribbons, and corpses fell to the ground like hail stones. Soon enough, the enthralled Lartz beheld a wyvern ridden by a dragonmaster which was wheeling in blind arcs. Lartz pursued and, in the twinkling of an eye, his axe struck Tarmon’s chest and his dead body fell into the river while his wyvern flailed all the more viciously. While Lartz was on his killing spree, however, his mind whirled. No…I can’t…I can’t do this! Stop! STOP IT, DAMN IT!!

Then, all of a sudden, a different sound reached his ears. It was a call for help. With astonishing suddenness, his eyes returned to normal and darted in the direction of the sound. He beheld Azura, clinging to the rider less wyvern and her grip slipping inch by inch. He maneuvered his wyvern close to Azura and, to his surprise, she eagerly accepted his help. When he touched down, Lartz became all too aware that every one of his allies were staring at him, wide eyed and silent. Lartz could only remain upon his wyvern, thinking. His rampage had stopped, but had it stopped because he’d willed it to stop or because he’d heard Azura’s cry for help? The two happened practically in the same instant, so he could not be certain.

“Lartz…” Azura panted moments later.

“L-Lady Azura! I’m so sorry, I—”

“No, don’t apologize. Your powers saved us. I told you that you would—”

“Well, well…” an unfamiliar masculine voice interrupted. “How unfortunate.”

A black wyvern garbed in black and silver armor and carrying a rider wearing armor of the same color had suddenly appeared on the battlefield. All onlookers recoiled at the cold, fathomless eyes of this new arrival, but Lartz recognized him. It was Royce himself.

“Oh no…” Lartz uttered nervously. “Royce! You monster!”

“Hmph. I should’ve known you would cause trouble for me, Lartz, you cursed traitor!” Royce continued angrily.

“Hey! Watch who you’re calling names around here, buster!” Lily angrily retorted. “Lartz practically chewed these dracoknights up and spat them out! He’ll do the same to you if you don’t back off!”

“Lily, shut up…” Lartz begged quietly, gritting his teeth.

“Cute. But I highly doubt that’s going to happen, little girl. In fact, allow me to kindly repay this pitiful excuse for a man,” Royce continued.

Almost without warning, Royce directed his wyvern at a speed even greater than Lartz’s powers could’ve granted him and drove his silver poleaxe into the dracoknight’s gut. He followed up with a blow to the wyvern’s shoulder and neck, sending it sprawling to the turf. Lartz’s rapid blood loss soon caused him to pass out on top of the creature as well. Their limp forms then collapsed to the ground.

“No… No!” Azura shouted angrily and stepped forward despite her own wounds. “You’ll pay for this, you heartless scum!”

“Ha. For the record, those blows were not fatal even though I’m now being forced to retreat. Think of this as a warning to you, girl. If he interferes again, I won’t check my hand a second time.”

With that, Royce departed, leaving Azura’s army and Cato’s platoon tired, wounded, and fearful while Lartz now clung to life.​
 
It's been awhile, so here's chapter 26. :D


Chapter 26: The Red Claw Persists

Exhausted from the battle and her harrowing flight aboard Tarmon’s out-of-control wyvern, Azura fell to her knees panting. Blood trickled out of her many cuts and scrapes, most of which had been glancing blows from the spines of Tarmon’s wyvern. She realized, with her stomach seeming to knot, that a clean blow from those spines might’ve taken one of her limbs off. On the heels of that realization was the certainty that, if it hadn’t been for Lartz catching her, she likely would’ve plummeted to her death. However, she held little concern for these things. Lartz was the one who desperately needed attention at the moment. Although Royce’s assault had not been a death blow, it had pierced Lartz’s armor and cloven deep into his stomach. The wyvern rider would surely bleed to death if his wounds were not treated.

“Norman! We have to help Lartz right now!” she commanded. “Can you heal his wounds?”

“Of course, milady, but both he and his wyvern will be out of commission for awhile,” Norman assessed. “I’m not even examining them yet and I can already tell they’re losing a lot of blood. They’ll need rest to recover from this.”

“And just how the heck are we supposed to carry a wyvern back to the castle?!” Cato cut in, having already been healed of his own wounds earlier. “We certainly can’t set up camp here; my unit has been delayed too long already and his majesty and General William are sure to be worried by now!”

“We’ll think of something while we’re getting that floodgate closed,” Bryan decided. “Cato, you should let what’s left of your men heal up. We’ll take care of things from here.”

“For once, I’m going to have to agree. But you better not—Hold on… Your shield and armor! Am I seeing what I think I’m seeing?!”

“Oh, you mean my new look?” Bryan coyly guessed, to which Cato could only gape in response. “Ah, yes, you’d be surprised at how much has changed, wouldn’t you? After all, I’ve been wearing this for a couple months now. And I assume you’ve heard about the title I’ve come to be known by as well?”

Cato continued to gape for several moments, his surprise turning into incredulity, and then he threw up his hands in utter exasperation.

“Geez! First the Brave Lance and now this?! Some people have all the luck.”

“Yeah, I’m the Emerald Sentinel and you’re still the Professional Complainer.”

“…Argh! Damn it, Bryan! Emerald Sentinel or not, one of these days, I’ll finally catch up to you! You’ll see!” Cato retorted, leveling a finger at him.

“I can’t wait,” Bryan replied, though Cato wasn’t sure if he was being sarcastic or not.

“Come on, you guys. Quit fooling around,” Azura intervened. “I presume you’re Sir Cato?”

“I am,” Cato replied. “But, don’t bother with that ‘Sir’ stuff. Save it for Pony Boy over there.”

He made that comment gesturing with his thumb towards Eliot, who noticed. And, wasn’t happy about it.

“‘Pony Boy?’” he repeated, as if in disbelief. “That has got to be stupidest insult I’ve ever heard.”

“Nope. The stupidest insult I ever heard was getting my ass kicked by a one-legged old lady,” Cato replied as a smirk crossed his features. “Too bad that happened to you instead of me.”

“Hey, hey!” Azura spoke up. “I said quit fooling around.”

“Sorry about that,” Cato apologized. “You must be Lady Azura, the new earl I heard about. Anyway, I apologize. Mister Green Sentinel hereshould mind his manners and Pony Boy over there needs to, literally, get off his high horse.”

“What?!” Bryan retorted. “You’re the one that’s pointing fingers!”

“Keep it up, I can have my horse sit on you,” Eliot warned.

“Nobody’s got a sense of humor anymore,” Cato complained. “Besides, I was just getting back at you for showing up late, amongst other things. Ha!”

“For the last time, that’s enough!” Azura stepped in. “Cato, go join Raela and see to your wounded. Bryan, have the Royal Knights set up a perimeter and secure the surrounding area while we think of a way to transport Lartz’s wyvern.”

“Alright, fine…” Cato grumbled and walked off, still grumbling about no one having a sense of humor.

“Sounds like a plan to me,” Bryan replied and headed in a different direction.

Azura, meanwhile, decided to check on her other comrades, Leyon in particular. Her comment to Ike earlier about her boot heel had not only been a lecture for him, but also a line Bronwyn used against Leyon in the past. Azura had naturally been skeptical at the idea of Bronwyn kicking Leyon’s butt since the older woman had only one leg, but then Bronwyn gave Azura a demonstration.

A very convincing demonstration.

But, Raela did say that the bruise on the young earl’s behind would be gone in about a week.

Despite the embarrassment, Azura had hoped that the allusion might jog Leyon’s memory as a result, if only a little. However, before she could approach the would-be general, who was still staring intently at Olegxing as usual, Kiel came rushing up to her.

“Azura! I’ve got bad news!” he exclaimed as he came to a halt. “The controls for the floodgate have been destroyed!”

“What?! You can’t be serious!” Azura gasped, her eyes widening.

“I wish I wasn’t. But unfortunately, those dracoknights got the better of us this time. It looks like one of them must’ve wrecked the mechanism during the battle, probably when Royce had us all distracted.”

“Ugh, curse those Melorans! Is there any way we can close the gates manually?”

“Afraid not,” Morris cut in, having approached them moments later. “One of the hinges got busted too and there’s really no point in closing a door or gate with a broken hinge. If the weight of the door didn’t tear it off of the other hinge, then the force of the water would probably bust door down. There’s no way we’re closing this gate, even if we had a dozen wyverns to push it.”

“Are you sure?” Azura inquired, though she already suspected the answer.

“Positive. I made a thorough examination of both the gate and the controls.”

“It turns out Morris was born into a family of carpenters and architects,” Kiel added. “So we asked him if it was possible to fix this.”

“That’s right. My dad trained me in carpentry, and it became my side job after I joined the army,” Morris explained. “As much as I’d hate to admit it, though, I’m afraid the gate is totaled for now. I’d have to rebuild the controls completely. The bigger problem is repairing the floodgate itself; that could take days.”

“Damn it all…!” Azura opined angrily, her glove squeaking when she made a fist. “I guess we have no choice but to—”

The young earl was interrupted by an unfamiliar masculine voice.

“Ahoy there! Are you Lady Azura?”

The group turned to see a dark brown wolf laguz approaching, changing to its human form midstride. The new arrival, was a black-haired man with attire like Kiel’s, only he wore sandals in place of boots and bore a strap across his chest. He was followed by several gray wolves. Before Azura could answer his question, Kiel himself rushed towards him, followed by Sara.

“General Derien! Are we glad to see you!” he gasped. “His majesty has been worried!”

“Yeah, what happened?” Sara inquired. “His majesty said you were nowhere to be found when the Red Claw attacked the castle and captured Ike and Elincia!”

“Yeah, I know…” Derien replied, sighing. “I owe everyone a huge apology. I was called away by a raven messenger to help take back a Cilaean fort. It turned out that the message was phony, but I didn’t have any idea why when I first met up with General Leyon at Fort Tehya. When I heard about what happened at the castle, that’s when it dawned on me that the messenger was only trying to lure me away so the enemy could attack while the castle was unguarded.”

“Damn those Red Claw bastards!” Kiel opined, wishing he had something to punch. “They are forcing laguz to do their bidding! I bet the raven who lied to you was the same one that tricked us into thinking Ike was dead!”

“Blast. They really screwed with us then. His majesty was upset with me too, but he claimed that he was also partially to blame.”

“So you returned to him to explain the situation?” Azura inquired.

“Yeah, he knows I’m safe now,” Derien confirmed. “In fact, King Rothgar himself will be going to Castle Talgria tomorrow. He’ll explain when he arrives.”

“Works for me,” Kiel agreed.

“Also, Kiel, where were you during all of the chaos?” Azura inquired, her tone softening as she suspected the answer. “I noticed you ran off again. I really think you should do something about that fear of yours.”

“I was…hiding,” Kiel admitted, noting Derien’s less-than-pleased expression.

“I can’t say I blame you,” Azura answered reassuringly. “After that ride I had on Tarmon’s wyvern, I’ll think twice before letting Faline take me up for a spin.”

Kiel smirked at the confession, but hardly seemed to be in better sprits.

“I’m so sorry, I know I need to stop being so afraid of dragons,” he admitted. “Would it be okay if I talked to Lartz once he’s better? That might be a good way to start.”

“That sounds like an idea. Just so long as you’re at least trying to conquer that fear.”

“Hope you’re right,” Derien remarked, fixing Kiel briefly with a look of severity. “Looks like you guys have had quite a fight.”

“Yeah, we were able to beat the Melorans, but Prince Royce dropped by to give us a parting gift,” Azura explained.

“Wait, what?! That son of a dastard was here?!”

“Yeah, he showed up near the end of the battle and attacked our wyvern rider, Lartz. He should be okay, but he’s lost a lot of blood and so has his mount.”

“Damn. I wonder why Royce would be out here, it must’ve been for something Melora considers important. Maybe King Rothgar or King Wencelis would know more? In any case, Royce entering this fight is very bad news.”

“I figured as much. He is the prince of Melora after all.”

“That’s not what I mean. You know about General Shigo, right? The guy they say is the most powerful man on the continent?”

“I…didn’t know that second part,” Azura admitted fearfully.

“Well, Royce is said to make even him tremble sometimes. In fact, I also heard that Shigo was nearly defeated by him once. We’ve been hearing rumors that Shigo is at odds with Royce and the Meloran queen these days, though we don’t know any specifics or even if it’s true. But they also say that any one of them could possibly beat even the dragon king of Orenias.”

“Oh… Oh my goodness…” Azura trembled. “Somehow though…we have to beat them.”

“Indeed. By the way might I be of assistance? I was headed to the castle myself, so I can get Lartz over there quickly if you’d like.”

“Oh, that would be most appreciated,” Azura replied. “Lartz lost a lot of blood and he needs rest. We’ll take care of his wyvern. I’m still trying to figure out how, but we’ll manage.”

“Alrighty then. I’ll get there as soon as I can.”

“Thank you so much! Oh, and one more thing. Could you possibly leave some of your soldiers here to guard this area? His majesty King Wencelis wants to do anything possible to prevent enemy naval attacks but the floodgate’s been wrecked, so we can’t close it. Could you hold this area until we find a more permanent solution?”

“Ah, I can do that. A little reciprocity for Melora’s earlier tricks would be grand,” Derien agreed with a smile.

“Oh, thanks again!”

With that, Norman quickly finished healing Lartz as much as he could and worked with Azura to secure the wyvern rider onto Derien’s back. The wolf laguz general then ordered most of the group of wolves accompanying him to remain in the area while he transformed and sped off in the direction of the castle with the remainder of his troops, being careful not to drop his passenger. Azura, meanwhile, continued contemplating a way to transport Lartz’s wyvern to the castle as well. When she glanced in Marina and Faline’s direction, she snapped her fingers.

“You guys, I have an idea!” Azura spoke up, waving the two Pegasus riders over. “Marina, Faline, do you think you two could tie the wyvern to your Pegasi and fly it to the castle?”

“Ah, that should work,” Marina replied with a smile. “One Pegasus alone couldn’t do the job, but two of them together might be strong enough.”

“Yeah, and I bet Lady Bronwyn has lots of rope in her wagon,” Faline added. “Let’s try it!”

Azura nodded excitedly and then checked in with Bronwyn. As Faline had surmised, the elderly instructor had been storing rope in her wagon and, as Azura had come to suspect, Bronwyn proved to be a lifesaver. Apparently, the elderly woman had brought along an improvised ferry system, an assembly of sturdy logs, tall wooden stakes, rope and pulleys used to move supplies across rivers, which meant that the wyvern could be carried on a platform suspended from the two Pegasi. This was quite a relief, as tying the wyvern itself to the Pegasi might prove dangerous. While the remainder of the group prepared to depart, Morris, Bryan and Kiel worked to lash the logs together to make a platform the wyvern could be carried on and to position and secure the stakes so that there would be a place to secure the ropes. Meanwhile, Azura, Marina, and Faline guided the wounded wyvern onto the platform and carefully tied the creature down to prevent it from thrashing or sliding off in midair. After that, the platform was secured with more ropes to the two Pegasi. Once Azura confirmed that the platform was stable and the ropes were secure, but not too tight, she gave the two Pegasus knights permission to take flight.

“Alright, Flower, you’ll be earning those carrots tonight,” Faline spoke to her steed and patted her neck. “But you can do it, girl! It’s only a short trip!”

“Yeah, we have to work together here. Let’s fly!” Marina added.

With that, the two directed their Pegasi into the air. Thankfully, Lartz’s wyvern was somewhat smaller than some of the wyverns the Meloran dracoknights had ridden, so both Pegasi were successful in their attempts to carry the creature as well as their riders and the wyvern was able to fit, albeit snuggly, onto the platform. Azura and the rest of the army followed afterward, leaving Derien’s men to guard the gate. Along the way, Azura finally tended to her own wounds as best she could. The cuts from the runaway wyvern’s spines stung quite a bit but, she was forced to concede, she was lucky to come away without missing a limb or getting smashed into pulp when she was flung off. Just about everyone was weary to the bone, and it took every ounce of Azura’s concentration to simply keep marching, though they did their best to keep watch for anything untoward. Royce had gotten the drop on them once; they wouldn’t let him do it a second time.

Later that evening, the weary army had finally returned to Aracion. While most of the troops, ready to keel over from exhaustion, headed straight to their beds, Ike returned to Elincia’s room, hoping that her mood might have improved while he was away. He soon found her room and shouldered through the door to see her standing upon the balcony, staring at the darkened landscape and night sky before her. However, there was a distant look in her eyes which suggested that her thoughts were on anything but the sunset. Curiously, she didn’t seem to have noticed his entrance, nor had she changed out of her battle gear. Perhaps she thought she’d be chilly standing outside in her night gown, but whatever the case, Ike was somewhat glad of it. He had recently come up with what he thought was the perfect idea for a marriage proposal, thanks to a chat with Louise. She had been awaiting the return of Azura’s army in place of her brother since he desperately needed his rest. The recent events and tragedies afflicting both Talgria and Cilae had begun taxing on Wencelis’s health, despite that he was only thirty six and not old at all. He’d insisted that he’d be fine, but decided he needed to sleep regardless.

Lousie hadn’t said so aloud, but she wore an expression Ike had seen before on Mist’s face after his brush with death following the battle against Arius, the self-proclaimed wolf king in Tellius. Whatever Wencelis was suffering from, it was worse, perhaps far worse, than Louise was willing to admit. Knowing that he could do little more than hope for the best, Ike shifted his attention back to Elincia and approached the woman he loved with a smile.

“Hey, Elincia,” he spoke up as he opened the balcony door.

Elincia gasped and whirled to face him, her surprise melting into relief.

“Ike! Oh, Ike, you’d been gone so long that I was beginning to worry!” she cried, throwing her arms around her lover’s neck. Ike did not hesitate to return the hug and held her tightly. They exchanged a romantic kiss afterward.

“I know, and I’m sorry. We hit a few snags on the way back, but we’re all okay,” Ike explained when he pulled away. “But I was worried about you. Are you alright after what we heard from Crimea? I mean, it was quite a shock to both of us.”

“Oh, I’m alright. Well, maybe not quite, but I’ve been trying. I’ve just been thinking a lot lately,” Elincia replied after she let go of Ike. “About…well…what happened to Geoffrey. The letter did seem to imply that he was getting better, but I can’t help but wonder. Geoffrey has claimed that he only loved me as though I was his little sister, but there was one thing he said to me that I’ll never forget. It was during the Crimean rebellion. He said ‘I am yours entirely.’”

“Oh?”

“Yeah. I just… I find it so hard to believe that the very same man who spoke those words to me is also the same man who caused so much havoc in Crimea. All my life, and nearly all of his, all Geoffrey ever wanted was to be a good knight and an honorable warrior. He worked hard at it too, almost as hard as you did to honor your father’s legacy. He was just about the last person I’d expect to get himself thrown in the dungeon.”

“I can understand that. But are you sure Geoffrey never loved you the way I do?”

“Well…not exactly. I believe he might’ve been during the Mad King’s War. But when I never returned his feelings and he saw that I’d fallen for you instead, I felt that he’d grown out of it. Or, maybe he didn’t but he just pretended that he had. Either way, I’d imagine that Geoffrey was upset at first to see this, but I still believe he eventually accepted it. He wanted me to be happy, after all.”

“Yeah, that sounds like him. He usually came across as a bit too uptight to me, but I always thought he seemed to be an understanding guy.”

“That too. And now Geoffrey seems to have found the woman he’s truly meant to be with. It warms my heart to know that.”

“Agreed. To be honest though, when I thought Geoffrey loved you, I didn’t…exactly the best impression about him. At first, I thought that he only cared about you because you were the princess and the most important figure in Crimea at the time. I overheard him say to Callil once that you were Crimea’s treasure and that you’re perfect. It sounded as if he was saying, no matter what pretty girl was in your position, he’d love her just the same. And, you remember, back when we were hunting for Ettard and you told me about Lucia’s plan in case you accidently got pregnant? Well, the idea of passing our baby off as Geoffrey’s seemed even worse. When you told me he’d agreed to it, I almost felt as if he was maneuvering to steal you from me.”

Elincia’s gaze drooped and her features contorted in pain as if she’d just been slapped. Ike was about to apologize for his rudeness, but his lover held her hand up to silence him.

“Don’t worry, Ike… I used to have the same thoughts, that Geoffrey only saw me as a ward, and I nearly brushed him away for it once,” she admitted. “And, I didn’t much like the idea of him posing as our child’s father either. Personally, I was hoping he would refuse and, when he didn’t…I was hurt. Don’t get me wrong, I still care about him and I still regret that what I’d done had harmed him so. But every time I worried for his safety, it felt like I was scared for an older brother who was trying to protect me. It felt awkward to think of him as a potential husband, and even more so when he and I were ‘married.’ But with you, Ike, I couldn’t help but love you like I’d never loved a man before. It felt so different. You remember how, when you admitted that the idea of us raising a family was ‘appealing,’ and how you said I was the only person you’d even consider spending your life with? I felt the same, and I have ever since.”

Ike couldn’t prevent himself from shooting Elincia a warm smile.

“Well, I’m very glad to hear that. Hey, why not go to the castle garden for a little while? It might make you feel even better.”

“Oh, that sounds like a great idea!”

“Then let’s go!”

With that, the couple lost no time making their way downstairs and towards the doors to the garden. Ike smiled as he had laced his fingers with Elincia’s, as this was all part of his plan to propose to her. It was growing quite late, but Ike knew he did not want to miss yet another opportunity to pop the question. He’d already been thwarted twice, once by the Venoxic and again by the news from Crimea, but he would not be stopped a third time. Within the next few minutes, the pair had stepped through a large wooden door and out into the beautiful inner garden of Castle Talgria. Everywhere they looked, flowered hedges and bushes rose from the soil, and decorative stone paths snaked through the foliage. Along the edges of the paths were beautiful flowers of many kinds, such as tulips, daisies, marigolds, bluebells, pansies, petunias, primroses, and more whose myriad hues seemed as if to form an earthbound rainbow. Small, well-tended trees had also been planted while several arches, dimly lit candle lamps, and marble benches dotted on the pathways. At the center of the garden stood a magnificent tiered fountain carved with bas reliefs of exotic and beautiful sea life such as dolphins, seahorses and sea turtles while lily pads and flowers floated in the water. Fireflies flittered about, seemingly by the dozen, with their subtle glow adding to the garden’s seemingly enchanted atmosphere. Though most of the flowers had closed their petals at this late hour, it hadn’t taken away from the beauty of the garden.

“Oh, this is… This is so beautiful! It’s very different from Castle Crimea’s garden as well,” Elincia observed.

“Heh, I’m glad you like it,” Ike replied with a smile. “Are you cold at all?”

“Oh no, not at all. In fact, it feels rather nice out tonight,” Elincia replied with a smile.

“Ah, I’m glad. I really wanted to show you something. Oh, hey, there it is,” Ike commented, pointing at a beautiful arch nearby. The arch had been decorated with vines that coursed their way over every inch of the stonework and had sprouted numerous red roses and blue hydrangeas, all of which emitted a beautiful aroma. Elincia’s mouth dropped open when she laid eyes on it.

“Oh, Ike! That arch is so gorgeous! How’d you find out about it?”

“Lady Louise told me of it. She said it’s the most romantic spot in the garden.”

“Ah, I quite agree with her!”

“But…stand right here for a minute,” Ike insisted when the two were underneath the arch.

“Okay.”

Ike then knelt to one knee, quite a few butterflies fluttering about in his stomach. Still, he knew he had to do this now while he had the chance.

“Elincia…” he began.

“Yes?”

“I know I won’t be very good at this, and I know I’ve kept you waiting too long because I got sick and because of everything else that’s happened…but I love you more than anything in the world. And I want to do this. I’m very touched that you traveled so far to find and be with me, and I was honestly rather surprised that you did considering your love for Crimea. I can’t even guess how hard it was to leave behind everyone and everything you cared about, and I still have no idea what I did to deserve that kind of devotion and loyalty.”

“Ike…”

“When I heard about your marriage to Geoffrey, it was as if my life had turned to ashes. I just kept thinking about how all those dreams we had, of being able to love openly and to raise a family, were all gone. I left behind the only home and family I’d ever known and just wandered, wondering what I could’ve done differently and forming regrets. But then, when you found me, all I could think about was how lucky I am to have gotten another chance. And, I’m not going to waste it.”

Here, Ike paused and then produced a small jewelry box made of green velvet. To his relief, it had survived his various misadventures. He opened it up to reveal the engagement ring Bryan had acquired for him. A small gasp escaped Elincia’s lips.

“My love for you has no limit,” Ike admitted. “And I…I want to spend my life with you to fulfill all of our old dreams and whatever new ones we might want to make real together. Elincia…will you marry me?”

A loving, excited smile formed on Elincia’s face as she gazed upon Ike and the ring.

“Ike, you’re being ridiculous, you know that?”

Ike merely arched one eyebrow in response.

“Oh for goodness sake, of course I want to marry you!”

Elincia then threw herself into Ike’s arms and pressed her lips against his. Ike was caught off guard at first, but returned the embrace regardless. When they slowly let go several moments later, Ike took the ring from its case and took Elincia’s left hand. He then gently slipped the ring upon her ring finger. Elincia’s smile grew bigger as she admired the gemstones sparkling in the candlelight of the lamps and the orbiting glow of a halo of fireflies. Ike couldn’t help but grin ecstatically himself. He was now officially engaged. He was finally going to marry the woman he’d loved for over three years. It had been a long wait, and that wait had been painful for them, but for both of the lovers, it was well worth it.

“Ike…” Elincia spoke up moments later when they stood up. “It doesn’t matter how long we waited. I’m just so happy that this has happened. That we’re finally able to be married! And it wasn’t your fault you were so ill. It wasn’t your fault we had to wait so long and that we got caught up in this war either. We both went through a lot of hardships to continue our love. And I know you’ll be the best husband in the world…”

Elincia slipped her arms around Ike’s neck as she spoke her words.

“…Thanks, Elincia,” Ike replied, a loving smile dawning his features. “You don’t know how much that means to me. I know you’ll be the best wife in the world too.”

“Hee hee… I’ll try to be just for you, my love…”

“As will I…”

On that note, their lips met once more, and this time, they did not part for a long, long time.

***​

The next morning, however, was far less harmonious. Azura and Bryan had been roused just after sunrise by frantic knocking at their doors and shouts that there had been an ‘urgent development,’ and that they were to report to the audience chamber immediately. Though groggy and incensed at being awoken so early, they had quickly gotten dressed and made their way to the audience chamber. The pair had considered heading down to the main hall quietly so the others were not disturbed, but then realized that the guards’ frantic knocking had probably woken everybody up already. It didn’t take long for the two warriors to find reach the audience chamber, but to their puzzlement, there was no one there. In fact, the only thing out of the ordinary in the lavishly decorated chamber was that one of the tall windows had been hastily thrown open. Then, to the pair’s astonishment, two black forms streaked through the open window. Once Azura and Bryan had snapped awake, Janz and Lauren were revealed. However, the expressions on their faces were not pleasant. This immediately worried both Azura and Bryan, for it could only mean that the two did not have good news. Had there been more to the plot behind the framing of Bryan than they originally thought?

“Ah, Lady Azura. And Bryan,” Janz greeted, though his tone turned rather sour when he mentioned the green-clad Sentinel.

“Aw come on, don’t tell me you’re still annoyed at what happened on the island!” Bryan grumbled. “You’re the one who started it!”

“Guys, let’s not argue,” Azura cut in with a sigh. “Janz, Lauren, just tell us what you found out. We have to know.”

“Of course, milady,” Lauren replied, glaring at Janz. “As we were instructed, we investigated Keanu and the villages that had been attacked by the platoon that falsely claimed to be Bryan’s. Thankfully, the townsfolk were quite cooperative.”

“Yeah. It didn’t take us long to locate Flozell’s quarters and do a search of the place,” Janz added. “However, what we discovered shocked us.”

“What?” Bryan wondered.

“Well, the townsfolk said they weren’t all that surprised at Flozell’s behavior,” Janz explained. “They claimed he had always been a good leader who wanted the best for Cilae. He won several victories and was well-respected.”

“But what we found in his quarters revealed something very different…and very troubling,” Lauren continued. “It turns out that Flozell had secretly been a member of the Red Claw.”

“What?! But…how does that even make sense?!” Azura gasped.

“Easy. Flozell was hiding his true alliegance,” Janz replied. “When we searched his office, we found a number of documents written in what looked like some sort of code. And, we also found that one of the drawers in his desk had a false bottom. When we opened that up, we found a hidden compartment with a few more papers and some of them were stamped with the Red Claw’s insignia. We took the papers to an Allied Command cryptographer and, sure enough, they were coded orders from the Red Claw. This suggests that Flozell had been working as a double agent for awhile. The soldiers you guys fought really were Cilaean troops, but Flozell had duped them into thinking Bryan was the enemy.”

“Those coded orders not only prove that Bryan was framed, but also that Flozell knew it all along,” Lauren revealed. “When the cryptographer deciphered the coded orders, they revealed that Flozell was commissioned by the Red Claw to disguise a group of their members as Bryan’s platoon and send them to attack a few random villages. That way, he could frame Bryan and have an excuse to kill him while keeping his image as a ‘respected and devoted leader’ intact.”

“Errgh, THAT BASTARD!” Bryan exclaimed, his rage building quickly. “He deliberately tried to kill me!”

“Who tried to kill you?!” a familiar voice spoke up. The group turned around to see Owen had entered the audience chamber, doubtlessly having overheard Bryan’s shouting.

“…D-Dad! I, uh…” Bryan gasped, and then brought a hand to his face. “Dang it…”

“Bryan,” Owen coaxed sternly, folding his arms and tapping a foot on the floor.

“Alright, alright, I’ll explain…” Bryan gave in. He then told his father of the incident that had occurred in Keanu and how Faline had saved him.

“I see… It angers me that you went through that horrible experience,” Owen commented once his son was finished. “But Faline is quite a lovely young woman. It warms my heart to know that my son has a girl who loves him so much. I’ll have to thank her for what she’s done for you.”

“Heh, yeah…” Bryan replied, his cheeks turning pink with embarrassment.

“Well, sorry to interrupt, but there is more,” Janz spoke up. “King Wencelis has a new mission for all of us, milady.”

“Oh?” Azura wondered.

“Yeah, on our way back here, we discovered that the Red Claw built another large encampment near the northern border at the foot of the mountains,” Lauren replied. “We informed King Wencelis of it just before we came in here. We do not know if there are enough Meloran and Red Claw troops there to invade Aracion, or how many other camps there might be, but he wants your army to raze the camp before the forces there can mount an assault against the capital.”

“What?! But how did they return so quickly after…?” Azura began, but couldn’t finish. “This is bad. We’ll leave right after we gather our troops. You both may join us if you want. Bryan, I want the same group we had before with the addition of Cato and Elincia if the two of them are ready. We’ll also leave Lartz behind to rest. Let’s go get everyone!”

“You got it. I’m just as worried about this as you are, so I’ll make it snappy. Father, I apologize, but we’re going to be leaving again soon.”

“Don’t worry, you’re doing what you have to do,” Owen replied with a smile.

Bryan nodded and with that, he and Azura went to gather their comrades. Janz and Lauren quickly alerted some of the troops as well and prepared to depart. Faline, Marina, and Kevin’s group in particular were shocked to hear of Flozell’s true colors, but it came as no surprise to the hot-tempered Skye. As usual, he expected as much from his enemies. As Azura descended the stairs to reach to the main gate sometime later, she was stopped by a familiar voice ringing out behind her. She turned around at the bottom of the staircase to see Leyon descending towards her.

“Hey, Azura…” he spoke up. “Can we talk for a bit?”

“Sure, what’s on your mind? Did you remember anything yet?” Azura inquired, hoping that his memory might have improved.

“Well, I’m not sure what to make of this exactly…” Leyon admitted. “But this dream I had during my sleep… It seemed so familiar, but I couldn’t figure out where or when I’d experienced those events before. In the dream, I was with those two knights… Natalie and Eliot, I think? They were, well, quarreling a bit. And for no apparent reason, I just rolled my eyes. It was pure and simple instinct, as if I’d seen it a hundred times before, but I don’t understand how that could be. And there was another man who we’d never seen before, yet he seemed the most familiar of all. He seemed to know me very well too, I could tell by the way he looked at me. But still, I have no idea who he was.”

Azura’s eyes widened slightly upon hearing Leyon’s words, for she had a very good idea who that apparition might be. His brother…

“Really? Well, we’ll keep working on this,” Azura assured him. “Just keep fighting as well as you have been and perhaps in time you’ll remember.”

“Yeah, I hope so.”

“Oh, hey there, General Leyon,” Derien spoke up from a nearby doorway. “I have to apologize for disappearing suddenly after we took back Fort Tehya. I needed to return to King Rothgar and explain myself to him right away.”

“…Huh? Who are you? What are you talking about?” Leyon inquired, arching an eyebrow.

“What? What do you mean, ‘who am I?’ What’s the matter with you?”

“Um, Derien… This might come as a shock to you, but an injury caused Leyon to lose his memory,” Azura explained.

“Yeah, I can’t remember much of anything right now,” Leyon admitted. “I’m sorry.”

“Oh wow, I see…” Derien commented, unable to hide a cringe. “If there’s anything I can do to help, let me know.”

“…Actually, it just might be helpful for you to come with us on our next mission,” Azura suggested. “I think working with people he knew might help to jog Leyon’s memory. And we could use your help in any case, so it would be very appreciated if you joined us.”

“Ah, then I’m glad to be of service.”

“Great! Leyon, I’m going to go find out how Lartz is doing. Be sure to talk to me whenever you need to or if you remember anything.”

“Of course,” Leyon agreed.

Azura then continued to the royal clinic where Lartz had been resting since his return to Aracion. When Azura arrived at his room, she found him sleeping peacefully and chose not to disturb him. Instead, she headed for the main hall to meet with her comrades. She definitely had to tell Eliot about Leyon’s dream later as well. She didn’t know if Leyon had seen Russell in his dreams, but she strongly suspected it and that could be a good sign. Perhaps Eliot could provide some insight into what events occurred in the dream and bring them that much closer to restoring the general’s memory. And, ludicrous though the idea seemed, they might even reenact one of the pranks which Bronwyn had told her that Leyon and Russell had played with their pet lizards. Azura also suspected that talking to Leyon about where he had gotten Olegxing was likely a critical step, only she was loathe to make him relive the depression he went through after Russell had disappeared and was given up for dead. Still, she decided to use it as a last resort in case nothing else jogged his memory.

When she arrived in the main hall, Azura was pleased to see most of her chosen group already waiting and ready to depart. The only ones who hadn’t appeared yet were Faline, Janz, and Lauren, whom Azura assumed would show up soon, and Cato, who had said earlier that he would rejoin the group outside because he wanted to do some early morning training before departing. Azura then briefed her comrades on their latest mission and awaited the arrival of their absent troops. After glancing in Skye’s direction, she noticed him gulping again at the sight of Raela’s ever-present Sleep staff. She then arched an eyebrow, wondering why in the world anyone would fear such a thing. Bryan must have noticed her gesture as well, as he approached her soon after and brought the matter up.

“Hey Azura, if you’re wondering, I can tell you why Skye’s so afraid of Sleep staves.”

“Oh?” Azura wondered.

“Yeah, he’s just as afraid of them as you are of spiders and Kiel is of dragons,” Bryan began. “See, the only time he was ever hit by one of those staves, he had a horrible nightmare in his sleep. Now, I don’t think Sleep staves really cause nightmares since the staff causes a trance rather than real sleep, but I still can’t blame him. Though, seeing him squirm around Raela is admittedly hilarious.”

Bryan then chuckled.

“Heh, I see,” Azura replied. “Raela has obviously figured out this fear of his too, I notice.”

“Haha, yeah. In fact, not long before you came down here, she taunted him with the staff again and—”

“BRYAN!” Skye’s voice thundered from nearby.

“Ah, hi there, Skye,” Bryan greeted, though rather nervously.

“Bryan, were you telling Azura about my thing with Sleep staves?!” Skye demanded. “I told you to keep that between us!”

“Well, sorry, but I figured Azura should know about it,” Bryan replied, his own annoyance growing. “I want you to avoid Sleep staves as much as you do.”

“Yeah, well, it’s embarrassing! I knew I shouldn’t have trusted you with this! You’ve always been bad at keeping secrets!”

“Oh yeah?! Just be glad I haven’t told anyone about how your name’s just an alias!”

With that, the entire room fell silent and Skye’s face turned beet red with anger. Bryan’s eyes widened and his jaw dropped when he realized what he’d said and he slapped his face in aggravation.

“DAMN IT, BRYAN!” Skye retorted angrily. “…Fine. I suppose that secret would have eventually gotten out anyway.”

“Skye… What was Bryan talking about?” Azura inquired, puzzled over this revelation. Although Skye had opened up to her at times about his relationship with Kye, the sniper did seem to play his hand quite close to his vest. How many secrets was Skye hiding?

“Well, I’d tell you, but Kye would throw a hissy fit if I did,” Skye replied. “It’s complicated…and unpleasant.”

“Skye, no…” a familiar young voice stepped in before Azura could respond.

“Kye! I…” Skye uttered, but couldn’t finish. His brother had approached moments later.

“Skye, you can tell them the truth. I won’t get mad anymore,” Kye assured his older brother. “I decided that it’s time to let go of the past. Nothing will change it, after all, and I agree with what you said earlier, we would have eventually been found out anyway.”

“Kye… Well, alright, little bro, if that’s how you feel,” Skye replied and turned to Azura. “The truth is, Skye isn’t my real name. It’s just a nickname I’ve been passing off as my birth name. My actual name is Skyler.”

“And mine is Kyle,” Kye added. “We both passed off our nicknames as our true names.”

“Precisely.”

“But why?” Azura wondered.

Skye then explained that not long after he had joined the Talgrian army, his parents, who worked as spies, were sent on an important mission outside the country. Since Skye was away, they had little choice but to take the young Kye with them. Since the brothers’ parents had gone on so many missions, they had quite a few contacts abroad who could offer them lodging and back up their cover stories. Having no one else to take care of Kye, the two spies had hoped one of their contacts might be willing. Unfortunately, during the journey, their parents met a terrible fate, and worse still, Kye had disappeared. Skye received a message that they were killed by assassins near the Cilaean mountains and that Kye was missing. After several days of searching, Skye had found his brother. The young thief was bruised, battered, and unconscious in the woods not far from their parents’ encampment. Skye was furious at this, and Kye was just as angry when he awoke from his coma and heard the story. They later became resentful towards their parents, angry over how they had given their jobs more attention than their own children and for nearly getting Kye killed by taking him along on such a dangerous journey. That’s when they decided to only go by their nicknames, as their real names reminded them too much of how their parents would address them.

“And that’s the story,” Skye finished. “We still don’t know how my brother ended up in the middle of the woods, but we hated that our parents’ negligence nearly got him killed.”

“Exactly. I will never forgive them, but I know I must look more towards the future,” Kye added. “It’s not as if the past was ever appealing.”

“I see…” Azura replied, her tone soft and soothing. “I’m sorry your parents didn’t raise you the way they should have. I can see why you did what you did. But you don’t mind if I keep calling you both Skye and Kye, do you? I’ve gotten pretty used to those names.”

“Not at all,” Skye replied with a small smile. “I rather like the nickname anyway.”

“Yeah, me too!” Kye agreed.

“I’m sorry for blurting that out though,” Bryan cut in. “You’re right, I’ve never been the best at keeping secrets…”

“Don’t worry about it, Bryan. I’ve put up with it since I met you. It’s not a big deal,” Skye assured.

“Really?”

Skye then put an arm around his friend’s shoulders and yanked him towards him.

“Hey, would I lie to my best bud?”

Bryan shot him a smile.

“Heh, I guess not. By the way, we’ll still be best friends even after I become king of Astryn, right?”

“Well, duh, of course we will! You having royal blood won’t change a thing! I was quite surprised to find that the kid I grew up with was actually a prince all this time, but it doesn’t matter as long as I’m still his number one buddy! Of course, I won’t ever try to get between you and Faline, though.”

Skye let Bryan go as he spoke his words.

“Thanks, Skye. That means a lot,” Bryan replied with a smile. “Here’s to a lasting friendship!”

With that, the two pumped fists.

“Yeah!” Skye blurted happily.

“…Hey, speaking of Faline, where is she?” Bryan wondered. Before anyone could reply, a familiar voice rang out from somewhere nearby in undisguised agony.

“What the—!” Bryan blurted, alarmed and bolting in the direction of the sound. He crashed through a nearby doorway and about three paces beyond the threshold, nearly bowled over a near-hysterical Faline.

“Bryan! Oh, Bryan!” Faline sobbed aloud as Bryan skidded to a halt, tears streaming down her cheeks. She fell against his chest and continued to weep.

“Faline, what’s the matter?” Bryan worriedly inquired. “If there’s another man bothering you, just point him out to me. I’ll beat him to a pulp with his own legs.”

“N-No, it’s not that…” Faline gasped out between sobs, her tears beginning to wet Bryan’s chest plate. “Janz and Lauren pulled me aside in the hall as I was coming down here and said they needed to talk to me privately. One of the villages the Red Claw razed in Cilae…was my hometown. And they’ve killed my mother! They took her away from me! My mother’s dead!”

Faline then wailed into Bryan’s chest.

“Oh… Faline… I am so sorry…” Bryan replied, giving her a comforting hug.

“My relationship with her wasn’t the best it could’ve been…” Faline admitted with a sniffle. “But she was still my mother and the only person who ever cared for me and my sisters while we were growing up… And now she’s g-gone!”

Faline’s words were choked away as her weeping grew louder.

“What about your father? Is there any news about him?”

“No… But there hasn’t been for a long time. He abandoned us when we were very young. At first he cared for my mother, but he was a very impatient and demanding man and eventually began to think she was worthless and weak. He was also disappointed that she never gave him a son. He was never satisfied at anything she did either, including raising me and my sisters. He thought we were worthless and weak as well and, when he realized Mother would never bear him any sons, he left her to raise us all on her own.”

“What? That’s just... I can’t believe him. That’s just plain wrong.”

“I couldn’t agree more. After my father left, we remained poor for a long time. Mother had a few friends that supported her as best as they could, but they were busy people and they had their own problems to deal with. They did give us gifts out of pity, though, and occasionally let my sisters and I do work for them so we could earn some money. But because our family was in such bad shape and Mother had to work so hard to get money, I became a Pegasus knight as soon as I could to help feed and clothe my family. My sisters have been doing the same, and they should be okay since they’ve been in Jerusa training all this time, but… With this war going on, who knows how long that will last…”

Faline’s dire words struck a chord with Bryan. Meloran and Red Claw forces had been running rampant in Cilae for months now, not only robbing and killing innocent people but cutting off and surrounding the bulk of the Allied armies at the Cilae-Melora border. If things didn’t turn around, and soon, both Cilae and the entrapped allied troops would be lost and, after that, the rest of Allied Command would surely crumble.

There was little time left to avert this, but that time would have to be enough.

“…I’m so sorry to hear this. But don’t worry. I would never abandon you, Faline. You mean the world to me and you’ve always helped me and the rest of us when we were down. It’s time I did the same for you.”

“Oh, Bryan… Th-Thank you…”

“You’re very welcome,” Bryan replied lovingly.

Glancing back the way he came, the Sentinel saw that Azura had followed him but had the sense to close the door and give the pair their privacy.

“Azura, “ Bryan spoke. “If I may suggest, Faline should probably stay behind this time. She’s in no shape to fight at the moment.”

“Yes, I absolutely agree,” Azura seconded. “I, too, am terribly sorry about all of this, Faline. Would you be alright remaining here while the rest of us head out?”

“Huh? Oh, of course,” Faline stammered, turning to face Azura. “As much as I’d love to tear the Red Claw to pieces right now, I just can’t find the strength…”

“I understand,” Bryan added, wiping a tear from Faline’s cheek. “Not many could after hearing news like this. But I promise that I’ll return as soon as possible. The first thing I’ll do when I get back is find you.”

“Okay… Thank you so much, Bryan,” Faline replied, a hint of a smile finally dawning her face. “I love you…”

“And I love you. We must depart soon, alright?”

“Of course… Oh wait, Janz and Lauren also said that they have business to attend to here, but that they’ll meet up with you guys later.”

“Oh, alright then, we’ll depart immediately,” Azura decided.

“Indeed. Faline, that means I’ll be leaving now, alright?”

“Yes. I’ll be okay…”

With that, the couple allowed their lips to meet in a passionate farewell kiss.

“Be careful out there, my handsome prince,” Faline whispered once they parted.

“Always,” Bryan replied with a grin as he and Faline clasped hands.

With that, the group headed out while Faline headed back upstairs. Azura didn’t like losing another flying unit, especially since Faline was promoted while Marina wasn’t and that Lartz would likely be out of action for awhile, but she knew it would be wrong of her to try persuading the saddened Falcon Knight to join the group. And even if Faline had agreed to it, she couldn’t possibly have her head on straight after such a blow. Instead, Azura focused on collecting Cato and getting her army out to the Red Claw encampment near the border. Her earlier question also rang through her mind again. How had the vicious bandit army constructed a new camp so quickly after the first one near the river had been destroyed? Was Melora really able to reinforce them that much and so quickly? Perhaps the camp had been there for some time now and had gone undiscovered until now? Or had something else happened, something that Azura’s army was not yet aware of? She had hoped to find the answers once they arrived.

Thankfully, since Aracion was not far from the mountainous portion of the Talgria-Eraghoa border, the group spotted the mountains within a few hours. And just as Janz and Lauren reported, there was another large Red Claw encampment waiting for them at the foot of the nearest mountain. However, this one was even bigger than the last and included units of every kind, even thieves, healers, mages, and to Marina’s dismay, Pegasus knights were once again amongst the enemy as well. Some of them were even promoted to Falcon Knights. What’s more, there were also large boulders, catapults, and ballistae waiting for Azura’s army at the tops of the nearby mountain cliffs and trails, each stocked with a prodigious cache of ammunition. It was clear that Melora and the Red Claw were making a second attempt of what they had planned at the river, renewing their efforts to invade Aracion. Azura and her troops did have one thing in their favor though. Beorc and laguz could only climb so far up these mountains, as they were impassable where the Eraghoan and Talgrian borders met those of Astryn. If the group could make it up to the enemy camp, then the Red Claw would be effectively trapped.

“This…will be a tough fight,” Azura surmised. “Alright, I have a plan. The more heavily armored units and the healers will stay down here and draw the enemy’s attention! The rest of us will slip past and knock out the guys on the cliffs!”

“That sounds good to me,” Bryan agreed. “Marina should stay down here too though. Those ballistae would cut her to pieces.”

“Yeah, I had the same thought. Anyhow, after we take out the enemies manning the siege weapons, we can use them ourselves,” Ike added with a wry grin. “‘Do unto others.’”

“But seeing all those Pegasus knights sickens me! I can’t believe how many are siding with our enemy!” Marina blurted angrily.

“I agree, but I don’t think they’re Cilaean,” Bryan replied. “Call me crazy, but I have a feeling at least most of them are coming from Astryn. I’ll explain why later.”

“Alright, then let’s get this party started!” Azura commanded. “And Kiel, there aren’t many dracoknights here, so please go fight this time.”

“I-I’ll try…” Kiel stammered, transforming nervously.

“Good. Now everyone, CHARGE!”​
 
Chapter 27! This is an important chapter in the story, so it's quite long. xP


Chapter 27: Allied Command’s Stand

As Azura had commanded, the troops divided into two separate forces and began their attack. Ike, Bryan, Morris, the Royal Knights, Marina, Kevin, and the wolf siblings remained at the base of the mountain to divert the Red Claw’s attention while Azura and the rest of the group headed for the siege weapons on the cliffs. Once these emplacements were captured, the Red Claw would be in for a nasty surprise. Azura was concerned, however, about how the mounted and armored warriors would fare once the siege weapons targeted them. The mounted knights might be able to outmaneuver the enemy munitions, but the armored foot knights would not be so fortunate. Still, they had no choice since horses could not climb the rocky ledges on the mountainside and it was too dangerous for Marina to come in range of the ballistae.

Since the healers had been left with the diversionary force, they might be able to weather the assault. However, that also meant that Azura’s group would be at a serious disadvantage if the emplacements were heavily guarded. Inevitably, Bryan’s force was spotted and a group of the Red Claw rushed out to attack. By the look of things, the Red Claw members had been caught off guard. At least a third of their force was still trickling out of their tents while nearly as many were scrambling to grab their weapons and strap on their armor. However, Azura suspected these enemies would prove to be deadlier adversaries than their cohorts had been at the Kiang River. Though the encampment itself had been taken unawares, the enemy manning the siege weapons hadn’t been caught napping. The line of Red Claw charging towards Bryan suddenly jerked to a halt…as a salvo of catapult stones and ballista bolts were unleashed. Bryan’s group managed to dodge the projectiles as they crashed into the earth with a thunderous report, but it had thrown their formation into disarray. And, the oncoming Red Claw were more than eager to capitalize on this advantage.

It was all too apparent that the Red Claw were learning from their past mistakes, and were growing deadlier all the while. Ike had been sent sprawling by a near-miss from a catapult stone and had barely regained his feet when a Swordmaster, a Warrior, a Sage and an armored swordsman set upon him. Curiously, none of the Red Claw members seemed to recognize Ike. When he dispatched the armored swordsman with a flawless Aether, however, he saw many of his foes blanch. The Swordmaster and Warrior had become so terrified that Ike could’ve sworn they were trying not to cling to each other.

“I-It’s true! He is alive!” the Warrior stammered, nearly dropping his axe.

“Oh man! The supreme commander is so busted!” the Swordmaster replied, backing away slowly and then breaking into a run.

“What a coincidence!” Ike taunted. “So are you!”

With that, the hero twirled Ragnell and launched shockwaves into both bandits, sending them flying into a nearby rock. After doing the same to the equally terrified sage, Ike’s grin suddenly vanished as he found himself surrounded by at least a dozen enemies. He gritted his teeth as he eyed his many opponents. These new arrivals still seemed nervous about engaging the infamous Ike, but they were also probably hoping to overwhelm the pressured hero. Thankfully, Elincia soon spotted her love’s predicament and quickly climbed back down to the base of the mountain. A few of the knights soon followed, but Elincia arrived first and drove Amiti into a few lancers before they had any chance to retaliate.

“Elincia!” Ike blurted in alarm as he saw his fiancée cut through the enemies. “You should be—!”

“Ike! No, you ‘d never be able to beat all of those guys at once!” Elincia protested as the knights came in to aid them.

Ike was about to protest further when another barrage of catapult stones was seen hurtling through the air towards them. Ike and Elincia drew back while the knights scattered, the boulders crashing to earth in a succession of deafening impacts. After that, Ike’s objections were further stalled by a Halberdier, likely the commander of the enemy contingent, who charged the hero. The Halberdier’s killer lance made him dangerous, as he could deal critical blows quite easily with it, but either of Ike’s swords would give him a clear advantage in power. The Halberdier, unfortunately, also seemed to be aware of this and tried to keep Ike off balance with shield bashes and using the shaft of his lance to trip Ike up. Elincia, meanwhile, had swung around to attack the enemy’s flank but the Halberdier managed to barely bend away from her lunge.

“Errrg. Ya know what, lassie?” the commander intoned warningly. “You’re startin’ to get on my nerves!”

“HEY! You lay one finger on her and you’re dead!” Ike threatened. “I eat punks like you for breakfast!”

“Sorry to spoil your appetite,” the commander taunted before launching the pommel of his lance in Ike’s face. If he hadn’t craned his head out of way, Ike would have come away toothless.

The hero figuring that Ragnell’s shockwaves wouldn’t do much against his foe’s armor, locked blades with the Halberdier. Ike was just about ready to kick himself for not switching to his axe by now, but this enemy was much too quick to give Ike a chance. Ike continued to assail the enemy from the front while Elincia darted from one flank to the other, trying to strike the enemy where he would not be able to fend them off. While this clash continued, the ballistae and catapults still in the hands of the Red Claw continued to fire upon Bryan’s force. The mounted knights were simply too fast to strike, so the enemy was concentrating their firepower on the infantry. While Ike was busy with his opponent, a Red Claw archer manning a ballista spied the blue haired hero and aimed his emplacement at the distracted swordsman. Elincia soon spotted the danger and quickly rushed for her endangered fiancé.

“NO!” she cried as she maneuvered to his side and shoved him as hard as she could. The bolt flew past them both, slicing through the air…and Elincia’s back.

“ELINCIA!” Ike exclaimed in shock as Elincia screamed in pain, and his shock became horror as she seemed to go limp in his grasp.

“Allow me to expedite your reunion,” the commander offered wickedly, hefting his lance.

Ike, in an overpowering rage, drove his foot into his foe’s gut after, sending him flying into the cliff wall nearby, and took the wounded Elincia in his arms. Blood was pouring out of her lower back, but it looked as if the bolt had only scored a glancing hit. A direct impact, and…Ike didn’t even want to finish the thought.

“Elincia! What did you do that for?!” Ike demanded.

“Ike, that bolt would’ve probably killed you… Elincia replied, her voice weak and her breath shallow and shuddering. “And you’ve saved me more times than I can count in the past. It was time I did the same for you…”

“But…”

“Ike!” a familiar male voice yelled. Ike turned to see Boyd rushing over, followed by Azura. “Holy crap…”

“Elincia!” Azura gasped. “This looks bad. Ike, bring her to Bronwyn’s wagon, quick! I’ll send Raela over there with you! The rest of us will finish this!”

“They’ll pay for this!” Boyd declared.

“Alright, thanks, you guys!” Ike replied and quickly carried Elincia to the wagon. “You’re going to be fine, Elincia.”

“Thank you, Ike…”

Meanwhile, Skye commandeered an enemy ballista. Turning it upon a neighboring cliff, he let the massive bolt fly. His aim, naturally, was true and the remainder of the enemies on the cliffs were eliminated, leaving the rest of the siege weapons ripe for the picking. Once the emplacements were captured, they were turned against the Red Claw and the camp was bombarded with a vengeance. Raela, meanwhile, had joined Ike in Bronwyn’s wagon and examined Elincia’s wound. Though it bled freely, Ike was relieved when Raela reported that the bolt’s glancing impact had not hit a major organ or artery. The injury was quite painful, but Elincia remained brave due to her fiancé’s reassuring presence. Ike heaved a sigh of relief as Raela focused her Heal staff on the wound, mending it as if it had never existed.

“You’re lucky that wasn’t a direct hit, lass,” Bronwyn commented. “You’d be amazed at the sort of damage those can do.”

As Bronwyn spoke these words, her gaze shifted meaningfully to the stump which was all that remained of her lost leg. Elincia, taking the hint, grasped Ike as if she would never let him go.

“Raela! Raela!” Lily’s voice soon called from outside of the wagon.

“Hm?” Raela replied. “What is it, Lily?”

“The others have been advancing into the camp. Look what Kye found in one of the tents!”

Raela, Ike, and Elincia gasped when they saw Lily holding a Florete, a pink-bladed sword which could discharge magical shockwave much like Ragnell’s.

“My Florete! I knew some of these imbeciles looked familiar! They’re the same bandits that destroyed our home!” Raela realized. “Lily, it’s time for some major payback!”

“Right on, Sis! Let’s get them! We’re so much stronger now!”

Lily then tossed the Florete to her sister. Raela easily caught it in her right hand and twirled it.

“Let’s go!” she ordered. Lily was not reluctant to follow her sister back into the battle.

Meanwhile, Ike remained inside Bronwyn’s wagon with Elincia as her near-miss had left her too shaken up to return to the field for the time being. Bronwyn had not minded, since she said she’d have done the same. Besides, the lovers suspected that Bronwyn’s comment, about how lucky Elincia was to have avoided taking a direct hit, came from experience. Leyon had mentioned that Bronwyn had been relieved of her post as Deputy Commander of the Royal Knights after losing her leg in battle. Deciding not to leave Elincia to chance, Ike chose to guard the wagon while the rest of the army battled what was left of the Red Claw contingent. Now that Azura’s force had control of the siege weapons, the momentum of the battle was now firmly in their favor. Several Red Claw tents, and Red Claw members, had been crushed or impaled in the bombardment and those who survived were assailed by the remainder of Bryan’s force. The combat jerked to a halt, however, a few minutes later as bright flashes of orange and yellow light burst into view.

“Whoa, was that Lily?” Ike wondered, though he already knew the answer.

“Sure was!” Bronwyn confirmed. “That wee lass is better with an Elfire tome than I gave her credit for!”

“You can say that again,” Elincia agreed. “She could probably give Soren a run for his money now.”

“Perhaps,” Ike replied. “Especially since fire magic has the advantage over wind. Don’t tell him I said that, though. He’s…touchy.”

Ike, Elincia, and Bronwyn watched and waited as the battle drew to a close. Suddenly, a few feminine shrieks echoed from somewhere nearby and a faint light flared to life on the horizon. As the light faded away several moments later, more flashes of orange and yellow illuminated the sky. They were more fire spells from Lily, no doubt, and both Ike and Elincia had a strong hunch about what had just occurred. Bronwyn soon shouted once more from the seat of her wagon, her eyes going wide with amazement.

“Well I’ll be darned! You kids are not going to believe this!”

“Hey Ike, Elincia! Come out here!” Azura added excitedly before the pair could respond.

“Huh?!” Ike replied, rushing outside. Elincia soon followed him, though she was still rather shaken from her earlier experience.

Standing in the middle of the tattered Red Claw encampment, surrounded by at least a dozen enemy corpses, were none other than both Lily and Raela, but their appearances had changed. Lily’s cloak, which had once reached within a hairsbreadth of her, now cascaded down to her ankles while intricate runes now wove across the fabric’s surface. Her cloak also expanded to completely cover her shoulders. Her short skirt lengthened to enshroud her legs in a silky, gossamer material with a slit down the side while her boots became sandals with platform soles, though with fairly low heels. Raela too had changed, for she was now mounted upon a light brown horse garbed in a blue armored chest plate, elegant saddle, and silver studded reins. Her blue dress had been replaced with a stylish tunic while her long cape-like scarf had also become more ornate. Lily was standing nearly back to back with the horse, the faces of both sisters contorted in expressions of deep intensity and barely restrained anger.

“Dang, did they do this?” Ike inquired.

“Yep, they really taught these thugs a thing or two,” Boyd replied.

“I’ll say! Where’d the horse come from though?” Elincia wondered.

“Call it a prize of war,” Azura replied. “One of the catapult stones hit the enemy stables during the battle. It had lodged itself in the entrance of one of the stalls, but Raela rescued the horse by cleaving the rock in half with her Florete’s shockwave. It took an instant liking to her right after. Once Raela hopped on its back, bam, she became a Valkyrie. Lily followed suit soon after and is now a Fire Sage.”

“Oh wow,” Ike replied. “I assume the battle’s over now? I don’t see any Red Claw members anymore. Well, none that are still breathing, anyway.”

“Yeah, those girls were on fire. But I don’t blame them. They’ve wanted to avenge the deaths of their parents for a long time, and they’ve finally done it.”

“I know how that feels…”

Not far away, in the midst of scavenging the carnage for enemy documents, intact arrows and other supplies, Skye heard snatches of this conversation. And, what he heard caused him to go pale.

“Oh man… Now I’m really busted if I get on her bad side again,” he muttered under his breath, shuddering.

Raela merely giggled at Skye’s mild terror while Bryan tried hard not to burst into laughter. Skye glared at him moments later. Before he could retaliate, however, Kye had come bursting onto the scene, excitement in his eyes.

“Lady Azura! Come check this out! I found something interesting while nosing around in one of those tents!” he hollered. “I think it might’ve belonged to one of the knights!”

“Oh? What makes you suspect that?” Azura wondered.

“Just take a look!”

Kye then produced what appeared to be a gold medal. It looked as if the metal was formed into the shape on an unblinking eye, eternally staring with an intense gaze, bisected by a pair of crossed arrows. The medal, by the look of it, had seen better days and had changed hands many, for it was very dirty and layered with tarnish.

“Hmm…” Azura contemplated. “You know, Leyon did say something about medals after we razed that Red Claw camp by the river, though I kinda doubt this is what he—”

“Hey, wait a sec! Let me see that!” Eliot interrupted, jumping off of his horse and very nearly trampling Kye in his haste to examine the medal. Despite a hint of displeasure at the near miss, Kye quickly handed Eliot the medal, very curious as to what he would make of it.

“Oh my goddess… I don’t believe it,” Eliot uttered, his eyes widening as he gazed upon the tarnished medal. “This medal is Russell’s! It’s the Order of the Golden Arrow that he was awarded years ago!”

“What?!” Azura gasped, her own eyes widening.

“Who’s Russell?” Ike wondered, arching one eyebrow.

“Russell…?” Leyon uttered from nearby, suddenly seeming to freeze in place with perplexity and shock plain on his features. “That name… Why does it sound so familiar to me?”

“He was General Leyon’s brother, but he’s been missing for three years and is presumed dead,” Eliot explained, keeping his voice low. “I apologize, Ike, but it’s too long of a story to get into now.”

“So, this might help us restore Leyon’s memory?” Ike inquired, his tone skeptical.

“I think so!” Eliot affirmed.

“But, how can you be sure the medal is Russell’s?” Azura wondered. “The inscription on the back could’ve told us who it was awarded to, but it’s too tarnished to read. Besides, this can’t be the only Order of the Golden Arrow out there.”

“It is the only Order of the Golden Arrow…well, sort of,” Elliot countered. “It’s really tough to get one of these, you can only earn it by achieving fifty single-shot kills with a bow or crossbow.”

“Maybe one of those is in my future then,” Skye commented with a sly grin.

“Shut up,” Elliot shot back. “Anyhow, the last one besides Russell’s was awarded over a hundred years ago. But the knight who won it was killed in the battle where he made his fiftieth kill, so the medal was awarded posthumously. After that, his family donated it to the Royal Museum in Aracion. This can’t be that medal though, it’s still in its display case…and they practically soak it in tarnish remover.”

“How do you know all of this?” Ike wondered, mildly perplexed.

“During my training to be a Royal Knight, I studied a lot about their history,” Elliot replied. “I wanted to earn the Order of the Golden Arrow myself but, well, archery didn’t pan out, so I decided to study the lance instead, which would’ve been my second choice.”

“‘Didn’t pan out?’” Skye repeated, looking ready to burst into laughter. “You shot yourself in the foot three times in a row!”

“I said shut up!”

“People on the archery range still use you as the punch line to many a joke.”

“I wonder how much archery you’ll do once I take one of your hands off?”

“Nice try. Anyhow, there was this good one. It goes like—OUCH!”

Raela’s staff, having recently been used to brain the jibing sniper, was leveled out to jab him in the ribs.

“Behave yourself...Blue Skye!” Raela ordered.

“Hey! Only I’m allowed to call him that!” Kye whined.

“Enough, you lot!” Azura bellowed. “Okay, this could be Russell’s medal. Maybe it can help us.”

“My thought exactly. Gen…er…Leyon, take a look at this!”

“Very well,” Leyon agreed and approached. Eliot then showed him the medal.

“Do you remember this?” he inquired. “Do you recognize it at all?”

“…N-No… But it looks so familiar,” Leyon admitted, his brow furrowed in deep concentration.

“But you’ve got to remember! Years ago, this medal was awarded to Russell,” Eliot explained. “You testified to King Wencelis that Russell had achieved his fiftieth clean kill and then he gave you the honor of awarding it.”

“I see… But I still can’t…”

“Come on! I know you can do it! Take it and look at it closely!”

Eliot then gave the medal to Leyon, who eyed it curiously for several moments.

“And your axe! The one you’ve been staring at!” the knight desperately continued. “Russell gave it to you before he disappeared! It was a present for your birthday!”

“It wasn’t wrapped, because how the heck do you wrap paper around something that sharp anyway?” Leyon asked no one in particular, almost as a reflex, but then snapping back to awareness. “Wait a minute, how the hell did I know that?!”

“We’re getting somewhere! You must remember that axe and who Russell is! You’ve got to!”

Leyon soon brought a hand to his head and grimaced.

“I remember…I remember…” Leyon grumbled through his frustration. “Argh! Why won’t it come to me?!”

Having a thought, Azura snatched the medal from Eliot’s hand and placed it in Leyon’s grasp. The frustrated general ran his hands over the tarnished gold, somewhat confusedly, but then let out a yelp as he came to the chain.

“Ouch! Not again!”

“‘Again?’” Azura inquired. “How so?”

Leyon studied the cut on his finger, made by a jagged link in the medal’s chain, as if pondering that very question. Then, a moment later, his eyes bulged.

“That happened when I was giving him the medal! I was holding it by the chain and cut myself on that jagged link…but, there’s more. I know there is, but it’s so blurry!”

“C’mon, Leyon! You’ve got to keep trying!” Azura coaxed.

“Blast… My head hurts again! My mind feels like it wants to remember all of this, but can’t…” Leyon replied desperately.

“Don’t give up!” Eliot insisted. “You’ve never given up! That’s why you’re such an amazing warrior!”

Upon hearing these words, Leyon felt a bizarre sensation come over him. It was like a faint smoldering under his breastbone, and yet one which grew hotter with each passing moment. That same fire seemed as though to surge into his veins, like a power that any mage would kill to possess. But, this flame was not magical. Yet, it was real. And, it was powerful. And above all, it was familiar. Even more familiar to Leyon than his own hands which, not so long ago, felt like they belonged to a stranger and which could do things he did not recall learning. Those words which Eliot had spoke thundered through his head once more. Only, it wasn’t Eliot that was shouting them. It was a boy’s voice, which Leyon somehow recognized as his own, though how he knew this eluded him. And, a flash of images now accompanied the sounds. He beheld a child who, by some unfathomable means, he recognized as himself. His younger self was speaking to a teenage boy equipped with a longbow and garbed in the lightweight leather and chainmail of an archer. The teenage boy with the longbow looked very much like a younger version of the strange man whom Leyon had seen in his dream…and then more images flooded into his consciousness, until they all seemed to blend together in an overwhelming cacophony of thoughts and hopes and joys and cares and tears which had been forgotten.

Until now.

The troubled general suddenly dropped to his knees, as if the barrage of liberated memories had physically struck him.

“I…know those words…” he uttered, grimacing again. “Russell… I…I said that to him!”

“Yes! It’s happening!” Eliot replied, a smile crossing his features. “Keep going!”

“Yes… I remember that day! I remember my brother!” Leyon shouted, sounding quiet and stunned. “And the medal! I awarded it to him, because I always knew he’d someday be a hero to others besides me. And I was so proud of him because he was a hero to all of Talgria! I even gave him his famous nickname, Round-Shot Russell!”

“That’s right! You came up with it when he took down twelve bandits with only one arrow each!”

“Actually, it was thirteen. We always used to make jokes about that. But, it’s all finally coming back to me! Somehow, remembering one thing helped me to remember everything else…!”

“Oh, Leyon, I’m so relieved,” Azura gushed, unthinkingly kneeling and flinging her arms about Leyon. “It’s great to have you back!”

“Yes… I’m glad as well, but…” Leyon trailed off, more than a little startled by Azura’s actions.

“Er…um…ah…”Azura stammered, rather shocked herself. “Sorry about that, I got a little carried away.”

Azura could hear what sounded like Eliot trying vainly to smother his laughter, and she replied with a glare promising violence. Leyon, however, did not seem to notice. Instead, a haunted look overwhelmed his features.

“Russell… Those thugs from the volcano must’ve been responsible… Not the eruption…not even that traitorous astrologer who lied to us about the volcano being dormant. But why?! Why did it have to happen?! Why did it have to be you…?”

“Leyon…” Azura replied, kneeling to Leyon’s level once more. “I know this must be hard for you, having to relive this again. And I’m so sorry it had to come to this. But we need you to help Talgria win this war. And, I know that’s what your brother would’ve wanted. He’d want you to stay strong and carry on his legacy.”

“…Yes, you’re right,” Leyon agreed, his words coming out strong and sure as he rose to his feet. “I still miss him so much, but that’s what both he and I wanted. And there’s still a chance he could be alive. So I’ll keep the medal for now. Perhaps I’ll have a chance to return it…if I can find a gallon or so of that stuff they use to remove tarnish.”

“Sounds good to me,” Azura replied with a comforting smile. “We’d better get back to the castle now though. His majesty will definitely want to hear the good news. And with our luck, he’s already got another mission lined up for us. Just don’t forget that no matter where Russell is, he’s not really dead so long as he is remembered.”

As Azura stood up, Leyon was unable to take his eyes off of her. In the stretching second before he himself rose, he found himself wondering if he’d always thought she was so…attractive. When he finally looked away moments later, he could feel his cheeks turn a deep red. Thankfully, no one seemed to notice. That is, except for Eliot. He smiled when he caught his superior officer blushing out of the corner of his eye.

“Speechless, General?” Eliot coyly wondered.

“Watch it, I can still withdraw my recommendation that you be awarded the Legion of Service!” Leyon quickly replied, though there was a hint of nervousness in his tone.

“You recommended me for the Legion of Service?! Ah, that’s just great. Thanks so much!”

For the second time in as many minutes, Leyon found himself being rather vigorously hugged during a moment of overwhelming joy. Overwhelming joy for Eliot, that is; Leyon found himself getting rather irritated.

“You won’t get it if I’m suffocated. Stop hugging me!”

“Yes, Sir,” Eliot replied sheepishly, relinquishing his superior officer.

“Thank you. And to answer your earlier question, I was just a little surprised. By the way, where’s Natalie? Shouldn’t she be here? I would’ve thought she’d have taken command after I was…debilitated.”

“Yeah, I thought that too,” Eliot replied. “Anyway, the deputy commander’s been at the castle. She was…pretty upset about you losing your memory. We didn’t think she’d have her head on straight, so Captain Bryan took command of the knights instead, as well as his own platoon. I’m sure he’ll be glad he doesn’t have to juggle that anymore.”

“I suppose I should’ve expected that. But…Eliot… I will confess to many doubts I once had about you and your fitness to serve as a Royal Knight. Back when you were first placed under my command, all I saw was a mutton-headed dolt with the heart of a lion and the brains of cuttlefish egg.”

“Hey!”

“Still, since the war started, you’ve done well proving yourself. You’ve saved my life, helped to get my memory back and aided Azura in commanding the army. Never have I been happier to be wrong.”

“That means a lot, General, it really does. But you’re right about me being…unimpressive. I never thought I did as well as I could have either. Yet, you constantly telling me improve or else get my knighthood stripped really pushed me to make myself a better knight. And, well, it was no secret that you didn’t think highly of me. But I vowed to remain loyal to you because, well, you inspired me. Just like Russell inspired you.”

“I…had no idea. I’m humbled to serve with you.”

“Heh… Thanks, General Leyon,” Eliot replied with a smile and held up his hand.

“No. Thank you!” Leyon countered, taking Eliot’s hand in a bent-elbow hand clasp. Azura merely smiled and was glad that two were able to grow closer.

With that, the army began the march back to Aracion. Along the way, Bryan explained to Azura his theory regarding the Astrynian Pegasus knights and why they might have joined the Red Claw. He suspected that, with Astryn’s terrible defeat in the last war and the impending death of Queen Marion, many of the country’s one-time defenders had lost faith in Astryn itself and sided with the enemy. He was loathe to admit this, but it made sense and explained why the Red Claw never seemed to lack for numbers. Hopefully, once Bryan revealed himself as the heir to Astryn’s throne, these desertions would end and the Red Claw would be that much weaker. During the journey, however, Azura remembered something that had been overshadowed by Leyon’s recovery. Janz and Lauren never showed up. Hoping that nothing bad had happened to them, she and her group continued towards their destination. They had not gotten far, however, when two dark figures appeared in the sky. When they descended towards Azura, they were revealed to be Janz and Lauren themselves. Bryan slapped his face in aggravation when he saw the two raven laguz gazing at the razed camp ahead of them.

“Dang, I guess we’re a little too late to the party,” Janz realized.

“Yeah, where have you been?!” Bryan demanded. “You two said you’d help us!”

“Well, excuuuuse me, Mister Prince! It wasn’t our fault we were delayed!”

Lauren sighed in frustration, muttering something unflattering about men in general.

“Oh yeah?!” Bryan shot back, and was about to let an insult fly when Janz’s words registered. “Wait a minute, how’d you know about my bloodline?!”

“Your girlfriend told me between her incessant sobbing, of course.”

By now, Bryan’s blood was boiling. He angrily snatched Janz out of the air and dragged him to earth.

“HEY! Talk about Faline like that again and I’ll have you stuffed and roasted!”

“Alright, knock it off! Now!” Azura ordered, breaking the two men up. “Janz, Lauren, what happened?”

“Ahem, well, after we told Faline the bad news about her mother, we had some breakfast and then went out to the main gate,” Janz explained. “Her majesty had sent us word from Perais not too long ago that she was going to visit the castle today and meet with King Wencelis. There is some sort of conference between the monarchs of Allied Command coming up. She requested that we meet her on the outskirts of Aracion. However, she failed to arrive as scheduled. Well, a Perais Raven is never late…unless something bad happens. So, we set out to search for her majesty. Fortunately, we found her soon enough and she reported that she and her escort of guards had run into a force of Melorans. Luckily, this group was no match for her majesty and she and the others arrived safely.”

“That’s right,” Lauren added. “We also heard that Queen Belinda of Cilae and King Rothgar of Eraghoa will also be arriving at the castle soon. Because of the breach in communications that happened earlier, the one that allowed the Red Claw to trick General Derien into leaving Castle Eraghoa unguarded, the details are being kept secret. I can only assume that the monarchs plan to discuss the war effort…and how to change the fact that we’re losing.”

“Losing?!” Boyd repeated, his temper showing. “We just wiped out a huge Red Claw camp in time for lunch!”

“True,” Lauren conceded. “but the Raven messengers are all still missing, which means we have no way to communicate with the Allied armies in the field. Most of our troops are stationed at the Cilae-Melora border but, with the communications breakdown, we have no idea how they’re holding up…or even if they’re still alive. A number of the stolen Cilaean ships are still unaccounted for, and Melora can use them to circumvent our border defenses to strike our cities, as the Red Claw here were planning to do. And, to top it all off, Melora’s forces have ours outnumbered by four-to-one.”

“Oooookay, that does sound bad,” Boyd conceded.

“It’s not ‘bad,’ it’s hopeless” Soren corrected, shooting Ike a wry grin. “No wonder we found you here.”

“I’m not sure if I should take that as a compliment or an insult,” Ike admitted. “Still, if we can free the Raven messengers quickly enough to restore communications, and if we do that soon enough to help the troops on the frontlines, and if we can bring Astryn and Orenias into the war, then we’d at least even the odds.”

“That’s a lot of ‘ifs,’” Soren pointed out. “Still, it wouldn’t be the first ridiculously impossible thing you’ve pulled off.”

“That might be what this meeting is about,” Lauren suggested. “We should find out.”

“I agree,” Azura replied. “Let’s get back to the castle quickly. We have much to tell King Wencelis ourselves.”

With that, the group continued their journey. Although Azura was pleased that Leyon now had his memory back, she still wasn’t satisfied. After all, it had partially been her fault that Leyon lost his memory in the first place. That mistake had likely done serious harm to the war effort at the worst possible time. And, she knew that another serious mistake like that would cost her army dearly. However, the young earl also knew that there were more important matters to deal with than dwelling on past failures. She did owe Leyon an apology, at the very least, but she hardly lacked for more important things to do. Then again, would Leyon begin to think ill of her if she put off apologizing to him? Wait, what am I thinking? I never liked him, Azura realized. I only wanted to help Leyon because he’s essential to winning this war. Hugging him was just my excitement and relief getting the better of me…but…is that selfish? Azura then hung her head in shame.

“Maybe I’m the one who’s the jerk…” Azura uttered.

“Hm?” an all too familiar voice piped up.

Azura jerked in the direction of the sound and, to her consternation, there was Leyon who had been riding alongside her the whole time.

“Oh, nothing…” Azura replied jumpily, quickly looking away.

“Hey, it’s alright. I imagine you’re upset about what happened back at Fort Absolon,” Leyon guessed with a smile which Azura found strangely pleasant. “But don’t worry about it. I’m always breaking up squabbles between Eliot and Natalie, and getting between two armed quarrelers has it hazards. Besides, we have more important things to think about right now. If it bothers you that much though, we can always talk later.”

“Oh… Okay.”

While Azura had done her best to cheer herself up, Ike and Elincia decided to hold off on telling their friends about their engagement until later on. Aside from the knowledge that their friends would make a great and humorous spectacle of the news, they didn’t want to distract anyone too much from the war, especially since Melora and the Red Claw still held the advantage. Allied Command was slowly but surely losing the war and, if they didn’t come up with a plan soon, then total defeat was inevitable. All they could hope for right now was Bryan successfully bringing Astryn and Orenias into the war on the Allied side to boost their strength and morale and rescue the raven messengers to restore communications.

When the gates of Castle Talgria finally came into view once more in the roads of Aracion, the weary warriors quickly entered in hopes of getting a good rest. The engagement had been a great victory, but having to carve through enemies and evade large bolts and rocks falling from the sky at the same time would surely exhaust anyone. While many of their comrades retreated to their rooms or the infirmaries, Azura and Leyon reported to Wencelis while Bryan sought out Faline as he had promised her earlier. Azura and Leyon, meanwhile, reported to Wencelis. When the pair arrived in their king’s throne room, they were greeted by not only Wencelis himself, but also Rothgar, Lilah, Louise, and another woman with aqua green hair. She was garbed in flowing blue robes and sturdy brown boots. Around her waist was a sash decorated with a gold clip. A sheathed sword hung at her side. However, her face bore an expression of quiet dispair.

“Oh, Azura, you and your allies have returned,” Wencelis spoke up. “Allow me to introduce the two of you to Belinda, the queen of Cilae. She and Rothgar arrived a short time ago.”

“Ah, it’s an honor to meet you, your majesty,” Azura replied. “We heard about your arrival. And I’m pleased to see that you’re okay as well, King Rothgar.”

“And I am honored to meet you, Lady Azura,” Belinda replied. “King Wencelis told me of your developing leadership skills over Elhorhi.”

“I heard as well,” Lilah put in kindly.

“Same here,” Rothgar added with a smile. “Derien told me everything. I’m glad things are working out for you so far.”

“Likewise,” Azura replied, returning the gesture. “By the way, I bring good news. Leyon has his memory back.”

“Yeah,” Leyon added with a smile. “Eliot managed to snap me out of it.”

“Oh, that’s wonderful!” Louise opined happily.

“Thank goodness,” Wencelis replied with a sigh of relief. “And the Red Claw encampment?”

“We suffered a number of serious casualties, but the camp is razed,” Azura reported. “We made sure every enemy there was defeated.”

“Good. That is welcome news, especially after what I heard about the northern floodgate. It’s bad enough that it was wrecked and Melora now has still another hole in our defenses to exploit, but now that Royce has taken an active role in this war…”

“Sadly, our troubles do not end there… If anything, they only get worse,” Belinda added somberly. “Cilae…has fallen.”

“…What?!” Azura and Leyon shouted at the same time.

“…No,” Wencelis uttered, his eyes wide with disbelief. “That…that’s not possible!”

“That’s what I said when I saw the Red Claw smash down the gates of our capital,” Belina replied. “Sadly, we were both wrong. Several days ago, a massive Red Claw army invaded Jerusa. The city is now under their control. It was difficult to tell in all the chaos, but it appeared that the invasion came from the southeast.”

“Did Allied Intelligence have any news of the enemy build-up?” Leyon inquired, clearly needing no time at all to reacquaint himself with his role as a general.

“No,” Belinda replied somberly. “I had expected that any invasion of Jerusa would come from a northerly direction, from the ports that Melora might attack and occupy from the sea, or from the west if the border should be breached. We did not even consider that either Melora or the Red Claw would march their army all the way to the south and attack us from the rear…until it was too late.”

“There’s plenty of blame to go around,” Louise agreed. “A task force of elements from the Fourth Talgrian Army platoon, the Seventh Talgrian Knighthood, the second Cilaean army and the third Cilaean Pegasus Knighthood was supposed to be protecting Jerusa and its outlying villages, but I had ordered them to redeploy to the north and west to where we expected the Melorans to strike from.”

“What’s more,” Belinda went out, “Jerusa is, or rather, was, a city dedicated to peaceful teachings of mind and soul alike. We had no fortified walls to repel intruders and our city defenses were undermanned. The city was taken in a matter of hours. The invasion was commanded by the most powerful axe wielder I’d ever seen. He called himself Bernard, the supreme commander of the Red Claw. Eilonwy, the leader of our Pegasus knights, and I managed to escape the capital in time along with some of our troops, but a large portion of the remaining defenders were wiped out. Jerusa was captured within mere hours.”

“This is madness… Disastrous!” Wencelis uttered angrily.

“I agree,” Rothgar added. “With Jerusa in enemy hands, the Allied armies at the border are effectively surrounded. If we do not break the siege against them, we will surely lose them. This latest setback also makes it easier for the enemy to target any of the other eastern Altarais nations. We have to take Jerusa back quickly.”

“We’ll decide a course of action soon,” Wencelis decided and then turned to his three subjects. “Azura, where’s Bryan? I’d like to speak with him as well.”

“Oh, he’s with Faline,” Azura explained. “She received news this morning that her mother was killed in a Red Claw attack and I imagine he’s trying to comfort her.”

“I see. I’m so sorry to hear that. I wish I could offer him some time but, given the circumstances, I’m afraid that is not possible. I will send for him on the instant…no, strike that, I will seek him out personally. In the mean time, you and Leyon should go get some rest. I suspect we will be needing you two again soon enough.”

“As you wish, your majesty,” Leyon replied. Azura merely nodded nervously. Now that Cilae had been conquered, and the remaining nations of Allied Command were within Melora’s grasp, she was more afraid than she’d ever been in her life. Could the other nations successfully avenge Cilae and drive back Melora? Or would they suffer the same fate? Only time could tell.

“Excellent,” Wencelis commented, turning to the other monarchs. “Why don’t the rest of you head to the conference chamber? I’ll join you as soon as I can.”

The other monarchs weren’t hesitant to agree. The group then departed the throne room, with Leyon and Azura heading off in one direction while everyone else went in another. Wencelis, however, parted company with the other royals and entered the guest chambers. Bryan, he knew, would be here somewhere and Wencelis’s need to have the prince of Astryn attend this meeting was urgent. The outcome of the war could very well depend upon it. Soon enough, just as Wencelis had turned the corner, he spied the young prince emerge from a room near the end of the hall.

“Ah, Bryan, there you are,” the Talgrian king greeted. “I’ve been looking for you. I heard about Faline’s loss from Azura. Is she alright?”

“Oh, your majesty. Well, I wanted to talk to her, but it turns out she’s taking a nap,” Bryan reported. “I fear she cried herself to sleep. I’m really worried about her.”

“Hm, I see… If you will pardon my asking, does Faline have any other family you are aware of?”

“Well, I know she has sisters who are also Pegasus Knights. Last either she or I heard, they were training in Jerusa.”

The minute the name of the Cilaean capital was spoken, Wencelis felt his heart sink again, for he had an all too clear premonition on what fate had most likely befallen Faline’s sisters.

“Your majesty, is something wrong? Wait, that’s a stupid question. We’re in the middle of a goddess-damned war.”

“True, but circumstances offer us little pause for grief. I do need you, but I will try to have you back at Faline’s side quickly.”

“Thanks, your majesty. What did you need?”

“Well, as you may know, Queen Belinda, King Rothgar, and Queen Lilah have arrived here today. We decided to have a meeting about our situation and the war effort and, we’d like to invite you to join us. You are Astryn’s heir, after all, and I think it would be wise for us to act upon that.”

“That’s a good idea. I’ll do the best I can.”

“Excellent. Follow me. The others are waiting for us in the conference chamber. Louise and William will be there as well along with a couple other guests.”

Bryan nodded and followed Wencelis out of the guest quarters. Within minutes, the two arrived at the doors to the conference chamber. As the Talgrian king cracked the door open, yet another cause for worry presented itself. It was no secret that the fall of Jerusa had badly shaken morale amongst the Allied leaders. And, as Louise had conceded, there was plenty of blame to go around for this latest, terrible setback. Wencelis had anticipated that tensions would be running high but, from the thunderous sounds lancing out of the crack in the doors, it was worse than he had expected.

And, the Talgrian King had expected it to be very, very bad.

Inside the conference chamber, the Talgrian king and the prince of Astryn beheld Rothgar, Belinda, Lilah, Louise, William, Derien, and a woman Bryan had never seen before. The new arrival had auburn hair and wore armor similar to Faline’s, only it was colored black and gold and was more ornate, no doubt distinguishing her as possessing a high rank in the Cilaean Pegasus knights, as well as a long, blue cape with a silver hem. The various figures were seated at the long, ornate table of the conference chamber...and, they were at each other’s throats.

“By the Goddesses’ left boob, what were you thinking?!” the auburn haired woman railed at Louise. “You stripped Jerusa of its defenses while we were besieged on all sides!”

“I didn’t have a choice!” Louise countered hotly. “We still hadn’t restored contact with our armies on the border and our troops guarding the coast were spread too thin.”

“So, an invasion from the south didn’t even enter your head?!”

“By the look of things, it didn’t enter yours either!”

“Half of my Pegasus Knights lost their lives because of your incompetence!”

“You want to yell at somebody about that, yell at the Melorans!”

“What are they talking about?” Bryan whispered to Wencelis.

“Jerusa has fallen,” Wencelis replied simply, blanching at the chaos unfolding before him. He desperately moved to intervene but, before he could even open his mouth, another brushfire crackled to life.

“What did you just call me?!” Rothgar snarled at Belinda.

“You heard me, murderer,” Belinda hissed, glaring at Rothgar with undisguised loathing.

Derien looked ready to voice his displeasure with Belinda’s choice of words, likely with his fangs, but Rothgar restrained him.

“The events you speak of happened long before I was even born, let alone took the throne, and our atonement was completed some time ago.”

“Tell that to your victims. Cilae has not forgotten what happened, nor will they soon forget that your tribe abandoned us after professing to be our allies.”

“Now, what is she talking about?” Bryan whispered to Wencelis, who looked as though despairing of stemming the chaos. “I mean, I know Eraghoa and Cilae aren’t exactly friends, but Queen Belinda is making some very serious charges.”

“They are serious, but they are also irrelevant to the matter at hand,” Wencelis replied harshly, but then resignation softened his features. “During the wars between the beorc and the laguz, before the coming of the Oathsworn and the peace, the Melorans sacked Eraghoa. Most of the wild game was slaughtered and the granaries stripped clean, leaving the wolf tribe with no food. A harsh winter set in soon thereafter, and many of wolves were starving. After that, the Cilaeans arrived.”

“Cilae invaded Eraghoa?”

“I’d hesitate to call it an ‘invasion.’ The Cilaeans were attacked by Larame as well, and had fled into the Eraghoan woods to hide. The wolves, however, found them and…well…”

“Wait, you’re not saying the wolves actually…ate beorc are you?!”

“I’m afraid so. On one level, I can understand why the Eraghoans did this. One would be amazed, and horrified, at what people will do when they are desperate. Shortly after the peace, Eraghoa offered a formal apology for the incident as well as other gestures to foster goodwill, but, as you can see, Cilae was not convinced.”

Bryan could see that very clearly, along with the fact that Allied Command was literally crumbling before his eyes.

“Abandoned you?!” Rothgar roared, unable to restrain his incredulity. “I sent so many of my warriors to help you regain the territory you lost, that I was accosted by the Red Claw in my own castle and thrown in my own dungeon!”

“I led the wolves into battle myself!” Derien seconded.

“And, the minute you got out of your cell, you recalled all your wolves from Cilae after we’d been awaiting their help for weeks,” Belinda shot back. “It’s remarkable how quick you are to act when your necks are on the line.”

“Please, my friends!” Wencelis called out vainly. “Our enemy is Melora, not those seated at this table!”

Wencelis hadn’t even finished his sentence when the cauldron of anger before him boiled with even greater ferocity.

“There’s no point in assigning blame for the fall of Jerusa,” William spoke up. “None of us saw it coming.”

“We might have if you had bothered to rescue my raven messengers,” Lilah retorted. “They’ve been missing since the war began and, as I understand it, the “investigation” into their whereabouts is going nowhere.”

“I’ve been a little preoccupied with stopping Melora from taking over the continent.”

“So, my people simply aren’t as important to the war effort?”

“I did not say that!”

“You didn’t have to,” the auburn haired woman cut in. “All you and the others have been doing is stalling for time while half of your “allies” have been getting cut to pieces!”

At this latest spark, the explosion finally came. The seated dignitaries suddenly vaulted to their feet, chairs flung to the walls, all screaming and shouting at once. Wencelis tried, yet again, to calm the storm but his words were swallowed by the din. Bryan looked on in shock, dismay and, eventually, anger as the arguing continued unabated. Finally, seeing Wencelis’ shoulders sag in defeat, the prince of Astryn decided to intervene.

“Your majesty, let me try something.”

“Please do, I only hope you are more successful than I.”

“Just so you know, if this works, then I’ll reimburse you for the table.”

“I…beg your pardon?”

Without bothering to answer the king’s question, Bryan vaulted into the air. Twirling his Brave Lance in midflight, he came crashing down upon the conference table, impaling it with his weapon. The sound of the impact could’ve been mistaken for a thunderclap. The arguing abruptly ceased and, in sudden shock, the anger in the room abruptly crumbled…along with the table which came crashing to the floor as its legs gave out from beneath.

“By the goddess’ left boob, what the hell is the matter with you people?!” Bryan fumed deafeningly. “Melora has us by the throats, people depending on us for leadership and protection are on the brink of enslavement and we’re here bickering?!”

Bryan whirled to Belinda, seeming to tower over the Cilaean Queen.

“You’ve been railing at Rothgar for some time now, maybe years, and over something that happened over two centuries ago! Shouldn’t the fact that your capital and your people are in Isis’ grip right now rank a little higher amongst your priorities?!”

If Belinda was at all cowed by Bryan’s thunderous entrance, his words snapped her out of it.

“I will not be spoken to by—” she began before Bryan cut her off.

“Someone telling it like it is? I’ve seen what Melora and the Red Claw do to people like the ones left behind in Jerusa. They saw the attacks on Galden, Narcoss and Kolah, and they were all massacres. Every minute you spent bickering with Rothgar likely cost a Cilaean their life. I know you Cilaeans write down damn near everything in your journals and diaries and history books and what-all. Sooner or later, people are going to be writing about what you did in this crisis and is this,” Bryan paused to encompass the chamber with one arm. “To be what they have to say?”

Belinda looked as though she wanted to strangle Bryan but, after a moment, she shook her head and conceded the point.

“Very well,” the Cilaean Queen replied, eyeing Rothgar with a still smoldering glare. “This grievance will have to be set aside for my people’s sake. But, mark my words, it is not over.”

Rothgar, looking rather displeased himself, only offered a curt nod in reply.

“And, you!” Bryan thundered, turning on Lilah and the auburn haired woman. “You think we’ve just been leaving Perais and Cilae high and dry? The Red Claw is swarming here in Talgria; two attempted invasions of Aracion were narrowly prevented. And, we checked every inch of every camp we attacked for clues about the whereabouts of the Ravens and any other prisoners, but we came away empty-handed. That’s not for lack of trying, and we shed a lot of blood searching for the Ravens. And, as for who to blame for Jerusa being taken, I’ve got two very likely candidates: Isis and Flozell.”

“Flozell?” the auburn haired woman spoke up. “What does he have to do with this?”

“Very likely, everything. Not long ago, I fought him in the village of Keanu. He accused me of being a traitor and attacked me. We later found out, via Janz and Lauren, that the real culprits were Red Claw members disguised as my platoon, and that Flozzel was in on it. Janz and Lauren investigated his office and found documents proving that Flozzel had been working with the Red Claw. Who’s to say he didn’t have a hand in planning the Red Claw’s invasion of Jerusa as well?”

Several pairs of eyes widened at this declaration. Granted, Flozell being an accomplice to the fall of Jerusa prior to his death was only an educated guess. But, if it encouraged the people seated at the ex-table not to kill each other, it would serve nicely. Thankfully, a smoldering calm seemed to settle over the assembly. Lilah was the next to speak.

“I see you make your presence as memorable as ever,” she commented. “So, now that the theatrics are over, what do you propose that we do to stop Melora?”

“The first thing we need to do is to even the odds,” Bryan replied. “Melora has had us outnumbered and off-balance for far too long. My plan is to change that by bringing Astryn into the war on our side.”

Belinda was, to put it mildly, skeptical.

“And how, oh Trouncer of Tables, do you intend to get Astryn to listen to you?” she inquired, with no small amount of sarcasm.

“I have one advantage,” Bryan replied coolly. “I am the heir to Astyrn’s throne.”

Bryan’s pronouncement was met with dead silence and clear expressions of astonishment.

“Ah, so you’re the rumored prince of Astryn,” Belinda realized. “From your attire, I also must conclude that you are also Captain Bryan, the famed Emerald Sentinel. It’s certainly a surprise to meet you. This woman seated next to me is Eilonwy, the commander of Cilae’s Pegasus knights.”

“What’s left of them,” Eilonwy commented venomously. “I believe I’ve heard quite a bit about you as well, Bryan, from Faline. She certainly made the “amazing and handsome lancer in green armor” sound like her prince, though that being a literal truth didn’t cross my mind.”

“Eh, heh….” Bryan replied, his cheeks going red. “I’m still gettung used to the idea, but I’m prepared to go through with it nonetheless.”

“I’m pleased to hear that, Bryan,” William put in.

“As am I,” Wencelis added. “Bryan’s plan to use his royal blood to bring Astryn to our side could, indeed, better our chances in this war. However, I’m skeptical about how this will go at first for a number of reasons. Astryn and Talgria have never been on good terms, but we must prevail against Melora and, to do that, we all must set aside our differences and work together. Bryan, if you please.”

“Of course. Firstly, my father and I have to prove that we are even connected to Astryn’s royal family,” Bryan began. “Father told me that almost everyone who could vouch for us was killed in the last war. Right now, we’re essentially strangers to the Astrynians and our chances of finding someone to validate our claim will be slim. But, I assure you all that it will be done. Next, we have to rebuild the Astrynian army, not only so that it can be of use to us, but because Astryn may already be under threat. From my father’s accounts of the last war, General Shigo of Melora sought Astryn as his personal domain. If he really has broken ranks with Queen Isis and struck out on his own, then he is bound to attack them again at any time. In fact, he might already have done so. If that’s the case, then I wouldn’t put it past the Red Claw or Melorans serving Shigo to interfere, and Melorans loyal to Queen Isis may also act against this mission. So, I’ll be working quickly. Defeating Shigo is likely the best way to build up my case. Once that is done, I’ll then work on convincing the nobles as well as Orenias to join Allied Command.”

“Orenias too?” Louise wondered, impressed. “They should be a great help against Melora. The dragon laguz are very strong.”

“Indeed. With the dragons fighting on our side, we may have a chance of winning. What’s more, this move may also help to secure the aid of the hawk laguz of Recathe,” Wencelis surmised. “The hawks are mercenaries and often hire out to Talgria, Astryn, and Orenias as airborne warriors and messengers. With all of their clients at war with Melora, it would only be a matter of time before they joined us as well. This is an excellent plan, Bryan.”

“Thank you, your majesty,” Bryan replied. “I think that, if you agree, it would be best if I left for Astryn at once.”

“But we still need a plan to take back Jerusa,” Eilonwy pointed out.

“That’s right!” Belinda added. “Would it be too much to ask for aid in this matter too?”

“Very well,” Wencelis spoke up. “Now then, I propose we divide our forces into three groups. The first will go to Astryn under Bryan and Azura’s command to secure the aid of Astryn and, if possible, Orenias and Recathe as well. The second will head to Cilae under Leyon’s command, to retake Jerusa and break through to our besieged troops on the Cilae-Melora border. William, you will lead the third group and remain here to defend Aracion against any further invasion attempts. Does this sound reasonable?”

“Whatever you decide is fine with me, your majesty,” William replied.

“Yeah, I think that should work as long as we allocate the troops prudently,” Bryan agreed. “I don’t think I’ll need a very large group to fight Shigo, as we’ve beaten his troops before. If I can revive the fighting spirit of Astryn’s army, I’ll have all the troops I’ll need.”

“Agreed. I think most of the troops should remain here,” Louise proposed. “Aracion has already been targeted by the enemy, and I do not doubt for a moment that the Red Claw and the Melorans will try again to invade. Leyon would probably have a better chance taking back Jerusa if he had a fairly small group anyway. It would make it easier for him to avoid detection and take the enemy by surprise.”

“A wise plan,” Rothgar agreed. “Myself and my personal guard will aid in Aracion’s defense. Derien will accompany Leyon along with troops of his choosing.”

“Wait, what?” Belinda blurted, clearly displeased at the notion.

“Leyon’s group will need speed and stealth to reach Jerusa without being detected, but that will do little good if his force lacks the strength to retake the city,” Rothgar pointed out. “Besides, you're hardly in a position to refuse our help.”

“Argh. As much as I hate to admit it, you’re right,” Belinda replied, gritting her teeth. “But your retainer had best watch himself, or else.”

“Hey! I’m sitting right here, you know!” Derien retorted.

“Calm down, both of you,” Lilah cut in. “Bryan, feel free to add Janz and Lauren to your party. I feel Janz could learn a lot from you.”

“Kiel and Sara as well,” Rothgar added. “They’ve been useful to you and your allies and I suspect you’ll need their help.”

“Sure thing,” Bryan agreed, though he didn’t exactly like the idea of fighting alongside Janz again.

“I’ll go with Leyon too,” Louise decided. “He may need me to reconnoiter the enemy and to assess the situation at the border.”

“I’ll remain here. I have to watch over the refugees from Jerusa,” Eilonwy put in. “Many were wounded and took ill on the way here.”

“The other monarchs and I will help defend Aracion. Are we all in agreement?” Wencelis inquired to be sure. To his profound relief, everyone nodded.

When the meeting ended sometime later, Bryan exited the chamber to seek out Azura and relay to her the details of the planned return journey to Astryn as well as the bid to retake Jerusa. Just as he left the room, Wencelis came up beside him.

“Hardly an elegant solution, but I must admit that you were…effective,” he commented with the barest hint of humor.

Bryan blushed a bit and scratched at the back of his head.

“Well, I’m just glad it worked,” he admitted. “I have no idea how I’m going to explain this to my father and Faline though.”

“It takes quite a bit of courage to face down a room of powerful people and shove the bitter truth of the matter in their faces. Your sense of diplomacy could use some work, but you clearly have the determination and courage that will make you a great king.”

“Thank you, your majesty. That...means a lot.”

“You still owe me a table though. Now, carry out your plan.”

“Of course, your majesty.”

Bryan quickly found Azura and, after hurriedly explaining Allied Command's plan, the pair then met with Leyon to discuss who would accompany whom the next day. It was eventually decided that Ike, Elincia, Ranulf, Soren, Cato, Marc, Leona, Raela, Lily, Skye, Faline, Marina, Lartz, and Morris would go with Azura and Bryan, as well as Janz, Lauren, and the wolf siblings. Everyone else from Azura’s previous group, as well as Natalie, would go with Leyon, Derien, and Louise to Jerusa while the rest of Allied Command’s troops would defend Aracion. Bronwyn, Misty, Ryin and Owen would travel with Azura and Bryan’s group while a small convoy would travel with Leyon's group to carry their surplus weapons and supplies. They also agreed that the two groups would travel together until reaching northeastern Astryn, at which point they would split up. Lartz, however, would not return to battle until he was well enough to fight. Bryan was quite reluctant to tell Faline of Jerusa’s capture, as her sisters had been training there, but he knew she surely find out anyway. Since she was still resting in her room, and that she was already upset enough about her mother’s death, the young prince convinced Azura and Leyon not to brief their troops on their new missions until morning.

Later that evening, Kiel kept his earlier promise with Azura and sought out Lartz’s room. After receiving directions, he quietly poked his head through the door in hopes that the dracoknight wasn’t already asleep. Much to Kiel’s relief, Lartz was laying partially upright in his bed, propped up against his pillows and staring intently at the wall. His blanket was pooled at his waist, revealing the fresh scar from his earlier wound across his lower chest and abdomen. On the front of Lartz’s right shoulder, Kiel spotted what was clearly the wyvern rider’s Brand. It was stylishly shaped much like a wolf pouncing upon unseen prey, proving that the dracoknight did indeed have the blood of a wolf laguz in his veins.

“…Lartz?” Kiel greeted, vainly trying to hide his anxiety.

“Hm? …Oh, Kiel,” Lartz replied, turning toward his visitor. “Hey there.”

“Um, I-I didn’t mean to disturb you.”

“Oh, don’t worry. In fact, I was actually hoping I’d have the chance to see you. I think it’s no secret that our…anxieties need to be dealt with. I need to stop being nervous around wolf laguz, and I’m sure you’d like to get over your fear of dragons.”

“Ah, yes. That’s exactly why I’m here. I thought talking to you would be a good start.”

“Likewise. That reminds me, is Fang okay? No one’s told me about how my wyvern is doing yet, and I’m getting worried.”

“Oh yeah, I ran into Norman on the way here. He asked me to tell you that your wyvern is being well-taken care of. Fang will be alright. Not surprised at that name, by the way.”

“Figures you wouldn’t be,” Lartz replied with a chuckle, sitting up. Without warning, however, the wyvern rider began to sway in place and sagged towards the left edge of his bed. Kiel instantly rushed over.

“Whoa!” he cried, catching Lartz before he could fall off. “Are you alright?!”

“…Yeah, that was a dizzy spell,” Lartz replied as he regained his balance. “I was warned about those, but damn, they’re annoying.”

“I can imagine.”

“Yeah. Well, I can’t really tell you anything about dragon laguz, but wyverns can actually be very friendly creatures when you treat them properly. Doesn’t occur often in Melora, but you probably already guessed that. They’re also very intelligent. It’s why they make such good mounts and friends.”

“I see. That actually sounds interesting.”

Before the conversation could continue, the door opened once more to reveal Marina.

“I apologize for interrupting. But I heard your voices and was interested in joining the conversation,” she said and turned to Kiel. “Kiel, right?”

Kiel nodded.

“You’re Marina, aren’t you?”

“That’s right. I came to talk to Lartz as well,” Marina replied, and turned to Lartz. “I heard that you are a Branded. And I can see by the mark on your shoulder that it’s true.”

“Indeed,” Lartz confirmed, his tone becoming self-conscious as he quickly changed the subject. “And, you’re an Oathsworn? I think I overheard Faline mention that to Bryan on the way to the northern floodgate.”

“Ah, yes, that is true as well. I’d like to show you something, by the way. Since you two were talking about…putting things in perspective, I think this may help.”

“Hm?”

Marina’s hands then went to the length of tunic covering her thigh and began to lift it up. At first, Lartz and Kiel seemed emphatically opposed to this, but sighed with relief when they saw Marina was wearing thin white shorts underneath. However, their eyes widened even further when she showed them her abdomen. On the left side of her waistline was a mark much like Lartz’s, only it resembled a cat rather than a wolf.

“…You’re a Branded too,” Lartz uttered in astonishment.

“So you’re both…” Kiel realized, barely able to speak. “I heard that’s extremely rare.”

“It is,” Marina confirmed, putting her tunic back in place. “Oathsworn are not too common and Branded are rare enough as it is. But those who are both number even fewer. And those few seldom reveal this to others, as it would make them valuable hostages for enemies or possibly draw too much attention to themselves. I’ve told Faline about both my Brand and my Oathsworn ancestry since she has always been a good friend of mine. There are times I worry about her judgment, but she has been good at keeping secrets safe from the wrong people. I trust you both will do the same?”

“Of course,” Lartz agreed.

“Same here,” Kiel seconded.

“Thank you. By the way, Lartz, if I may say so, I think that scar on your stomach suits you,” Marina complimented. “It makes you look even tougher.”

“R-Really?” Lartz wondered as his cheeks went red.

“Definitely!”

“You know, I think I have to agree,” Kiel added with a sly smile.

“Heh. Thanks,” Lartz replied, returning Marina’s smile with a shy one of his own. After so many years of seeking solitude and avoiding contact with others, he had finally found people that accepted him and that he wanted to get closer to. And, despite her harsh edge, Marina’s smile was remarkably warm and inviting.

The next morning, everyone awoke and suited up for their next journey. Azura and Leyon went over their plans one more time to make sure they were ready to relay them to their troops. Bryan sought out his father and gave him the news that, at long last, the time had come to return to Astryn and defeat Shigo once and for all in Caline’s name. This warmed Owen’s heart, as his beloved wife would finally receive the justice she deserved. Unfortunately, Bryan was anything but satisfied. He still had to tell the already saddened Faline about the fall of Cilae, and it pained him to have to do so. Faline had already lost her mother, and Bryan was loathe to tell the girl he loved that she may have just lost her home as well. The young prince took a deep breath as he and Owen joined the rest of their comrades downstairs, where they’d been assembled. Bryan immediately approached Faline, who wasn’t looking much better than she had the day before.

“Bryan! I’m so glad you’re here,” she somberly greeted, burying herself in Bryan’s torso again. “Without you, I feel so alone now…”

“I’m so sorry…” Bryan replied, stroking her back. “King Wencelis needed me at a meeting. But you don’t have to be alone. What about Marina? You two have known each other for ages. And I’m sure Azura and many others would call you their friend too.”

“That’s true, but with my mother dead, my father having abandoned me, and not having seen my sisters in so long, I just…”

“I understand. I’m afraid there’s more bad news, though,” Bryan admitted, closing his eyes. “It doesn’t really involve your sisters, but…”

“…But?”

“Actually, everyone needs to hear this,” Bryan spoke up loudly enough to draw everyone’s attention. “Cilae has been defeated. The Red Claw has captured Jerusa.”

Upon hearing these words, everyone either fell silent with shock or shouted their anger. Marina, Norman, and Kevin’s group were struck hardest by this news, as Cilae was their home.

“…Oh. Oh no…!” Faline uttered, barely able to speak. She burst into tears and buried her face into Bryan’s chest once more. “I-I can’t believe this!”

“I think it’s no secret that we’re hanging on by a thread,” Bryan continued as he hugged Faline. “We’re going to have to work hard, and fast, to turn things around. Generals Leyon and Derien will be leading a strike force to retake Jerusa. Half of our group will be going with them. Azura and I will explain what everyone else will be doing when she gets down here.”

“Will Melora and the Red Claw ever give us a goddess-damned break?!” Skye opined angrily. “Still, Bryan, are you sure that an army should be sent to Jerusa this soon? Why not wait until Astryn and Orenias join us so that we have a larger force?”

“ARE YOU CRAZY?!” Faline exploded, grabbing Skye by the collar of his tunic and throttling him. “MY SISTERS WERE IN JERUSA AND IF THEY’RE NOT DEAD, THEY’RE PROBABLY PRISONERS OR—!”

“WHOA! Faline! Just calm down,” Bryan intervened, taking her gently by the arm. She panted while tears flowed down her cheeks and let Skye go.

“Geez, man!” Skye replied as he adjusted his collar. “I thought she was going to take one of my arms off!”

“She’s very upset, Skye,” Bryan explained, taking Faline back into his arms. “Anyway, the reason an army is going out there today is that if Cilae remains under enemy control, Melora and the Red Claw could easily mount assaults against Perais, Eraghoa, Astryn or even Talgria next at any time. And, the Allied troops at the Cilae-Melora border are now effectively surrounded. If we don’t get to them soon, we may lose them altogether.”

“Well, that’s true.”

“Also, Faline, Eilonwy told me to let you know that your sisters are among the Pegasus knights that escaped with Queen Belinda. The queen, and your sisters, came here to seek shelter in Aracion,” Bryan informed his love. “However, they were wounded and took ill during their escape, so I’m afraid you won’t be able to see them for awhile.”

“Oh…” Faline sobbed. “W-What am I going to do? Waaah!”

“Don’t worry, I’m here for you. And I’ll need your support when we battle Shigo’s army in Astryn. I know I’m going to be risking my own life in this, but I’ll be doing it for you, my dad, my friends, and all of Astryn. If we succeed, it could change everything; not just with the war, but what comes after the fighting’s over as well. And by the time we return here again to report to King Wencelis that Astryn joined the Alliance, your sisters will be well enough to see you again.”

“I certainly hope so…” Faline replied with a sniffle. “Bryan, of course I’ll support you. And I know your battle with Shigo will be your fight alone, but I want to protect you in any way I can… And the truth is, I’ve wanted to do so practically ever since we met. I don’t think you noticed it at all, but I fell madly in love with you when you took me back home a year ago. I missed you so much after we parted ways, and it’s what made me risk so much to find you again when I heard you’d returned to Cilae…”

“…Wow. I’m…I’m so touched,” Bryan uttered, nearly overwhelmed with shock at Faline’s words. “And you’re right, I had absolutely no idea, likely because I knew absolutely nothing about love until you showed me what it meant on the ship. In fact, now that I think about it, every time you came near me, a strange, warm feeling came over me, and my heart would race. At the time, I wasn’t sure why, but it wasn’t a bad feeling at all. What I’m saying is, I think I was falling for you too, but long before I knew it.”

“Oh… Bryan…”

Before anyone could say anything else, the doors of the main hall opened once more. Azura hurried in to join her comrades, followed by Leyon soon after. The three commanders then briefed the troops on their new missions and who would be accompanying whom once the group divided in Astryn. As Azura and Leyon were nearly finished, however, the door opened for a third time to reveal Cato.

“Cato? I thought you were here already,” Azura spoke up, raising one eyebrow.

“Yeah, me too,” Bryan added.

“Oh, I wanted to do some more early morning training again,” Cato replied. “I was going to tell you, but I figured I’d make it here this time. Sorry about that.”

“It’s fine. I’ll explain our mission to you on our way out,” Azura assured.

With that, Leyon finished what Azura had been about to say and the troops headed out. Not long after they had exited the capital, Cato approached Marc, whom had been conversing with Marina.

“Heya, Marc, right? I couldn’t help but overhear you. I’m an Oathsworn too,” Cato greeted.

“Oh? That’s fascinating. I’m always glad to meet fellow Oathsworn,” Marc replied with a smile.

Bryan, who had been nearby with Faline, simply rolled his eyes.

“Cato, you never cease to amaze me with your eavesdropping skills,” he joked.

“Oh shut up. You’re just jealous that I’m an Oathsworn and you’re not!” Cato retorted with a proud grin.

“Psh, Cato, I definitely don’t need to be jealous of you,” Bryan replied with a chuckle. “I happen to be the prince of Astryn.”

“…WHAAAAT?!”

“Oh wow, nobody told you? Don’t worry, Azura can explain it. Oh, and by the way, this is my girlfriend, Faline.”

Here, Cato could only remain silent as Faline shot him a smile…which carried more than a hint of warning.

“Aw, Cato, come on, you know I just like to annoy you,” Bryan continued, giving his comrade’s shoulder a friendly pat. “While what I’ve said is actually true, I think you’re a fun guy. That’s what I like about you.”

“W-What?” Cato uttered, shaking himself out of his trance.

“Yeah. And just between you and me, you do have me beat in some things. For example, I always wished I could run as fast as you do even when wearing armor.”

“Wow… Thanks.”

“Sure thing. This doesn’t mean I’m ever going easy on you in spars though. But hey, keep training, and someday you just might beat me.”

“Oh, you can be sure I will. You’re my rival and you always will be!”

“Hehe.”

“Oh, those two…” Azura uttered playfully from nearby.

As the group traversed closer to the border, Azura explained the mission to Cato while Bryan carefully relayed what had happened during the meeting. Eventually, however, he let slip his rather unorthodox method of silencing the bickering dignitaries.

“You did what?!” Faline blurted, looking as though she couldn’t make up her mind whether she should burst out laughing or hide under a rock.

“I expected you’d do memorable things with that Brave Lance,” Owen said, looking similarly befuddled, “but wonton destruction of other people’s furniture is not what I had in mind.”

“I can’t believe you insulted Queen Belinda!” Faline blurted.

“I didn’t insult her," Bryan contradicted. “I just…curtly reminded her of her priorities.”

“Sounds like she needed the lesson,” Owen conceded. “Still, you may need Queen Belinda as a partner in the future. So, don’t make a habit of riling her up like that.”

“Well, King Wencelis did say it’s a good thing I’m not easily cowed,” Bryan tried, unsuccessfully, to defend himself.

“I’m sure that defenseless tables everywhere are humbled by your might,” Cato added teasingly.

“You’ll never let me hear the end of this, will you?”

“Nope.”

Deciding that the destructive future king of Astryn was on his own this time, Azura decided to check up on Misty in her supply wagon. The young merchant girl had hardly spoken to anyone since she had appeared before Bryan and Azura in Castle Talgria and Azura was still concerned about her. Misty’s recent disfigurement from her brush with plague in the ruins of Fort Absolon, and the botched surgery afterward, had shown no improvement. Misty reported that, though healers and researchers at the castle hadn’t yet found a solution, they were still looking hard. This relieved Azura greatly since, despite Misty’s less-than-gracious treatment of Bryan, the young earl had begun to feel sorry for her. Misty had become more and more reclusive lately, doubtless ashamed of how ugly her many scars and poorly healed injuries made her appear. She kept to herself as much as possible and, when she had to go outside, she always ensured that her face was shadowed by her voluminous hood. Azura was likely the only person who spoke to her, and Misty had been very surprised to hear that Bryan was really a prince. She could hardly imagine that the same boy she and other kids once bullied would one day become king of the largest country in Altarais. She had decided that she wanted to do anything she could to support Bryan, but was too afraid to tell him because of her appearance. Even so, Azura sensed that Misty would hang on until the damage to her face was undone.

Several hours later, the large army finally crossed Astryn’s border. During this time, Bryan had been growing more and more nervous. Would the Astrynians accept him? Would he even be able to prove that he was their prince and that Owen was a Grand Duke? After all, as he had said during the earlier meeting with the monarchs and their retainers, he and his father were little more than strangers to the Astrynians. The only people who might vouch for him, aside from Owen himself, were Queen Marion and the mysterious Grand Duke that survived the last war along with Owen. And even then, Marion was reportedly on the brink of death and Bryan had no clue if the other Grand Duke was still alive at all. He could only hope that he and Owen could get to one of them in time. Unfortunately, the young prince’s thoughts were interrupted when someone shouted at the group from up ahead. Bryan shook his head and soon realized that he and his comrades had happened upon an Astrynian town. And, by the looks of things, they had also happened upon trouble.

“Hey! Who do ya thinks you people are?!” a voice shouted. It belonged to a burly-looking dark-haired man with an axe slung across his back. “Yer not part of Melora’s army, are ya?!”

“What?! We most certainly are not!” Azura retorted. “Besides, we came from Talgria. If we were Meloran, wouldn’t we be coming from the north rather than the east?”

“Ha, with what they’re doin’ these days, anything’s possible!” the man replied. “Things change fast these days. Take meself, fer example. I be part of a vigilante group that used to protect this here town. Now, though, a lot of people seem to be givin’ up on those who fought to keep our country safe from dogs like Melora ‘cause of how much of a slump they’re in. It’s so pathetic, it turns me stomach!”

“Well, that’s going to change soon,” Bryan spoke up and rushed ahead of the group. “I’m here to restore Astryn to her former glory.”

The vigilante leader seemed to find this declaration amusing.

“And, who bees ya to dare that?”

“I’m Astryn’s prince and I’ve come to claim my throne.”

“Ha, sorry, but I’m afraid that be impossible.”

“What do you mean?”

“Didn’tcha hear? The prince is dead.”

“What?! That’s not true! I’m right here and I’m very much alive!”

“Psh, I seen plenty o’ charlatans more convincin’ than you. Word’s been goin’ around that the prince was killed while fightin’ against Melora elsewhere, so everyone quit lookin’ fer him. Just as well, says me. Queen Marion’s as good as dead and the rest of them blue bloods will be doin’ nothin’ but fightin’ over the throne any day now. We all be rats on a sinkin’ ship, and some of us be gettin’ off while the gettin’ be good. Me and me vigilantes be joinin’ up with the Red Claw fer some fun ‘n money. I hate them Meloran scum more than just about anything, but hey, if joinin’ their ally means we won’t starve to death, then a warrior’s gotta do what a warrior’s gotta do!”

“You…You’re insane! I can’t believe you people!” Bryan angrily shot back.

“Well, why don’t we settle this with a fight, then?”

“Fine by me! I would never hesitate to teach traitors like you a lesson!”

“Hope ya brought more friends than this though! I brought me plenty, ya see.”

The vigilante then let out a shrill whistle. In an instant, dozens of Red Claw members emerged from the streets, alleys, and roads, completely surrounding the army.​
 
And chapter 28!


Chapter 28: Breaking the Barrier

“Damn it, Bryan! Now look what you’ve done!” Skye thundered angrily. “We’re completely surrounded and outnumbered!”

“Hey, I wasn’t exactly expecting to fight against my own people, Skye!” Bryan retorted as he readied his lance and shield. “Besides, I was trying to be reasonable!”

“By goddess-damn provoking him?! You have the diplomatic instinct of a pile of cordwood!”

“Guys, come on. This is the worst time to be arguing,” Marc cut in before Bryan could retaliate.

“Yeah, and I’m sure you all remember the last time this happened in the middle of a battle,” Azura added, a bitter edge in her tone as she recalled what happened to Leyon.

“True…” Skye replied with a sigh.

“…Yeah, I apologize. We’ve got a long way to go if we’re going do what we set out to do here. So, let’s get started and teach these thugs a lesson,” Bryan agreed.

“Ha, yer gonna need more than that to beat me ‘n me mates!” the vigilante retorted with a sneer.

Bryan merely snarled as he hefted his lance, wordlessly daring the enemy to attack. The rest of the group scrambled to take up defensive positions, the infantry forming a wedge around the healers and mages, fighting to fend off the bandits assailing their defenses. Meanwhile, the knights and wolves scattered and wove into the enemy, clashing with whichever bandits crossed their paths. Luckily, the bandits had been too complacent to press their initial advantage and, thus, Azura’s defenses held. Bryan, who was at the tip of the ‘wedge,’ however, couldn’t help but feel even more ill at ease at this latest turn of events. He had known that Astryn was in dire straits and, though Astrynian Pegasus knights joining the Red Claw probably should have been a warning sign, this had taken him entirely by surprise. That these traitors didn’t believe that he was their prince hardly bothered Bryan, but what if they were not the last? What if, amongst the people of Astryn, these were only the first of many who didn’t believe his claim? Even worse, what if other Astryninans had defected to the Red Claw just as these vigilantes had? Whatever the case, something needed to be done about it, and fast. Once this battle was finished, Bryan vowed he would make certain of that.

***​

Meanwhile, not more than a swallow’s flight away, a warrior garbed in purple armor astride a white warhorse tore through the gate of an old Astrynian fort. Once he brought his steed to a jerking halt at the gates, Commander Dougal quickly dismounted and barged inside, his features tight with anxiety. As sweat trickled down his brow and dampened his dark hair, the paladin quickly approached a patrolling soldier and inquired about Shigo’s whereabouts. After learning that his superior officer was in the training ground behind the fort’s keep, Dougal raced there as fast as his legs could carry him. He seriously considered running somewhere else, anywhere else, for he rather doubted that the general would be pleased at this news. Gulping audibly, he approached Shigo and hoped for the best.

“G-General Shigo! I apologize for intruding, Sir, but—” Dougal began when he rushed outside, but was interrupted.

“Ah, Dougal. Relax, I already told you that you’ve gained my trust,” Shigo reminded him as he finished a powerful, flourishing strike with his silver blade which made Dougal blanch all the more. “Though, I’ll admit I was just getting into the heat of the moment there.”

“Yeah, but I know you don’t like having your training sessions get interrupted…”

“Well, never mind that. What are you here for?”

“Oh, I-I’m afraid I bring bad news. The scout commander just reported something disturbing. Apparently, th-there’s a rumor going around that Prince Bryan was killed in Keanu.”

“…WHAT?!” Shigo thundered, nearly grabbing Dougal by the collar of his tunic. “What do you mean?!”

“W-Well, the scout commander said that his men overheard some talk from the locals. Apparently, there w-was a Red Claw double-agent in Cilae. He’d been working to trick the Cilaeans into thinking Prince Bryan was a traitor. They s-say that, a few days ago, the Cilaeans found and executed him. We d-don’t know anything else, I swear!”

At this, Shigo nearly exploded.

“DAMN IT! He’d better be alive or else Isis and the others will regret ever ruining my plans! Bryan is my fight and mine alone!

“Yes, Sir. But, if I may ask, what do we do now?” Dougal inquired.

“For now, we gather information,” Shigo replied, though still fuming with anger. “We have little, if any, proof that Bryan is really dead. I want more scouts to be sent out, to keep their ears open for news. They are to write down what they hear and bring it to me directly. I will look over what these rumors say, to see if there are any…discrepancies.”

“So, you believe Prince Bryan is still alive?”

“Yes, I do. But, if these rumors turn out to be true, then we must adjust our plans accordingly. See to it that the scouts gather every bit of information they can get. And, should they sight Bryan himself, they are not to engage him. They are to report his location to me immediately. Is that clear?”

“Perfectly, Sir. And I will do everything I can to ensure that this is accomplished.”

“Excellent. The scouts didn’t blow their cover, did they?”

“No, nobody even knows we’re here yet. It’s amazing how we managed to slip an entire army past the Astrynians without them noticing. General Shigo, you are a true genius.”

“Thank you very much, Dougal; though, given the lackluster state of Astryn’s defenses these days, I must consider myself over-praised by that remark. Still, the question remains… If Bryan is dead, then this whole campaign will have been for nothing.”

“I-I’m sure you’re right, Sir. About him likely being alive, that is. Isis surely knows we’ve broken ranks with her by now, and that Astryn entering the war would be a serious setback to Melora’s plans. This could just be an attempt to kill two Pegasi with one arrow, by throwing us off and keeping Astryn out of the fighting. Astryn is already in a big slump as it is, so it would be easy to make them believe such tales, with or without proof.”

“My thoughts exactly. Should these rumors prove false, then we stick to our original plan. If Bryan is alive, then all we have to do is wait for him to appear and make his move.”

“Understood, Sir.”

***​

While Shigo and Dougal discussed this troubling tale, and would doubtless be shocked at how close at hand their prey was, Azura and Bryan’s army struggled against the oncoming Red Claw assault. The leader of the vigilantes hadn’t been bluffing about bringing along “plenty” of friends, for it seemed that for every two of them that was defeated, three more took their place. Worse still, many of them were seasoned warriors. There were Paladins, Warriors, Snipers, Sages, Swordmasters, Halberdiers, and all manner of promoted beorc soldiers. Also among them were more wolf and raven laguz, as well as hawk laguz this time. This was most troubling. Bryan recalled his earlier theory that the Red Claw might be recruiting laguz bandits into their ranks, and Leyon’s theory that the Red Claw could also be forcing laguz to fight for them, but the presence of hawks worried him. This could mean that either some of the hawks had defected as well, or they were simply hired to fight alongside the Red Claw. That was the best case; the worst case was that the allegiance of Recathe, as a whole, had already been bought by Melora. Bryan shuddered at the prospect, but shook himself back to attention. Whatever the case, it was unacceptable. And Bryan knew that the Astrynians would need the help of as many hawk and dragon laguz as possible if their country was to be fully restored to her former glory. If Recathe had joined Melora, or was at least considering doing so, maybe a successful campaign in Astryn would get them to change their minds.

As the battle wore on, Bryan and Azura’s group continued to clash with the veritable army of Red Claw. Their phalanx was holding up but, against the relentless onslaught, Azura feared it would buckle under the strain. And, if that happened, it was over. Desperately, she ordered the phalanx to divide into several smaller, diamond formations in order to force the Red Claw to divide their offensive in turn. Unnoticed by both sides, however, another combatant had joined the fray. He was a sea green-haired man garbed in grayish blue pants and a gold and brown shirt and carrying an axe. He had arrived on the battlefield via another road into town, and looked as though fresh from a very long journey. He soon came to a halt, panting as he caught his breath from his travels and bringing a hand to his slightly bloodied upper right arm.

“Finally… I’ve caught up to them…” the man gasped to himself. “Hopefully, they won’t mind me helping out.”

The young man began to make his way towards Azura’s phalanxes but, before he could call out to the embattled earl or her troops, Lily caught sight of him. After defeating a hawk laguz with a wind spell, she waved him over.

“Why, hello there handsome!” she greeted with a smile.

The axe fighter, jogged over, as close to the fire sage as he could manage, and then skidded to a panting halt.

“Whew!” he gasped out. “I finally caught up with you guys! It took me a while, but it’s good to be here.”

“I agree,” Lily replied, whipping out a fire tome. “Now, please hold still.”

Realizing her intent, the axe fighter blanched and his words became frantic.

“NO! DON’T! I’m here to help you!”

Lily appeared skeptical, and her fire tome began to glow with arcane might.

“You saved my grandfather at Fort Absolon,” the mildly terrified axe fighter explained, though his words were all coming out in a rush. “After I made sure he was well, I came here to pay my debt. I want to join Lady Azura’s army…and I don’t want to be charbroiled!”

Lily’s expression softened just a bit, but she lowered her tome.

“We’ll see if you mean it. My name’s Lily. Who might you be, handsome?”

“Uh…I’m Zarek,” the man replied. “I’ve been chasing after you guys for days, maybe weeks. And, I was wondering if I could help out here.”

“Oh, I’m sure Bryan and Lady Azura wouldn’t mind. And we practically need all the help we can get right now!” Lily pointed out, gesturing towards the fierce battle.

“I see. I’ll do what I can, then,” Zarek replied, readying his axe.

“Great! …Oh dear, you’re hurt, Zarek!” Lily gasped, taking note of the axe fighter’s bloody arm. “Don’t worry, I can get my sister to heal you right up, handsome! I’m afraid I’m not too good with a staff myself just yet…”

“Oh, um, thanks…”

With that, Lily yanked Zarek into the chaos and searched for Raela. Unfortunately, Zarek was far from alone in needing Raela’s aid. Many of the others had sustained injuries as well, and both Raela and Norman continuously had their hands full. Though Zarek’s wound was eventually healed, the Red Claw was not letting up. Several of Azura’s formations had either been forced back or had shattered, with troops frantically retreating to regroup and to avoid being surrounded and hacked to pieces. Bryan’s formation, in particular, was being heavily assailed. Soon enough, the formation crumbled and, Bryan found himself alone and completely surrounded by several axe and sword wielding combatants. Faline soon noticed and frantically raced to aid him, but before she could reach her lover, he was already making his move. And, it made her jaw drop.

Bryan slung his shield over his back and thrust his lance into the ground. Then, he grasped the lance’s pommel, vaulted up atop the weapon and launched himself into a blinding spin while driving his heels into any foe that approached too closely. Which, indeed, many of them did…with most of whom losing a few teeth for their foolishness. Once Bryan had struck all of his adversaries who were within reach, he regained his footing on the ground and tore his lance free from the earth. He then spun it in a blinding arc so fast, the lance seemingly blurred to invisibility, striking several foes once more in the gut. Several were impaled on the lance’s forked blade while others were struck with the pommel, bones shattering under the blow. The vigilante whom had greeted the young prince before gasped in disbelief as he watched at least five of his cohorts get slain in all the same instant.

“Damn! Yer much better than I thought!” he admitted, struggling to sound more enraged than terrified.

“Well, what did you expect? I’m the prince! I have to be an experienced warrior if I want to save my country,” Bryan replied. “And just so you know, that earlier display was just a small sampling. I really think you ought to reconsider joining the Red Claw; I go through them the way a whale goes through krill.”

“Ya sure be talkin’ a good game, but let’s see ya back it up!” the vigilante challenged, a Swordmaster and a Warrior racing to his side.

“It’s your funeral,” Bryan replied ominously, twirling his lance as he performed Impale on the Swordmaster and crushed the warrior’s skull with his lance’s pommel.

“Ha! Yer skill proves nothin’ about who ya are! But ye’ve caused us more trouble than we can be affordin’! Mates, retreat fer now!”

With that, the Red Claw members disengaged and fled the scene, their leader at their head. Bryan had almost given chase, but stopped in midstride and doubled over, panting as he watched his enemies flee. Though he was not hurt, the battle had done much to exhaust him. As Raela, Norman, and the others treated their latest injuries, Bryan caught his breath and awaited Azura’s signal to continue their journey. Moments later, the young prince felt two arms curl around his neck and a pair of lips press into his cheek.

“Bryan! Oh, you are so amazing!” Faline cried happily. “I was so worried about you just now, but then you totally pulverized those guys!”

“Eh heh, yeah,” Bryan replied with a smile. “I practiced that maneuver for a long time, but rarely ever had the opportunity to actually use it in a fight. I’m glad to know all that training paid off.”

“Me too. I was wondering if I’d ever see that move again myself,” Skye cut in, approaching the two. “I thought you were nuts when you first came up with it, but you actually managed to kill somebody besides yourself with it. Very impressive!”

“Yeah, I’ll say!” Azura added with a smile. “Bryan, I’m really glad I decided to learn the lance from you!”

“Heh, thanks, you guys,” Bryan replied. “…Huh?”

Just as Bryan had turned away in a vain attempt to hide that he was blushing, he spied a flicker a movement amidst the village’s buildings. At first, he thought he’d just imagined it, but then he saw it again. And, he wasn’t alone.

“Who’s there?” Skye called out, readying an arrow.

A sharp gasp was heard from behind one of the shacks, and Bryan and Azura brought up their weapons as well.

“Come out of there with your hands up!” Azura barked, certain it was a stray Red Claw.

A pair of hands, both of which much too small to belong to any Red Claw members, shot into view and were followed by a small girl, pale with fright. Seeing her, the three adventurers sagged with relief.

“Sorry about that,” Bryan spoke up. “We thought you might be another Red Claw member.”

The little girl looked relieved, but she also looked like she’d seen better days. Her face and her short orange pigtails were caked with grime. She appeared to be no older than eight years old, but she looked terribly wan and weary. Her pink dress, which, like its owner, looked much the worse for wear, as it was badly tattered, poorly mended, and seemed as if it was hanging off of her body as though it was much too large to fit her. Perhaps it had been a hand-me-down from an older relative?

More likely, it fit fine…until hunger made her shrink, Bryan thought.

The girl appeared to be very nervous as well, as her body trembled slightly and she had not even lowered her hands yet, but when Bryan knelt to her level and smiled gently, she gradually became calm.

“Hey there, what’s your name? What are you doing here?” Bryan inquired. “Oh, and you can put your hands down now.”

The little girl was only too happy to obligue.

“Thank you, Sir. Um… I’m Sally. I heard a lot of noise out here, and I wanted to see what was happening,” the little girl explained. “So I snuck out.”

“Ah. You should have stayed home, Sally. I’m sorry to say, it’s very dangerous out here,” Bryan pointed out. “And your parents are probably worried sick.”

“Yeah, I know… But I just had to see…” Sally replied.

“See what?”

“If the prince had finally come. Everybody was looking for him.”

“Oh?”

“Uh huh. But a lot of people now are saying he’s dead.”

“So I’ve heard. Tell me, Sally, do you know where everyone is getting that idea?”

“Yeah, some scary men told them. It didn’t take long for lots of people to hear.”

“These scary men, can you tell me anything about them?”

“I’m sorry, but my mommy made me go inside when she saw them coming. I never saw them, I just heard what they said. Things had been bad enough before they came, but now a lot of people are sad, hungry, poor, and even sick. Bandits have taken everything we have. We don’t get more to eat than broth and water every day and my grandma is sick.”

“Oh… I’m so very sorry to hear that, Sally.”

“Thanks, but I’m okay. My mommy and grandma always said ‘never stop hoping for the best.’ I think the prince is alive, but everybody says that’s foolish. My big brother and the other kids make fun of me all the time for thinking this and my mommy and grandma think I’m getting my hopes up too high this time, but I don’t care. Someday, the prince will come save us. I know he will…”

Bryan couldn’t help but remain silent for several moments as he recalled the bullying he’d constantly endured as a child himself. He knew he couldn’t let poor Sally suffer a similar fate, especially since she was a poor and hungry child trapped in an impoverished village, something Bryan never was even when his problems were at their worst. In fact, on the heels of that musing came another. If he was, indeed, to claim the throne of Astryn, then these were his people. It wasn’t just Sally who needed him; judging by the look of the impoverished, slowly dying village, they all needed him.

“I see. I know how that feels, because the same thing happened to me when I was your age. You want to know something, though?” Bryan replied, his smile growing larger. “You’re absolutely right, Sally. The prince is alive.”

“He is?!” Sally cried. “How do you know?”

“Well… You’re looking at him.”

“W-What?! Really?!”

“Yep. My name is Bryan and I’m the prince. My mother was Queen Marion’s younger sister, though I only learned this recently. I wish I could have come sooner, but I’m here now, and I will not leave until Astryn is back on her feet. I’m afraid I have no proof of my bloodline right now, but will you believe that this is the truth? Will you trust me?”

For a long moment, Sally looked thunderstruck. Then, explosive joy dawned on her features and she practically charged at Bryan, curling her arms around his neck and hugging him fiercely. Bryan was caught off guard, but wrapped his arms around her small body and returned her hung nonetheless.

“Oh! Wow!” she blurted, barely able to speak coherently for several moments. “Yes, I definitely trust you! You’re such a nice man and you protected my hometown from all of those mean men, so you’ve just got to be the prince! Oh, I’m so happy you’re finally here!”

“…Thank you so much, Sally,” he replied, a tear forming in his eye. “Astryn’s been through some hard times, even more so than I thought, but I swear that I’m going to put an end to all of this. Once I’m done, all this misery you’ve had to put up with will be over.”

“Can you help my grandma get better too?”

“Of course. In fact, there might be something more that I can do for you and your neighbors as well.”

With that, Bryan rose to his full height and signaled Bronwyn to move her wagon closer. Once it had arrived, Bryan rifled through its cargo until he produced four sacks of sturdy cloth, each one bigger than Sally herself was. When the little girl, at Bryan’s urging looked inside one of the sacks, she was astonished to see that it was brimming over with dried meat, bread, apples, roast chicken, sausages, butter, honey, cabbages, carrots, smoked fish, pork, cheese and leather flasks filled with water. There was, Bryan suspected, more food in that one sack than the girl had seen in her entire life. The sight made her lower jaw plummet and her mouth water.

“I hope that will help you and the others here, at least until something more permanent can be done,” Bryan spoke up, breaking Sally’s astonished trance. “Now, listen carefully, I don’t know how long it’ll take me to reach Medann and set things to rights, and I might not come back this way in quite a while. In the meantime, that food has to last. Is there someone here who can make that happen?”

“I can do it!” Sally volunteered, but it didn’t take her long to notice Bryan’s skepticism. “I’m serious! My mommy is the herbalist here, but she’s so busy taking care of my grandma that I’ve been doing her job for over a year now. I’m always making sure the people here have enough medicine and I never let the herbs go to waste.”

Bryan smiled, wondering if he was even half as responsible at her age. He rather doubted it.

“Alright then,” Bryan replied. “While I go to Medann, I need you to see that this food gets to the people who need it and to make sure that it lasts as long as you can manage. If you can plant the seeds from the fruit and vegetables, then you might be able to grow that much more food. I know this is a lot to ask from someone so young, but can you do it?”

“Sure!” Sally replied with a sniffle. “I’m so glad you’ve come at last, and I’m overwhelmed by your kindness …I know you can save Astryn and that you’ll be a great king. You’re my hero, Prince Bryan.”

“…And I’m very proud to be. I won’t let you down, Sally. I promise.”

“Oh…Thank you…!”

With that, the two let go and Bryan rose.

“I have to leave now and continue on to Medann. You go home and do as I asked, alright?” Bryan advised.

“Oh, don’t worry, I will!” Sally assured and raced off. As Bryan watched the little girl open up the sacks of food and begin running portions to the other homes, a few tears streamed down his cheeks. Owen, Faline, Skye, and Azura soon approached him.

“Bryan… That was amazing,” Owen complimented his son.

“It was. You really are a wonderful man, Bryan,” Faline agreed, kissing Bryan’s cheek again.

Skye, however, seemed ill at ease with Bryan’s actions.

“I really, really don’t want to say this,” the sniper entreated, “but was that such a good idea? Those rations would’ve lasted us at least a week, and there’s no way of knowing if we’ll be able to replace them if we get held up. We’re not going to do Astryn any good if we run out of food and starve before we even reach the capital.”

“I know,” Bryan replied. “Still, these people need it more than we do. Besides, we’re sure to run into Shigo sooner or later, and we can always replace our food with his supplies.”

“I agree,” Azura added. “Besides, what we did here is important. You really filled that little girl’s poor heart with hope, Bryan.”

“Yeah, but…” Bryan replied, sniffling. “This is terrible. So many people are suffering here… I never thought things would be this bad…”

“It’s not your fault, Bryan,” Skye encouraged, though he still looked leery about his friend’s sudden soft-heartedness. “These people never told—”

“I know, but I can’t help but think I should’ve seen this coming! The vigilantes and people doubting my claims. And I didn’t… And now my people think I’m dead.”

“But that little girl doesn’t,” Owen countered. “Bryan, what you did just now proves just how much of a man and a leader you’ve truly become. Even if we can’t find proof that we’re members of the royal family, you can still get people to believe in you.”

“You’re right, Father, and I know. Sally believes in me, and I plan to make good on that faith. I’m going to stop Shigo once and for all and claim the throne. And I swear that anybody who stands in my way won’t live long enough to regret it.”

“That’s what I like to hear,” Skye commented, patting Bryan’s shoulder. “But that food’s not going to last these folks forever. And the girl’s grandmother is still sick. What do we do about that?”

“Simple. When we reach the capital and revive the army’s fighting spirits, I’m going to have food and medicine sent to the sick and injured. And, if we capture enemy supplies that we don’t need, we’ll send those as well. We’ll recruit as many new soldiers as possible so we can fight back against Shigo. We might run into him before then, but I don’t think we should go for the kill until we have the advantage. Once we do, he’s dead.”

“Sounds good to me,” Azura replied. “Let’s keep moving north. We’ll have to march faster now, but we can handle it. We’ll march as far as we can and set up camp at dusk.”

After the others voiced their agreement, the group continued their journey. On an impulse, Bryan continued to watch the impoverished village for as long as he could. Sally was still doling out portions of the food, knocking on doors and presenting her offerings to the astonished residents. Bryan was surprised, and impressed, with the little girl’s work. He was almost getting dizzy tracking Sally’s darting form as she shared his gifts, and very likely, news of his arrival as well, with her neighbors. And, even more impressive, she did not try to hide away a larger portion of the food for herself, even though she was surely famished.

If she were nine or ten years older, I’d make her this village’s magistrate on the spot, Bryan thought.

With a smile on his face and a spring in his step, he continued onward. Along the way, Bryan conferred with Owen about details on Astryn’s royal family, eager for any notion as to how he might prove his claims and for more insight into his own history. He was curious as to why Owen wasn’t eligible to claim the throne instead of his son, and the Grand Duke explained that it was tradition for blood members of the royal family to have the right to inherit the throne first. Bryan was the only one left who could claim the throne via this tradition, whereas the dukes vying to replace the dying Queen Marion could only do so by subduing or crushing all opposition…and plunging Astryn into chaos all the while. The young prince had also been curious about whether or not he had a surname and middle name since he was part of a highborn family. Unfortunately, though Owen recalled their surname, which was Novat, Bryan’s middle name had slipped his mind. There were many things about the last war which Owen longed to forget, but it seemed he’d relinquished more than he’d intended. However, Owen also assured that he would remember it eventually, as it had been very important to Bryan’s mother.

Zarek also explained his presence to the group as they traveled. He reiterated his story about his grandfather having been rescued from Fort Absolon and his decision to repay his debt by aiding Azura’s army in the war. He was a mercenary and had been looking for the group ever since and, despite his near-miss with Lily’s fire tome, he seemed to get along quite well with the Fire Sage…though the sight of her playing with her fire tome did make him jittery.

The large group had just begun to approach another town as the sun began to sink below the horizon, and it was agreed that they should set up camp nearby. Eager though Bryan was to find additional clues as to the rumors of his supposed death, he did not relish the idea of marching into another ambush. The tents were pitched and a guard was set so they could get some rest and watch for Shigo’s men at the same time. Bryan had half expected the renegade Meloran general to be actively seeking out the prince of Astryn or fighting to claim the country for himself and his followers. Yet, there was no sign that Shigo was doing either. What were they waiting for? Perhaps Shigo was too much of an egotist to fight a demoralized army? But what does he care about Astryn’s strength? He’s just a power-hungry madman who wants this country for himself, Bryan thought. So why doesn’t he attack? He must be here by now, and he’s sure to have brought a huge army. Whatever the case was, Bryan knew he would find out when he confronted Shigo once again. And the next confrontation between the two would be the last.

While Bryan was mulling over Shigo’s mysterious absence, the others were setting up camp. Ike and Elincia, as might be expected, were setting up a tent for them to share. And Ike, as was also to be expected, seemed far more interested in crushing his lips against Elincia’s cheeks and neck than hammering in tent stakes. Azura, spying this, chuckled good-naturedly and gestured at the enraptured couple.

“Looks like they’re setting up the honeymoon suite, again,” she joked.

“Interesting you should mention that,” Ike replied as he, very, briefly disengaged from Elincia’s collarbone. “We were going to tell you guys at the right time, but there might not be one and Elincia and I have put this off too long as it is. We have some great news!”

“Yeah, Ike and I are going to get married!” Elincia chimed in with excitement and flashed her engagement ring. “He proposed to me the night we got back from the northern floodgate in Talgria.”

“Oh wow! That’s so wonderful! Congratulations, you two!” Azura replied, nearly jumping up and down and hugging the pair.

“I agree! This is the first exciting thing we’ve heard in days,” Boyd commented, and then added something under his breath about a betting pool. “Congrats!”

“Yeah, I knew you’d pop the question sooner or later!” Ranulf added happily, giving Ike a pat on the shoulder and then smiling coyly. “So who’s cooking the big feast for the bachelor party? How about we have a real cake instead of one of those hallow, wooden ones with the naked woman inside?”

“Oh stuff it,” Ike retorted playfully. “I’d rather save the big feast for the wedding anyway. The cake idea’s fine though, but you can have my share.”

“Of the cake or the girl?” Boyd inquired with a roguish grin.

“Now, now Boyd,” Soren warned. “I don’t think your wife would appreciate that kind of talk.”

“Wife?” Ike repeated, laughing at both Boyd’s embarrassment and at the notion of him settling down. “I never would’ve pictured you getting married.”

“Neither did I,” Boyd admitted. “But then, things just sorta…happened between Mist and I. And before I knew it, we were wed. The only annoying part was that she turned into a crybaby during our vows.”

“Whoa, whoa, wait, Mist?!” Ike gasped. “A hot-head like you married my sister?!”

“Eh heh…yeah. Guess that makes you my brother in law, huh?”

“Yeah, well, then why’d you leave her behind to go look for me, you dimwit?! Where’s the sense in that?! You can’t have been married for very long! And this is my sister we’re talking about, Boyd! If you’re not taking good care of her, you’re going to hear from me about it!”

“W-W-Wait, I can explain! We were supposed to go on our honeymoon, but then all that trouble started like a couple days before we were going to leave. So we postponed it until things calmed down. But then King Renning needed a couple of your old allies to find you and Elincia. Oscar was too busy at the castle, Rolf is too young and whiny, Titania has leadership duties to attend to in the Greil Mercenaries, Mia’s practically vanished, probably traveling, Rhys is too sickly, plus he’s got a school to run, and you can be sure Shinon and Gatrie weren’t going to do a damn thing, so that left Soren and I. Mist wanted to come along too, but I told her it was probably too dangerous since there’s a huge war going on. She’s a skilled fighter and healer, but I thought this might be too much for her.”

“Wow, I see. That’s understandable,” Ike conceded. “Keep it up. Getting back on topic though, I meant the cake. I don’t want it.”

“Now there’s something I didn’t see coming,” Soren snickered. “But then again, it’s probably because there’s no such thing as a ribeye cake. Still, both of you have my congratulations as well.”

“Thanks, Soren. I’m glad I can always count on your support,” Ike replied with a smile.

“Same here!” Elincia added, giving Soren a warm but, judging by his expression, undesired hug. “I’m so excited!”

“Me too! Oh, who’s going to be what at the wedding?” Azura wondered excitedly. “I’d love to be a bridesmaid!”

“And I wouldn’t mind being a groomsman,” Boyd put in.

“I’m best man, right?” Ranulf added, wrapping an arm around Ike’s shoulder.

“Hey, wait a minute!” Soren retorted. “I should be best man! I’m Ike’s best friend!”

“I’m his best friend too!” Ranulf shot back, letting go of Ike and fixing Soren with a glare.

“WELL I WAS HIS FRIEND FIRST, CATFACE! AND WHO WANTS A SMELLY FELINE TO BE BEST MAN AT A WEDDING?!”

“WHAT?! WELL NOBODY WANTS A GIRLY-LOOKING BOY TO DO IT EITHER, WINDBAG!”

“YOU TAKE THAT BACK OR ELSE!”

“HEY!” Ike cut in, grabbing Ranulf by the back of his shirt and Soren by his robes, practically lifting both of them off the ground. “That is quite enough! We don’t need to decide all of this now, alright? And besides that, if you two are going to fight about it, neither of you will be best man and Boyd will do it. Got that?”

“Yeah, and you two deserve it more than I ever will,” Boyd added.

“Fine…” Ranulf and Soren apologized at the same time.

“Here, let’s pitch this honeymoon suite,” Azura offered, snatching up the mallet and tent stakes. “I don’t think these two are interested in working right now.”

Ike and Elincia, by this time, had meandered to a nearby elm. Ike had sagged against it, yanking Elincia into his lap, as the pair were again lost in their mutual affection. Ike and Elincia exchanged long, probing kisses, between which Ike would lavish Elincia’s neck and collarbone while she craned back her head and moaned in ecstasy.

“Ya think?” Boyd opined.

“Gee, I hadn’t noticed,” Ranulf piped up sarcastically.

“I’m just glad he’s got his girl,” Soren added, a fiendish grin dawning on his countenance. “There were days I thought I’d always be turning girls away from his door. Except for that one time though...”

Ike, hearing Soren’s words, suddenly blanched with fright. He vaulted to his feet, so suddenly that Elincia was catapulted off of him, and he stomped over to Soren.

“Don’t say another word!” he warned, though he sounded more desperate than threatening.

And, much to Ike’s chagrin, he seemed alone in demanding Soren’s silence.

“Really?” Ranulf chimed. “Do tell, oh blustery one.”

“Yeah, let’s hear it!” Boyd agreed.

“This is mutiny! Mutiny, I say!” Ike railed, sounding mildly terrified.

“It was fairly soon after the Mad King’s War,” Soren began while Ike mouthed ‘somebody just shoot me.’ “We had just come home from a job. It was a terrible one, we should’ve been paid at least three times as much as we were. But, in any case, Ike went straight to his room and tried to get some rest.”

“An hour or so later,” Ike cut in, shooting Soren threatening glares all the while, “Soren comes in and asks “are you home?” I said “yes.” He asks “for visitors?” I said “maybe.” Then, he said “for admiring ladies?” And, I pulled the covers over my head and said “no.”

“Oh yeah, I remember this! I was laughing so hard, I had to have been on the floor in my room for an hour!” Boyd recalled, bursting into laughter once again.

“So,” Soren continued, “I went back to the horde of ladies, fifty or so, if I remember right, and I told them “I’m sorry, Ike is a lout. I mean, he’s out.”

“After that awful job, having my nap interrupted and girls hanging on the bell, Soren’s little slip was the last straw,” Ike went on. “Like an idiot, I barged out and said “hey, who are you calling a lout?!” Then, Soren said “oh my, he’s home after all.” And, well, you can guess the rest.”

Which, apparently, they did…because everyone except Ike was rolling on the ground laughing hysterically. Even Elincia was tearing up with the hilarity of it all.

“Traitor,” Ike remarked teasingly, swooping in for another kiss.

“I still say I should be best man,” Soren remarked as the group got back to work. “I know all the funny stories about the groom.”

“Another few stories like that, and he might have you roasted and served at the wedding feast,” Ranulf warned jokingly.

“Doubtful, not enough meat on my bones. Besides, I hear that beer roasted cat is a delicacy on this continent.”

“You wouldn’t dare!”

“Remind me why I’m inviting you two again?” Ike groused. “Now, quit it and let’s get this tent up!”

As the group continued pitching their tents, Ranulf and Soren continued to shoot glares at one another. Ike sighed in frustration while Elincia merely giggled.

Meanwhile, on the opposite side of the encampment, the Royal Knights had dismounted and pitched their tents as well as a large pavilion to act as a temporary stable. The knights, and the horses, were savoring a final night with a roof over their heads as, when they split off for the journey to Jerusa, they would be leaving the tents behind. Not all of them were fond of the idea, but a camp of the Royal Knights was too easily recognized, especially on a mission calling for stealth in a country overrun with the enemy, and pitching and breaking camp would also take time they might not be able to afford. Eliot and Natalie had just finished putting their steeds away when Marc and Leona arrived to do the same. As they dismounted their horses, Eliot and Natalie approached them. Eliot sported his usual grin, the sort that betrayed his true youth and eagerness for a laugh…and which made most of his acquaintances want to punch him.

“Heya, Marc. Forget any good stories lately?” Eliot greeted tauntingly.

Marc, apparently used to this treatment, took the insult without so much as a blink. Leona, by contrast, looked ready to knock some of Eliot’s teeth out.

“Can it, Eliot,” Leona retorted as she threw a thick rug over her horse.

“Leona, just—” Marc began, but Natalie cut him off.

“Leona, really, anyone knows that Marc’s condition is a liability,” she reasoned. “You should just stop denying it.”

“No, you all are wrong. Marc has just as much potential as any knight!” Leona argued. “I’ve been his partner long enough to know that!”

“And we’ve been knights long enough to see that Sir Forgetsalot can’t remember half of what his instructors tell him,” Eliot added.

“That’s not true!” Leona shot back as she removed her horse’s saddle. “Just muzzle it!”

“Honestly, Leona, why do you keep defending Marc?” Natalie wondered with a sigh.

For a long moment, Leona simply seethed in silence, as though angrily contemplating that very question. Or, more likely, she already knew the answer but had never had reason to give voice to it until now. Whatever the case, she knew what she wanted to say. She also knew she wanted to give Natalie what-for, so she punched the deputy commander hard enough to make crimson trickle from her jaw.

“Because I love him!” Leona replied hotly, tears forming in her eyes. “…I tried to deny it for so long, and despite all the bickering he and I used to do, I couldn’t help it. Marc isn’t the sharpest axe in the armory, we all know that, but he’s always had so much respect. He was always so kind to people and never lost his temper, even after being heckled so much. He just kept going and training, and General Leyon and I always had faith in him. Every time we were injured in a fight, he made sure I was fine before tending to his own wounds… He could never even remember what his parents looked like, but he thought of everyone that mattered to him, even me. So just clamp your jaw shut before I break it!”

Leona looked quite out of sorts after her confession, and Natalie looked very nearly homicidal…not the smallest reason being that she had about six teeth ready to just fall out of her mouth. She was about to return the favor when Marc darted between the two women and pried them apart.

“Hey, hey!” he urged. “Cut it out! You two want to wind up mucking stables?!”

Marc was more than a little struck by Leona’s confession, and he could not help but suspect he would not be forgetting her words anytime soon, but he didn’t have time to appreciate it. At that moment, Leyon came in.

“Atten-SHUN!” he barked, and the quarreling knights immediately disentangled themselves and fell in line.

Leyon puffed up with aggravation but suddenly deflated, a look of helpless frustration on his face.

“I don’t have time to punish all of you, so I’ll settle with the one who started it,” he declared.

To everyone’s surprise, Marc raised a hand.

“It was me. Deputy Commander Natalie said my mother was ugly, so I punched her.”

Leyon looked skeptical.

“I thought you didn’t remember what your mother looked like?” he recalled.

“Er…uh…that.s irrelevant!” Marc retorted, unconvincingly.

“Uh huh. So, how come the bruises are on the right side of her face? I thought you were left-handed.”

Marc had never made a habit of lying and, as such, he was terrible at it. Trying vainly to ignore the sweat dotting his brow, he frantically struggled to come up with a plausible explanation. Even to him, the notion that sprang to mind didn’t sound convincing.

“She, ah, wove to the side. So…I backhanded her.”

Leyon regarded Marc with a raised eyebrow. Marc, the young general knew, was lying. If the forgetful knight sweating like a weary horse did not betray this truth, all that stammering did. Why, however, was far less obvious. As long as Leyon had known Marc, he had never lied, not even to avoid embarrassment over his impaired memory. When he forgot something he should not have, he simply said so…and everyone had a good laugh. So, why was this any different? Then, Leyon noticed something else.

Marc’s eyes would not meet his gaze. Instead, they kept drifting in Leona’s direction.

This caught Leyon’s attention. He had suspected for a long time that Marc and Leona had feelings for one another. In fact, that was why he paired them up in the first place. On an impulse, Leyon spied Leona out of the corner of his eye. She was fidgeting in place, even before noticing his scrutiny, and her gaze kept drifting between Marc and Natalie; concern for the former, anger towards the latter.

Leyon couldn’t keep himself from smirking.

“Very well,” he intoned, doing his best to sound severe. “Marc, I ought to send you back to Aracion, but that’s an indulgence I can’t afford and your skills in combat are too valuable for the mission. Therefore, you will spend the rest of this evening cleaning these stables.”

As if on cue, one of the horses raised its tail. A splat was heard and the air became notably fouler. Just as Leyon was about to leave, Leona spoke up desperately.

“Sir, wait! I wish to make a statement.”

Leyon turned, nodded for her to proceed, and his jaw dropped when Leona drew back a fist and plowed into Natalie’s jaw. The deputy commander, who now looked angrier than a red dragon with indigestion, was about to retaliate when Marc stepped between them. All three began shouting at once and Leyon could not tell what one was saying to the other, but he didn’t particularly care. He had a hunch about what had just happened, and he wanted to test his theory.

“Atten-SHUN!” he commanded, louder this time, and the knights came to attention. “Alright. Marc, Leona, both of you are mucking stables tonight. Natalie, find a healer before all those teeth fall out. Eliot, go find some way to make yourself useful.”

With that, Leyon left the pavilion, more or less dragging Eliot and Natalie along. Once they were gone, Marc and Leona were alone…save for their rather fragrant charges. For a long moment, neither of them spoke. Eventually, however, it was Marc who took the plunge.

“Leona…” Marc uttered. “You didn’t have to do that.”

“Do what?” Leona replied. “Punch Natalie, or admit that I was in love with you? I don’t regret either one.”

“I thought that might be the case. We’ve been through so much together in our time as knights. In all that time, you were the only one who ever really believed in me. Well, at least some of the time.”

“I do swing a mean tongue, don’t I?”

“Yeah, and your right jab’s not bad either. Still, I admit, I fell in love with you too. But I’m not sure if I deserve you. My memory causes me enough problems as it is, and I’m not wild about the idea of you having to deal with it more than you do already. I don’t want to forget dates or important occasions or anything and have that reflect on you.”

“I know. But it’s not your fault. And I understand if you don’t want to risk it. Your memory did cause some issues in the past, after all. Just know that I don’t think I could ever love another man as much as I love you…”

For a moment, Marc was left stunned by Leona’s words. Could she truly mean what she said? True, she still took jabs at him for his lapses in memory but those had stopped months ago. And, even then, it was more of a joke between the pair than anything else. In fact, looking back, some of the exchanges the two had had were almost amusing. And, she had known about his condition practically ever since they met and had even tried, with wildly varying degrees of success, to help him with it. Yeah, who am I kidding? Marc thought. She knows about my problem better than anyone and has dealt with it for so long. I can’t break her heart like this. Marc then wrapped his arms around Leona’s waist, yanked her towards him, and allowed his lips to meet hers in a long, passionate kiss. She was startled at first, but quickly closed her eyes and curled her arms around his neck.

“You’ve gotta be crazy to love a guy like me,” Marc opined. “But, I love you too.”

“Oh, I don’t know about me being crazy,” Leona retorted playfully. “It was you who picked this setting, after all.”

“Touché,” he conceded, and then kissed her again.

Just as the couple had locked lips, Leyon had slipped around to peer into the stables. As he eyed the pair, he was unable to suppress a chuckle. He had been waiting for the pair to admit how they felt about one another for quite some time, and he was glad to see that it had finally happened. Still, the smile on his face eventually vanished, and he couldn’t prevent himself from sighing. This scene had brought him quite a bit of satisfaction, and he was very happy for Marc and Leona, but it also reminded him that there was something he needed to do, and that this evening might be his last chance. He needed to let her know…

Around an hour and a half later, after removing his armor and trying to do likewise with his anxieties, Leyon departed his tent. He heaved a heavy sigh, squared his shoulders, and began moving. He was ready to do what he had to do, and he knew that his time was running out. He walked through the camp, wondering which tent might belong to Azura. He hoped she wasn’t already asleep, as he rather doubted that rousing the young earl would persuade her to listen to him. He’d already made more than a few blunders with her in the past but, after the next morning, he wouldn’t be seeing her again for some time. If the mission to Jerusa took a turn for the worse, he might not see her again, period. He had only one chance, and he was determined to make good on it. After discreetly poking his head into a few tents and asking several sentries, he was directed away from the encampment to a small lake nearby. Sure enough, Azura was standing at the lake’s banks. A full moon was shining radiantly overheard, reflecting on the lake’s gently rippling surface. Azura, apparently unaware of Leyon’s presence, stood bathed in the surreal glow, as she began to stretch and flex as though to relieve muscles cramped from too many swordfights with too many enemies. Her nimble hands then found the straps of her light blue armor, which she eagerly shed. This was followed by her shoulder guards, her hairclip and her boots…but she didn’t stop there.

As Leyon watched, stupefied, Azura stripped to her skin. Even from behind, the light of the full moon made her feminine charms, no longer concealed by her rough-and-tumble garb and battle-hardened demeanor, all too visible. Her soft, pale skin, the subtle curves of her hips, the graceful arch of her back, her shapely limbs, and her hair which cascaded to her waist like a molten waterfall all left Leyon dumbstruck.

Emphasis on “dumb,” he chided himself. Turn around, you fantastic idiot!

Yet, it was as though he were rooted to the spot. He watched, transfixed, as she dipped one foot into the water, gave a quick nod and then dove in. Before Leyon could return to his senses, though he rather doubted he could have, she emerged again. Though, “emerged” might have been an understatement. In an explosion of foam, she burst free from the water, arcing upward and then downward to dive in again. Once under the water, she dove as deep as she could, pumped her arms and legs for speed and then launched herself skyward again and again like a dolphin or a fabled mermaid. Leyon watched, doubly impressed, for several long minutes until Azura finally tired and sinuously maneuvered towards the shore. With her lower half trailing idly in the water, she lay her torso upon the bank, water trickling down the curves of her exposed breasts…with Leyon less than a few yards away and still unseen.

How Leyon kept himself from fainting, he would never know. All he did know was that she was stunning. And, that knowing overwhelmed him in much the same way that so much about her did, her courage, her fortitude, her strong sense of self, her beauty and her unbreakable spirit, and left him awhirl in his own thoughts of how much he longed for the fiery redhead.

His senses returned just in time for him to see that Azura had noticed him.

“WHAT THE—?!” she screamed, trying vainly to conceal her nakedness with her hands while the shamefaced Leyon, unable to salvage his dignity, turned away.

He half expected her Regal Sword to plow through the back of his head at any moment. Slowly, and feeling mildly terrified, he turned around once more. To his surprise, Azura was still there. More curious still, she had not scrambled to retrieve her clothes. In fact, aside from pulling herself out of the water, she had barely moved at all. She just sat there, her features marred with an expression of disgust and revulsion. And, as Leyon was just about convinced that his chances with her had been utterly destroyed, he noticed that her expression wasn’t directed at him. It was directed at the water; more precisely, to her reflection. Puzzled, Leyon was about to speak, when her gaze swung back to face him.

“Well, I guess this makes us even,” she commented, reaching for her undergarments.

“Wait, what?” Leyon blurted, confused and trying to focus on something, anything, besides Azura’s soaked, nude form.

“Fort Absolon.”

“That again? Azura, I told you, that wasn’t entirely your fault. I should’ve paid more attention, and Natalie didn’t need to snap at you like that.”

“Yeah, but I’m still to blame too,” Azura insisted as she slipped her undergarments back on. “I’m so ashamed of myself. How could I be so foolish and immature? And, in my first battle as a noble and commander of the army, no less? I felt terrible when King Wencelis told me how disappointed he was with me. I can’t say I blame him, given all the times I’ve done wrong. Especially to you, Leyon.”

Leyon had been more than tempted to interrupt Azura’s tirade and tell her, quite forcefully, why he didn’t believe a word of what she was saying about herself. But he forced himself to calm down, to keep his gaze fixed upon her face and to let her have her say before he interjected. When Azura finally paused, he moved closer and cupped one of her cheeks with his hand. He silently marveled at how smooth her skin felt under his fingers, and marveled once again at the warmth that passed from her cheek to his fingertips, despite the chill of the water.

“There’s been a lot on your mind lately, hasn’t there?” he asked courteously, forcing his eyes not to drift downward. Though Azura was no longer nude, it hardly made a difference.

“Yeah,” Azura admitted. “Ever since I first found out the truth about my pendant and became an earl, I’ve been so anxious and nervous. It’s been making me wonder if I’m doing anything right. And then, all that trouble back at Fort Absolon…”

“It’s alright, Azura. Even the finest leaders make mistakes. I know I did. Heck, even my brother did. And we both know Bryan made his share. I wouldn’t be surprised if the same held true for Ike as well. You’re not alone in this.”

“Well, true…”

“The best leaders aren’t the ones who never make mistakes, because that’s not possible. The best leaders are the ones who learn from their mistakes. You did that, better than that, in fact, by figuring out how to help me get my memory back. You took responsibility for what went wrong and you put it to rights. That is what makes a leader.”

For a crazy fraction of an instant, Leyon believed that the sun had come up. Then, he realized that the sudden illumination was instead the radiance of Azura’s smile.

“You can be real sweet sometimes,” she commented. “I can see why Natalie was so taken with you.”

“I…beg your pardon?” Leyon blurted, confusedly.

“Oh…oops. Well, while I was trying to find a way to restore your memory, I talked quite a bit with Eliot to see if I could learn anything that might help. He told me that Natalie used to have a crush on you.”

“Really? I hadn’t noticed.”

“Yeah, that’s what Eliot said.”

“It’s interesting you should bring that up though.”

Here, Leyon paused to remove his cape and drape it over Azura to offer her some warmth. The pause also gave him some time to steel his nerve, for he’d been taken off-guard by her self-recriminating tirade…amongst other things. She shivered a bit under his cape, looking uncharacteristically vulnerable, and yet favoring him with a patient expression.

“And why’s that?” Azura wondered, knotting the cape to cover her torso and folding her arms.

“Well…I’m in love. I never thought I’d see the day that this would happen, especially after I lost my brother. But I’ve fallen in love with a very beautiful girl that I’ve spent some time with during this war and she’s amazed me time and time again.”

Azura felt as though she’d been punched in the gut. She remembered how she’d mentioned Natalie earlier and had a sudden premonition that Leyon had not been so blind to how Natalie felt for him after all. Perhaps he had chosen to pursue his deputy commander? Azura knew she ought to feel happy for him…and yet, she was in anguish at the idea.

“Oh?” she inquired, trying to keep her tone neutral.

“Indeed,” Leyon confirmed, smiling broadly. “I admire her beauty, courage, and bravery. Her independence is also astounding. I’ve fought alongside her in many battles and she has impressed me with her skills every time.”

“She has…?”

“Very much so. And yet, I fear she does not feel the same towards me. We’ve had words from time to time, but they’ve rarely been friendly. She seems to think I want to coddle her, you see, and that I’m only concerned about her because of her importance to the war effort. Despite this, I’ve vowed to protect her with my life. Because I love her.”

By now, Azura, was nearly in tears.

“Leyon… I…I’m sorry. I was wrong…”

“No, you don’t need to apologize. I should’ve made my intentions clearer. Besides, the fact that you survived the Red Claw for so long should’ve been more than enough proof that you didn’t need me looking over your shoulder.”

“Yeah, but I shouldn’t have jumped to conclusions the way I did. But who…who is the girl?”

Azura drew in her breath in nervous anticipation and though she felt ready to burst, Leyon simply smiled before replying.

“I believe you already know the answer to that. I’m heading in for the night now, but if you want know for sure, I think this will tell you.”

Leyon then took her hand, leaned over, and planted a soft kiss on Azura’s cheek. After bidding his good night, Leyon walked off with new thoughts in his mind. Whether she loves me or not, my love is forever hers, he avowed as he headed back towards the camp. Meanwhile, a stunned Azura traced her fingers over her cheek.

“He…loves me…” she murmured, stupified. “Oh, Leyon… Huh?”

Azura snapped out of her daze to see that her other hand was holding something. As she opened her trembling fist, she discovered a small sheet of parchment with only a few lines written on it. It was a short poem that read:

Azura,

When I look into your lovely eyes
I see this through and through
My life and axe are yours because
My heart belongs to you

With all my love,
Leyon


“Oh… Leyon…” Azura whispered to herself after reading the poem. She then turned and spied Leyon as he strolled farther away. She couldn’t let him leave. Not yet and not when there was so much she had to say as well. And with that, Azura rose to her feet and raced after him. Somewhere during the journey, Leyon’s cape had come unknotted and pooled to the ground.

“Leyon, wait…” she gently spoke up, taking his arm. He turned around to face her.

“Hm?” he replied, again forcing his eyes not to stray from hers.

“I…I don’t hate you… I never did. My mind wanted me to dislike you, but my heart told me otherwise.”

Leyon merely smiled lovingly, affection and relief alike reflected in his gaze, as he and Azura moved closer to one another. He then cupped her cheek with his hand once more while interlacing his fingers with hers. Their faces soon inched closer and closer, until their lips met. Within the next few moments, Leyon had slipped his arms around Azura’s waist and pulled her close while Azura curled hers around his neck.

“I love you, Leyon…” Azura whispered when they finally pulled away minutes later.

“I love you too…Azura…” Leyon replied quietly, this time allowing his eyes free reign.

“You like what you see, don’t you?” Azura teased flirtatiously.

“A loaded question, if ever I heard one,” Leyon replied with a chuckle. “I say “no,” I’m insensitive. I say “yes,” I’m a pervert.”

“I guess that is unfair. Just don’t let Mother find out about this. She’d kill us both.”

“But of course,” Leyon agreed, understanding perfectly. He didn’t much like the idea of the others finding out either, especially the knights. They’d never let him hear the end of it, nor would Wencelis and Louise, probably.

“Still, this is the last night we’ll have with each other for awhile,” Azura continued. “…Have a little fun with me?”

Azura gestured towards the lake.

“Heh… Why not?” Leyon replied, his grin growing larger.

Azura, giving Leyon a parting kiss on the cheek, dove into the lake once more. As she had before, the young earl swam with dizzying speed and sinuous grace, leaping from the water amidst explosions of foam. After watching her in awe for several moments, Leyon began undressing as he prepared to join Azura for an evening swim. Leyon removed his tunic and pants, leaving him clad only in a pair of red shorts.

“Bryan gave me the idea,” he said as he removed his tunic. “Saves me the hassle of changing my clothes every morning and evening when I’m in a hurry.”

“Ah, clever,” Azura replied, eyeing Leyon’s shirtless form appreciatively. Leyon had a well built, almost sculpted form, and looked nearly as muscular as Ike himself. His broad chest and muscle rippled stomach made him look strong enough to carry his own horse, yet he had a more slender physique that looked far lighter, and swifter, than the hulking hero of Tellius. If the two were to arm wrestle, it would be very difficult to determine a winner. Leyon clambered down into the water and tried, with little success, to overtake the swift Azura. The young earl was like an eel in the water, fast and slippery, and she had no compunction against splashing Leyon after evading his fumbling grasp. Eventually, Azura swam over to Leyon, embracing her love under the moonlight.

“You know, that poem was very sweet,” Azura complimented when the pair were shoulder-deep into the water, curling her arms around Leyon’s neck again.

“Heh, I’m glad you liked it,” Leyon replied lovingly. “My grandmother was a great poet and she taught my brother and I a few of her techniques while raising us after our parents died. Trust me though, she was far better than either of us.”

“She must’ve been very good then. You know, growing up, I was teased by boys a lot. They didn’t think I could be as good a warrior as them just because I’m a girl. As I grew older, and became a warrior, I took it for granted that they’d look down on me… But, meeting you and being on this quest has helped me see that not all of them think women are weak. It’s nice to finally meet some men who respect me for my skills.”

“I see, and I’m glad… To be honest, I used to think women were better off with men to help them out. You changed my mind about that. Women can be strong on their own.”

“I’m glad too…”

With that, the two drew closer and locked lips once more, allowing their tongues to cross the thresholds of their mouths. They didn’t let go for a very long time as Azura slid her arms across Leyon’s shoulders and back while he caressed her torso.

Not far away, on a small rise overlooking the lake, another couple had been roused by the sounds of small, but relentless splashes. Disentangling themselves, they poked their heads through the flaps of their tent and spied an interesting sight below.

“…And I thought we weren’t supposed to be pulling shenanigans,” Ike grumbled, though a hint of surprise seeped into his tone when he got a clearer look at Azura as Leyon began leaving kisses on her neck. “Tsk, tsk. And, I thought Leyon was supposed to be a gentleman.”

“Tell me about it,” Elincia agreed and then giggled. “And, just so you know, don’t go trying to talk me into that sort of thing...at least, not unless we’re really alone. But, they are adorable out there.”

“Darn. I mean…right you are, dear.”

***​

The next morning, the camp rose at the brink of dawn and the troops suited up and armed themselves as quickly as possible. It was nearly time for the group to divide, with Leyon and Derien’s troops riding towards the Cilaean border while Bryan wanted to focus on finding some Astrynian soldiers as well as someone who could help him prove his and Owen’s connections to the royal family. After some deliberation, Ike decided to ask Boyd to join Leyon’s group rather than staying with Ike.

“What, worried I’ll cramp your style?” Boyd joked at hearing the request, but he assured Ike and Boyd assured that he had no problem with it.

Afterwards, Boyd sought out Skye. He soon found the Sniper sitting outside of his tent waiting for the order to break camp and march.

“Hey there, you’re Skye, aren’t you?” Boyd inquired.

“That’s me. Boyd, right?” Skye replied.

“Yep. I've got something to show you. When Soren and I came looking for Ike and Elincia, I also brought this with me.”

Boyd then produced a large gold bow with brown embroidery on its grip and curving arms.

“Whoa. That’s one heck of a bow you’ve got there,” Skye commented, his eyes widening.

“Yeah. It’s called the Silencer. My younger brother made it. Well, with supervision from his teacher, that is. Anyway, it’s the most powerful bow you’ll ever see. It was first designed by my brother’s teacher, who’s one of the best Snipers I’ve ever met. My brother figured it might come in handy over here after we heard what was going on, so he gave it to me. After seeing your skills, I think it’s perfect for you. So you can take it. I prefer my axe anyway.”

“Oh. Wow, thanks a bunch! I’ll use it well.”

“Great!”

Skye then eagerly took the bow, almost drooling with anticipation. With practiced eye, he examined the bow’s accuracy and the tautness of the string, and found both to be flawless. With such an incredible bow, and his own remarkable skills, perhaps he’d earn an Order of the Golden Arrow after all. Meanwhile, as more of the army made ready for their departure, Derien approached Ranulf and the wolf siblings.

“Kiel, Sara, his majesty wanted me to give you two something before I left,” he spoke up. “You too, Ranulf.”

“Oh?” Ranulf wondered.

“Ah, I bet I know what it is,” Kiel replied eagerly.

“Me too,” Sara added, anticipation clear in her tone.

“Indeed. They’re right here. There’s one for each of you,” Derien continued. He held out what appeared to be three golden medallions with the shape of a cross inscribed on them. In the center of the crosses were patterns of gleaming rubies. The three laguz each took one.

“Wow, what is this for?” Ranulf inquired.

“I’ll show you. First, Kiel, you transform,” Derien replied.

“Sure thing,” Kiel complied. He then reverted to his wolf form without hesitation.

“Now, I’ll transform.” Derien decided and did the same. However, aside from the color of his fur, Derien’s wolf form had several differences. He was a little larger, his fur was shaggier, but also darker and sleeker, and he had longer fangs and claws.

“Whoa. Your wolf forms look a little different!” Ranulf noticed. “How did you manage that?”

“Well, you know what a Satori Sign is, right?” Derien inquired.

“Yeah. They allow laguz to unleash their hidden strengths. With it, they can use their mastery skills.”

“That’s right. The medallion I gave you is called a Satori Symbol. It is similar to a Satori Sign, but it does more. It can also make a laguz’s animal form bigger and stronger. The human form remains roughly the same, however. Anyway, we call this process metavolution. It works fairly like a beorc soldier promoting, as it allows a laguz warrior to grow more powerful and learn new abilities. Few Satori Symbols have been made though. The first successful one was produced only around a year ago.”

“Wow, I see. Thanks, Derien.”

“No problem.”

Within the next hour, the camp had been finished dismantled, the tents and bedrolls taken down and stored, and everyone awaiting the order to depart. Leyon was chatting with Derien about possible strategies to use in Cilae, but unfortunately, neither of them could think of anything plausible. Between Melora’s superior numbers, the breakdown in communications and their scattered objectives, the prospects for the mission seemed grim. When Ike saw that they were concerned, he approached them and revealed that Soren was a master tactician and that he should be able to help them out before the group divided. Leyon and Derien then asked that Ike bring him over, though Soren seemed nonplussed at the idea.

“Ike, you know how I feel about using my skills for anyone except you,” Soren pointed out as his friend ushered him over to the two generals.

“Yeah, but I’m fighting in this war too, so you’re still doing it for me,” Ike protested. “Come on, please?”

“Sigh… Alright, fine.”

“Thanks!”

Soren approached Leyon and Derien and, after briefly introducing himself, inquired as to the strategic situation.

“I thought your assessment of the strategic situation was “we’re screwed,” Boyd piped up.

“Well, I’ve made that assessment before and have been disproven,” Soren conceded, favoring Ike with a rare smile.

“Well, because of the communications breakdown due to the capture of the Raven messengers, I can’t vouch for the accuracy of our information,” Leyon began, tracing a rough map in the earth. “Queen Belinda and her entourage told us that Jerusa is being held by approximately five hundred Red Claw members.”

“I’ve heard it mentioned that the bulk of the Allied armies are stationed along the Cilae-Melora border,” Soren spoke up.

“That’s correct,” Leyon replied, tracing miniature tents to indicate roughly where along the borders those troops were bivouacked. “At the time of their arrival, they numbered roughly eight thousand Talgrian and Cilaen troops. Later on, Eraghoan and Perais troops were dispatched to join them, as well some two thousand new recruits and reserve troops from Talgria. Assuming they all arrived, that’s another four thousand all told. Of course, all this is based on speculation and assumptions. Without the Raven messengers to carry news back and forth, we don’t even know if any of them are still out there. And, if they are, they’re surely surrounded by Meloran troops.”

“Are there any other Allied troops in Cilae?” Soren inquired.

“Yes, at the coast,” Leyon replied, tracing more tents along Cilae’s northern coastline. “Because Melora had been seizing Cilaean ships out at sea, we expected them to use these vessels to smuggle their troops into port. So, the ports were under guard when Jerusa was invaded. I believe the troops there number some six hundred.”

“What is your best assessment of those two troop concentrations?”

“The armies at the border are all regulars, seasoned knights and soldiers. But, they’ve also been cut off from supplies for some time now. Assuming they’re still alive, they likely won’t hold out much longer without food, medicine and, most of all, fresh weapons and reinforcements.”

“And the troops along the coast?”

“They were defending Jerusa before being redeployed, and they left heavily armed. At least half of them are raw recruits, but many of Cilae’s Pegasus knights are among them.”

“What has been occurring along the coast since Jerusa fell?”

“Not much, actually. According to Commander Eilonwy, the Red Claw has the ports under siege but don’t seem to be in any hurry to advance. The Allied troops at the ports and the Red Claw in the area are roughly equal in numbers.”

“I see. I think I know what we must do.”

As usual, it only took the Wind Sage a short time to come up with the perfect tactic. He decided that since the Red Claw’s army was concentrated at Jerusa and at the border, the best chance for Leyon’s group would likely to lure them away from both areas.

“And, how can we manage that?” Leyon inquired.

“Simple,” Soren replied. “You told me that the Red Claw isn’t making a serious effort to attack the Allied troops holding the ports, correct? That is likely because, having stolen so many ships, the Melorans believe that the Allied troops there are trapped and can be crushed at any time. But, what if something occurred to make the Red Claw think that those troops were able to slip away? Something like a seaborne evacuation?”

“Evacuation?” Derien repeated with bitter humor. “Those Melorans have stolen so many boats, it’s a wonder we even have two-man dinghies left. We can’t move six hundred troops by sea.”

“We don’t have to,” Soren countered. “We just have to make it look like we can. If we manage to slip a few men inside the ports, and have them and the troops create the appearance that a seaborne evacuation is underway, then the Red Claw might be caught off balance. They might siphon off forces from Jerusa and the border to stop the “evacuation,” leaving you an opening to strike at Jerusa and relieve the Allied troops at the border.”

“But, we’d be funneling hundreds, maybe thousands, of enemies at a force of only six hundred Allied troops!” Derien objected. “They’d be cut to pieces!”

“I thought of that too,” Soren answered. “Surely, some Cilaean ships have been recovered?”

“A few,” Leyon replied. “You’d never fit six hundred troops onto them though.”

“That is not my intent,” Soren corrected. “We won’t be using the ships to move the troops out, we’ll be using them to deliver something that will help them hold out: siege weapons.”

“Ah, that just might work!” Derien chimed. “Aracion has been producing ballistae and catapults non-stop ever since we received word of the Red Claw crossing into Talgria. We could probably load dozens of those things onto the boats.”

“Exactly,” Soren confirmed. “We can have a dispatch rider return to Aracion with news of this plan, so that the siege weapons can be loaded onto the ships and sent to Cilae. The crews should, of course, take the pains to look like Red Claw until the time comes to disembark and deliver the weapons. We make sure word of the “evacuation” leaks out and the Red Claw will come running, leaving Jerusa and the border siege undermanned. While the Red Claw is getting clobbered by catapult stones and skewered by ballista bolts, you’ll be able to break the siege against the troops on the border and retake Jerusa. Once that’s done, and the tables have turned, the Red Claw attacking the ports will likely surrender.”

“You’re a genius!” Derien cheered.

“I have to agree!” Leyon added. “I don’t see how it can fail!”

“Thanks, and no problem,” Soren replied. “Have the fastest among your riders carry word to King Wencelis. We need those siege weapons on the boats as fast as possible if this is going to work. Now, I suggest we all move out.”

“Right. But one more thing,” Leyon insisted.

He then approached Azura, whom was not far away.

“Az…looks like it’s time for us to leave,” he spoke up.

“Yeah… I guess this is good bye for now…” Azura replied, her eyes downcast. The pair had discovered their love just the previous evening, and the notion of parting so soon was saddening to them both. Even so, the couple leaned in for a farewell kiss, which resulted in many jaw-drops and head shakes.

“Hehehe, I so knew it!” Eliot mumbled to himself with a chuckle. Natalie merely sighed, figuring that perhaps the two really did belong together.

“Come back to me in one piece, you hear?” Azura said when she and Leyon parted.

“Of course. I’ll see you again soon, my love,” Leyon promised.

With that, the pair ordered their parties to move out and the two groups separated. Azura and Bryan’s group went west while Leyon’s headed northeast for the Cilae border. One of Derien’s wolves volunteered to deliver the request for the siege weapons to King Wencelis, saying he could circle back and catch up with the army faster than a knight. The two generals quickly agreed, wrote and encrypted the request and sent the wolf off. Leyon’s small army, thankfully, did not have to go very far since the group was already in the northern region of Astryn when they divided. They just needed to cross the foothills of the nearby mountain range and they would be in Cilae. Unfortunately, as those foothills came into view a few hours later, so too did another obstacle. Along the long, stone wall, which spanned the pass and served as a border fortification between Cilae and Astryn, were dozens of Meloran soldiers and Red Claw members, entrenched and ready for combat. Snipers manned ballistae at the wall’s edges while catapults and Sages were stationed between them. Pegasus knights and dracoknights above the wall while other cavalry and infantry stood atop it.

“Damn it! I thought I smelled a lot of beorc ahead! They’ve formed a blockade here to keep us out!” Derien realized.

“And that means they anticipated our arrival,” Leyon added. “But it doesn’t matter. We have to break through if we’re to reach Jerusa and our besieged friends. Everyone, CHARGE!”

With that, the troops scattered and raced towards the staircases and ramps leading across the wall. It wasn’t long, however, before the enemy began retaliating, firing off siege weapons and other ranged attacks to stop Leyon and Derien’s men from closing the distance. The knights and wolves, too swift and maneuverable to be struck, wove out of the path of one barrage after another and soon assailed the enemy. Leyon ordered his troops to defeat every enemy they could find so that they could not warn or reinforce the enemy troops occupying Jerusa. Derien and Leyon both suspected that the army they would be facing at the capital would be large enough by itself and they could not afford to lose the element of surprise or be overwhelmed by reinforcements.

Fortunately for the Allied troops, Jett and Magali reached Warrior and Halberdier status respectively during the battle, with Jett having promoted first. His shoulders were now clad in the same spiked armor which Boyd wore while Magali’s pink armor resembled Cato’s. Instead of leg armor, however, she wore magenta leggings and pink foot guards. Her shield became larger as well. With their newfound strength, the pair added greatly to the might of their group, which pleased Leyon and Derien all the more.

“Either the strongest defenders are all at Jerusa, or these guys have underestimated us,” Leyon decided when the enemy’s numbers began dwindling quickly.

“Yeah… But hey, their loss is our game,” Derien replied. With this, Leyon could not disagree, and ordered his men to take out the remaining enemies quickly so they could continue. If Soren’s plan was unfolding as they hoped, then the siege weapons could already be getting loaded onto the few remaining Allied ships for delivery to the troops at the besieged Cilaean ports. Making sure the “evacuation” got underway, and that Melora found out about it, would be crucial to success.

***​

While Leyon and Derien’s group finished their battle, Azura and Bryan’s pressed on towards Medann. Bryan and Owen figured that any help to be had, soldiers to help defeat Shigo and others to vouch for his identity and spread the word of his return, would be found there. Not to mention Bryan would get to see Marion before she passed away. His ailing aunt was one of the few people who could identify him as the prince of Astryn. If Marion could see the resemblance between Bryan and her sister, then she would surely know that he was her nephew. And if that wasn’t enough, finding the Grand Duke whom Owen had escaped the capital with would only lend further credence to his claim. When the group passed the fort where Bryan had first met Shigo, they saw it was eerily quiet and deserted. Bryan knew that the idea of Shigo hiding in the same place twice was too good to be true, but it was strange that the fort had not been re-occupied by bandits or Red Claw or Astrynians or anyone else, for that matter. At this, the group could only press on.

However, it wasn’t long before the group came upon another camp built near the Lysthe swamp, a vast marshland where three Astryn’s three major rivers converged. One of these was the Ystrad River. The other two, according to Owen, were the Vena and Nepte Rivers. Unfortunately, the figures roaming the large campsite did not look friendly. Closer inspection soon revealed, inevitably, that it was yet another Red Claw encampment. Axe wielders, archers, swordsmen, and mages of all kinds wandered about while a few ballistae had been constructed on the outskirts.

“Curses! These must be the thugs who spread those rumors about me!” Bryan realized. “I bet they heard about what happened in Keanu and twisted the facts!”

“Yeah, I definitely don’t doubt that,” Azura agreed. “My guess is they’re also the ones looting the villages, like we saw when we first arrived. They’re probably robbing the locals of their food and money.”

“DAMN IT! I won’t stand for this! I’ll turn them into shish-kabobs!” Bryan angrily thundered.

“I’m with you all the way, Bryan. Let’s kick their asses!” Skye proclaimed.

Bryan wasn’t hesitant to agree as he rushed towards the camp, followed by his allies. If the Red Claw really was stealing from the locals, Bryan knew stopping them had to take priority. If he could rescue the Astrynians from poverty and starvation, then they would surely trust him as their savior when the time came to battle Shigo. And by winning over the people, they would likely accept his claim that he was their prince, even if he didn’t have proof. Hopefully, this would help strengthen Bryan and Owen’s standing in Astryn and allow them to gain access to Astryn Palace. Once there, finding proof of Bryan’s heritage would hopefully prove a simple matter.

However, there was no telling how many Red Claw members had crossed Astryn’s border. Thankfully, since Melora’s only interest in Astryn was making sure they didn’t join the fighting, the Red Claw incursion was likely to be a small one. Bryan surmised that this camp may very well be all there was, aside from Shigo’s forces. More likely, the Red Claw was only using Astryn as a sort of supply hub to move troops and weaponry into Talgria and Eraghoa. Still, as he angrily drove his lance into Red Claw members on all sides, Bryan knew this had to end, especially if he were to gain his people’s respect and trust. He, Skye, and the others tore through the tents, destroyed the catapults, and Skye manned a vacant ballista once more to rain death upon the Red Claw. And to Bryan, it felt almost as good as a night alone with Faline would. His ascension was at hand.​
 
Mkay, chapter 29 is a two-parter, so as with chapter 19, I'll post the first part now and put the second part up later.


Chapter 29: The Blaze of War

Part 1

As the battle wore on, Bryan’s rage over Astryn’s plight slowly grew, burning hotter and more fiercely with every blow he suffered…and every blow he dealt. Any Red Claw bandits who crossed his path met their demise so quickly, it seemed as if the enraged Bryan’s glare was enough to kill them within seconds. Azura and the others showed no mercy either, and aided the prince as he cut one bloody swath after another into the Red Claw’s ranks. One Red Claw after another fell, most of which to Bryan’s wrath, crimson staining his lance, armor and shield. Not that he seemed to mind, for each kill seemed to spin him into an ever greater frenzy until he seemed less a man than a living whirlwind of death. Faster and faster he blurred, until one could not be certain if there was one Bryan or one hundred, and harder and harder he struck, until a single blow could fell even the hardiest adversary. Faline and Skye soon noticed this, however, and both their expressions turned grave. Moments later, they witnessed the young Sentinel aggressively perform Impale on two swordsmen in a row. Azura soon turned to see the second corpse fall to the ground, and when she, Skye, and Faline spied Bryan again, he was practically drenched in his victims’ blood. It dripped from his shoulders, his shield, his lance, his torso, legs, and hands. There was even a little on his face…along with a grin of feral delight.

“Hey! Bryan!” Azura called and approached him.

“What?!” Bryan replied hotly.

“Are you alright?”

“Of course I am! Never been better, in fact. Why wouldn’t I be?”

“Well—”

“Ye’ll pay fer this, ye gore slathered goon!” a gruff voice nearby interrupted. Bryan and Azura turned to see a burly man armed with a large poleax and clad in spiked shoulder armor much like Boyd’s. “Who bees ya?”

“I’m the Emerald Sentinel,” Bryan replied, with an eerily calm tone. “But, my friends call me the prince of Astryn.”

Whatever the Warrior had been expecting to hear, that wasn’t it. He blanched visibly and very nearly lost his grip on his poleax. He seemed to regain his composure after a moment but, when he spoke again, there was more than a hint of anxiety in his tone.

“Y-Ye be too late,” he warned, but without great conviction. “Marion be breathin’ her last by now, ‘n them dukes be ready to start guttin’ each other o’er the crown. Astryn’ll tear ‘erself ta bits, ‘n the war’ll be over ‘fore ye puts ‘er back together.”

“You're sure talking a good game,” Bryan commented, unbothered by the Warrior’s words. “Let’s see you back it up!”

The Warrior, despite having an advantage in weaponry, seemed more than a little nervous about facing the frenzied Sentinel. He brought up his poleax for an overhead chop…and soon regretted it, as Bryan lunged forward and thrust his lance towards the Warrior’s chest. The Warrior managed to leap out of the blade’s path, but still came away with a deep gash in his side.

“Not bad, princeling,” the Warrior snarled, anger crowding out his fear. “Let’s sees if I can match ye up!”

The Warrior struck back, his poleax’s blade catching the pommel of Bryan’s Brave Lance and nearly wrenching it out of the Sentinel’s hands. But, the prince of Astryn tightened his grip and the two combatants ended up in a dead lock.

“I’m guessing you worms are the ones who’ve been lying to the Astrynians about me!” Bryan growled, his voice tight with strain. “How did you know who I am?! ANSWER ME!”

“Doncha ‘ave da wits ye was born wit?” the Warrior shot back between grunts of exertion. “O’course we knew! We been knowin’ ‘bout you, ‘n what ta do ‘bout ‘cha, fer ages now. Queen Isis don’t want Astryn te try gettin’ in ‘er way, so we volunteered to tear ‘em down a bit more. Not dat there be much left ta tear down, dem dukes’ll do it fer us once Marion keels over. ‘sides, Shigo goin’ off on ‘is own made Queen Isis mighty angry, ‘n she don’t take dat lyin’ down. One arrow, two Pegasi, as da sayin’ goes. Hahaha! As fer how we knows who ye are, the Meloran royals been knowin’ fer years. Irony is, dat be thanks to Shigo himself. All me queen had te do was give our leader de info and he gave me da honor of picking this dump of a country clean of ‘er supplies!”

Bryan’s blood now boiled with a fury unlike any he had known is his harsh life; so hotly, that his face reddened until it was impossible to tell where the blood that stained his body ended and the flesh began. A red haze gathered at the periphery of his vision, and then spread until all the world seemed to have turned crimson.

“…YOU HEARTLESS SON OF A DASTARD!!”

Before the Warrior could react, the young prince had twisted the locked weapons upward, allowing him to rush forward and swing the edge of his shield into his foe’s head. It hit him with such terrible force that the sound of his skull cracking could be heard over the chaos of the battle. With the Warrior’s grip having gone slack, Bryan then tore his lance free and repeatedly drove the blade into the man’s face and torso. Gore sprayed the air and, within moments, one might’ve suspected that Bryan had literally painted his whole front with the Warrior’s life fluids. His face, hair, and armor were so soaked with crimson, that it was difficult to separate the man from the massacre. Skye gulped audibly while Faline gasped in horror. Azura merely stared, her eyes wide with shock.

“Burn in hell, you rotten scumbag!” Bryan continued, fuming with uncontrollable fury. “I have seen the suffering you’ve put these people through and, so help me, I will not stop until I’ve rid Astryn of every…last…dastard…like…you!”

He drew back his lance for yet another thrust but, before he could follow through, he was halted by a sudden grasp upon his arm. Bryan whirled, ready to skewer this latest assailant…and he nearly dropped his lance when he beheld Faline.

“Bryan! Stop it! You won already! Please, knock it off!” she cried.

As the red haze that had overwhelmed his vision began to lift, Bryan saw that Faline had dismounted and run over to seize his arm, tears flowing down her cheeks. The remaining Red Claw members, those who hadn't yet been killed or run off, stood petrified with fear.

“Yeah, Bryan! What the hell’s the matter with you?!” Skye added angrily, though he kept a cautious distance.

“What do you mean?! These thugs had to pay for what they’ve done!” Bryan retorted.

“Damn it, get a hold of yourself! Didn’t you listen to a goddess-damned word Faline and I said to you back in Fort Hector?! Look at yourself! You’re lucky your father or some of the Astrynians hadn’t seen this!”

Bryan then sagged with exhaustion, his earlier frenzy, and the overwhelming strength it granted him, suddenly vanishing. He paused and, with difficulty, forced himself to calm down. Then, he recalled the incident from Fort Hector, where he had almost murdered Lartz and where, in that same moment, he had very nearly sent the then-ill and severely wounded Ike toppling down a staircase to his death.

“Bryan, please!” Faline begged. “Is this really how you want to win your battles? We want to defeat the Red Claw and help Astryn as much as you do, but being so ruthless and brutal will only cause people to fear you. Even I was a little scared just now, and so was Skye. Is that how you want your people to view you? As a man who kills anyone that angers him?”

“But I would never—” Bryan began, but was cut off.

“Bryan, I can see that I’ve rubbed off on you,” Skye continued, now sounding more concerned than nervous. “But I’m starting to think you’ve changed a little too much since we were kids. Don’t prove me right. Please.”

“And Bryan, we understand how you feel, but what you did was unnecessary,” Azura stepped in. “You and I would both look bad if people thought we allowed our men to behave like this.”

Bryan didn’t respond right away. Instead, his gaze drifted to his blood-stained clothes and armor. He could barely even see the emerald of his armor, and he grimaced when he dropped his equipment and gazed upon his blood soaked hands. He could almost feel the dark red liquid seeping through the fabric and leather, and the sensation turned his stomach.

“You’re right, all of you…” Bryan finally replied moments later. “I-I don’t know what came over me. I’d never felt such anger, such hatred for my enemies before. And it scares me. I still want to make Shigo and the Red Claw pay for their crimes, but not like this. I’m so sorry…”

“I understand, Bryan,” Faline gently responded, taking his arm again. “You didn’t even like to fight when you were younger, let alone kill someone like this, did you?”

“No. I didn’t like it. In fact, I hated it. I liked learning to use a lance, but I just never had the heart to use those skills to hurt someone else. Skye was the one who finally convinced me to step up and fight back whenever someone tried to hurt me. And the first time I did…it felt good, and I’d regretted not doing so before. But, I didn’t think I’d ever…lose it like I did just now.”

“Yeah, but I didn’t teach you to be that aggressive, pal,” Skye countered.

“Skye, come on. You know Bryan’s shaken up. So give him a break,” Faline protested.

“You’re right, you’re right. Sorry.”

“Well, whatever the case, the fight’s over. Bryan, I understand where you’re coming from, and we’re not holding it against you. But now you know that we can’t afford to let this happen again, so please remember what we said and you’ll do fine,” Azura added, trying to sound reassuring.

“Indeed. I promise to control myself from now on,” Bryan replied.

“Glad to hear it,” Skye replied, clear relief in his tone. “Once we have this lot squared away, why don’t you go to the river and get cleaned up? You can’t present yourself to the Astrynians looking like that.”

“Yeah, good idea.”

Those of the Red Claw who were still in the area caught sight of their leader’s savaged corpse. Seeing the Warrior hacked to pieces in such a gruesome fashion made quite an impression, as the bandits turned as pale as a flock of sick herons and dropped their weapons.

“W-We surrender!” one of them blurted fearfully, raising his trembling hands and dropping to his knees. “Take all the supplies back if you want! Just let us go! We’ll leave, we swear! We’ll even help take back Jerusa if you want! Just spare us, we beg you!”

“…I don’t care what you do. Just get out of my country and never come back,” Bryan ordered. “If you do, you’ll regret it.”

The Red Claw members hardly needed the encouragement. Without hesitation, they scattered in all directions, running for their very lives.

“We’ll gather all of the loot while you’re washing up then,” Azura volunteered.

Bryan nodded with a smile, though it seemed far from genuine, and then headed for the nearby river.

“Well, one good thing came out of this. Bryan got those clowns out of our hair,” Ike pointed out.

“That’s true. Also, if all the Red Claw was doing here was moving supplies and spreading those rumors, maybe we've seen the last of them for now. Well, here’s hoping. Anyway, Ike, since you’re one of the strongest here, we’ll need you to carry the heavy stuff,” Azura replied.

“Of course.”

With that, the group went to work and began searching what remained of the Red Claw encampment. Bryan, meanwhile, had approached the nearest bank of the river and began removing his armor piece by piece. He then removed his gauntlets and dipped his hands into the cool water, letting the chill ease his taut muscles. As he scrubbed them down, Bryan could not put Faline’s earlier words out of his mind. He had actually frightened her with his behavior, Faline of all people, who had always had faith in him and loved him more than anything. He had never even imagined that such a thing was possible. That it had happened anyway left him stunned, sick at heart, and more than a little fearful.

“What have I done…?” Bryan whispered to himself, a grimace on his face as tears built up in his eyes.

“Bryan…?” a familiar feminine voice rang out moments later.

Bryan turned around to see Faline herself standing over him.

“Faline,” he replied, trying vainly to hold back his tears. “I…I’m so sorry… The way I acted back there… I feel so terrible.”

“I know, but none of these mistakes are entirely your fault,” Faline reminded him as she knelt to his level. “You do have a lot on your mind. Not everyone has the burden of literally battling for their country’s throne, you know. Besides, those Red Claw scumbags needed to be taught a lesson for what they’ve done to the people here.”

“That’s true. Yet, it’s hard enough for me to even call Astryn my country. I mean, after having lived in Talgria for so long, how can I not say that it was my home too?”

“I know what you mean. I’ve been away from Cilae for so long and, with mother…gone, I’m not even sure it is home anymore. And, Ike and Elincia. They’re fighting for Altarais, but it’s not their home. I’m glad they are together again, but I can’t help but feel that they burned a lot of bridges to make it happen. I don’t know if they would, or could, go back to Tellius when this is all over, and they probably don’t know either. And, I’m sure it’ll be a strange adjustment for Azura when she settles in Elhorhi for her duties as earl…not to mention that she probably lost her own house when the Red Claw burned down Galden. Ugh, I’m rambling. The point is we understand what you’re going through. It’s hard not to know where you truly belong.”

“I know, and I appreciate that. But…you said I frightened you. I just can’t get that out of my head, especially when you grabbed my arm and I nearly…I can’t say it. I don’t want you to think that I’d ever hurt you, Faline… I couldn’t hurt you. No matter how angry I ever get.”

“Bryan, I know…even when you had your lance drawn back, I knew you wouldn't hurt me. But that’s not what I was afraid of. I was afraid for you, of what might be happening to you. This war has taken a heavy toll on all of us, even those who’ve survived so far. I know that you want to help Astryn, but I don’t know what I’d do if you had to suffer like this because you’re only trying to do the right thing…”

“She’s right, Bryan,” Skye’s voice added before Bryan could reply. “I have to admit, you had me worried too. It might not have seemed that way, but, well, you know me.”

The pair then turned to see Skye approaching them. Whereas the sniper had kept a cautious distance during Bryan’s frenzy, he now approached closely and eagerly as if the air between them had been cleared.

“Skye! It’s good to see you too,” Bryan replied, relief evident in his tone. “I don’t even want to think about what I’d do if I scared both of you off.”

“That won’t happen,” Skye affirmed, giving Bryan’s shoulder a playful punch. “You’re stuck with me, and Faline’s stuck on you.”

“What, no snarky lines like “there’s no accounting for taste?””

“This isn’t the time. Besides, what’s the point of stating the obvious?”

“Oh, muzzle it. I’m glad you’re both here, but I thought Azura wanted both of you helping her and the others.”

“Yeah, but she figured you needed some bucking up. And who better to do that than your girlfriend and best friend?” Skye explained with a smile.

“That’s right,” Faline added, wrapping her arms around Bryan’s neck and pecking his cheek.

“…Thanks, you guys,” Bryan replied, a genuine smile forming on his face for the first time in hours. “By the way, Skye, I kinda expected you to be rougher in setting me straight. What’s up?”

“Psh, like I can get away with that when I’ve got a Sleep Staff pointed at me all hours?” Skye countered.

“Hehe, Raela’s still into you, eh?”

“Yeah… Hey, wait a second! Don’t you go getting any ideas!”

“What?” Bryan wondered, feigning innocence before chuckling at Skye’s discomfiture. Faline merely giggled.

“Mkay, I’ll help you get cleaned, Bryan. Why don’t you go back to the others, Skye?” Faline suggested. “They probably need all the help they can get.”

“And, I’m sure Raela misses you by now,” Bryan added with a smirk.

“Well, I’m glad one of us is feeling better,” Skye remarked, muttering something about ingrates. “Faline’s right though, Azura wants all of us to pitch in. That includes you two when you’re done here, though.”

“But of course,” Bryan agreed.

With that, Skye departed to rejoin his comrades, leaving Bryan and Faline alone.

“…Man, it’s too bad I can’t wash my clothes right now,” Bryan spoke up moments later after he’d washed his face. “They’re as bloody as my armor.”

“So I can see. But let’s use these rags I borrowed from Lady Bronwyn’s wagon. It’ll get the job done faster,” Faline suggested and produced two white rags from her satchel. She then handed one to Bryan.

“Good idea. Oh, hey, you got some blood on your chest plate too. No joke, I swear.”

“I do? Oh, oops. Guess I should clean that off too, huh?”

With that, Faline undid the straps of her chest plate and set it near Bryan’s armor. Bryan then grabbed his chest plate, dampened his rag using the river water, and began to scrub it. Faline took another piece of Bryan’s armor and did the same. As she began to wipe it down, she steadily inched closer to Bryan.

“By the way, I’ve been wondering for awhile now, how come you don’t have a helmet like the other foot lancers?” Faline inquired.

“Eh, I hate wearing one. I find them uncomfortable and irritating,” Bryan replied. “Besides, on this little jaunt, it would be best if I was easily recognized.”

“Ah, good point… Oh, and Bryan…” Faline continued, somewhat shyly, but with palpable conviction. Bryan turned to face her.

“Yeah?” he replied.

“I still love you as much as I always have,” Faline assured, gazing into his green eyes as a loving smile graced her lips. Bryan couldn’t help but return it as the sunlight reflected off of her own pale purple eyes.

“Heh. I’m very glad. I really have no idea what I did to deserve a girl like you, but I’m glad.”

Before Faline could respond, a croaking sound rang out. Faline seemed to stiffen at the sound and, a moment later, a frog suddenly leaped out of the grass behind her.

“Eeep!” she yelped and toppled into the arms of an amused Bryan.

“You do know that frogs giving people warts is just a myth, right?” he inquired teasingly.

“Oh, shut up,” she retorted, chagrined at her own jumpiness.

Bryan chuckled playfully. Faline’s tumble had landed her in Bryan’s lap, their faces only inches away from one another’s. Faline curled her arms around Bryan’s neck in a passionate embrace while Bryan caressed her waistline. Their lips soon met, their writhing tongues grappling with one another. They remained lost in their affection for some time and, though Azura noticed that the pair was overdue, and deduced why quickly enough, she chose not to disturb them. Instead, she turned to Ike and Elincia.

“Man, they’re starting to act like you two back in camp,” she teased.

“Or you and Leyon in the lake,” Ike pointed out with a devious grin.

At that, Azura’s eyes widened and the color drained from her face.

“…W-What?! How’d you know about—?!”

“We saw it through the flaps of our tent,” Elincia admitted with a giggle. “But don’t worry, we won’t tell anyone.”

“Thanks, b-but just how much did you see?” Azura inquired worriedly.

“Oh, just you and him making out while neck deep in the water. Then he started kissing your neck and collarbone,” Ike replied, snickering under his breath. “And that’s all. I swear.”

“Yeah, it’s true,” Elincia added. “We went back to bed afterwards.”

“Alright then, I…ah…appreciate your keeping this between us,” Azura responded with a discreet sigh, more than relieved that Ike hadn’t seen her nude. Azura had hardly planned that little escapade but, after so many months of hacking her way through army after army of Red Claw and Melorans, not to mention evading their pursuit for years beforehand, she was impossibly eager to get away from the bloodshed and the killing and the gore that clung to her all hours, however brief that respite turned out to be. She had been revived by her jaunt in the bracing chill of the lake…and in more ways than one, when Leyon had joined her, but him seeing her naked had been terribly embarrassing. Elincia, at least, was another woman, and would not inspire such mortification. But, it was bad enough that Ike had seen her frolicking about with her newfound lover in nothing but her undergarments. Despite his vow of silence, Ike would surely tease her relentlessly about her night with Leyon, but two men seeing her completely unclothed? She’d never live it down.

As Azura, Skye, and the others sifted through the remains of the Red Claw encampment, they began loading usable supplies and edible food into the wagons. They recovered weapons, armor, food, parts and ammunition for siege weapons and a vast assortment of valuables, all in such a muddled heap that sorting it all out took longer than the battle. Misty also offered to take any unneeded items to sell for a profit or to barter for extra supplies that could be held in reserve. At least some of the loot, Bryan suspected, belonged to the Astrynian citizens, though he had no idea how much, and he also knew that at least some of it would be needed by the army. With Bronwyn’s assistance, he began cataloging the loot, stitching numbers into the material of the sacks and writing up logs of what was loaded into each one. Hopefully, that would make the task of deciding who received what a bit simpler. Just as Azura had just finished loading yet another sack of food onto Bronwyn’s wagon, however, she heard a faint rustling coming from somewhere in the distance. She turned in the direction of the sound and spotted two wyverns wheeling through the air towards them, neither of which were Lartz’s. One was a dark green color while the other was a pale light blue. As they drew closer, they angled for a landing nearby.

When Azura was able to get a closer look, she noticed each wyvern carried both riders and passengers. Astride the dark green wyvern, which was larger and sported the trappings of a Dragonmaster’s mount, was a black haired man armed with a poleax and clad in silver armor lined with green. Behind him rode an orange haired woman wearing pink robes and wielding what appeared to be a Mend staff. The blue wyvern was ridden by a dusty brown haired woman in gold armor and armed with an axe. Behind her was a man with light bluish green hair who was garbed in flowing blue robes and holding an Elthunder tome. At first, Azura was afraid that Shigo had finally resurfaced and had sent troops to attack the army once again. Much to her relief, as the two wyverns landed and the quartet dismounted, they made no move to attack. The man in the flowing blue robes, a Thunder Sage, by the look of him, approached Azura. His tome was tucked in his belt and, although he made no move to use it, his gaze betrayed his wariness.

“We have had tidings of your comings,” he informed them. “Yet, these are perilous times and we can ill afford more troubles when we already have so many. We have been dispatched to learn your purpose.”

“Dispatched? By who?” Azura inquired, wondering if these four might be hostile after all.

“I will answer your questions after you have answered mine,” the Thunder Sage replied brusquely, his hands straying to his tome. “Whoever commands this troop, speak now...or defend yourselves.”

Azura was more than a little nettled by the Thunder Sage’s words, but decided answering his question might be the wiser course.

“I’m one of the people in command here,” Azura confirmed. “My name is Azura. Who are all of you?”

“Perhaps I have not made myself clear. You will answer my questions before I answer yours.”

“Oh, very well. We came here to hunt the Red Claw and to see Queen Marion.”

“That is a peculiar claim, given that her majesty is hardly in any shape to be entertaining guests.”

“She'll want to see us. We—”

“Are Melorans? It’s no secret they’ve been moving about every which-where. That is not why you're here, I hope? If so, it would…rather sour this meeting."

Azura sighed in annoyance.

“That is the second time someone has asked us that since we’ve been here,” she grumbled. “And no, we’re not Meloran. We’re—”

“Hey! Who do you people think you are?!” Skye butted in, cutting Azura off a second time. “There’s no way in hell we’re Meloran!”

“Don’t tell me you came from Talgria then,” the Dragonmaster interjected with a chuckle.

“You got a problem with that?!” Skye shot back, muttering something under his breath about “headshots.”

“Oh, spare me your bravado! You’re morons for even coming here. We told one of your generals to kindly keep his distance when he marched through our territory!”

“What did you just say?!”

“Perhaps you're deaf as well as stupid?”

“Let’s see if you’re still laughing after I make a pincushion out of you!”

The Dragonmaster was about to retort when Bryan, who had heard the commotion, intervened.

“Whoa, hey! Skye, what’s going on here?” he interrupted. “Who are these people?”

“Ah, Bryan, there you are,” Skye replied. “I was hoping you’d show up. This idiot here needs a lesson in humility. He won’t accept help from Talgria even after we came to rescue his sorry ass!”

“Oh really now?” Bryan wondered, his sentiments quickly mirroring those of Skye. “And I suppose you don’t believe we defeated the dozens of Red Claw members that were here too?!”

“Damn straight! You Talgrians couldn’t defeat a mob of street urchins with wooden swords!” the Dragonmaster scoffed.

“Wanna bet, tough guy?!”

“You guys! Stop this right now!” Azura cut in. “It’s pathetic!”

“General Eric, this is not the time,” the thunder sage interjected. “And besides, I’m still curious as to why Queen Marion would want to see you people. It is hardly a secret that her final hours seem to be drawing near, after all.”

“The commander of this band of Red Claw mentioned that during the battle," Bryan spoke up. “So, it is true?”

“Yes,” the robed woman confirmed. “Her majesty can hardly even speak nowadays, the poor woman. She’s so ill and frail. Not even our best treatments have been able to restore her.”

“I see,” Bryan replied, trying to keep a pang of sadness from entering his voice. “That’s terrible.”

“Indeed. She also won’t stop spewing gibberish about a sister and nephew,” the Dragonmaster reported, folding his arms. “Frankly, I don’t believe they even exist. She’s old and sick, so I wouldn’t be surprised if she had hallucinations and the like.”

“I would not be so quick to dismiss her claims,” the Thunder Sage advised. “If there really is a prince, he’s our only hope.”

“So, you people serve Queen Marion?” Bryan inquired, realizing this group might get him into the palace…if he could convince them of his story.

“That is correct,” the Thunder Sage confirmed. “Though, how I would serve my queen by allowing you to speak with her escapes me at the moment.”

“Because we have a solution to this crisis,” Bryan replied, turning to his friends. “Skye, go get my dad. He’ll want to talk to these people too. Azura, you might as well go back and help the others.”

“I’m on it,” Skye obeyed and departed in search of Owen.

“Right,” Azura added and followed.

“…A solution?” the Thunder Sage inquired skeptically, arching one eyebrow.

“We’ve answered your questions, now answer ours,” Bryan demanded, deciding to learn what he could about this group before Skye and Azura returned. “Who are you and why are you here?”

“Very well. I’m Francois, the Count of Urae and head of the noble House of Calfrew, which has produced many of Astryn’s foremost magic users. This is Eric, the commander of our dracoknights. These women are Olivia, Eric’s lieutenant, and Armelle, a bishop and the daughter of Count Adaon, the late head of the House of Menwy.”

“We came under orders from Queen Marion herself,” Olivia added, though she seemed no less curious than Francois about the “solution” Bryan had mentioned. “We heard from one of our hawk messengers that a group of unknown warriors had appeared within our borders and fought against the bandits who were robbing the common folk. Our queen requested that we meet with you and learn who you are. So, who are you?”

Such a seemingly simple question and, not so long ago, Bryan had known the answer. But then again, that was before learning of his royal blood, which he had never known existed. And, of course, these people would surely be harder to convince than a small girl who’d always had faith in the hidden prince of Astryn. Remembering Sally, however, reminded Bryan of what was at stake and why he had to succeed. He drew in a long breath, and then spoke.

“I’m Bryan, the son of the late Princess Caline, who was, indeed, Marion’s sister,” he explained. “My father is Grand Duke Owen of House Novat. When Medann was attacked during the last war by the Meloran general Shigo, my parents fled the capital along with myself. Shigo eventually caught up with us on what is now called the Caline Fallows and killed my mother. After that, my father raised me in Talgria in order to keep us hidden from Shigo. My father kept my origins a secret until several days ago, as he knew I wouldn’t be able to handle the truth at such a young age. We have no proof of this right now, but I know my father, and I assure you that he speaks the truth.”

Bryan paused for a moment to gauge the reaction of his audience. Francois’s brows had shot clear up into his hairline, though Bryan wasn’t certain if the Thunder Sage’s expression was one of astonishment or incredulity. Olivia looked cautiously intrigued, cocking her head to one side and studying Bryan’s face as if searching for something. Armelle seemed confused by this claim and her gaze drifted between her companions, as if hoping her comrades might know what to do. Eric merely snorted.

“What? You? Our prince?” he scoffed, a mirthless chuckle escaping his lips. “Don’t make me laugh. No Astrynian in his right mind would ask aid from Talgria of all places.”

“What?!” Bryan thundered, his hands straying to his lance.

“Eric, that’s enough!” Francois ordered, then regarding Bryan as if seeing him for the first time. “You tell a curious tale. You say you are the unknown son of a sister to the queen whom, as far as any of us know, never existed? You claim too that you conveniently learned of this secret mere days ago and that you’ve come to our rescue at, incidentally, our most desperate hour? A curious tale, and preposterous.”

Bryan was chagrined by the rebuke, but was not about to concede defeat so easily. Before he could argue, however, Francois cut him off.

“Preposterous, but not impossible.”

Bryan was more than a little taken aback at the sudden shift in Francois’s words. Eric, Olivia and Armelle, however, looked quite astonished.

“What?!” Eric howled, grasping Francois’s shoulder and forcibly turning the Count to meet his gaze. “Have you lost your senses?! Are you seriously going to believe this half-pint could possibly be the heir to the throne?! We don’t even know whether or not Queen Marion ever had any siblings!”

“But we have evidence,” Francois pointed out, working to pry himself free of Eric’s grip.

“But it isn’t proof!”

“It’s still enough reason to give my father and I a chance to prove our claim!” Bryan argued.

“My son is correct,” Owen’s voice spoke up before anyone else could reply.

“And you are the one who claims to be Grand Duke Owen, I presume?” Francois guessed.

“That’s right,” Owen confirmed, but a strange expression dawned on his features when he caught sight of Eric. “Ah… Eric, is that you? It’s been so many years since I last saw you. You were just a baby back then, but I could tell you were a sturdy boy. You look so much like your father.”

“Oh, I do, do I?” Eric inquired rather testily.

“Indeed. Your father was a great general and a peerless warrior. I was honored to have known him, and honored all the greater to have been his friend. Bryan’s birth was quite close to your own, and your father and I hoped the two of you would become friends as you grew. Perhaps you still might? I suspect your father would want that.”

Eric, it seemed, was quick to anger. For, after Owen had said this, the Dragonmaster became livid.

“What do you know about my father?!” he demanded.

A cunning, but friendly grin bridged the gap between Owen’s ears as he replied.

“I know that he was forced to retire when he lost most of his hearing,” Owen answered, and had been about to say more but Eric’s scoff interrupted him.

“That's no secret! It happened in battle when he—” Eric began, before he was cut off.

“Got a little too close to the impact of a Meteor spell?” Owen finished. “Yes, that was the official story. But, the truth was different. He had been on patrol in the Dathyl Peaks and, afterward, decided to challenge himself by skirting the edge of those icy spires. However, he chanced upon a blizzard and the howling winds robbed him of much of his hearing. You, I trust, were told the truth when you began flying yourself?”

Astonishment replaced Eric’s incredulity.

“How…how did you know that?” he blurted, seeming as though struggling to keep his lower jaw from plummeting.

“He told me from his own mouth over a pint of ale at the Red Rapscallion Inn and Tavern. While we were there, he also told me that his family always went there for a celebratory drink when one of their own came of age. You drank your first ale there, I trust?”

Eric’s stupefied silence was all the confirmation that Owen needed.

“I know also that he would not want you boys to be enemies,” Owen continued, his tone turning sober. “I was with your father in his final moments. I had hoped I could convince him to leave with us, but he refused. I saw his end from afar, and I was aggrieved.”

Owen’s words, however, had an ill effect on Eric. The Dragonmaster’s confusion turned to rage and he might have struck at Owen had Armelle’s hand on his shoulder not strangely calmed him.

“So, either you’re a charlatan or you left my father to his death,” Eric snarled. “I will bear that in mind, “milord.””

Bryan moved to his father’s side, ready to intervene if Eric chose not to relent, but the Dragonmaster only met the Sentinel’s gaze with a seething glare.

“I can see that, at the very least, investigating your claims will be no mundane affair,” Francois commented wearily. “Anyway, I see you already know Eric. I’m Francois, a Count of Astryn. I rule the province of Urae.”

“Urae…” Owen repeated. “Oh my goodness…”

“Is something wrong?”

“No, it’s just that…Urae was the territory my family ruled over before they were wiped out in the last war. Bryan and I are the only members left.”

Eric merely snorted again.

“I see,” Francois replied, after giving the general a sidelong glare. “Queen Marion did say that I was the first of my family to be appointed a Count of that area. She mentioned that it had once belonged to another house that was wiped out, but she never did elaborate. I inquired once about who had governed Urae before, but the question sent her into tears.”

“That’s understandable. Her majesty probably couldn’t bear to speak of it. She had a lot of faith and trust in my family, as House Novat had a long and glorious history. I can’t begin to imagine the pain she went through when the three of us went missing and she surely believed us dead. I felt terrible about having to abandon her for so long.”

“I understand. Truth be told, I have no cause to take your claims at face value. But, there might be another way to discover the truth. Some years after the war ended, and the palace was being rebuilt, one of the work crews discovered an old portrait of a woman. No one at the palace recognized the woman and, though there was a name on the portrait’s frame, it was damaged in a fire and the name was lost. She does, however, bear a striking resemblance to your son, so there is some cause to believe what you have said. Unfortunately, if you are to make some sort of bid to inherit the throne when Queen Marion passes, then the other nobles will require more concrete proof of your claims.”

“You can’t be serious, Francois!” Eric protested. “These two can only be charlatans!”

“Will you shut the hell up already?!” Bryan retorted.

“Make me, “your highness!”” Eric shot back, leaning hotly in Bryan’s face.

“Delighted!”

As Bryan drew his lance and Eric hefted his poleax, Owen and Francois stepped between the two.

“Bryan, stop. You know better than this,” Owen lectured.

“I’m afraid I must agree with Master Owen, Eric. The queen won’t tolerate such behavior, especially when we already have enough troubles to contend with!” Francois added.

“Whatever. Then the “prince” and I will settle our score later,” Eric replied.

“Fine by me,” Bryan agreed tersely. “Anyway, Francois, my father told me that there are two people who can validate our claims. Queen Marion herself is one of them.”

“I suspected as much, but unfortunately, I doubt she can be of much help to you,” Francois reported. “Her condition has left her in such a state that she can’t speak very well anymore. What of this other individual? Perhaps that would prove a better alternative?”

“Most likely,” Owen replied. “He is a Grand Duke of Astryn like myself and was one of the survivors of Shigo’s attack on Medann two decades ago.”

“Ah, you must be referring to Duke Luther. Of the House of Pryderi, if I'm not mistaken?”

“Yes, exactly. He is an old friend of mine as well.”

“I see. I really wish I did not have to tell you this, but I’m afraid Duke Luther passed away a few days ago. He had been ailing for some time and, one night his heart failed him. We tried everything, but… Not even our best healers could save him. I’m sorry.”

“…Oh. I see…”

“…Then we have to see Queen Marion. She’s the only person left who can identify us,” Bryan insisted.

“Very well,” Francois concurred. “We can only hope that she has the strength to judge your claim…one way, or the other. We will remain here until you are ready to leave, and then we will escort you to Medann. Come with us as soon as you finish your errand here.”

“Of course. We’ll try to finish quickly.”

With that, Bryan went back to aiding his allies. While that task was underway, Owen spoke with Francois at greater length. Though he was still skeptical of Bryan’s claim, the Count of Urae, it seemed, had found Owen to be trustworthy. The Count, however, was also palpably aware of Eric’s displeasure at this seeming acceptance of Bryan and Owen’s tale, and thus withheld many of the specifics. With Queen Marion dying, and supposedly without an heir, the question of whom would claim the throne was on everybody’s mind. The various dukes and duchesses were already planning their own moves. They were trying to determine who would, or would not, make a bid for the throne and were also working to build up their forces and to secure the allegiance of commanders to lead their troops as well as other nobles to ally with them. Francois and Eric had already been approached by several of the competing dukes and duchesses. These dukes and duchesses had offered them positions of command, both in their armies and in their courts after the crown had been won. Some of the other nobles who’d been similarly entreated had either consented to back one side or another while others, declaring themselves neutral, had armed themselves in case someone did not take “no” for an answer. With all the resources and treasure poured into these campaigns for the throne, however, there had been nothing to stop the Red Claw from ravaging the countryside and leaving in their wake the terrible poverty that the group had already seen the previous day. Francois had refrained from mentioning any names or other specifics during this discussion, but what he said was more than enough to confirm the urgency of the situation.

Owen discreetly relayed this news to Bryan and, though he hardly needed to, urged his son to hurry. Thankfully, it was only a short time before the last of the loot was packed away into the wagons and everyone was prepared to continue on to Medann. Bryan relayed the plans he and Francois had decided upon to Azura and she assured him that she and the other troops would be there if he needed them. During the remainder of the trip to the capital, Bryan spoke with his father and inquired about their family history. Owen explained that their family had quite a remarkable legacy. Bryan’s ancestor, who had elevated the family to greatness, had not actually been a blood member of House Novat. He had been known to his friends as Iron Storm, not only for his strength and speed, but also for his insistence on only using iron weapons, “lest the fight be too easy,” he'd been known to say. Iron Storm had been a warrior and an instructor in the service of an Astrynian earl. That earl had a son, but he was cowardly and unfit to succeed his father. The earl and Iron Storm had attempted to train the son, but to no avail. Sometime later, the earl received word of a horde of bandits preparing to attack his lands. He led his warriors, as well as his son and Iron Storm, into battle. The bandits, however, were far stronger than the earl had expected and, to make matters worse, his cowardly son fled the battle. However, Iron Storm fought peerlessly and achieved victory. The earl, unfortunately, had been dealt a fatal wound. The earl was enraged by his son’s cowardice and, with his dying breath, disinherited his cowardly son on the spot and named Iron Storm as his successor. Iron Storm then went on to marry the earl’s daughter and, under his leadership, House Novat enjoyed a veritable golden age. By the time Iron Storm had passed on, House Novat commanded four times as much land and more than ten times as much prestige as it had beforehand.

“Wow,” Bryan murmured, stunned. “That’s amazing. I actually feel honored to be a descendant of such a hero.”

“So do I, Bryan. In fact, he was often mentioned in Astrynian history books,” Owen continued. “I’m afraid I can’t recall his name, though. He was called Iron Storm so much, and by everyone, that most people have forgotten what his real name was. I suspect that a history book is the only place you can find that out.”

“That’s alright. One thing I’m wondering, whatever happened to the cowardly son?”

“No one really knows. He wasn’t exactly missed, as you might have guessed. He did try to overturn his father’s dying decree in the courts but, obviously, he didn’t succeed. He vowed revenge, stalked off and was never heard from again. Although most had just balked at his threat, your ancestor did keep an eye out for him. The disinherited son might have been a coward, but he was also cunning and clever, and could very well have been dangerous.”

“I see. So, what do you know about House Astryn’s history? What were my mother’s ancestors like?”

“Well, I don’t know much, but I do know that they were an honored and beloved family. The Astyrnian people never once denied that they should rule the country, as they did so wisely and well for countless generations. They, too, have had their share of war heroes in their past, and that was what earned them the respect of their people and the right to the throne. Grand Duke Luther would’ve been delighted to tell you so much more, though. He was also a historian, you see.”

“Hm…”

Francois soon signaled for a halt and turned to the pair.

“My friends, we will be in view of the palace soon,” he reported. “Assuming we arrive in time for you to meet with Queen Marion, we will—”

“Count Francois, General Eric!” Olivia’s voice interrupted as she landed her wyvern nearby. “I’m afraid we have a problem!”

“Great, now what?” Eric grumbled.

“A huge force of beast laguz have been spotted! They’re beyond the hill up ahead!”

“The Larameans?! What the hell do they want?!”

“As if we don’t have enough problems already,” Bryan added angrily. “We should arm ourselves.”

“Hold! We have no cause to believe they’re here to attack us,” Francois pointed out.

As if in reply, the group heard a sudden inhalation that was followed by an overpowering roar. At that signal, dozens of cat and tiger laguz soon crested the hill and charged towards the group.

“You were saying?” Bryan countered, not bothering to hide his annoyance.

“…Let’s just keep them from tearing us to shreds,” Francois replied, a lopsided smile on his face.

With that, the warriors rushed forward and clashed with the laguz. Much like the appearance of the Recathe hawks earlier, these new arrivals had Bryan, Azura, and their comrades deeply troubled. There didn’t seem to be any beorc amongst the enemy, which ruled out the theory that these might be conscripted prisoners, and Bryan was somehow certain that these were not laguz bandits. Could hostilities have broken out between Astryn and Larame? Francois, he was sure, would have considered such information too sensitive to share during their earlier conference, but the Count had seemed just as surprised as the rest of them. The question of why Larame had suddenly invaded the country, however, would have to wait. Every time a laguz was struck down, another took their place. And, these laguz were seasoned warriors. The cats were agile and fast on their paws while the tigers had the endurance to withstand one blow after another without faltering. Even after Lily, Soren, and Francois began to use fire tomes, the natural weakness of the beast tribe laguz, the enemy did not relent and Azura’s troops were hard pressed on all sides.

“I don’t get this!” Bryan blurted sometime later as he raised his shield to deflect a blow from a pouncing cat. “Why would they attack Astryn?”

“I must confess, I am at a loss to explain it,” Francois admitted as he launched an Elfire spell into that same cat from behind Bryan. “We’ve never had any quarrel with the Larameans before. Orenias’s relationship with them has rarely been friendly, but we’re not to blame for that.”

Bryan was about to speak again but, before he could open his mouth, Eric streaked past on his wyvern. The Dragonmaster brought his mount to a halt and confronted the tiger whom appeared to be leading the Laramean attack. Unlike his brethren, whom were mainly gray tigers and pale yellow cats, his tiger form was white and bespangled with black stripes.

“Hey! What the hell do you think you’re doing?!” Eric demanded as he hefted a steel poleax and made ready to spur his mount into motion for a swooping attack.

“Ah, if it isn’t General Eric!” the tiger replied. “I was rather hoping I'd get the chance to see you, and personally repay you for your banditry.”

“Banditry?!” Eric repeated, more incredulous than confused.

“Don't you play the fool with me! The bandits robbed you of your food and supplies and you replaced your losses by looting our stores!”

“…What in goddess’s name are you talking about?!”

“You still dare to feign ignorance! We caught some of your men in the act just the other day!”

“That’s preposterous! I never ordered any of them to do such a thing! Someone tricked you and I think I know who!”

For a breathless moment, Bryan found himself wondering if Eric would implicate the Red Claw or the prince. The tiger, however, gave Eric no chance to decide.

“Oh really?” the tiger scoffed. “Then prove it!”

With that, the white tiger leaped towards Eric. The Dragonmaster heeled his mount into motion, taking him above the tiger’s attack. Francois, Bryan, and Azura, meanwhile, soon joined the general in order to prevent the other cats and tigers from aiding their leader. However, the white tiger moved far more quickly than his underlings. His claws had caught Eric in the thigh as he tried to take to the air and, when Eric swooped in for a strike, the tiger met him in midflight and very nearly knocked him out of his saddle. The tiger, on the other hand, had landed blows to the wyvern’s shoulder and arm. His claws sunk into Eric’s left arm as well, nearly making Eric drop his weapon. The general bellowed in pain, he angrily swung his poleax one more time and managed only to scrape the tiger’s side. The beast, rather amused at his faltering enemy, was about to attack again. Before he could strike, however, one of his subordinates raced over and reported that they’d lost too many of their men.

“Blast! We’ll have to retreat for now then,” the white tiger ordered and then turned to Eric and the others. “You win this time, but mark my words, we’ll be back!”

With that, the tiger and the remainder of his unit fled. Too weary and bloodied to pursue, and having already been delayed at the worst possible moment, Azura and her comrades let them go.

“Well that’s just terrific! Warring dukes! Charlatan princes! And, now this!” Eric opined angrily. Kiel and Sara, on the other hand, stared at the white tiger curiously as he vanished from sight. He looked so familiar, but just who was he?​
 
And here is part 2.


Chapter 29: The Blaze of War

Part 2

Across the Meloran border, Royce directed his wyvern to the darkened keep in the heart of Ebonar. As usual, the sky was overcast and broodingly dark, due to a recent volcanic eruption in the north. The smoke had spread upward and outward, creating more cloud cover and blotting out the sun. The Melorans, however, were used to this. There were many volcanoes in northern Melora, and several of them had been fairly active for years on end. Thus, dark, cloudy days were not uncommon. When Royce passed through the outer gates of the keep and returned his wyvern to the royal wyvern roost, he proceeded to the throne room to report to his mother. As he had expected, Isis was there awaiting him. Much to Royce’s displeasure, however, so was Bernard. A scowl crossed the Meloran prince’s features when he laid eyes upon the Red Claw leader.

“Bernard! How dare you show your face?!” Royce blurted angrily as he approached. “I’m surprised Mother hasn’t had you hanged!”

“Why, whatever do you mean, Prince Royce?” Bernard inquired with a false air of respect punctuated by a smothered chuckle.

“You know damn well what I mean! My men and I were dispatched to rendezvous with yours near the Talgrian capital. We expected to find the stage set for an invasion of Aracion, and what do I find instead? A corpse pile, and yet another failure that you have handed us!”

“What are you saying?”

“We were poised to achieve a decisive victory, and you have turned it into a disaster, dumbass!”

“Royce, that’s enough,” Isis intervened. “The failed attempt to invade Aracion is a minor setback.”

“W-What?! Mother! Capturing that sorry ass excuse for a city is crucial!” Royce protested. “Talgria is the heart of Allied Command, and its fall would ensure our victory!”

“Of course, but Bernard has good news.”

“Indeed, I do,” Bernard confirmed. “The invasion of Aracion may have failed, but the assault on Jerusa did not. Cilae is officially ours. The mission in Astryn was also a success. Those pitiful Astrynians believed everything my men told them and gave up their junk without so much as lifting a finger. I also took the liberty of…ensuring that Astryn will not interfere with our plans, regardless of whether or not their “prince” secures his throne.”

“Really? It’s about time you and your men did something right,” Royce replied tauntingly.

“Don’t push me, Royce!” Bernard warned, abandoning his false show of respect.

“Boys, quiet!” Isis ordered. “We may have taken Cilae, but Talgria and the other Allied nations are certain to retaliate. Our defenses must stay strong, and ready to beat back their attack. Is that clear, Bernard?”

“Yes, your majesty,” Bernard complied.

“Now, what is your report, Royce? Other than the “disaster” you mentioned?”

Royce did not miss the note of challenge in his mother’s tone. Undoubtedly, she wanted to know if he had managed to achieve something at least comparable to Bernard’s recent successes. Unfortunately, Royce had little to offer…and the smug grin on Bernard’s face only rankled the Meloran prince’s pride all the more.

“Well, all I have to say is that I had a little run-in with Lartz. He has turned against us, though we had already suspected as much. I was able to overpower him, but I did not kill him,” Royce reported.

“And why did you let him live?”

“To be honest, Mother, I wanted very much to kill him. I wanted to decapitate him, and rip his heart and guts out with my bare hands. But I let the bastard live because it may work to our advantage. If I’m not mistaken, he’s also fighting against the traitor, Shigo. If his powers are triggered at the right moment, he may very well kill that son of a dastard for us.”

“Ah, I see. Not a bad plan. Then you’ll dispose of him afterwards, I presume?”

“Exactly. I have to admit, I look forward to the suffering of these interlopers with great anticipation! And I’ll make certain that Lartz’s death is the bloodiest and most excruciating of them all!”

“Well…” Isis replied, arching one eyebrow. “Then you should do well to maintain your self-control. We’re waging this war for a reason, not for your macabre fun.”

“But of course, Mother. By the way, how is the research on our half of the Miracle Stone going?”

“Ah, very well, actually. Our artificers had recently discovered a way to use the stone’s power without having to eliminate that girl who carries the blood of the Elhorians. All we need to do is get her half, and victory is ours.”

“Excellent. Heh, heh, heh…”

***​

Meanwhile, in Cilae, Leyon and Derien had been rudely reacquainted with one of the most fundamental rules of war: no battle plan survives contact with the enemy. Soren’s plan had been more than sound, it had been brilliant…but things went wrong anyway. As the knights and wolves made their way towards the Meloran troops besieging the Allied armies at the Cilae-Melora border, the wolf Derien had sent to Aracion returned with bad news. Although the ships had been gathered and loaded with the siege weapons for Soren’s planned diversion, an unseasonable storm had struck and the ships would have to remain docked until the storm calmed. Thus, there was not yet a pseudo-evacuation at the Cilaen ports to draw away the enemy from Jerusa and the border. This had briefly left Leyon in a quandary, as he rather doubted he could afford to wait, certainly if he wanted to keep Melora from discovering his presence until after Cilae was already liberated. Forced to improvise, he decided that the only thing they could do was to covertly make contact with the Allied troops entrapped at the border and, in concert with them, attack the Melorans. It was a risky strategy, as even one Meloran escaping could cost them the element of surprise and very likely, the entire campaign. But the young general concluded that victory could be achieved.

Azura, he suspected, would have approved.

The group had managed to signal the Allied armies via a series of torch signals. With these, the two Allied forces first made contact and then devised a rough plan. After that, Leyon and Derien dispersed their forces, sending units to each of the Meloran troop concentrations along the border, so that each would be attacked from both an outward and an inward direction. A few hours later, Leyon relayed one last signal: “now.”

Seemingly in an instant, the Melorans found themselves being crushed between two waves of Allied troops. Caught unprepared, they were hacked to pieces. Luckily, there had been few losses and, even better, the combined Allied forces had prevented any of the Melorans from escaping to sound an alarm. No less impressive, however, was the Allied troops who had held their ground at the border. Surrounded on all sides, cut off from supplies and reinforcements, they had nonetheless proven impossible for the Melorans to dislodge. While Leyon had been distributing new weapons and supplies, most of which the former property of the deceased Melorans, he could not help by marvel at the ingenuity and cohesion of the Allied troops here. Cilaen troops had lent their skills in botany to make medicines from wild herbs after their stock of vulneraries and elixirs has been depleted. The Talgrians had used their metal working skills to mend worn and damaged weapons and to “reclaim” those that had broken so that the metal could be put to other uses. The Eraghoan wolves used their skills in hunting and foraging to gather food, often at the expense of the besieging Melorans. And, the Perais Ravens used their mastery of the air to spy out both oncoming Meloran attacks and weaknesses in the siege. Through incredible courage, a flawless pooling of myriad talents and an awe-inspiring effort, the impossible had been achieved.

It had not, however, been without cost.

Of the more than eight thousand Allied troops holding the border, one out of every three was now dead. More than half of their warhorses, Pegasi, and pack animals had been lost as well.

Honored and humbled to serve with such brave soldiers, and wishing fervently that he could do more, Leyon had given them nearly all of the supplies taken from the defeated Melorans as well as whatever supplies and troops he himself could spare. He also had Norman and the other healers with his force tend to the wounded amongst these heroes. Later, Leyon, Derien, and Louise led their party towards Jerusa, hoping that the diversion would be underway by the time they arrived. The battle at the border, however, had taken most of the night and Leyon was obliged to call a halt. A village was spotted in the distance and, though it was eerily quiet, there was no sign of any Red Claw or Meloran forces, so Leyon deemed the area safe to settle for the night. Unfortunately, the journey to the village wasn’t as safe as he had supposed. The group had run afoul of some Red Claw bandits on the way there, and although they managed to defeat them easily, Jett ended up taking an arrow to his leg, and was rendered unable to walk. Because the arrow was lodged deep in his flesh, Norman was unable to treat the wound right away and advised Leyon and company to move to a safer location. They traveled a fair bit, but thankfully reached the village before Jett’s injury grew worse. He had been confined to the convoy wagon during the journey, and did not bother to hide his displeasure. Since sunrise was not far off, Leyon and the others agreed to set up camp and rest as well as they could.

“Dang it, Jett… Did you have to go jumping in front of me and taking that arrow?” Magali inquired irritably when she, Norman, and the other members of Kevin’s group entered the wagon to check on Jett.

“Don’t be a moron, of course I did! You’d have been hit!” Jett argued as he clenched his jaw and squeezed his eyes shut against the pain in his leg. “And you know full well that I swore to your parents that I’d protect you no matter what!”

“Yeah, but I would’ve held up my shield! I was paying attention and you never are! Who’s the moron now?”

“I am so! And, you were not! Paying attention, I mean.”

“Was too!”

Zane merely sighed.

“Come on, you two, stop,” Kevin interjected, though it sounded more like a plea than an order. “This is ridiculous. Norman, how long is this going to take?”

“Well, it depends on how deep the arrow is,” Norman replied. “I’ll do my best, though. Now Jett, this might hurt for a little while…”

Zane turned to Kevin while Norman attempted to dislodge the arrow in Jett’s flesh.

“Commander Kevin, may I speak with you privately for a moment?” he inquired.

“Sure, Zane. You’re always welcome to talk to me,” Kevin replied with a smile. The two then departed the wagon and approached a nearby grove some distance from the camp.

“So what’s on your mind?” Kevin inquired.

“Well, you know, ever since we were kids, we wanted to be mercenaries,” Zane began. “Your dad was awesome too. He was the best fighter I’d ever seen and his small mercenary company could take on just about anyone and come out on top. It made me wish I’d known my own father. Sure, my aunt and uncle raised me like I was their own son, but it wasn’t the same.”

“I hear you,” Kevin replied. “And we met because we both wanted to join my father’s group someday.”

“That’s right. His men were amazing. Until that horrible day…”

Here, Zane’s words trailed away and his expression turned grave. Not that Kevin could blame him, for he knew all too well what troubled his friend. Kevin’s father and his mercenary group had garnered great fame. Sadly, with fame came enemies. And, a particular group of bandits who sought revenge had proven terrible adversaries.

“I know," Kevin replied. “Those thugs turned out to be so much stronger than anybody would’ve guessed. We lost two of the five members, as well as my mother. It practically destroyed me and my father. He could hardly bear to eat or sleep, let alone fight or run the company anymore. Those mercenaries were like brothers to him. And my mother...we all loved her dearly.”

“Yeah. The two other survivors were very upset by the tragedy as well and also decided to retire. They still supported you and your dad as well as each other, but things were never the same. Even so, when we were old enough, we decided to become mercenaries ourselves. And not just because it was our dream, but also to do honor to your father and his company. It was just us two and we made a great team. We couldn’t wipe out hordes of bandits or pirates like your old man did back in the day, but those we did fight got clobbered. They were great times. …No, amazing times.”

“What are you saying, exactly?”

“I’m saying that ever since you let Jett and Magali join us, it hasn’t been as much fun for me. I gave them a chance like you wanted me to, but all I’ve seen from them is bickering, bickering, and more bickering. They’ve gotten on my last nerve.”

“I know, but they needed work. Jett has no family and Magali’s mother is crippled and unable to work, so there wasn’t much for them to live on. And we’ve all grown to be a very good team. I know those two like to quarrel, but they’ve also become capable warriors. The four of us can protect Cilae just as well as my father’s group did if we work together to become better fighters and a better team.”

“Well, I guess that’s true. They just better not start arguing more than they already do…if that’s even possible.”

“Fair enough. Let’s go help General Leyon and the others now.”

“Alright. And Commander, just so you know, I’d follow you anywhere.”

“Heh. Thanks, Zane.”

With that, the two rejoined the knights and wolves. As the group had left the tents behind so as not to attract undue attention, they just bundled up and settled down on the turf. Before retiring for what was left of the night, Leyon, Derien, and Louise discussed Soren’s strategy. They had expected the ships and siege weapons to be on their way to the Allied troops holed up at the Cilaean ports by now, but the storm in Talgria had made quite a mess out of their initial plan. They still had yet to decide how to compensate for the setback, and they were all too aware that they could not afford any mistakes. After all, they had only one chance to succeed, and failure could likely cost the Allied nations the entire war. And, even if Leyon and his group did successfully retake Jerusa, Bryan, Azura, and their army still had to do their part and get Astryn and Orenias to join Allied Command. The outcome of either mission could determine the future of all of Altarais, one way or the other. Leyon offered to go fetch some quills and parchment so that a revised plan of action could be laid out in writing. This way, no one would forget their roles.

Leyon’s trip back to the wagon, however, was interrupted when Eliot suddenly emerged. He was carrying a compact rack filled with small vials of different colored paints, which he sometimes brought with him so he could paint his sketches between missions. Eliot had spotted Leyon a split second too late and slammed right into him, crushing the vials between the two of them. By the time the two knights hit the ground, both were covered in paint.

“AAAH!” Leyon bellowed as the paint splashed everywhere. “Eliot, what the hell?!”

“Ah! Oh man… I’m so sorry, General!” Eliot quickly apologized, standing up and offering his hand. “And there goes my paint too…”

“Never mind that, we’re a mess now!” Leyon protested angrily and allowed Eliot to help him up. “And there’s purple paint up my nose!”

At this, and despite his better judgment, Eliot couldn’t help but unsuccessfully try to suppress a chuckle. His superior officer had every color of the rainbow dripping off of his armor, face, and clothing. Leyon then noticed that Eliot looked even worse, and a smile soon formed on his face. Within the next few moments, both were laughing uproariously. Derien and Louise soon came over to see what the commotion was about and the wolf general soon found himself rolling on the ground in laughter while Louise giggled.

“Oh! Oh my goodness, you two look absurd!” she opined.

“Yeah. I’m just glad Azura isn’t here to see this,” Leyon agreed. “That would be terribly embarrassing. Well, Eliot, luckily for us, there’s a pond near here, so let’s clean up and then get back to work. I’ll meet you and Derien later, Milady.”

“Alright. I’ll go get the parchment and quills then,” Louise offered and then noticed Derien was still on the ground laughing hysterically. “…Derien, was it really that funny?”

“…Sorry, I couldn’t help it,” Derien replied, finally rising. “That was just priceless.”

“Well, calm yourself and let’s go. We still have a serious situation to attend to, and I'd rather the Melorans didn't join us for this little comedy.”

“Yeah, yeah, I know.”

Although most of the vials had been shattered, Leyon and Eliot began to salvage what they could while Louise and Derien went about their tasks. Luckily, the ground was soft, and those vials that escaped being crushed between the two knights were still undamaged. The rack of vials, however, had been smashed to splinters, so they could only load the remaining vials into Eliot’s satchel and then head for the pond. Eliot then noticed that despite the severity of the situation and having been “painted,” Leyon had a large, genuine smile on his face.

“Say, General. You’re in a pretty good mood lately,” Eliot spoke up kindly.

“Yep. I did just recently win the heart of the girl of my dreams, after all,” Leyon pointed out.

“That you did! I had a feeling you would too.”

“Hm?”

“I suspected Lady Azura had developed a crush on you,” Eliot explained when the two reached the pond and began washing their faces and armor. “I spotted her blushing a few times in your presence.”

“Huh. First Natalie, then her. I never would've guessed that about either of them. I just could never think of Natalie as anything more than a trusted friend and ally though.”

“Wait, how did you know about her old crush?”

“Azura told me, actually. She said you told her.”

“…Oh. Right…”

A devious grin soon crossed Leyon’s features.

“You know,” he began. “Since I’m with Azura, and Marc and Leona have each other, that just leaves you and…”

“No way, Deputy Commander Natalie hates me,” Eliot protested.

“Maybe. Maybe not.”

“Now hold it, don’t go trying to get her and I together. You might have succeeded with Marc and Leona, but I’m afraid the deputy commander and I are a different story.”

“Ah, so you do like her?”

“I didn’t say that!”

“Heh, we’ll see. Let’s just finish up here so I can get to that meeting.”

“Alright then.”

With that, the two continued scrubbing their armor and the stains in their clothes. When Leyon was finally finished sometime later and strapped his armor on once more, he quickly headed back to rejoin Derien and Louise. As Leyon expected, the two were already seated on the turf. Several sheets of parchment sat alongside quills and inkwells near each of them. Soon, Leyon greeted his allies and took his seat.

Soren did his part by coming up with the brilliant strategies they were going to use, but the storm had thrown things into disarray. It was up to Leyon and the others to find a way to succeed despite this unwelcome surprise.

“Alright, let’s get started,” Leyon spoke up as he took a quill and sheet of parchment. “First things first, though. Someone has to reach his majesty in Aracion to find out when those siege weapons will get shipped out. Lady Louise, would you mind if I had one of my knights take care of that?”

“Not at all,” Louise replied. “In fact, I think that’s the best option, seeing as the castle guards won’t as easily allow a wolf laguz to enter. They were seen working for the enemy, after all.”

“My thoughts exactly. No offense to you, Derien.”

“None taken,” Derien agreed. “You probably have more knights to spare than I’ve got wolves anyway.”

“Maybe. Now, the real question is what to do in the meantime,” Leyon continued. “I had hoped those weapons would be on their way by now, but there’s no telling how long that storm will last. And, I don’t think we can afford to wait. We need to figure out what to do, and we have to do it now.”

“That’s a tough one,” Louise replied.

“Well…” Derien spoke up. “Maybe we don’t need the siege weapons. At least, not right away. What if some of us slipped into the ports and made it look like the troops there were building rafts and dinghies to sail themselves out?”

“It's risky,” Louise pointed out. “We were planning to funnel as many Melorans and Red Claw towards those ports as we could, and they’d need the siege weapons to hold out.”

“Yeah, but what if we split up into separate groups? The first could keep going to Jerusa, the second can slip into the ports and get the fake evacuation going, while the third follows the enemy heading to the ports. Some of our fast units could hit them and run, again and again, to slow them down and keep them off balance. That might buy the ships carrying the siege weapons the time they need to get here.”

“I think that might work, but who are we going to send? We can’t send too many, or else we won’t have enough forces to retake Jerusa. And, we can’t send too few either, or else the Melorans will wipe out the troops at the ports…and march right back to finish us off.”

“Hey, it was my plan, so why not let me and my wolves do the honors? We’ve got mobility and speed on our side and we can tell the difference between Allied soldiers and the enemy by their scents. My men would know exactly where to find them and slip past their siege lines unnoticed. We can also track the Melorans leaving Jerusa the same way. I can lead either force.”

“Actually, I’ll need you with us for the attack on Jerusa. Still, your plan is a good one. How many wolves did you bring?” Leyon inquired.

“Jeez, I never get to have any fun. Well, since my king needed most of our army to aid in Aracion’s defense, I couldn’t take a whole lot, but I believe I brought enough. There should be around eighty with us.”

“Good, we should be able to work with that. Now we’ll map out a route for your men to—”

“General Leyon!” a panicked voice suddenly interrupted from nearby. One of the knights had raced towards the trio, panting heavily.

“Huh? What’s going on?” Leyon inquired, rising to his feet.

“I apologize for interrupting, Sir, but we have trouble!” the knight continued. “A few of the other knights and I spotted huge plumes of smoke billowing into the sky. We think the village is under attack!”

“What?! Then get your butts over there now! We’ll be right behind you!”

“Yes, Sir!”

With that, the knight departed to alert his comrades and relay Leyon’s orders.

“Lady Louise, you should round up the other troops. Derien and I will head to town,” Leyon continued.

“Alright, be careful,” Louise warned. “I’ll join you as soon as I can.”

“Right!”

With that, the trio raced off. Louise and Leyon hurried to their mounts while Derien immediately headed for the village with two dozen wolves trailing him. As soon as he had mounted his horse, Leyon spurred the beast into motion, soon catching up with the wolf laguz general. Louise took her Pegasus and sought out Kevin’s group as well as Norman and anyone else who might not have heard the alert. Since the village was not far away, Leyon, Derien, and the others reached its outskirts quickly. The sight that greeted the generals, however, brought them to a stunned halt. Several of the village’s buildings were ablaze while the people, in a blind panic, fled every which way. Both Red Claw bandits and Melorans were either chasing after them or looting the buildings that weren’t yet burning. A few corpses also littered the ground, all of which were likely Cilaeans.

“This…This is unforgivable!” Leyon seethed, tightening his grip on Olegxing. “Derien, have your wolves surround the town so none of the enemy can escape. My knights and I will do the rest.”

“Alright,” Derien agreed and turned to his men. “You all heard the man, get going and don’t let a single Meloran or Red Claw member get past you!”

With that, the wolves darted into the smoke and the shadows, waiting for unwary prey to come within reach.

“Now everyone else, you know what to do!” Leyon finished.

With that, the knights charged forward and attacked. Kevin and the others soon followed, disgusted at this latest act of abuse against their homeland and countrymen. The loss of Jerusa was bad enough. The enemy continuing to attack the common folk and pillage the countryside was beyond toleration. The panic amongst the surviving townsfolk came to an abrupt end, however, when they noticed their saviors.

“Oh! It’s General Leyon and Commander Kevin! We’re saved!” a woman shouted from a window, which she’d been about to leap through.

“The wolf laguz came to help too!” a man added joyfully as he sought refuge in a well. “Never thought I’d live to see the day. Give these monsters what they deserve!”

“You can count on it!” Leyon replied as he flung Olegxing into a warrior’s chest.

As soon as they realized what was happening, however, the enemy began swarming to meet the attack. Dozens of Red Claw appeared in the streets within minutes while the townsfolk quickly sought shelter. Even so, the enraged Allied troops had the advantage of both surprise and strength. Unfortunately, the fires threatened to turn the balance. They continued to burn, creating thick clouds of bilious smoke which soon covered the entire town. The choking fumes soon left the warriors coughing and gagging, and made it far more difficult to see the enemy. On the other hand, neither the Red Claw bandits nor the Melorans could see well either. Abruptly, two bright glows flared to life and illuminated the area. The knights and wolves, recognizing what those glows meant, averted their eyes but the enemy was left squinting from the sudden brilliance, allowing the Allied troops to seize the advantage once more. After striking down a Meloran Paladin, Leyon turned to see both Eliot and Natalie, both in similar garb to his own. The two each now had a cape flaming from their backs while their horses sported helmets with small horns on the noses. Ornate trappings now reached the horses’ ankles while Eliot’s and Natalie’s armor took on a similar look of high quality.

“Heh heh…” Leyon chuckled as he turned his gaze towards his enemies. “Now you all are really in for it.”

“You can say that again!” Natalie replied, twirling her sword and riding into combat once more.

“Hey, don’t forget about me!” Eliot added and followed.

While the trio charged into the fray once more, Kevin’s group was near the opposite side of the village picking off enemy stragglers. However, they didn’t notice a girl emerge from a nearby alley. She was a light, spritely figure with a curly green ponytail and armed with a steel sword. When she laid eyes on Zane, her jaw dropped and she excitedly rushed towards the group.

“Zane! Commander Kevin! Oh, I’m so glad I finally found you guys!” she cried as she approached the two.

“Huh? What the—?!” Zane replied, turning around to face the girl. “Jade! What are you doing here?! I told you to stay at the house where it’s safe! Don’t you know how dangerous this country is now?!”

“What sort of a dolt do you take me for?! Of course I knew, but I’ve been so worried about you ever since you left! My parents are too!” Jade protested. “And ever since Jerusa fell, the Red Claw has been stomping all over us like we’re bugs! I couldn’t stand not being able to do anything, and it wasn’t as if I’d be any safer at home, so I set out to look for you and Commander Kevin. I’d I heard you had joined the Talgrians.”

“But why, Jade? Your parents surely need you to protect them,” Kevin pointed out.

“The Red Claw doesn’t want to waste their time on them,” Jade countered bitterly. “They just wanted our loot. They said as much themselves, but I’m not going to wait around for them to come back for more. So I left hoping to find you guys. I want to help you fight against these creeps. I got captured on the way here, but—”

“What?! Jade, you could’ve been killed! And I never finished training you,” Zane argued.

“Will you listen to me for one second?! I managed to escape. Those guards couldn’t handle me. See, Zane, I trained myself while you were gone. I’m not a beginner anymore. Just let me help you, please! I promise to be careful!”

“Hmm… Commander, what do you think?” Zane inquired, turning to Kevin and looking too aggravated by Jade’s appearance to think clearly.

“Well, we can’t afford the time to take her home. Besides, seeing as she succeeded in coming all this way, I think she could be helpful. And, besides, she’ll be safer with us anyway,” Kevin pointed out.

“Good point. Alright, Jade, you can help, but don’t make me regret this. And, don't leave my sight either.”

“Oh, thank you, Zane! And don’t worry, I won’t,” Jade promised.

With that, Jade lost no time contradicting her own promise. She drew her sword and joined the fray, cutting down Red Claw with wild abandon.

“What was I thinking?” Zane asked no one in particular. “I regret this already!”

Despite his grousing, Zane had to admit that Jade did know how to fight. Still, he could only hope that he and Kevin weren’t making a mistake by letting her join them. After all, even one new ally could make a big difference. And, in order to retake Cilae, they’d need all the help they could get.​
 
And finally, chapter 30!


Chapter 30: Desperate Ambitions

Not long after Jade had joined the battle, the choking clouds of smoke from the blazing fires in the village had finally begun to dissipate, allowing both Leyon’s army and the enemy see one another once again. Though this meant there’d be no further concealment for either side, Leyon and company were relieved that their visibility returned was that much better. Now that they could see more clearly, it was easier for the knights to fight and to avoid accidentally hitting their comrades. Even better, the fires had begun dying down a short time as well. This left more room to wage battle across the ruined village and greatly reduced the threat of the knights being injured by the blazes. Unfortunately, the damage caused to the village still posed a danger. Many of the buildings had been literally gutted by the conflagrations and looked ready to collapse. Several had already fallen, possibly trapping many people beneath the rubble, and what might have been muffled cries for help echoed from several collapsed structures. Leyon quickly ordered some of the knights to break off from the battle and to attempt to dig the trapped villagers out before they were crushed or died of suffocation. He and the remainder of the army, meanwhile, focused on what was left of the Melorans and Red Claw members.

Natalie, quite enthused at her promotion, directed her horse nearby a building to skewer an axe wielding Red Claw member lurking near the village tavern when suddenly, the building’s roof began to groan ominously. Natalie’s horse, already skittish from the fires, was spooked and neighed loudly, rearing up on its hind legs without warning.

“Ugh! Aaaah!” Natalie yelped as she was thrown off of her steed and onto the ground…no more than a stone throw away from the crumbling tavern. Her eyes going wide at this realization, she scrambled to her feet, but she was half a second too late. The roof had split apart and a massive piece of debris hurtled straight towards her. Eliot, who had dismounted to search the rubble of another fallen building for survivors, saw her predicament and raced over.

“NATALIE, NO!” he exclaimed, charging forward to shove the deputy commander out of the falling debris’s path. He tried to follow, but was a heartbeat too slow. As a result, an enormous mass of wood landed on Eliot’s legs with tremendous force.

“AAAAAUGH!”

“Eliot!” Natalie gasped and scrambled to her feet again. Eliot was gasping in pain and had dug his hands under the debris in an attempt to free himself. But the weight of the wood and the deep pain in his legs, particularly his right one, were too great. All he could do was lay there, pinned and trying futilely to shove the debris off of himself. Natalie attempted to aid him, working to shove or to lift the wood off of his likely broken legs. But even their combined efforts could hardly budge it. Regardless, she tried with all her might from above while he struggled from below. The spiteful debris bloodied the fingers of both knights, but refused to be dislodged.

“Ugh, dang it, Eliot! You’re such an idiot!” Natalie opined.

“What?! I just saved your life, thank you very much!” Eliot retorted through the pain.

“I’m sure you could’ve done that without getting into such a predicament!”

“And how, may I ask?”

“I…I don’t know right now!” Natalie admitted, though she now sounded more afraid than annoyed and her eyes roamed the battlefield frantically. “General Leyon! Help!”

Leyon, hearing Natalie’s cry, immediately brought his horse to a halt and scanned the decimated village for the deputy commander. Thankfully, by this time, the enemy’s numbers had dwindled a great deal, allowing the general to safely turn his attention to his comrade’s distress. When he saw Eliot pinned under the fallen rubble and Natalie trying to free the trouble-prone knight from its crushing weight, he immediately raced over.

“No! Eliot!” he cried as he dismounted and took hold of the debris. “What the hell happened?!”

“The building was about to collapse and the noise spooked my horse,” Natalie explained and told Leyon about Eliot coming to her rescue and how he’d ended up trapped when the chunk of the roof crashed down upon his legs.

“Ugh, damn it!” Leyon growled, half in fear and half in annoyance. He then directed that, upon his signal, the three knights would simultaneously bring their strength to bear; he and Natalie would lift while Eliot pushed from beneath. Still, I am amazed, Leyon thought. First Eliot saves my life, then Natalie’s. And each time, he took severe injuries in so doing. I’m making sure he gets that Legion of Service medal. He may not be the sharpest axe in the armory, but he is a true hero. Though the addition of Leyon’s strength was enough to free Eliot’s legs, the dark-haired knight was still unable to stand up.

“I- I’m sorry, you guys…” he uttered. “My left leg hurts like hell… And I can’t move my right one at all.”

“Oh dear…” Natalie murmured.

“Blast. I sure hope Norman can get you back on your feet,” Leyon added, picking up Eliot and carrying him on his back. “We’re on a tight schedule, and we need every man we have.”

“I’m so sorry… But thanks, General,” Eliot replied.

“Hey, Eliot, don’t worry,” Leyon assured as he helped the knight get onto his horse, swung atop his own mount, and then mounted and rode towards the edge of the village. “This isn’t your fault. And besides, you’re my good friend. …No, more than that. You’re one of the best friends I’ve ever had.”

“…I am? Really?”

“Yeah. No doubt about it.”

“I…I am honored, Sir. Thank you.”

Leyon merely shot the wounded knight a wry smile as they continued towards the village outskirts. Along the way, the general signaled for Norman to join them and instructed Derien to order the wolves to finish off the remaining enemies and for the knights to begin searching for survivors amidst the rubble. Leyon, Natalie, Norman, and the wounded Eliot, meanwhile, retreated back to the area where the army had thought to camp for the night. Several injured knights and wolves were already there, as well as a few townsfolk who’d been rescued from the battle. Norman, thankfully, had the sense to use conventional medicines on the injured townsfolk and to conserve the staves for use by the army. They would be needed when the attack on Jerusa began…and, badly. Leyon ordered Natalie to stand guard outside while he set his comrade gently inside one of the wagons. Norman, looking a bit flustered from the battle, soon began to examine Eliot’s latest injuries. He swept a glowing Mend staff up and down Eliot’s upper legs, where the knight said the pain was most intense. Norman then set the staff aside and gently began feeling his patient’s upper legs. Eliot winced wherever Norman mistakenly triggered even more pain.

“Hmm…” Norman contemplated worriedly after a few moments.

“Well, is Eliot going to be able to walk again at all?” Leyon inquired.

“Eventually, yes,” Norman replied. “His left thigh just has a bad sprain, but I’m afraid his right is broken. I can feel a clean break in the bone just above the knee. My staff can heal the sprain, but it can’t fully repair a broken bone. Eliot will have to stay off of his leg for a few days to allow the bones to mend themselves properly. And, as was the case with Ike back in Fort Hector, he’ll need to eat the right foods to help it along.”

“Ugh…” Eliot uttered; though whether it was from losing his place in the fight or the prospect of the “right foods” could not be determined.

“Blast…” Leyon fumed as Norman began rummaging through his rucksack. “This means we’ll be short one seasoned warrior, and at the worst moment. I damn well hope Eliot will be able to fight by the time we reach the capital. We’re going to need all the strength we can muster for this mission to succeed.”

“I agree,” Norman replied, producing several flat pieces of wood and rope from his rucksack. “Hopefully, the time spent waiting for the “evacuation” will be enough to see him back on his feet. For now, I’m going to put his leg in a splint. Eliot, if you want to get around while we’re camped, you’ll need a crutch.”

“But where am I going to get one of those?” Eliot wondered as Norman removed the greaves from Eliot’s broken leg, rolled up his pants, and set the splints in place.

“Don’t worry, I brought a few along just in case. You can never be too prepared, after all. We’re just lucky they’re so light and compact, since I was rather…restricted in how much I could bring along on this mission.”

“Ah, thanks.”

As Norman was carefully securing the splint to Eliot’s leg, Natalie entered the wagon.

“Oh… Deputy Commander,” Eliot greeted.

“Natalie,” Leyon added. “Is something wrong outside?”

Curiously, the normally poised deputy commander suddenly became rather flustered.

“Oh, no,” Natalie replied, but seemed to regret her words the moment they passed her lips. “I mean…things are, well, about what you’d expect. There are more wounded on the way; townspeople who were caught in the fighting. I, uh, thought it best to give Norman a…head’s up.”

As she spoke, her face became progressively redder. And, Leyon rather doubted that the heat of the fires in the village were the cause.

“Heh, true,” he replied, suppressing a smirk.

“Oh, dear, I had a feeling you’d broken your leg,” Natalie said as she took note of Norman finishing Eliot’s splint and then going to dig out a crutch. “You were lucky you didn’t get crushed back there.”

“Yeah, I know. I’m afraid I’ll be out of action for awhile,” Eliot reported somberly. Norman then helped him set the crutch under his arm.

“Does it fit alright?” Norman wondered.

“…I think so,” Eliot replied, rising to a sitting position and then attempted to swing himself upright. After several experimental steps, he let out a sigh of relief. “Yeah, this’ll work. And don’t worry, I’ll be careful getting outside.”

“Good. You don’t want to break your other leg, after all.”

“Geez, I’m not that clumsy.”

“Hey, um… Eliot?” Natalie spoke up hesitantly before the knight could leave.

“Yeah?”

“Well, I…I just wanted to say. Thank you… For saving me.”

“Heh. You’re welcome,” Eliot replied with a genuine smile. “It’s a knight’s duty to aid his allies in battle, after all.”

“That it is.”

Wow… I never knew Eliot was such a hero. He’s saved my life and General Leyon’s, all in the space of a few months. And to think, I saw him as just a clumsy oaf, Natalie thought to herself as the corners of her mouth unconsciously drew upwards.

“Aha, General Leyon was right!” Eliot continued when he noticed Natalie’s smile, his words shaking her back to reality. “You really don’t hate me! Heh heh.”

“…Wait, what?!” Leyon blurted, stupefied.

“Hey! Don’t make me take back my thanks!” Natalie retorted.

“Oh, I don’t think you’d do that,” Eliot replied deviously as he carefully clambered down from the wagon and landed on his left foot. “And General, remember when I told you she hated me? You said perhaps she didn’t!”

“I knew it!” Natalie groused, wheeling about to face Leyon with clear displeasure on her features. “I had a feeling you were up to your old cupid tricks again!”

“N-Now hold on! Should we really be discussing this right now?” Leyon wondered nervously, raising his hands defensively.

“Yes we should! You’re not going to convince me to date him!”

“Hey, it was you who brought it up,” Eliot pointed out coyly, snickering as Natalie’s face reddened all the more. “In fact, you didn’t even mind when I simply called you Natalie back during the battle, heh heh.”

“…W-What?”

To Natalie’s consternation, however, it was true. Though she tried to tell herself otherwise, Natalie, for some bizarre reason, truly hadn’t minded it.

“Alright, fine,” she seethed, still blushing. “I’ll admit it. I think of you as a friend too, but that’s it. Nothing more.”

“Whatever you say,” Eliot replied, though he looked less-than-chastened. “Well, I think I’ll be missing my paint soon enough. I have a piece I’d really like to finish before the war is over, and working on it would’ve helped to while away the time I’ll be off my feet.”

“Well,” Leyon spoke up, “we still need to get some rest before we press on. We’ll bunk down here once the fighting is over and, when that happens, you can see if there’s still a shop or two left in that village.”

“Not a bad idea. I’ll go find out. See you all later!”

“Alright then.”

With that, Eliot turned around and hobbled back towards the village. As he left, he spared a glance over his shoulder at Natalie. He almost stumbled when he saw her staring after him. Then, when he saw her avert her eyes and blush, he did stumble. Heh… If only you knew the truth, Natalie. Then you’d see. You weren’t the only one with a crush way back when. And you still aren’t.

“Well, Natalie… I just hope you find the right man someday. Whether it’s Eliot or not,” Leyon spoke up moments later.

“Thanks…” Natalie replied, her voice suddenly distant. “Me too.”

“Glad to hear it. Well, I’m going to go have a chat with Kevin’s group. I noticed an armed girl following them, and I’m going to see what that’s about."

“Another new recruit?”

“Looks like it, but I think she’ll be helpful. She barely comes to my elbow and is thin as a spear shaft, but I saw her take down several Red Claw who were twice her size.”

“Careful, Azura might not appreciate you eyeing another woman.”

Though Natalie had likely meant for that to be a playful taunt, Leyon could’ve sworn he detected a hint of envy in her tone.

“Oh, don’t be silly,” he said. “I love Azura. Besides, this girl must be ten years younger than me. Still, I may as well make sure she can help our mission. I’ll see you around.”

“Alright,” Natalie replied, almost tonelessly.

With that, Leyon took his leave. As he made his way to the Cilaean mercenaries, he glanced back at Natalie. The deputy commander was trying to avoid watching the departing Eliot, and she was failing miserably. When she did, however, turn her gaze away from the trouble-prone knight, a curious expression was on her face. Her eyes held a distant, almost wistful look. Her once blushing face was now pale again, and the corners of her mouth had drooped. Leyon’s eyebrow arched, as Natalie usually wasn’t one to appear so downhearted. But, then again, she had been behaving in a curious fashion. Aside from blushing at Eliot, her jibe regarding Azura had sounded far different than he would have expected. Her earlier bard had carried none of her once palpable disdain for Azura, which Natalie felt quite strongly after Azura had unwittingly contributed to Leyon’s memory loss, but instead sounded almost envious. Not jealous, as if her old crush on Leyon had resurfaced, but envious; almost longing. His intuition seemed vindicated when Natalie’s gaze turned earthward and a sigh escaped her frowning lips. Leyon, intrigued, continued on his way and soon approached Kevin, Zane, and Jade, whom were deep in conversation. Kevin noticed him first and moved to greet the general.

“Ah, General. I noticed Eliot hobble off on a crutch. What happened?” the mercenary commander wondered.

“Yeah, is he going to be alright?” Zane added.

“Eventually, yeah, but he broke his leg when he rescued Natalie from being crushed by a crumbling building,” Leyon explained. “He managed to get her away from the falling rubble, but didn’t get himself away fast enough. I’m afraid he’ll be out of action for awhile.”

“Oh, that’s not good. We need every able warrior we can find,” Kevin pointed out.

“I agree. Hopefully, we won’t actually have to fight until the time comes to retake Jerusa. If we're lucky, Eliot will be able to ride again by that time. Anyway, I came to ask you about something. I noticed that this girl joined our troop. I have no problem with her aiding us; I think it’s no secret that we need all the help we can get. But I would just like to know who she is.”

“Oh, right. General Leyon, this is Jade. She’s my cousin,” Zane explained. “I was teaching her swordplay, but I had to leave home when our mercenary group was hired to aid the Cilaean army. She’s kept up her training, though.”

“I see,” Leyon replied.

The general turned to face Jade and, to his perplexity, she was gaping at him with wide-eyed astonishment.

“Wow! You’re the General Leyon?!” Jade gasped in undisguised admiration. “I can’t believe I’m actually meeting you! Lots of people say you’re one of the best generals Talgria has ever had!”

“Ah, well, I don’t know about that,” Leyon replied with an abashed smile. “But I do lead my men to the best of my abilities.”

“I bet you do! I also heard that you even managed to beat General William in a spar!”

“Oh, that’s gotten around too? I did win a couple times, but he still usually bests me. The guy is a bear; tough and relentless. And that’s despite him always having a disadvantage against me, no less.”

“Oh wow. You two are amazing then! Oh, but Commander Kevin is too. When I started training, I wanted to someday be as great as he is.”

“…Er, well…” Kevin stuttered, his cheeks suddenly going pink. “I’m…flattered, Jade.”

“Hee hee,” Jade giggled.

“Did you seriously just blush?” Zane replied, sounding more annoyed than amused.

“Never mind that,” Kevin insisted. “I was just surprised.”

“Whatever.”

“Well, I think I’ll leave you guys to your conversation,” Leyon decided. “I should go send a couple knights to make sure the village is secure. I’d like for us to do what we can for the villagers before we press on. Besides, Eliot decided to run an errand in town and goddess knows what kind of trouble he might get himself into.”

With that, Leyon left his comrades to their talk and began seeking out knights to assess the condition of the townsfolk. The villagers who’d been trapped under the rubble, he suspected, were already freed; but, they might require Norman’s ministrations. Still, Leyon also knew that there was a very definite limit on what the knights could do, as they were pressed for time and had to conserve their own supplies for the attack on Jerusa. As he oversaw the activity in the camp, Leyon considered his next course of action. Intervening at the village had cost them time and a valuable warrior, though Leyon could not say he would’ve done differently after seeing the Red Claw’s latest atrocities. The notion of postponing the retaking of Jerusa, at least until Eliot’s leg healed, occurred to him. After all, the dark-haired knight was one of the finest warriors the Royal Knights had produced, and his help could make all the difference when the battle started. Still, there was a risk. The longer the army waited, the greater the chances that their presence might be detected. Conversely, however, if the army arrived at Jerusa too early, then the Melorans holding the Cilaean capital would be at full strength and the knights and wolves would be faced with a hopeless battle.

Leyon considered and decided, with some reluctance, that they’d have to wait. He didn’t like the idea of leaving the trapped Allied troops cornered on the coastline even longer, but this cloud did have a silver lining. It would give the ships carrying the siege weapons more time to arrive at the ports and deliver their cargo to the trapped Allied troops. And that could turn this suicidal gamble into a victory.

***​

Meanwhile, Azura, Bryan, and company continued on their way towards Astryn Palace, in hopes that Queen Marion might still live and could verify Bryan and Owen’s identities. The encounter with Larameans had delayed them badly, and at the worst possible time, so the group had kept a rapid pace. Though Bryan had forced himself to focus solely on reaching the palace in time, the incident with the Larameans yet lingered in the back of his mind. He could not help suspecting that the laguz believing that Astryn had attacked their country, and arriving to retaliate at the same time that Bryan was trying to secure his throne, was no coincidence. It was doubtful that Francois had any answers; the count had seemed just as astonished as everybody else and, even if he’d been feigning surprise, it was unlikely that he would share any sensitive information with Bryan until after his bloodline had been proven. The palace, however, might provide him with answers.

Not long after the battle with the beast laguz had ended, thankfully, the palace soon appeared on the horizon. Even from a distance, it looked magnificent. Its walls of ivory colored stone and smoothly rounded towers shone in the bright sunlight. Stained glass windows caught the sun in rainbows of reflected light and delicate inlaid mosaics accentuated the artistry of the magnificent edifice. It was also enormous, even bigger than Castle Talgria, and Bryan suddenly found himself hoping they wouldn’t get lost while seeking the dying queen. Much of the group froze in their tracks, staring in slack jawed awe, but Owen regarded the palace with a nostalgic expression. His eyes had misted, and his lips twisted in a sad smile, prompting Bryan to clap a reassuring hand on his father’s shoulder. However, the group’s awed perusal of the palace ended abruptly when an unfamiliar foot soldier appeared in the distance, rushing towards them. Unfortunately, the look on his face was not a pleasant one. In fact, the man looked stricken; almost heart-broken. His eyes lit up, but only very slightly, when he caught sight of Francois and Eric.

“Ah, Count Francois. I’m so glad I found you and General Eric so soon,” the soldier greeted. “I was sent from the palace to find you, and I feared I’d be seeking you for days.”

“You were? What’s going on? We found evidence of the Red Claw and hostile Larameans while abroad. The capital hasn’t been invaded, has it?!” Francois frantically inquired.

“Well, no… You see… Your mission has been canceled. You and General Eric are to let these travelers go their way, while you and your escorts are to return at once.”

The soldier’s gaze then somberly strayed to the ground.

“What? But… But why? These people are—”

“Trying to help us? Yes, we suspected as much when we first heard news of them and saw them accompanying you just now, but…”

The soldier sniffled before continuing, and Bryan had a sickening presentiment about what had depressed him so.

“I…I’m afraid I bring terrible news. Queen Marion… She’s…”

The soldier began to sob and could not finish the sentence. But then again, he hardly needed to. At this realization, Francois and Eric’s eyes widened with dismay. Azura, Bryan, and Owen’s expressions were no different. The soldier’s eyes soon welled up with tears.

“…No,” Francois uttered moments later. “You… You don’t mean to say the queen is…?”

The soldier nodded as tears began trickling down his cheeks.

“Yes…” he confirmed. “She…has passed on.”

“Oh…” was all Owen could utter, sadness choking away any other words he might've spoken.

“Oh no…” Azura added, freezing where she stood.

Bryan’s shocked expression soon crumbled into a twisted grimace as tears also began forming in his eyes.

“…Damn it!” he cursed as he dropped to his knees and pounded the ground with his fists. “We were…so close…! There’s no way for us to prove my bloodline… And I promised Sally I would save this country… I promised that little girl!”

“…Bryan, we’ll find a way,” Owen replied, kneeling he his son’s side and grasping his shoulder firmly enough to straighten up the despairing prince. “We have to.”

“Yeah, Bryan. And we’re all behind you,” Azura agreed with a smile, though it didn’t touch her eyes.

“But…what are we going to do now?” Bryan wondered. “Even if I do gain the people’s trust, I’ll never ascend to the throne without solid proof that I’m the prince.”

“…Wait, prince?!” the soldier gasped, Bryan’s words causing him to choke on his sobs. “You say you’re our long lost prince? But we were told he was killed in Cilae!”

“That was a lie,” Bryan replied, some measure of calm returning to his voice. “The Red Claw twisted the story because they wanted you to believe I was dead. I survived the incident in Cilae because I was rescued from being falsely executed. It’s the honest truth.”

“Yeah, my comrades and I were all there,” Azura seconded.

“And I’m the one who saved Bryan!” Faline put in. “A Red Claw double agent attempted to behead him, but I killed the rotten scumbag before he could release the guillotine blade.”

“I see…” the soldier replied, though he hardly seemed convinced. “Bryan, was it? Then, there should still be a way we can find out if you are indeed our true prince.”

“What? Really?” Bryan wondered. “Francois?”

“Hm? Oh!” Francois blurted, his eyes pulsing wide. “He’s right, there is another way. Forgive me, I had forgotten in my grief. Anyway, it will not be easy, but if luck is with us, we just might succeed. Master Owen, if you are really an Astrynian Grand Duke, as you have claimed, then you should know what I speak of.”

“…Oh, yes… Um…” Owen worriedly began contemplating, then comprehension dawning a few moments later. “Oh! How could I have forgotten?! The sacred weapons of Astryn!”

“Sacred weapons?” Bryan wondered, puzzled as to how such things would aid him.

“They are the prized treasures of the Royal House of Astryn. There are seven sacred weapons in all: a sword, an axe, a lance, a bow, a fire tome, a thunder tome, and a wind tome. There is no light tome or dark tome because members of the Astryn royal family were always partial to physical weapons and anima magic.”

“That’s correct,” Francois replied with a smile. “I was wondering if you had perhaps forgotten.”

“But, how can they help us?” Bryan inquired, confused and impatient.

“You mean you do not know?” Francois queried. “It seems that Master Owen has neglected your education.”

Eric gave a derisive snort, which prompted a baleful glare from Bryan, but Owen quickly stepped between the pair.

“It’s simple,” Owen cut in, forcibly enough to arrest Bryan’s attention. “The weapons are ensorcelled with special, unbreakable magic. They can only be wielded by true members of the royal family. If someone not of Astrynian royal blood tried it, then the weapon would be useless…or might even kill the usurper.”

Despite the unpleasant imagery that Owen’s words had conjured, the prince of Astryn found his hope returning.

“So that means I have to try touching one?” Bryan guessed.

“Precisely, but I’m afraid doing so won’t be easy,” Francois replied. “With our queen dead I fear it is only a matter of time before the matter of who will take the throne becomes heated. Perhaps even violent. Our late queen likely appointed a steward from amongst the nobles to act as her surrogate until a new king or queen is crowned. I do not know whom she chose, but I am certain whoever it is won’t let just anyone enter the palace and touch those weapons.”

“Yeah, I had a feeling…” Bryan replied with a sigh, then his brow crinkled as a thought struck him. “Wait, would the legendary lance Eronite happen to be one of those weapons?”

“As a matter of fact, it is,” Francois confirmed. “I’m surprised you’ve heard of it, Bryan.”

“Oh, I’m not,” Owen contradicted with a chuckle. “When he was a child, my son loved to read about famous lancers and lances of all kinds.”

“Heh, yeah, it’s true,” Bryan added, with a hint of abashment. “I read that Eronite was also called the thunder lance because of its bolt-shaped blade and how its wielder could toss it at the enemy like a bolt of lightning. But the books I read about Eronite never said it was one of Astryn’s royal weapons.”

“Ah, true. Beyond our borders, aside from the royal families of allied kingdoms, we prefer that to be a secret,” Francois explained. “It’s to avoid drawing attention from the wrong people. Only members of our royal family can wield these weapons, due to their enchantments. As Master Owen pointed out, some of the weapons will actually harm a would-be usurper, perhaps fatally. But, not everyone knows that. A number of would-be thieves have tried to steal them, and discovered this too late. Not all of the enchantments function that way, however. There have been instances in the past where one of these weapons, whose enchantment would not kill a thief, was stolen. And, when the thief realized that using his prize was impossible, it was held for ransom and used as a bargaining tool in certain criminal deeds.”

“I see. Makes sense. But wow… I never dreamed I would be able to wield such a weapon… If I could only get the chance to touch it…”

“Well, we shall try. I must reiterate, however, that if someone who isn’t of Astrynian royal blood tries tried to touch one of those weapons… Well, let’s just say it isn’t pleasant. Only a true blooded member of Astryn’s royal family can safely wield them. More than a few who sought to challenge this claim found their decision to be…unhealthy.”

“Oh, wow.”

“Indeed. Well, let us continue to the palace. Undoubtedly, news of our queen’s passing has spread. At least a few of the nobles are likely to already be here. I’ll see if I can convince them to let you approach Eronite,” Francois offered. “I will be honest, the story you have told me is difficult to accept. Yet, despite that, I find myself believing that you’re trustworthy. And, in any case, it isn’t as though we’ve got anything to lose.”

“Oh, that would be great. Thank you,” Bryan replied, anticipation leaving him nearly breathless.

With that, the group pressed on toward the palace. They entered the large city of Medann, which sprawled all around the palace, and wound their way through the streets. Much like the palace, Medann was a beautiful sight…“was” being the operative word. Where there once had been broad streets of smooth and polished stones there was now a hazardous network of dingy streets riddled with potholes and shallow craters, the damage presumably caused by Meloran siege weapons and long, subsequent neglect. A network of bridges above, linking the upper portions of the taller buildings, had also fared poorly. Once crisscrossed in a lofty web, many of the bridges had crumbled; and, of those that remained intact, not one of them looked like they could support even Lily’s weight. The lofty spires of various buildings and homes now seemed withered and crumbling while gardens, once lush enough for a child to literally vanish into, now seemed drab and sickly. Even worse than the once beautiful city’s deformities, however, was its ghostly silence. Very few people crossed the group’s path, and of those very few, not one uttered a greeting nor even seemed terribly concerned with where they were going or what they were doing.

Medann, it seemed, had taken on the air of a gigantic mausoleum; its people walking corpses, whiling away the time until the cold embrace of death claimed them.

Owen, seeing the state of the city, seemed as though in silent anguish. And, Bryan couldn’t blame him; for the sight almost made him believe his mission to be futile; almost. He hurried through the pot marked streets towards the palace and, within the next half an hour, the group stood before its massive front gates. Francois then asked that the warriors wait for him while he entered and pled their case to whomever was present to hear him and who would judge his entreaty. Neither the count nor the prince could be certain whom among the various dukes and duchesses were within the palace, but it was certain that they were likely vying for the throne already. Bryan could only imagine what sort of chaos could be going on within the palace walls as he awaited Francois’s return. Francois had said that certain nobles already sought the crown, and were seeking to enlist the aid of military commanders and other nobles to support their claim. Lartz had made the same point back at Fort Hector; though, at the time, the group had expected that they would seek a competitor willing to aid Allied Command. That Bryan would be that competitor had never crossed anyone's mind at that time, least of all Bryan’s. The prince had also been informed by Owen, after his talk with Francois, that certain high-ranking individuals had either firmly declared themselves neutral or had not chosen a side…and that Francois’s backing was already sought after.

Maybe somebody in there had grown tired of being refused?

He hoped that the count would be alright. After all, Francois was about to inform a group of very powerful, very ambitious, very antagonistic and potentially very dangerous people that an unknown prince had appeared to snatch the throne from their grasp. Such a declaration could very well take a turn for the worst, especially if one of the nobles decided that they preferred Francois to be dead than to be alive in the service of an enemy. Time passed with oppressive languidness, and Bryan began to tremble and sweat trickled down his brow. Faline, Skye, Azura, and Owen soon took note of his anxiety and approached.

“Bryan, are you okay?” Faline wondered. “I’ve been worried about you.”

“So have I,” Owen added. “You can tell us what’s wrong, Bryan. We’re here to help.”

“Well, I’m just…so nervous now,” Bryan admitted. “There’s no reason to think the nobles will even let Francois get a word in. We already know some of the dukes and duchesses who are after the throne have been pressuring him to take their side. For all we know, somebody got fed up with his refusals and shoved a knife in his back the minute he got through the door. And, that’s just the first hurdle. What if they don’t let me try to prove myself? And, even if they do and the sacred weapons prove my identity, what if they refuse to recognize me as their prince anyway? And, even if we do manage to get the nobles behind us…look at this place! It’s so…desolate. Heck, if it weren’t for the half-dozen people we saw on the way over, I’d think the city was deserted. I felt confident before, but now I realize I don’t know anybody here or anything about this place. I don’t know any of its customs, its laws and rules, or anything of the sort; much less how I’m going to get this place back on its feet. I just feel like I’m going to end up being a total failure.”

“Hey! What kind of talk is that?!” Skye thundered. “You can learn everything you need to know! And you’re not going to act like a bum! Got that?!”

Before Bryan could reply, Raela appeared, seemingly from nowhere, behind Skye and rapped him on the head with her Sleep staff.

“Aaaah! What the—?!”

“Watch yourself, mister!” Raela warned. Skye could only gulp and grimace as he clutched his throbbing head and Raela strode off. The others merely snickered.

“Skye…” Bryan began, whatever else he was about to say lost amidst loud chuckling.

“Hee hee, anyway, Bryan, don’t worry,” Azura encouraged. “You started out not even knowing you were the prince of Astryn, but look at how things have changed. You’ve sent Shigo slinking off with his tail between his legs, you’ve aided an Astrynian village, managed to convince an Astrynian noble to vouch for you and we even have a way to prove your bloodline. You’ve already accomplished a lot and, if you keep at it, I don’t think there’s anything you can’t do. And, there’s also something else you should know. Even if you don’t know a lot about Astryn yet, that’ll change if you try your best. I learned from a certain special someone, who is close to my heart, that the best leaders aren’t the ones who never make mistakes. The best leaders are the ones who learn from them. And that’s what makes a leader.”

“Ah, that Leyon,” Bryan deduced with a smile. “I once heard the same thing from General William, actually. And, both of them are right. You’re a lucky girl to have Leyon, Az. I’m serious.”

“Hee hee, I certainly feel so. For quite awhile, I thought I didn’t like him. But it turns out, he’s wonderful…”

Azura then freely allowed her lips to curve into a bright smile while her cheeks turned red.

“I bet. And thanks, guys. I needed that,” Bryan said feelingly.

“You’re welcome, Bryan,” Azura replied with a pleasant smile.

Just moments later, Francois finally emerged from the palace. While Bryan was relieved that none of the nobles had tried to harm him, the count’s expression did not look too encouraging. Bryan immediately approached Francois.

“Well? What did they say?” he inquired, his heart pounding with eagerness.

“Hmm… Well, let me put it this way,” Francois began. “I can’t say I managed to convince the nobles to let you have a chance, but I can’t say they’ve truly refused either. They were…quite struck by what I had to say, as you can imagine. However, they said that before they inform us of their decision, they would like to speak with the two of us, as well as General Eric and Master Owen, directly.”

“What? Me too?” Eric replied, his tone equal parts surprise and annoyance. “Well, whatever then.”

“Alright then. I feel we’d have better luck getting through to them by doing that anyway,” Bryan added, taking a deep breath and forcing his nervousness to drain away.

“Agreed. I would also like to request permission to examine the old portrait they found,” Owen seconded. “I have no doubt that it’s my wife…”

“Of course. Now follow me, if you please,” Francois instructed. He then led Bryan, Owen, and Eric into the palace grounds while the others waited outside in the city that was neither alive nor truly dead. Faline and Skye, in particular, wished they could have accompanied them, if only to defend Bryan in case one of the parties that opposed him attempted to lash out. But they knew they wouldn’t be allowed; and that doing so might even harm Bryan’s credibility. All they could do was hope that the matter was resolved peacefully. Bryan, meanwhile, was vainly trying to stay calm and not let his body begin to tremble again. He gazed around the outer gardens and the exotic trees and flowers that grew there, hoping to take his mind off of his troubles, if only for a short while. But as he followed Francois, he passed somber patrols of soldiers and saw servants going about their tasks distractedly; all trying in vain to take their minds off of the fact that someone dear to all of them was now gone. Bryan could understand their pain very well; Marion had ruled Astryn for many years, and losing her had to be quite a blow. Talgria would likely suffer no less if Wencelis were to die as well…an eventuality that would become quite certain for him, and many others, if Bryan’s errand failed.

These thoughts seemed to temper Bryan’s resolve to succeed, but were interrupted when Francois led the small party through the large front doors of the palace. Contrary to the desolate capital, the palace was in excellent condition. Perhaps Shigo had not ravaged it as he had Medann, or maybe whatever harm which befell the palace had been repaired before Astyrn’s decline. Whatever the case, the large hall beyond was as beautiful as the interior of Castle Talgria. Crystal chandeliers hung from the ceiling while ornate designs decorated the marble floors and walls. Ornate tapestries, whose images were lovely, if confounding to Bryan, lined the walls and fluted pillars rose to meet a lofty, domed ceiling crowded with pained images. Large vases, filled with exotic flowers, decorated small, fine silvery tables.

At the end of the chamber stood three robed men of decidedly regal bearing. All three were fairly young, but this was hardly surprising given Owen’s account of Shigo’s attack on Medann and the massacre of the local nobility. The eldest of the trio was a burly figure clad in a beige robe, which looked a pinch tight about the shoulders. An elegant moustache of blue-violet flanked his nose and a pair of deep set blue eyes regarded Bryan unblinkingly, shining with an intellect which contrasted with his brawny frame. The youngest of the trio was garbed in white and regarded Bryan with unblinking scrutiny. Bryan couldn’t tell whether his gaze held curiosity or suspicion. Despite his youth, the youngest noble had an air of thoughtfulness and stoicism that reminded Bryan vaguely of Ike. His golden orbs were lambent, eerily bright and disconcertingly large, while long hair the color of ice brushed his shoulders. The third man wore a silver robe and was a grim, but sharp-eyed individual. Indeed, it was his eyes that caught Bryan’s attention; for they were the color of blood, and were narrowed into crimson daggers as they glared at the prince. His deep auburn hair was immaculately cut and styled, and Bryan suddenly felt a tad scruffy in comparison. Still, between the silver clad noble’s sharp glare and that he clearly was not pleased to see Bryan and company, Bryan sensed in his gut that this man might be dangerous. His musings were cut short, however, when the noble in the middle, spoke first.

“Greetings. You must be Bryan, the one who claims to be our prince.”

“I am,” Bryan confirmed, trying to remain as calm and collected as he could. “I was raised in Talgria, in the town of Narcoss. My father brought me there following Shigo’s attack and my mother’s death. I did not know of my heritage until fairly recently, when Shigo discovered that my father and I were still alive and pursued us.”

“I see. I take it that the man behind you is your father?”

“He is. He also told me that he is a Grand Duke of Astryn, and that we are the sole survivors of House Novat.”

“Just as Count Francois has reported. Now, I will introduce myself. I am Laris, head of the house of Maryn and a Grand Duke as well. The man on my left is Canus, the count of Jupea and head of the house of Yssev. And on my right is Tavon, the duke of Dathyl and head of the House of Annuvin. In addition, Duke Tavon serves as steward of Astryn’s throne until a new ruler is crowned. We three were chosen to represent the nobility of Astryn in this…investigation of your claims.”

“I understand.”

“Hmph. You do realize that we will not simply let you approach one of our sacred weapons, don’t you?” Tavon rather testily inquired.

“Of course, I would expect no less. However, I am prepared to do anything I can to gain the nobles’ trust,” Bryan replied.

“Heh. Easier said than done, I’m afraid. How do we know you don’t just want to steal our weapons? There have been plenty who have tried. And, for that matter, how do we know you’re not some Red Claw or Meloran spy? There’s been no shortage of those either.”

Bryan then growled angrily. However, before he could retort, Canus stepped in. The count of Yssev regarded Tavon with obvious annoyance.

“Duke Tavon, hold your tongue. That is no way to treat guests.”

“In these troubled times, prudence outweighs courtesy. An enemy can be lurking behind anyone's face, even yours.”

“What?! Why you—!”

“Both of you, that’s enough,” Laris chastised. “Tavon, you would do well to hold your tongue. We cannot afford such unbecoming behavior during, as you yourself put it “trouble times.” Least of all can we afford it from one entrusted to safeguard our nation’s throne. Bryan, I must apologize. Tavon can be rather rash at times.”

Judging from the baleful glare Tavon had fixed upon both Laris and the young prince, Bryan suspected that Laris was understating the case a little.

“You should also know this, however,” Laris continued. “Although Tavon acts as steward, he is seeking the throne as well.”

“It is my right,” Tavon spoke, though more to Bryan than Laris. “If none other can prove themselves fit to become our new monarch, then I shall occupy the throne myself. And, I will, if your claims prove false.”

“That much, I must confess, is possible,” Laris admitted, his words seeming for both Tavon and Bryan.

Perhaps it was the soldier’s instinct, honed over Bryan’s career in Talgria’s army, which always alerted him whenever danger was near; or, maybe it was that baleful glare of Tavon’s which caused the hairs on Bryan’s neck to stand on end; possibly, it was the hint of urgency and warning in Laris’ admission that the throne could very well go to Tavon. Whatever the case, Bryan was suddenly and firmly convinced that Tavon ascending to the throne of Astryn would be a very, very bad turn of events.

“So I figured. What must I do to earn the honor of approaching Eronite?” Bryan inquired.

“Why, you will do that by proving yourself,” Laris replied. “Not only that you are trustworthy, but that you are prepared to serve this realm in its time of need. We have decided to send you on an important mission. By accomplishing it, you will not only prove yourself to be trustworthy, but that you are prepared to use your strength and skills in service to Astryn.”

“Alright. What is this mission, exactly?”

“We have recently received word that some hawk laguz, whom we wanted to hire for an important task, have been captured by the Red Claw. The information we have indicates that these hawks have been imprisoned in an occupied fort somewhere to the south, known as Fort Mercue. Your mission is to lead some of our soldiers as well as your own and rescue these laguz. In addition to your own troops, you will lead some of our soldiers as well. Through this mission, you will prove your trustworthiness not only to us, but to both our laguz allies and the kingdom’s soldiers. Only then will we allow you to touch Eronite and see if you are indeed our prince.”

“Fair enough. Which men will I be given command of?”

“General Eric and his men are the only elite warriors our army has left, so one of the dracoknight platoons will be accompanying you. And Eric, you shall go as well,” Laris decided. “We are all too aware of how dangerous the Red Claw can be, and we shall take no chances.”

“W-Wait, what?! Grand Duke Laris, please reconsider! This is preposterous!” Eric protested, vainly trying to hold back his anger.

Bryan merely grumbled. This mission just got a lot harder already.

“Eric, do you realize why we called you to this meeting?” Laris inquired, a sly grin crossing his features.

Eric’s burgeoning anger abruptly transformed into perplexity. Bryan was curious as well but, interestingly, a quirk had formed at the corner of Owen’s mouth; as though he rather liked the idea.

“…No, I don’t,” Eric admitted, his tone almost wary.

“Count Francois’ report mentioned the…difficulties you and Bryan have had with each other,” Canus explained. “We are aware, as are you, that the troops under your command are the only force of suitable caliber for this mission. What’s more, if Bryan is truly the prince, we feel it prudent that you and Bryan endeavor to come to terms with one another.”

Though Bryan had only known Eric for a few, unpleasant hours, he already knew how the wyvern general would react.

“Are you out of your—!” he blurted angrily, reining in his temper in mid-sentence and then continuing in a voice that was calmer, but no less harsh. “You ask me to place myself and my men under the command of a charlatan? You insult me and my men.”

Canus looked rather displeased with Eric’s words, but a warning glare from Laris silenced him.

“We are not ordering you to become friends,” Laris informed them, his tone firm enough to forestall any snide remarks. “However, we are advising that you should trust each other enough to be allies. Your mission, and many lives, may depend upon it.”

“…I see. Very well,” Eric complied reluctantly.

“Francois, would you mind joining them?” Canus added. “I believe that, prince or not, Bryan will have need of your help. Plus, I think it is obvious that there might be some additional tension along the way.”

“Not at all,” Francois agreed. “We’ll take Lady Armelle and Captain Olivia as well since they are already with us.”

“Excellent,” Laris replied. “Whatever happens, I pray you all return safely with our hawk mercenaries.”

“We will,” Bryan assured. “I’ll make sure of that.”

“Good luck,” Tavon replied, though there was a hint of sarcasm in his voice. “Heh heh, you’ll need it.”

Bryan growled again, this time grinding his jaw tightly to hold in a retort.

“Bryan,” Owen spoke up, sensing his son’s thoughts and adopting a firm tone to ensure that he stayed quiet. “Now, before we leave, may I request to see the old portrait you found? The one that depicts an unknown woman? I strongly believe she is Princess Caline; my late wife, my son’s mother, and Marion’s sister.”

“Hmm…” Laris contemplated. “Very well, but don’t be long. The rescue of those hawk mercenaries is an urgent matter.”

“Of course.”

“Very well. Tavon, would you be so good as to go fetch the portrait?” Laris ordered. “Given your words and behavior earlier, I suspect the journey might help to cool your temper.”

“Grrr, fine,” Tavon reluctantly complied and disappeared through the doors behind the nobles.

The surly duke of Dathyl had not been gone for more than two seconds before Bryan spoke up.

“No offense, but I don’t trust him,” the prince opined, despite Owen’s warning glance.

“Neither do I,” Canus agreed, prompting a relieved sigh from Owen. “Grand Duke Laris, I realize that Tavon is within his rights to become king if no other proves themselves fit to occupy the throne. However, I must insist that we prevent that from ever happening.”

“Something is off about him, I agree,” Owen seconded, taking Canus’ words as an invitation for frankness.

“I’ll admit Tavon is rather harsh and hot-headed, but he has not done anything wrong,” Laris cautioned. “Still, we will keep an eye on him. I’ve found his behavior to be somewhat suspicious lately.”

“Fair enough,” Canus agreed.

Bryan spied Owen of the corner of his eye, his gaze conveying an unspoken question. Bryan’s instincts had already been prickled by Tavon, and Laris’s words had been less-than-reassuring. The prince suspected that “lately” had encompassed far more than this meeting. Owen seemed to catch his son’s thought, but discreetly shook his head, advising his son against asking any prying questions before having proven himself. Instead, both men nodded their agreement to Laris and Canus.

“If memory serves, though, you’re one of the strongest candidates for ascending the throne, Laris,” Francois pointed out. “Shouldn’t you be opposing Tavon as well?”

“Well, it is true that I am also in a position to claim the throne and that I do not believe Tavon is fit to be our king. But, truth be told, I’m not certain if the title of king is one that I’d like to gain,” Laris admitted. “I’m deeply honored that my colleagues have such faith in me, but I cannot be certain if I’m really suited for such a grave responsibility. Although, if there were no one else to challenge Tavon’s claim, I’d certainly do so. Someone has to rule, after all; and I do not trust Tavon to occupy the throne.”

“Ah, I see.”

Again, Bryan and Owen exchanged discreet glances. Laris’s admission about Tavon seemed to reinforce Bryan’s impression that the duke of Dathyl was dangerous, and the crease of Owen’s brow suggested that he had reached the same conclusion. Before either of the two men could ponder the matter further, Tavon himself reemerged from the large doors, carrying an old picture frame. He then handed it to Laris.

“Thank you, Tavon,” Laris said, though Tavon gave no reply. “Owen, I believe you wished to see this.”

“Thank you…” Owen replied and, with some trepidation, somberly took the portrait. He motioned for Bryan to come to his side as they beheld the image of a young and regal woman. She was one of the most beautiful women Bryan had ever seen; and as he suspected, she bore a strong resemblance to him. The woman had the same olive green hair and green eyes as Bryan. Part of her olive green locks was tied into a braided bun while the rest cascaded down her back in smaller braids. Tightly curled strands of hair spiraled downward in front of her ears and tickled her cheeks. She wore a blue evening gown enshrouded by a shawl of a darker azure shade, which was of royal bearing but without being gaudy. Aside from her wedding ring, Bryan saw little jewelry on her person. But, of those few pieces was one he knew very well. About her throat was the very same necklace Bryan had discovered behind a brick in Owen’s shop, confirming her identity as his mother and Princess Caline. A thin, gold coronet encircled her brow while her smile was pleasant and content, as though she was posthumously welcoming her family home.

“…It’s her,” Owen confirmed as he lowered his gaze and his eyes became glassy. “My dear wife… Oh, Caline… I miss you so…”

Tears brimmed in the somber Grand Duke’s eyes as he looked at the image of his wife for the first time in years, his grief over her passing now crashing upon him like a flood. Bryan brought a comforting hand to his father’s shoulder as Owen’s tears fell upon the portrait.

“Dad…” Bryan uttered, his tone soft but determined. “I’ll avenge her. I swear to you, Shigo will answer for her death on the blade of my lance. I can promise that.”

“I know, Bryan. …And, I thank you…so much.”

The three nobles had been watching the pair for some long moments, discreetly exchanging glances as they, no doubt, probed Bryan and Owen’s faces for any sign of duplicity. Tavon, unsurprisingly, was unimpressed by Owen’s display of grief, while Laris and Canus seemed cautiously intrigued.

“Such grief is difficult to feign,” Laris spoke up. “Still, it does not prove that this woman was indeed a princess, I’m afraid.”

“We understand,” Bryan replied. “But, I can prove the truth of my words, and that’s what I’m going to do. I will not fail the mission you’ve given me.”

“And, I wish you good luck.”

“As do I,” Canus added.

Bryan nodded appreciatively. With that, he and the others departed the palace to rejoin their comrades.

“Well,” Eric replied once they were outside the main gates again, folding his arms. “If those dimwits think I’m going to just let this so-called princeling command my men, then they need a sharp kick in the ass!”

Bryan, his emotions still raw from seeing the state of Medann and the image of a mother he’d never known, wheeled on Eric and might’ve struck him if Owen hadn’t snatched his forearm.

“If you are so anxious to fight, save it for the Red Claw,” Owen admonished.

“Eric…” Francois said with a sigh. “Your antipathy towards Bryan is no secret, and it is understandable. However, we cannot afford to make enemies amongst ourselves if our mission is to succeed. Can you not give him a chance, if only so that we can accomplish our mission?”

“No. But, since he and I still need to settle our score, I am willing to make a deal.”

“Fine with me,” Bryan agreed, also folding his arms. “What did you have in mind?”

“A duel,” Eric replied, un-slinging his axe. “If you can defeat me, then I’ll let you command some of my men. But if I win, well, then I guess you’re screwed.”

Bryan, his patience with the wyvern general long since exhausted, hardly needed the encouragement.

“Heh. Alright then, you’re on,” he agreed.

With that, Bryan un-slung his lance and shield and motioned for everyone to step back so that the two combatants could battle without injuring the spectators. Francois then relayed to Azura and the rest of the group what had occured in the palace. As Eric and Bryan assumed battle stances, Faline approached Skye. Her eyes were filled with concern as she watched the combatants unblinkingly.

“Skye, I don’t like this,” she spoke up. “Even if Bryan does win, he could get seriously injured.”

“I know, Faline, but I don’t think you have anything to worry about,” Skye replied, his smile broad with confidence. “He’ll be fine.”

“Are you sure?”

“Hey, this is Bryan we’re talking about here. You know as well as I do that many regard him as one of the best lancers in the Talgrian army. In fact, some even say he and General William are evenly matched now. So yeah, I’m definitely sure.”

“Wow…”

Faline then recalled the tales she had heard about William and his prowess. Everyone called him the Lion of Talgria, or as an affectionate nickname, the Bear, due to his brute strength, resilience to injury, and relentlessness. Bryan became the mighty warrior known as the Emerald Sentinel only recently, during the course of the war. Yet, Bryan’s fame was already spreading far and wide, and Faline had seen first-hand that the tales about him were not exaggerated. Skye was definitely right. If Bryan and William were to have a similar duel, the two would wage an epic battle. Still, Faline didn’t quite share Skye’s confidence. She knew Bryan was a very skilled lancer, but this didn’t stop her from worrying when her love was in danger. What’s more, skill alone might not decide a battle. Though Eric didn't bring his winged mount into this contest, being earthbound hardly made him defenseless. Eric was clearly taller, and likely physically stronger, than Bryan; and that could give the surly wyvern rider an edge. He was probably faster as well, since Bryan wore heavier armor and carried a shield whereas Eric’s armor, designed for use in flight, was lighter and would afford him greater mobility. What’s more, Eric wielded an axe, which held a clear advantage over Bryan’s lance. Then again, while Bryan had already attained the rank of Sentinel, Eric was not yet a Dragonlord, which could possibly even the odds. Faline then smiled and decided there was only one thing she needed to do.

“Bryan! You can win! No one has ever beaten you in a battle, and no one ever will!” she cheered.

“That’s right! Show this idiot who’s boss!” Skye added.

Eric snarled while Bryan, wearing a grin to match Skye’s, turned to wink at his lover and best friend. Armelle, however, sighed and approached Eric. She laid a hand on his shoulder and, when Eric turned to face her, Bryan could swear that Eric was almost happy to see her.

“Eric, really, is this necessary?” she worriedly inquired. “I don’t want either of you two to get hurt at a time like this.”

That ghost of pleasure on Eric’s face vanished but, curiously, he did not seem angry at her words.

“Sorry, Armelle, he replied, his tone hovering somewhere between gentle and firm, “but I will not take orders from this fool unless he can prove himself to be my superior. I will not allow my men follow a weaker commander than I.”

“Sigh… Alright. I guess I can’t stop you.”

That nearly invisible smile crossed Eric's face again as he rested a hand over Armelle’s. Bryan’s eyebrow arched at this exchange, but Armelle quickly withdrew to the sidelines. With that, Eric turned to face Bryan once more. The two reassumed their stances and began to circle one another, each observing the other’s movements with a discerning eye for several long moments. Finally, with jarring abruptness, they charged at one another. When he closed the distance between himself and Bryan, Eric drew back his poleax and went into a spin, the blade cleaving the air in a whirl of deadly steel. Bryan, at first, appeared as if he was about to try and brave the whirling blade to retaliate with his lance, but he instead brought up his shield. The blade of Eric’s poleax ground against the shield with a discordant shrieking, the sudden impact knocking the Dragonmaster backwards and almost off balance. Bryan thrust his shield forward, catching the poleax’s shaft and spinning Eric again…leaving his back exposed.

Eric, however, managed to recover from the shock of Bryan's attack. He thrust the pommel of his poleax behind him, the blunt, heavy metal ramming into Bryan's chest plate. His armor absorbed the blow, but the impact sent Bryan stumbling backwards and bought Eric the time he needed to regain his stance.

“Not bad,” the wyvern general commended. “I might have very well underestimated you.”

“Heh. Believe me, there’s more where that came from,” Bryan replied. “They call me the Emerald Sentinel in Cilae and Talgria, you know.”

“Ha, spare me your prattle. Let’s see you for once back up your words.”

With that, the two combatants clashed once more. Eric’s poleax ground against the blade of Bryan’s lance relentlessly. Eric slashed, thrust, sliced and lunged with blade and pommel in a continuous, unbroken onslaught, seeking to find a weakness in Bryan’s defenses. Yet, no matter the speed or angle with which he swung his axe, Bryan deflected every blow easily. His shield and lance wove and danced in perfect harmony, allowing none of Eric’s blows to slip past. Bryan, on the other hand, had managed to knock back Eric’s axe with a swing from his shield and to ram his lance’s pommel into Eric’s gut. Despite that success, the prince had to admit Eric was putting up a good fight. The rapid and unpredictable rain of blows from Eris wasn’t giving Bryan many opportunities to strike at all; the opening which the prince had created had been as much a product of luck as of skill. As their bout continued, Eric drew back his poleax for an overhead strike. Bryan brought up his shield to deflect it when, suddenly, the Dragonmaster angled his swing to sweep at an angle, across Bryan’s shield arm instead. The blade slide into a gap in Bryan’s bracers and tore into his forearm and, in the split second while Bryan was thrown off balance by the pain, Eric struck. He swung his poleax so that the notch between blade and shaft caught hold of the side of Bryan’s shield and, with a mighty heave, Eric tore it free from the prince’s hand. The shield clattered across the ground, and Eric quickly darted over to block Bryan from reclaiming it. Faline gasped fearfully, knowing full well that, without his shield, Bryan was now at a far greater disadvantage. Bryan, having heard his lover’s gasp, turned to her and grinned.

“Heh, don’t worry, Faline,” he assured. “This is just a minor setback.”

Faline, despite an answering smile, wrung her hands and tried to calm her racing heart, hoping that her lover was right.

“You’re still talking a good game, but let’s see you back it up for change!” Eric spat and lunged at Bryan again. The prince, however, ducked and twisted in order to avoid the axe’s blade as it clove the air about him time and again. To the perplexity of the onlookers, he rarely brought up his lance to deflect any blows and made no move to counterattack. Eric, red faced from aggravation, drew back his poleax and swept it at Bryan’s ankles, forcing him to jump. But, that attack had been a feint, for the Dragonmaster swept a leg at Bryan as he landed, causing the prince to topple to the ground. Eric loomed over the fallen prince, his poleaxe drawn back for a final overhead swing. Faline and Skye froze where they stood, stunned with disbelief at the thought that Bryan was actually defeated. Eric, smirking contemptuously, loomed over the fallen prince.

“This was fun,” he remarked, not bothering to hide his disdain. “Still, as they say, “may the best man win.””

“True,” Bryan replied, almost smugly, which sparked fresh anger in the dragonmaster.

The poleax’s blade whistled through the air as it swung towards Bryan. Suddenly, as fast as lightning, the prince brought up his weapon and caught Eric’s axe in the deep notch of the brave lance’s forked blade. Faline’s jaw dropped while Skye’s eyes nearly popped out of his skull. Eric, blanching as he realized the trap he'd just been snared in, bore down upon Bryan with all his might, but Bryan held back his foe’s blade. The deadlock, and the battle, ended with astonishing suddenness as Bryan swiftly jerked his lance to the right, forcing Eric’s axe to spring out of his hand and spin until its pommel slammed into the wyvern rider’s jaw. Eric staggered backwards, the axe falling from his slackening grip, and Bryan sprang to his feet.

The prince then leaped into the air and spun into a wheel kick, striking the now-disarmed Eric in the chest and sending him crashing to the ground. The prince rushed over to the fallen wyvern rider and leveled his lance at his enemy’s throat. Eric, gaping in astonishment, merely stared at him, his breathing heavy and fast.

“Well…” he panted. “Like I said, “may the best man win.” I admit defeat.”

Bryan simply smiled and withdrew his lance, allowing Eric to rise.

“Well, you put up a good fight,” he replied. “Not many flyers will fight on foot, and you nearly had me with that ankle sweep. I look forward to us fighting on the same side.”

Despite Bryan’s attempt at being civil, Eric looked as though he did not share the victorious prince’s sentiments.

“Hey, Bryan!” Skye called out excitedly as he ran over to his friend, followed by Azura, Owen, and an ecstatic Faline. “Man! Way to go! That trick with the lance’s blade was awesome!”

“Aw, it was nothing,” Bryan bashfully replied.

“It certainly was not!” Faline denied. “Bryan, you’re just the best!”

Faline threw herself at her lover as she spoke her words, clasping her arms around his neck and planting a very moist kiss on his cheek.

“Heh,” Bryan commented, his cheeks turning pink. “Thanks, Faline.”

“Yeah, keep this up, and Shigo will be running for the hills!” Azura exclaimed.

“I will agree, you’ve come such a long way, Bryan,” Owen complimented. “I think even William would be sorely pressed to hold onto his title if he faced my son in a spar now.”

“Aw, Dad…” Bryan bashfully replied. “Thanks, you guys.”

Bryan, still quite pink from the praise, turned to face Eric. The wyvern rider was back on his feet, a flustered Armelle fussing over him like a mother hen. Interestingly, Eric looked more amused than annoyed at Armelle’s fretful behavior. But, when he met Bryan’s gaze, his humor vanished and his lips twisted into a scowl.

“I’ll admit, you are strong,” Eric conceded. “And, as promised, you may command some of my men. Temporarily, mind you. I will follow your orders as well. But don’t think this means we’re friends. You may be a competent fighter, but we’ve got a long way to go before I give you any more respect than that.”

With that, the Dragonmaster retrieved his poleax and stalked off. Bryan merely grumbled in annoyance, knowing that Eric’s ambivalence could become a serious issue during the mission if the wyvern rider continued to let his distrust get the better of him. And, admittedly, Bryan had much the same problem. If not for Owen’s intervention, the “duel” would have begun much sooner...and been far less civilized. Still, neither meant that Bryan couldn’t gain the trust of the troops serving under the surly Dragonmaster. If he could achieve that, he would, indeed, achieve a great deal. For the time being, that would have to be his focus.

Once Eric had his injuries healed, he gathered a platoon of dracoknights. After giving them a quick briefing, in which he studiously avoided mentioning Bryan, Eric led the platoon to accompany the group to Fort Mercue. Bryan, deciding that speaking to Eric would be inadvisable, looked to Francois to act as a guide. And thankfully, the Thunder Sage knew exactly how to get there. It wouldn’t take more than a few hours on foot, he had explained, and this relieved Bryan. He wanted to complete the mission entrusted to him by the nobles had with all possible speed. His instinctual distrust of Tavon had yet to diminish, and Bryan wanted to ensure that the duke of Dathyl would have too little time for any mischief while Bryan was gone. What’s more, though there was still no sign that Shigo had begun his expected attack on Astryn, he could do so at any time. It was only a question of where and when.

As Bryan contemplated that matter, however, he realized that it was quite strange that Shigo hadn’t launched his invasion of Astryn already. Bryan recalled the words of the Red Claw commander he had encountered earlier. The Red Claw had let slip that Shigo had broken ranks with Melora, and that the rumors about Bryan’s death had been meant for Shigo as much as for the people of Astryn. Could Shigo have fallen for the ruse? Bryan quickly discarded that notion. Shigo was many things, but he clearly wasn’t stupid. So, why was he waiting when doing so only allowed Bryan a chance to strengthen the country? What is he waiting for? The last time I saw him, the dastard was power-hungry and acted like he would attack as soon as he had the chance, Bryan recalled in his thoughts. Yet, he’s had plenty of chances to do so, and he hasn’t. This doesn’t make any sense… After a minute or so, the only thing Bryan could decide was that he would find out in due time.

During the journey, Azura decided to converse a little more with Zarek, since she had not had much of an opportunity to do so since he had joined the group. She always liked to learn a little bit about the soldiers she was commanding, as it made it easier for her to trust them, as well as the reverse, and to ensure loyal to her. And Zarek proved just that when he began explaining his reasons for joining her.

“Ah, so you’re repaying us for rescuing your grandfather at Fort Absolon?” Azura inquired.

“That’s right. I needed to get him home as quickly as I could though, and that’s why it took me so long to catch up to you,” Zarek continued. “See, Grandpa is old and ailing, and it was a miracle that he didn’t get worse from being crammed in a dirty prison cell, let alone end up catching that gross infection that went around in the fort. I just need to earn enough money so I can afford the medicine he needs. Grandpa was the one who raised me after my parents were killed in the last war, and he trained me in the way of the axe. I want to use those skills to help him, and whoever else I can.”

“I see. You’re a wonderful grandson to him, then,” Azura complemented with a smile. “I’d be more than happy to let you fight for us so that you can help him.”

“You are too kind. Thank you, milady.”

No more than a heartbeat later, Lily came rushing over, a happy smile on her face. Azura was pleased at the sight, as it seemed that ever since Zarek appeared, the young Fire Sage was happier than before, despite the war and the death of her father.

“Zarek! Hey there, handsome!” Lily greeted flirtatiously.

“Uh…oh. Hi, Lily,” Zarek reluctantly returned, nervously eyeing Lily’s fire tome.

“What’s up? You alright?”

“Yeah, it’s just…uh, you surprised me.”

“Oh, sorry! I just thought we’d spend a bit of time together,” Lily replied with a big smile. “You seem like a great guy!”

“Er, thanks, but I was going to talk some more with Lady Azura. I’m still confused about what’s going on.”

That was only partially true. Zarek already had a rough idea about Astryn’s situation and some notion of where they were going and why, but he had a feeling he would not enjoy Lily’s company for long…if at all. She was certainly adorable, but Zarek was leery after she’d nearly charbroiled him when they first met.

“Really? I could tell you what you need to know! Come on, I wanna get to know you better!”

“Well, I can see you’re all tied up here, Zarek, so we’ll talk later, alright?” Azura replied with a deceptively innocent smile. “Bye!”

“Huh? W-Wait! Milady!” Zarek called back as Azura walked away. He had a strong feeling that she had actually left him with Lily on purpose. That musing prompting him to mumble under his breath something to the effect of “hazard pay.”

“Oh, Zarek, you’re silly! Come on!” Lily gleefully insisted and yanked the axe fighter after her by the arm. Some of the dracoknights nearby began snickering at his predicament.

“Daah! H-Hey!” Zarek protested. Lily, however, wouldn’t let him go. Damn it. I just know this girl is going to annoy and embarrass the hell out of me…I almost wish she did charbroil me!

Sometime later, Fort Mercue came into view at last. As Bryan had suspected, it heavily resembled a keep with a fortified wall, perfect for housing prisoners. Its front gate was huge and locked tight while the outer stone walls looked so thick and heavily reinforced that not even the most powerful catapults or the largest battering rams would probably not breach them. This concerned Bryan, as he wondered just how the troops would get in to rescue the captive hawk laguz. Eliminating the Red Claw members that were patrolling the area was one thing, but getting through the massive gate and walls was going to be a different matter entirely, since the Red Claw could simply wall themselves in and wait out the army. Francois, noting Bryan’s consternation, explained that the fort was built thusly to serve as a prison and that the walls and gates kept the prisoners from escaping, as they were no less impregnable on the inside. It was extremely rare for one to ever succeed in escaping Fort Mercue.

“You see, Astryn Palace, as large as it may be, has no dungeon of its own,” Francois continued. “This is one of the differences between a castle and a palace. Castles always have dungeons, but palaces typically do not. There are exceptions, of course, but unlike a castle, a palace mainly serves as a home for nobles or royals rather than a defensive fortress or a staging area for soldiers and knights. So, to compensate for the lack of a dungeon, multiple forts that also double as prisons were built around the nation. The others also have such fortified walls and gates, to prevent jailbreaks from within as well as from without.”

“Oh wow, I had no idea. Shows how much I know about being a prince…” Bryan replied with a self-depreciating tone.

“There is no need to worry. There are many royals and nobles that have much to learn, but no time to do so,” Francois assured. “Some people born into nobility never even get chosen for a single title.”

“Like that cowardly son of Novat that my father told me about.”

“Exactly.”

“…But tell me something, Francois. Do you actually believe me when I say I’m the prince of Astryn? You told me you think I’m trustworthy but, on the other hand, you also said that my story is hard to accept.”

“Hmm… To tell you the truth, I haven’t decided. It’s been most difficult for me to make decisions these days due to the state this country is in. The problems we face seem to know no limits; be it in depth, complexity, size or in number. And what’s worse, I was only recently granted the title of count of Urae a few years ago, so I have little experience as of yet. Before then, Queen Marion was quite reluctant to let anyone rule Urae, so I was also faced with the additional task of rebuilding the province from the ground up.”

“Oh. I see. I don’t blame you. It has to be hard for anyone to make the right decision in times like these. If Tavon was right about anything back at the palace, it was when he said that anyone could be an enemy right now. With the Red Claw and Melora all over the continent, it can be quite difficult to determine who, if anybody, can be trusted. But I assure you, I want to do anything, and everything, I can to help Astryn.”

“Hm. You are quite right. And what’s more? I think I do believe you now. You seem to be an honorable man and your words hold clear conviction. These are the signs of an ally worth having.”

“Heh. Thanks, Francois. That means a lot to me.”

“You’re very welcome…my prince.”

“Hey, if you two are done over there, can we please start forming a strategy?” Eric angrily interrupted. “I think we all know that trying to break through those walls would work about as well as trying to move Mount Trito Mons.”

“Ah, right. How exactly are we supposed to get in there, Francois?” Bryan inquired.

“Well, obviously, we have to get rid of the Red Claw first,” Francois began. “But, as for how to get in, there are two entrances on either side of the fort. Each one consists of an outer gate and an inner gate. The outer gates we can get through without much trouble since they are locked from the outside. The inner gates, however, are locked from the inside, so our best chance is to have one of the wyverns fly over to one of the inner gates and open it for the rest of us.”

“Alright, then that’s what we’ll do. Two dracoknights will take care of unlocking one of the inner gates while the rest of us deal with the Red Claw and the corresponding outer gate,” Bryan decided. “Eric, you can choose who goes for the inner gate.”

“Fine by me,” Eric replied.

“Just one more question before we get started,” Bryan continued. “What are those small towers scattered outside for? I think I’ve seen them a few times in Cilae and Talgria. Are they some kind of lookout tower?”

“Ah, those are assault towers,” Francois explained. “They’re an invention of Cilae’s, believe it or not. Perhaps Cilae would have fared better, had they built these towers in the same quantities as we and Talgria have. Anyway, assault towers are much like your typical lookout towers, only these feature what the Cilaeans call “modular design.” Simply put, they consist of a number of small, portable sections, allowing them to be assembled, disassembled, transported, and then reassembled in a timely fashion. Although this means that they’re much easier to destroy than normal lookout towers, assault towers have their compensations. They can not only be used by archers, but also by mages and anyone else who can attack from medium to long range. Even mounted units can dismount temporarily and go inside to attack from one of the windows at the top. The tower features embrasures for firing arrows and throwing javelins, knives and hand axes, as well as casting spells. The tower, however, can be a bit confining, so one using hand axes might have a rough time of it, unless he can make the throw using a vertical motion, rather than horizontal. Being in a tower also gives archers a greater range, thanks to the elevation. The units inside cannot be attacked until they leave the tower or the tower itself is destroyed. That is, unless someone in a different tower is in range. An assault tower can accommodate up to four units at a time. There’s simply not enough room for any more.”

“I see. Those towers sound really handy.”

“They certainly are. However, if an assault tower is destroyed while someone is inside it, that unit will surely suffer serious injury…if they manage to get out alive. Also, a healer obviously cannot go inside a tower to heal an ally if there are already four people inside, so be careful when using them. Although, a healer can heal units inside a tower from the outside, but only with a Physic staff.”

“Alright, got it.”

“Great. Oh, and one last thing. If a staff wielder has a Hammerne, the staff that has the ability to repair weapons, it can also repair damaged assault towers.”

“Ah, then we’ll be sure to keep an eye out for those. Now, let’s take that fort back!”

With that, the group rushed forth and began the attack. The Red Claw members, whom were caught unawares, were soon pinned against the wall and were being picked off one by one. Bryan, meanwhile, ordered Skye and Lily to rush into one of the vacant assault towers as quickly as they could. This would increase the advantage the army already held, and prove invaluable if the Red Claw in the fort came out to counterattack or if enemy reinforcements arrived. Soren also headed inside another tower and was soon followed by Francois, as well as Kye, whom had earlier obtained some knives from Ryin. The others did their best to prevent the Red Claw from reaching the towers, either to destroy the ones the army was using or to make use of the unclaimed ones. Unfortunately, it seemed that not all of the Red Claw had been taken by surprise. A few of the towers already contained enemies. This meant that the only way these adversaries could be defeated is if the tower was taken down or the Red Claw members were forced out beforehand. Still, Bryan and Azura decided that they much preferred using these towers instead of destroying them. They were excellent offensive weapons, but they were also capable of protecting vulnerable units like archers and mages. The towers themselves simply needed to be guarded from enemy attacks.

However, though the Red Claw was caught off guard, they quickly recovered and began to put up stiff resistance. The two dracoknights Eric ordered to get the inner gate open had difficulty even looking for a hole in the enemy’s defense, much less finding one. Everywhere they flew, they were spotted and attacked by the enemies manning the assault towers. Though the dracoknights were able to avoid being hit, their luck might change for the worse at any time. Bryan then grumbled and began contemplating what to do. If he had some of his troops attack the towers held by the Red Claw, and the enemies near them, then the other towers held by his allies could be left unprotected. To compound his worry, more Red Claw emerged from another side of the fort and charged towards Marc, Leona, and several other troops guarding Skye and Lily’s tower. Fire from the towers whittled down the enemy, but the Red Claw reached Marc and Leona. Both knights were forced into combat, as were the rest of their comrades soon after.

With the Allied troops below them distracted, a few more Red Claw members broke away from the combat and went straight for the tower. Skye cursed at this reversal of fortune. The embrasure was too small for him to squeeze through, so he could not possibly fire an arrow straight down at the enemy. He hoped desperately that Lily had a plan. She had been about to cast an Elfire spell when the tower suddenly shook violently.
“Aaah!” Lily cried as she and Skye were slammed against the wall.

“Blast! Lily, we’ve got to get out of here now!” Skye insisted desperately and helped her to her feet.

Bryan and Azura both gasped when they realized what was happening. Unfortunately, both were too far away to be of much help. Skye and Lily attempted to start down the ladder that led to the ground, but before they could, the tower shook once again before they could escape. And this time, the tower succumbed. It began to collapse, and though Skye was able to jump down the ladder, his hand slipped from Lily’s, forcing her to be thrown right toward a nearby embrasure. Though Skye could not squeeze through such a small opening, the tiny fire sage flew straight through the rounded hole and plummeted to earth. Her piercing scream echoed throughout the entire area. Raela turned in the direction of the sound and, seeing her sister's peril, blanched with terror.

“LILY, NO!” she shouted in undisguised horror.

“LILY, HANG ON!” Zarek shouted and rushed beneath the falling fire sage as fast as he could. I just know I’m going to regret this…

Just seconds before Lily could hit the ground, Zarek came to a screeching halt below her. She landed safely in his arms, though the impact caused him to topple over. Lily fixed Zarek with a very grateful, and very flirtatious, smile which caused Zarek to grimace. Before they could get up, however, they found three Red Claw members standing over them; a fighter, a myrmidon, and a mage, all looking very pleased at the easy pickings they’d discovered. Their delight, however, came to an abrupt end when an arrow struck the swordsman in the back of the head while two red shockwaves clove into the other two, one right after the other. All three Red Claw crumbled, dead before the even hit the ground. Skye and Raela then rushed over, the latter dismounting from her horse and racing over.

“Are you guys okay?!” Skye inquired.

“Lily! Are you alright?!” Raela added breathlessly.

“Yeah, thanks to Zarek!” Lily assured joyously, despite that the battle was still not over.

“Yeah… Can you let me up now?” Zarek queried, more than a hint of annoyance in his tone.

“Oh! Sorry!” Lily gasped and quickly scrambled off of him. She then threw her arms around his neck ecstatically.

“Oh, Zarek! Thank you so much for saving me! I’ll never forget this!” she exclaimed and instantly smooched the axe fighter’s cheek. If Zarek had not already been lying prone, the shock would have likely knocked him clean off his feet. His expression also crumbled into slack jawed stupefaction. Once again, some of the other troops noticed and began to snicker. Zarek, recovering enough of his composure to feel angry, merely grumbled and glared at them as his cheeks turned a rosy red with embarrassment.

“Zarek, I’m so grateful that you saved my sister,” Raela spoke up, hugging him and prompting a bemused stare from Skye. “Thank you.”

“Ah, it was nothing. Just doing what I came here to do,” Zarek replied. “I wish those dirtbags over there would shut up, though.”

Before anyone could say anything more, Azura and Bryan rushed over.

“Whoa, I’m glad to see you guys are alright!” Bryan panted. “Zarek, right? Great timing there.”

“Yeah, I don’t know what we would’ve done if you hadn’t stepped in,” Azura added.

“Heh, I guess. No problem,” Zarek replied.

“…Well, Ike and Morris just took out the towers which the Red Claw held, so it’s time we wrapped this battle up,” Bryan decided.

Everyone nodded and raced to rejoin the combat. Bryan, by now, saw that the battle had taken a turn for the worse. The Red Claw here had put up a better fight than he’d expected, and he was growing increasingly desperate to tilt the odds back in his favor. Still, no matter what happened, he had to finish off the enemy and rescue those hawk mercenaries. He needed them and the Astrynian dracoknights to have faith in him, and being thrown back by the Red Claw would not inspire faith in the prince. No matter the time or cost, he had to prevail. The fate of his mission to prove that he was the heir to the throne depended upon it.​
 
Chapter 31 is finished! Oh, I've also finally added a Shigo mugshot to the first post. :3


Chapter 31: A Traitor Emerges

By the time Azura, Bryan, and the rest of the army had managed to force a breach in the enemy’s defenses and allow two of Eric’s dracoknights to fly over the front walls of Fort Mercue to the inner gate, many of the soldiers who’d accompanied the prince were wounded and exhausted. It was no surprise, as it seemed that with every battle, both the Red Claw and Melora grew stronger. It was only the good fortune that the same held true for the Allied armies that kept Bryan and his company from being pulverized already. As he watched many soldiers break away from the combat, too often in retreat, while panting heavily and clutching bloody arms or legs, Bryan gritted his teeth. For much of the battle, momentum had swung against the would-be prince of Astryn, and he and Azura had only one option remaining to them.

“Azura, how much of the enemy force do you think is left?” the prince inquired, turning to the earl of Elhorhi, who knelt nearby while tending to a bloody gash on her left leg.

“Out here? Not much, if any at all,” Azura replied. “I only see our soldiers right now. But that doesn’t mean there aren’t more Red Claw members holed up in the fort.”

“I agree. I have a plan though. You, Ike, and I will charge into the fort once the dracoknights give the signal that the inner gate is open. There could still be more enemies hiding inside, and the three of us would have the best chance of fighting off any ambushes. Eric, Marc, and Leona will circle around to block the back gates. If there are any Red Claw members left inside, they’ll probably attempt to escape through there. Everyone else is to pull back to the edge of the field. They’re to treat their wounds, reequip as needed, and keep their eyes and ears peeled for anything or anyone untoward. And, if someone does see or hear something, they’re to report it to us straight away.”

“Sounds good to me. Let me heal up first and I’ll go get Ike.”

“And I’ll relay the orders to everyone else. Meet me at the outer gate when you’re done.”

“Got it.”

With that, Azura hurriedly applied some Vulnerary to her leg wound and, time pressing her too sharply to wait for the medicine to work, limped off in search of Ike. Bryan then headed for the outer gate in hopes that the dracoknights had finished unlocking its inward twin. Thankfully, two were already awaiting him and he raced to join them.

“Were you able to get the inner gates open?” he inquired.

“But, of course,” one of the draconknights replied, a bit smugly. “The enemy had quite the reception waiting for us on the other side of the wall, but we cut them to ribbons. As far as we could see, there weren’t any more bandits or Melorans on the inside, but I wouldn’t be surprised if they’re in there. Whoever’s going through those gates should keep their wits about them.”

“Excellent. And don’t worry, I was planning on doing just that,” Bryan replied. “For now, I want you two to pull back and find General Eric. Tell him that he is to take Marc and Leona and block the back gates so no enemies, if any are left, can escape. Once that’s done, you are to follow the others back to the perimeter. Treat your injuries, reequip as needed, and then patrol the skies. If anyone sees anything out of the ordinary, they’re to notify me or Azura immediately.”

“And, what about you?”

“I’ll scout the area inside the walls and the interior of the fort along with Azura and Ike. Even if the enemy is still in there, we can take them. If we need help, however, I’ll have Ike signal you with an energy slash from Ragnell. Trust me, you’ll know it when you see it. Two slashes means the fort is secure, and we want whoever’s healed up to come in and help us search for the prisoners. ”

“Understood…your highness.”

Bryan had been about to dash off in search of Ike and Azura, but the dracoknight’s surprising words had caused him to jerk to a halt. Much to the prince’s surprise, he’d heard none of the bitter sarcasm or skepticism he’d come to expect from Eric or Tavon.

“I’m surprised to hear you say that,” Bryan admitted.

“Well, I wasn’t expecting to say it either,” the dracoknight confessed in turn. “I was skeptical when I first heard about you. After all, there were plenty of charlatans trying to pass themselves off as the “Lost Prince of Astryn,” but not one of them did a damned thing to prove their claim; much less leading our troops in a great battle and charging into a fort that’s possibly filled with a battalion of reinforcements with only two allies at his back. Not even General Eric has the guts to do that. Don’t tell him I said that though, he’ll have me shoveling wyvern manure for months.”

“My lips are sealed,” Bryan replied with a smile.

“Well, all jests aside, Prince Bryan, I must say that you’ve convinced me at least,” the first dracoknight complimented. “I admire your courage and skill. And, I rather doubt I’m alone in saying so.”

“Indeed, he isn’t,” the second added. “General Eric is an admirable man, but it’s been a long time since Astryn’s had a leader of your caliber. A man like you should be on the throne, your highness.”

“Ah… Thank you. You don’t know how much that means to me,” Bryan replied, his smile broadening. “Now let’s finish this!”

“Yes, Sir!” the two dracoknights saluted in unison. They then took to the air and soared off to relay Bryan’s orders.

While Bryan waited for Azura and Ike to join him, he could not suppress a sigh of relief, nor a sudden pulse of excitement. Though he tried not to let himself become overconfident, he could not help but suspect that many of the dracoknights shared the sentiments of the pair he’d just spoken with. And, even the possibility that he’d already won the loyalty of the dracoknights made him happier than he’d been in a long time, especially when he'd feared that Marion's death meant that his mission had already failed. If he could gain the trust of the imprisoned hawk mercenaries, and hopefully Eric as well, then the Astrynian nobles would have to let Bryan approach Eronite as they had promised. At long last, victory was so close that he could taste it.

Of course, there was still a great deal to do, even with that success. Shigo, who had brought Astryn to its knees twenty years ago and killed Bryan’s mother, was still out there. And, he had gone unpunished for far too long. Still, the prince knew he would need to build up an army before he could and finally challenge Shigo to a final confrontation. And, he reminded himself, the support of the hawks would be crucial to that effort. Funny how everything depends on the opinions of a few hawk laguz… Bryan mused as he tried to force himself back to the present. Moments later, however, his thoughts were interrupted by a familiar feminine voice.

“Bryan!” Azura called as she rushed over, followed by Ike.

“Ah, there you two are. Good timing,” Bryan replied with a smile. “Now, let’s get in there. We’ll draw out and clobber any enemies still inside and then signal whoever’s able to come in and help us find those hawk mercenaries.”

“Wait, just one question. How are we supposed to know how many to look for?” Ike inquired. “I don’t want to rescue a few and then find out later that we accidentally left more behind. That would reflect pretty badly on all of us.”

“Hm, good point,” Bryan admitted. “We’ll just have to cover the entire fort. The hawk laguz might be able to tell us how many of them are here. But for all we know, the Red Claw could be keeping more prisoners than the Astrynian nobles know about, so let’s not take any chances. If Melora is using this place as a prison, they might have a manifest of the prisoners held here. So, keep an eye out for any documents.”

“I like the sound of that,” Azura commented. “And you think you aren’t cut out to be a leader, Bryan. If anyone around here is a terrible leader, it’s me.”

“That’s nonsense. I think you’ve done a fine job so far, Azura,” Bryan countered. “I still don’t know if I’m cut out to be a king though.”

“I agree with Bryan, Azura,” Ike added. “But I know how you both feel. When I first became the commander of the Greil Mercenaries, I was terrified. Oh, I’d been training for that day for years; but, it came a lot sooner than anybody expected. I wasn’t even half the commander my father was; and, everybody knew it. Two of our members even deserted us when they heard the news that I was taking over. But, I took on the challenge; and look where it got me. I’ll admit, I didn’t exactly expect to become anywhere near as famous as I am, nor did I think that my future wife would end up being a princess, but even so. You both just have to keep going and never give up. It’s never easy, but it can be done. I’m living proof.”

“That’s true, but that’s a mercenary company. Ruling an earldom, or an entire nation, is on a completely different scale,” Azura argued.

“Maybe, but what I’m saying still applies,” Ike continued. “As King Wencelis said, only practice can make a good leader. Azura, you’ve led this company for a long time now, and Bryan’s led his platoon even longer; and, both of you have done pretty well. Besides, I had Titania and Soren to advise me when I wasn’t sure what to do. Bryan has Francois, and Azura, you have Bronwyn. You’ll manage, I know you will.”

“You know, you’re right, Ike,” Azura agreed. “I’ve never thought of it that way before.”

“Yeah. Hold on, Elincia is royalty too?” Bryan gasped, his eyes widening.

At hearing the Emerald Sentinel's question, Ike's face screwed up in aggravation and he slapped a massive hand against his forehead hard enough to make Azura wince.

“Aw, crud! Well, yes, Elincia used to be a queen, actually. She was a princess when I first met her…how long ago was it? I’d say over three years, maybe close to four. She was crowned following the Mad King’s War, but just before she came to Altarais, she stepped down. A while ago, I asked her about it, and she told me that she left to find me, but that she’d also been reexamining what she’d done during her reign and she believed that she was unfit to rule Crimea. I didn’t agree, heck, as far as I can tell, nobody did, but, she felt it was in the best interest of the people that she abdicate. It is true that she wasn’t raised to take the throne. Her uncle was originally named the heir by her father, the king, but he was thought to be dead after disappearing in the Mad King’s War. We found him during the Goddess War, three years later, and Elincia tells me he's likely taken the throne by now. Don’t tell her I brought this up to you though, she doesn’t want to hear of it again.”

“Huh. Okay, fair enough,” Bryan replied.

“When I first met Elincia,” Azura spoke up, after a contemplative silence, “she said she never wanted to speak of her royal blood again. By that, do you think that you and she will stay in Altarais when the war is over?”

“I’ll be honest, I don’t know,” Ike admitted. “She and I have mulled over it a few times, but we haven’t really decided.”

Here, Ike paused and let a humorous grin tug at the corners of his lips.

“We were a little busy, you see. I think she would like to at least visit her uncle, and I wouldn’t mind seeing my sister and the other mercenaries again. But, I really don’t know if we could move back. I don’t know a lot about how royal succession works, and I’d like it to stay that way, but I kinda doubt that an abdication is the sort of thing you could just take back. Still, at first, the only reason I left Tellius was because I thought I’d lost her; and, one of her main reasons for coming here was to find me. If we could go back, if she wanted to, and we could be together, I’d follow her there in a heartbeat. Or, we might decide to stay here in Altarais. All the pratfalls and brushes with death aside, this place does have its charms.”

“Well, if you decide to stay here, I don’t doubt for a minute that you’ll be welcome,” Azura affirmed.

“I agree,” Bryan said. “Now, let’s get going.”

“Heh, no problem,” Ike said. “And, of course.”

With that, the trio proceeded through the open gates and towards the inner grounds of the fort. They hadn’t taken more than a few steps inside, however, when another familiar voice called out to them.

“Hey, don’t go in without me!” Kye shouted as he emerged from the shadows beneath the fort’s ramparts and raced up to meet them.

“What the—?! Kye! How did you get in here?!” Bryan blurted confusedly.

“Oh, haha, I snuck in earlier after those dracoknights opened the gate,” Kye explained. “I wanted to go inside with you. And don’t worry, I already checked out the area. There aren’t any more enemies, at least, not out here.”

“What?! Don’t you know how dangerous that could’ve been? What if there had been more Red Claw members waiting?”

“Oh, don’t worry, I’d have been fine. We thieves and rogues have to be quick, stealthy, and able to think on our feet, you know. I got through the battle and past the dracoknights without being noticed, didn’t I?”

“True, but still. I think you should stay with the others.”

“I agree,” Azura seconded. “We don’t even know what we might be facing.”

“But this is a time where my skills would be useful!” Kye protested. “Remember how the Red Claw have been plundering villages? They might have stashed some of what they took here! Not to mention the supplies that the Red Claw brought with them from Melora! We could use them; and, it’d be great to give the Red Claw a taste of their own medicine. Besides, I have lock picks and knives! If there’s any loot here, I’ll find it. Plus, if the hawk laguz are locked up or shackled, I can bust them out too. You wouldn’t need to search for keys.”

“…He’s got a point, Bryan,” Ike replied, sensing that the Emerald Sentinel was still less-than-enamored with the idea.

“Hmm, yeah, I’ll admit that you’re right,” Bryan conceded. “Alright, Kye, you can come with us, but you must promise to be very careful. You know how Skye is when you get in trouble.”

“Yeah, I know. And I promise,” Kye agreed.

“Good. Now since you already checked the inner grounds, let’s go inside.”

With that, the four began to explore the large main building of the fort. Although this Red Claw-occupied fort was not filthy, nor run down like Fort Hector, it hardly came into the Red Claw’s hands unscathed. The main hall was opulent, so much so that it felt almost like the inside of a castle; but, here and there, the companions could see marble tiles that had cracked under the weight of armored knights or been gouged into by errant blows from Red Claw axes. Plush carpets spanned the floors of the main hall, though many of these had been knocked askew or torn during what must’ve been a pitched battle. Chandeliers, some of which were pierced by stray arrows, decorated the ceiling and pots of flowers sat on small side tables, though only half of these had escaped destruction. Bryan wasn’t surprised at the fort’s battered state but, as when he had seen the mausoleum-like Medann, he could not help a sigh of regret that this once magnificent edifice was so marred.

“Okay, Francois said that the prison cells are on the lowest floor, so we’ll start down here,” Bryan decided. “Everybody, stay alert.”

“Sounds good to me,” Azura replied.

The others agreed and with that, they proceeded through the various hallways and corridors in the fort. The place was eerily silent after the tumult of the battle, but appeared to be empty. Less-than-reassured by the seeming absence of any Red Claw members, the four warily focused on locating the hawk mercenaries. Bryan suddenly found himself regretting that he hadn’t had Ike signal for other troops from the army to join the search, as the fort was huge. Though there was only one large building, whereas most forts had several, Bryan had gauged the structure as having at least five floors and, likely, several basement levels as well. In such an enormous structure, the Red Claw likely could’ve imprisoned the hawk laguz just about anywhere, especially given the bandit army’s cunning and the time they’d had to familiarize themselves with all of Mercue’s nooks and crannies. Bryan had been about to send Ike out to signal for more searchers but, before he could even open his mouth, a loud clanging sound rang out.

“What was that?” Ike whispered, easing Ragnell out of its sheath.

“Not sure,” Bryan answered, pointing to a doorway whose door had been torn off its hinges. “It sounds like it came from down there. I think I can see a stairway from here.”

“Well, what are we waiting for?!” Kye asked rhetorically, sprinting to take the lead before several hands seized his scarf to snatch him back.

“All of you, be careful,” Bryan warned, readying his shield. “If there are Red Claw down there, they could turn that stairway into a bottleneck and pick us off one by one. I’ll take the lead. The rest of you, stay behind me. If there are Red Claw down there, you can throw projectiles at them from behind me while I skewer them as they come in close.”

The others agreed and, half expecting a small army to greet them, descended the stairs to discover a hallway filled with prison cells. Strangely, the hallway seemed to be empty. But, just when they were about to turn back, the clanging rang out again. This time, it was much louder. They followed the sound to a cell near the end of the corridor, and behind the bars stood two hawk laguz. One was a somewhat bulky man with silver hair and large, sharp-feathered golden brown wings. The other was a much younger looking girl with burnt orange wings and yellow hair. The man was holding a gold coin, likely what had been struck against the metal bars to attract the attention of Bryan and company.

“Ah, thank goodness!” the man said with undisguised relief. “You heard my signal. Are you here to rescue us?”

“Yeah, as a matter of fact, we are,” Bryan replied. “I’m relieved we found you so soon.”

“As am I, but… Who are you? You don’t look at all like Astrynian soldiers,” the man observed. “No offense, of course, but we were obviously expecting them, since they surely know this fort had fallen by now.”

“Don’t worry, I understand. I’d have thought no differently myself. But to answer your question, this is Azura, the Lady of Elhorhi in Talgria, Ike, a mercenary serving under her, and Kye, a skilled thief also serving under the two of us. And I am Bryan, prince of Astryn.”

At this, the eyes of both hawk laguz shot wide open and the male hawk’s coin fell from his suddenly nerveless fingers.

“Did…Did you say prince?!” the girl uttered.

“I did. To be honest, I hadn’t actually known of my bloodline until my father revealed it to me several days ago.”

“Wow,” the man commented as he bent to retrieve the bit of gold he’d dropped. “So the rumor about Astryn having a long lost prince is true.”

“I’m really shocked. I had thought it was just a local legend that grew out of everyone’s worries over Queen Marion,” the girl added.

I’m a legend? Bryan mused, somewhat self-consciously. Faline, Skye and Cato will never let me hear the end of it.

“Well, the problem is, my father and I don’t actually have any concrete proof of our claims,” Bryan admitted. “We hoped that Queen Marion could confirm my identity, since she was my aunt, but she passed away before I could reach her. There might still be a way, however. In fact, we need your help if we are to have a chance at all. With Queen Marion dead, I only have one chance to claim the throne before certain other untrustworthy parties begin vying for the crown. The nobles sent me and my comrades to rescue you as a test of my abilities and trustworthiness. I’m hoping that retaking this fort will help me to make my case, and that you will aid me as well.”

“I see. Then we will do what we can,” the man agreed. “In fact, I may be able to help more than you think. My name is Josef and this girl is my student, Sheryl. But before we do anything, there is one favor I ask of you, your highness.”

“And what would that be?” Bryan wondered, unable to keep his eagerness from his tone.

“I would like to speak with your father. I will explain everything then.”

“…Uh, sure. I don’t see why not. Do you know if there are there anymore prisoners here?”

“Sorry, no. But knowing the Red Claw, there could be, so it might be a good idea to do a search of the place.”

“Then that’s what we’ll do. First, though, we have to get you two out of that cell. Kye, that’s your cue.”

“Right!” the young thief happily complied. “Just give me a second and I’ll have you guys out of there in a jiffy!”

With that, Kye produced one of his lock picks and inserted it into the lock on the cell door. Within seconds, it clicked open and the less-than-effective lock clattered to the floor.

“And there you go!” Kye proclaimed proudly and opened the door.

“Thanks!” Sheryl replied as she and her teacher stepped out. “You’re very skilled for one so young.”

“I have to agree there,” Josef seconded.

“Oh wow, thanks!” Kye replied happily.

“My pleasure. Now, let’s get down to business,” Josef continued and turned to Bryan. “Prince Bryan, while your comrades search this place, shall we go see your father?”

“Yes, of course. He’s with us, so that should be no problem,” Bryan agreed. “We’re going to need more people to search a place this big though. Ike, the others are waiting for you to signal them. Head back outside and use Ragnell to send two energy slashes into the air. I told the others that when they see them, to send in everybody who’s well enough to help.”

“Gee, it’s like I’m twelve and the company errand boy again,” Ike snickered, somewhat nostalgically. “Seriously though, I’ll take care of it.”

“Thanks. And Azura, would you mind overseeing the search?”

“Not at all. I’ll have Eric and his men patrol the perimeter while everyone else joins us in here,” Azura agreed with a smile.

“Sounds good to me.”

With that, Bryan led the two hawk laguz outside of the fort while Ike raced to the courtyard to send the signal. Meanwhile, Kye immediately began scavenging the remaining hallways and Azura went to find Eric and the others and relay their new orders. Bryan’s journey to find his father, however, proved to be unexpectedly delayed. Not that Bryan had much cause for complaint, however. As the searchers poured into the fort, a number of Eric's dracoknights spotted the prince and a great clamor rose from their ranks.

Having grown up as a lonely outcast, it took Bryan nearly a minute to realize that they were cheering.

“Long live Prince Bryan! Long live Prince Bryan!” rang out from the aerial warriors, louder and louder until Bryan suspected the echoes could be heard all the way in Medann.

And, they weren’t the only ones chanting. Bryan could hear the voices of Faline, Skye, Francois and the men of his platoon along with them. The Emerald Sentinel, blinking away joyful tears, felt himself flush right to the tops of his ears while the corners of his mouth drew upwards in pursuit. Several dozen hugs, handshakes and shoulder-pumps later, Bryan was still discreetly pinching himself to ensure that this was not some torturously delightful dream. Then, out of the corner of his eye, he spied Josef and recalled his errand. With an apologetic grin, he led the hawk laguz to the army’s camp.

Upon reaching the makeshift encampment, Bryan discovered that Owen had sought refuge inside Bronwyn’s wagon during the battle. He immediately summoned his father outside once he approached it and explained that one of the newly rescued hawk laguz wished to speak with him. When Owen stepped down from the wagon and laid eyes on Josef, however, he froze where he stood and his eyeballs nearly popped out of his skull. Josef, by contrast, merely gave a large, friendly smile, as if encountering a longtime friend whom he hadn’t seen in years. In fact, as Bryan’s gaze darted back and forth between the two men, he found himself suspecting that may very well be the case.

“Master Owen,” the hawk laguz greeted. “How good it is to finally see you again.”

Bryan’s eyebrow arched.

“…Josef?” Owen uttered, still in shock. “Is…is that really you?”

“It is. It warms my heart to know that you’re alive. I almost didn’t recognize you, you’ve changed so much.”

“I can imagine. I never told anyone where I had gone. What had happened to you though? I didn’t think you survived the last war.”

“Indeed, I nearly didn’t. And, I must admit, I’m curious about how you survived as well.”

“Whoa, hold on a minute! You two know each other?” Bryan interrupted.

“We do,” Owen replied with a smile. “In fact, Josef is my oldest friend, in more ways than one.”

“It’s true, your highness,” Josef confirmed. “I’ve known your father practically from the cradle. When you first appeared to me, I could not help but notice how much your face resembled that of my old friend, Master Owen. Then, when you mentioned that it was your father who told you of your bloodline, I began to suspect that the resemblance was no coincidence. As for how I know your father, we hawk mercenaries are also hired to protect the children of Astrynian noble houses during troubled times. I was often hired by House Novat to guard your father. He was only a hatchling at the time, to coin a phrase, so I found myself disposing of soiled diapers almost as often as intruders.”

“Josef!” Owen opined bashfully, noting the unmistakable snickering coming from his son.

“Hey, I only speak the truth,” Josef chuckled. “Your family were good people and they paid me handsomely.”

“Heh, that is true. But, what had happened to you during the war?”

“Well, as you might have guessed, I was hired to fight in the war. But, Shigo’s forces overwhelmed our troops. All were slain, save for a few of us, and we only narrowly escaped death. We had no choice but to retreat back to Recathe when the war came to an end and, alas, we’ve not done much for Astryn since. There are more than a few who believe there is little we can do for Astryn these days, but today’s events might just change that. I had thought you had perished with the rest of your family in the war. So, I returned home and took Sheryl here under my wing. I sincerely apologize, Master Owen. If I had known you were still alive, we would have found one another again much sooner.”

“Ah… Don’t worry, I understand. I’m just glad to know you’re still alright after all these years.”

“Huh,” Bryan murmured, before sudden inspiration drove him to interject. “Josef, did you know about me or my mother? She was Princess Caline, Queen Marion’s younger sister.”

“…Actually, no,” Josef continued and turned to Owen. “I didn’t even know you had married at all, let alone that you had a son of your own.”

“Ah, yes… I wanted to tell you, but my family had no reason to hire you again at that time,” Owen explained. “I was planning to call upon you during the war, so that Bryan would be protected in case the worst should befall me, but Shigo overwhelmed Medann so quickly. I hadn’t enough time to look for you. But… Josef. You don’t know how happy I am to see you. I had believed I lost all my friends and family, aside from my son. I thought Bryan was all I had left…”

Owen sniffled, unable to prevent tears from forming in his eyes.

“I understand,” Josef commented, clapping a hand on his friend’s shoulder. “I’m happy to know you’re alive as well and that your son is such a noble and good-hearted young man. I can see that you’ve raised him well, despite your grief. And, I have already vowed that Sheryl and I will support him with our very lives.”

“Indeed we will,” Sheryl agreed, more than a hint of girlish excitement in her tone. “I’m quite intrigued by this little tale.”

“Ah… Thank you so much,” Owen replied with another sniffle. “That means a lot to me.”

“Me too. This also means that Father now has proof of his identity as a Grand Duke,” Bryan added. “You can vouch for him when we return to Medann, Josef.”

“That I can. We should depart for the palace as soon as your errands are done here, your highness,” Josef agreed.

“Of course.”

With that, Bryan returned to the fort to join his comrades in their search. Thankfully, by this time, the troops had responded to Ike’s signal and Bryan could see Azura assigning several search parties to seek out whatever else might remain to be found within the fort. After several hours, however, no other prisoners were discovered. Thankfully, a search of the commander's office revealed what appeared to be the manifest of the prisoners the Red Claw had incarcerated, and the document confirmed that only Josef and Sheryl had been imprisoned at Mercue. Apparently, the two hawks were scheduled to be moved to Melora the next morning. The would-be prince of Astryn, it seemed, had come for them just in time.

However, the search did reveal a vast trove of other treasures which had been hidden away within the fort’s walls. Kye managed to find thousands of gold pieces along with newly crafted weapons and fresh food. Some had originally belonged to the Red Claw, but ever every storage room in the fort had been crammed with additional supplies, likely plundered from Astrynian cities and villages. Bryan decided that most of the food and some of the gold pieces would go to nearby villages where they would be needed, and instructed Misty to ferry it to them. Bronwyn’s wagon, meanwhile, would carry the extra weapons and Ryin volunteered to melt down whatever she didn’t have enough space for so that the metal could be used to make new weapons in the future. Bryan and Azura were glad of this, as it turned out that they had discovered far more than even both wagons could possibly carry. Plus, the food Bryan had discovered would be more than enough to feed his hungry and impoverished people without running the risk of depleting the army’s provisions.

When these many errands were finally completed, the army set out for the palace once again. Earning the trust of the hawk laguz had been easier than Bryan expected, thanks to his fortuitous meeting with Josef, and the dracoknights had already made it quite clear that they now had faith in him as well. Eric, obviously, was still resentful of the prince’s newfound popularity, and his mood did not improve when Olivia playfully cuffed the Emerald Sentinel on the shoulder, but Bryan knew that the nobles could not possibly refuse him the right to approach Eronite now. As for Eric, perhaps the chance to win over the surly wyvern general would present itself along the way to the palace. In any case, Bryan’s moment of truth was coming at last.

During the journey, Bryan could not help but notice that Owen and Josef spoke a great deal, laughing and smiling as they, most likely, reminisced about their years together in Astryn and exchanging stories about their lives after Shigo’s invasion. Bryan knew very well that the two had a lot of catching up to do, but he knew as well that he hadn’t seen his father so happy in a very long time. Perhaps not in years, perhaps not since he had lost his wife. Perhaps, at long last, this reunion had helped to heal some of the scars he had borne from all of the losses he’d suffered at the hands of Shigo. At this, Bryan couldn’t help but smile himself. He had barely even met Josef but, after seeing how his appearance had helped his father, Bryan already liked the silver haired hawk. He had little chance to listen in, however; soon enough, the prince and his companions stood before the palace once more. It was finally time for Bryan to prove his bloodline and secure his throne. Owen would then be reinstated as Grand Duke and Tavon would never become king. And, very likely, Bryan would fulfill his mother’s wishes at long last.

After Francois led the two men back into the palace and advised Josef to wait until he had permission to enter, they immediately sought out Laris, Canus, and Tavon. However, the trio of noblemen was no longer in the main hall where they had first met the prince. So Francois called over a patrolling guard and requested that they be summoned. The guard then left to seek the trio out and around half an hour later, the three nobles presented themselves to their guests once again. Tavon, as always, had a calculating expression on his face and looked at Bryan with scorn in his eyes.

“Ah, milord Laris, milord Canus, and milord Tavon,” Francois greeted. “I’m glad all of you could answer my summons so quickly. We have much to tell you.”

“Greetings, Count Francois, Master Owen, and our would-be prince Bryan. I suspected as much,” Laris replied. “Now, was the mission a success?”

The count of Urae did not reply, but instead stepped aside and beckoned for the Emerald Sentinel to advance closer to the trio of noblemen.

“It was,” Bryan confirmed. “And, the dracoknights have chosen to support me, as did the hawk laguz we rescued. In fact, one of the hawks is an old friend of my father’s and he can vouch for his identity as the Grand Duke of House Novat.”

“Oh? Is that so?” Laris replied, his eyebrows arching.

“It’s true,” Francois seconded. “They had explained it to me on the way here. The mercenary’s name is Josef. He claims to have served House Novat many times in years gone by.”

“I see… Canus, what do you think?”

“Well, the hawk laguz have been trusted allies to us, as well as Orenias and Talgria, for generations,” Canus pointed out. “I see no reason why we shouldn’t hear Josef out.”

“And you, Tavon?” Laris inquired, a hint of severity creeping into his tone.

“Hmph. I suppose this might be amusing,” the surly duke replied. “At least this charlatan spared us the trouble of tracking down his accomplices.”

Bryan merely growled again, only barely suppressing his urge to un-sling his lance.

“Bryan, calm yourself,” Owen ordered, snatching at his son’s arm.

Tavon merely chuckled deviously. Yes, do listen to your father, you spineless fool. It won’t matter if anything you say is true. I have waited far too long for my due to be cheated by some exile crept from the shadows.

“…Ahem, okay then,” Laris acknowledged, his tone still hard. “We shall first speak with Josef. As for you, Bryan, you have kept your promise, and we have not forgotten ours. You have earned the right to approach Eronite. It will be presented to you once Josef has given his testimony.”

“Thank you very much,” Bryan replied with a smile.

With that, Francois went to fetch Josef while Bryan and Owen awaited their return. Bryan, by this time, felt ready to burst from anticipation, and Owen had to ask him to stop pacing and fidgeting quite a few times. Thankfully, it only took minutes for the count of Urae to bring the hawk laguz mercenary before the three Astrynian nobles. Josef quickly reiterated his story about having known Owen very nearly from the Grand Duke’s birth and that he was, indeed, the son of a lost Astrynian noble house.

“And you are certain that this man is the same person you knew all those years ago?” Laris inquired. “By your own admission, many years have passed since then and, in a matter of such importance, we wish to be sure.”

“Yes. I’m as certain of this as I am of my own name, your grace,” Josef affirmed. “I would never dishonor the Novat family name by passing off a charlatan as one of their great progeny. They were honorable people and, as you should know, they had an extraordinary history.”

“Indeed, that is very true,” Laris agreed. “As such, we will believe your testimony. However, you also say that you had no knowledge of Grand Duke Owen’s son, or even his marriage. This means that your story does not prove that Owen’s wife was a princess or even a noble; much less that Bryan is royalty himself. Therefore, he still must approach Eronite to prove his claims.”

“I understand.”

“So do we,” Bryan added. “And I am fully prepared.”

“Good,” Laris replied. “Josef, you may go. Canus, Tavon, and I will now go fetch Eronite. Considering the…stir your arrival caused, I would not be surprised if other nobles accompany us as we return. I will be blunt with you, many of them would be very happy to see you fail this test. But, I believe you would nonetheless be well advised to show them respect, Bryan.”

“Of course.”

With that, the three nobles took their leave once again to bring the sacred lance to Bryan. Josef, meanwhile, clapped an encouraging hand on Bryan’s shoulder and departed the palace. However, as he waited, Bryan felt his anxiety from moments ago begin to return with a vengeance. He didn’t doubt for a moment that the nobles Laris mentioned would, indeed, want to see him fail. After all, him proving to be their prince would spell the end of their ambitions to claim the throne. Yet, Bryan knew also that he would have to win them over in order to restore Astryn and help Allied Command. His mind became a tangle of questions. What would they think of him, even if he did prove that he was their prince? Would he be able to win them over and earn their respect? What would he do if, despite having proven himself, the nobles chose to take up arms against him in hopes of snatching back the throne? As these questions whirled in Bryan’s mind, Owen laid a comforting hand on his son’s shoulder.

“Bryan, relax,” he insisted. “You’ll be fine. Just stay calm and stay focused. You don’t want the nobles to think you’re a coward. Believe me, they’ll seize on such an opportunity.”

Bryan took a deep breath before replying.

“True, I’ll do my best. Thanks, Dad.”

“And, despite Laris’s warning, I believe you need not worry about any of the others speaking out of turn or behaving in an…unbecoming fashion,” Francois added. “Laris is correct that many of the nobles wish to see you fail, but I suspect few of them would dare to challenge both you and Laris’s combined strength.”

“Ah. That’s good to know,” Bryan replied, allowing relief to chase the anxiety from his face.

Within the next few minutes, the large doors ahead of the trio yawned once more. Laris, Canus, and Tavon emerged, carrying a large, ornate chest. It was very broad and, rather than having a lid, it was entirely open. Inside, resting upon a large velvet cushion, was Eronite itself. As the chest was set down, Bryan stared, almost entranced, at its long shaft, ablaze with red and gold, and its silver bolt-shaped blade, shining brilliantly, even in the wavering torch light. Two pairs of smaller blades protruded from the shaft, one below the blade and another at the pommel. It was even more magnificent than Bryan had imagined from reading his books as a child, and he couldn’t wait to use the weapon in battle. Not for the first time, he found himself marveling at how his life had changed so much in only a few days. Even when he had fantasized as a child about using Eronite, he had never truly believed that he’d even lay eyes on such a famous and sacred lance outside of such dreams, let alone use one. His train of thought was broken, however, as several more men and women entered the hall, some wearing robes and others wearing armor and tunics. Laris then approached Bryan, but his words were for the assembly gathered to witness the would-be prince's moment of vindication…or failure.

“My fellow nobles,” he announced. “This young man has come to us claiming that he is our long lost prince. He has fought hard and proven himself to be both trustworthy and stalwart in service to our nation. Now, we shall see if his claim is true. Bryan, you may approach Eronite.”

Bryan took one last deep breath.

“Thank you, Grand Duke Laris,” he replied.

“I would warn you that Eronite has been known to shock wrongful claimants into stupidity,” Tavon jeered, “but, in light of what you plan, what’s the point of such a warning?”

Somehow quashing the urge to knock Tavon’s teeth down his throat, Bryan then walked up to the chest and gazed upon Eronite with reverence and trepidation. He then closed his eyes, reached out, and grasped it. However, as soon as his fingers touched the tough wood of Eronite’s ensorcelled shaft, something went wrong. A terrible burning sensation flared against his palm, chaining up his arm nearly to the shoulder, while sparks sprayed the air. Tinted lightning violently erupted from the weapon, blasting into the astonished Bryan.

“AAAAUGH!” Bryan yelped as he was thrown backwards and crashed to the floor. He landed with the wind knocked out of him, clutching his throbbing arm while red stars flared before his eyes. Everyone else in the room seemed to have fallen into stunned silence, though some appeared less-than-alarmed at this display.

“Bryan!” Owen gasped and rushed to his son’s side. “Are you alright?”

“…Damn…” Bryan uttered, gasping in pain. “That…hurt like hell…!”

“Your arm has been burned,” Owen replied, noting the holes in Bryan’s sleeve and the dark red blisters on his exposed skin. “Laris, I swear to you, this wasn’t supposed to happen! Please, I don’t know what went wrong here!”

Bryan’s head spun, and from more than just Eronite’s startling reaction. What had gone wrong? If he was the prince, then why had Eronite rejected him? He turned his gaze to Owen, and then Francois, but saw his own bewilderment and alarm reflected in both men’s faces. The Emerald Sentinel sagged in his father’s grip, stunned with sudden helplessness, and only dimly aware of whispered voices echoing to him from elsewhere in the room. All he could hear was his once soaring spirit crashing down at his feet.

“Actually, I must agree,” Laris seconded. “This was, indeed, not supposed to happen. However, I think I know why it did.”

“What do you mean?” Owen inquired, his anxious face furrowing in perplexity.

Laris didn’t reply. The Grand Duke merely approached Eronite himself and reached out to grasp it. Many of the others in the room shook their heads at this seemingly insane act. But, when Laris’s hand coiled around Eronite, nothing happened. The lance did not spit lightning and hurl him across the room, as it had with Bryan. Instead, he was able to pick up the lance like he would any ordinary weapon.

“I knew it,” Laris uttered. “This is not the real Eronite. It is a fake!”

Once again, everyone gasped and began whispering amongst themselves…though not all seemed pleased with this relevation.

“Someone must have arranged this, in order to cast doubt on Bryan’s story!” Canus added.

“Precisely,” Laris confirmed. “I had suspected as much when Bryan reached for it.”

“But…But how?” Owen wondered. Bryan still grimaced as he and his father tended to his burned arm, but Laris’s words caused anger to crowd out his pain.

“You see, if this were the real Eronite, it would have glowed as Bryan approached it,” Laris explained. “The glow signifies that the weapon is determining whether or not the person approaching it is of royal blood. But, no such glow appeared.”

“Of course! I’d forgotten about that! Someone must have crafted that cheap imitation in an attempt to throw us off!” Owen angrily deduced.

“Exactly. The only question is who.”

“Wait a minute, where’s Tavon?!” Canus inquired. “He’s gone!”

“What?!” Laris exclaimed, his gaze darting in all directions, but the duke of Dathyl was nowhere to be found.

“That…bastard,” Bryan uttered, finally rising to his feet, though he still cradled his red, blistering arm. “I bet he’s behind this! He must’ve fled when he realized the faults in his creation!”

“It’s possible,” Laris agreed, signaling the guards and instructing them to seal the palace and not allow anyone to enter or depart. “I will ensure that Tavon is found and questioned. In the meantime, Bryan, you and your companions are to search for the real Eronite. Because its magic will harm a wrongful claimant, it may very well be that Tavon could not take it from the palace. You should begin your search here. When you find it, bring it to me or Canus.”

“Understood.”

“Also, another favor. We’ve recently received troubling news about General Alec, the commander of our main army. He hasn’t been seen in days, and I fear the worst. Please, look for him as well.”

“Of course. Auggh…”

“We have to heal that arm first. Let’s go see Raela,” Owen suggested.

“Right,” Bryan agreed.

With that, the two returned to their comrades outside. Faline, Azura, and Skye gasped in horror when they saw Bryan’s arm, ablaze with blisters, and demanded to know what had happened. Bryan and Owen explained the entire incident and asked for Raela to treat the prince’s arm. Luckily, the Valkyrie from Kolah was more than capable of the task, and Bryan looked on with profound relief as the redness and blisters on his arm vanished. Bryan then informed the group that they all were to begin searching the palace for Eronite, and the fugitive Tavon, immediately. Once the lance was in Bryan’s hands, the group would depart to seek out the missing General Alec.

As the party split up into smaller groups and searched the palace, Bryan’s still tumultuous thoughts turned in a new direction. Even before this latest incident, Bryan had known in his gut that Tavon was not to be trusted and, now, he was certain that the duke of Dathyl had to be behind the theft of Eronite. Although there was no shortage of contenders to the throne, his claim had been amongst the strongest before Bryan had arrived. This gave him a very clear and compelling motive, and he had disappeared after Bryan had been burned; no doubt realizing that the counterfeit Eronite had not proven convincing. In fact, the prince found himself wondering if the duke of Dathyl might be cut from the same cloth as Shigo; a power hungry madman bent on taking over Astryn for himself. Bryan also wondered if Tavon might have had something to do with Alec’s disappearance as well. Whatever the case, Tavon was clearly a dangerous man; and hopefully, Laris and the other nobles would agree that the fugitive duke must never be allowed to occupy the throne.

During the search, Francois, Eric, Armelle, and Olivia served as guides for the search parties so that no one would get lost in the large palace. There were so many rooms and hallways that one unfamiliar with the place would lose their way in the blink of an eye. Despite that, every room was searched from top to bottom. The royal kitchen, the dining hall, the bedchambers, the supply rooms, the armory, the guard barracks, and even the throne room were searched. Despite the gravity of the situation, Bryan could not prevent his jaw from plummeting when he laid eyes on the throne room. It was the most magnificent chamber Bryan had ever seen. The brilliantly colored marble, the stained glass windows and tapestries that adorned the walls, the plush carpets and intricate mosaics set into the floor, the immense ceiling crowded with painted images, the vases of exotic flowers decorating the edges of the room and, of course, the immense thrones themselves almost made him forget the present crisis. Even after shaking himself back to the present, he could hardly imagine himself seated upon one of the ornate chairs that looked to be worth more than half the Cilaean treasury. In addition to their daunting size, they were crafted of a material like burnished gold, trimmed with a regal red and encrusted with jewels the size of his fists. Above them hung gold crystal chandeliers which fragmented the sunlight into shimmering beams of many colors. Suddenly feeling downright scruffy, Bryan shook himself back to the present and resumed the hunt.

Several hours of fruitless searching later, the various search parties had converged at the very back of the palace, where the palace granary was located.

“If the lance is still in the palace, it has to be here,” Francois explained. “It would be discovered too easily anywhere else and no one has been in here for at least several hours. The palace was already stocked from these chambers this morning, and they are rarely guarded since they are so far behind the palace's outer defenses.”

“Well, then let’s get to work,” Bryan replied.

Francois nodded and opened the door. However, they hadn’t even taken a step inside when they discovered that their search was over. Another ornate, open chest, identical to the one which contained the fake Eronite, sat right in the middle of the room. Resting within was another Eronite, the real one. A quick glance revealed why the counterfeit had not been recognized sooner, the fake had been a near perfect replica.

“…Wow,” Bryan uttered. “I’ve heard the old adage “the best place to hide something is in plain sight,” but this is a little much.”

“Indeed,” Francois seconded. “Well, let’s get this back to Laris. He might have returned to the main hall by now. If luck is with us, Tavon is already in chains for this affront.”

“Hope so. Ike, would you carry it?”

“Sure,” Ike replied. The hero then bent over the chest, wrapped his huge arms around it, inhaled deeply, counted to three, made a pointed remark when Bryan expressed some impatience, and then hoisted the chest over his head. With that, he then followed his comrades out of the granary and back to the main hall of the palace.

Upon arriving, it didn’t take long for Bryan to see that Tavon had not been apprehended. Several guard captains conferred with their men, likely hearing their reports on the search, and there was no hiding the frustration in their voices. Ike quickly set the chest containing Eronite down while Bryan scrutinized the room for Laris or Canus. Several nobles had already returned, and were pleased to see the real Eronite returned safely, but neither Laris nor Canus were anywhere to be found. Fortunately, both of them had emerged through the doors only moments later. However, their expressions did not look encouraging.

“Ah, you found it!” Laris noticed and approached Bryan.

“We did. Tavon had stashed it in the granary,” Bryan explained.

“…Clever, I’ll admit,” Laris commented. “But we have no time to lose. Our efforts to locate Tavon himself have failed, so I must conclude that he has already fled the palace. It is unclear what he may be plotting, now that his deception has been exposed, but I have no doubts that he must be stopped.”

“I agree, he may even be planning to betray Astryn,” Canus pointed out. “Bryan, did you have any luck in locating Alec?”

“…Argh! No, we didn’t…” Bryan admitted. “I sincerely apologize. Tavon might’ve had a hand in that too.”

“It’s possible,” Laris agreed. “But, don’t despair. Now that you have found the real Eronite, I believe it is time for you to approach it and prove your claim. We’ll continue searching for Tavon and Alec afterward.”

“Alright.”

With a long, indrawn breath, Bryan then walked up to Eronite, hoping to finally be able to prove his claim beyond all doubt. And this time, the lance was not a fake. When Bryan was mere inches away from the lance itself, a bright glow enveloped it; slowly flaring and dimming. Bryan closed his eyes, took a deep breath, and reached for the sacred weapon. As he felt his hand clasp the cool metal, the glow grew larger and brighter until it abruptly disappeared in a small explosion of light. When he’d blinked away enough lingering stars to see, the true prince of Astryn found that this Eronite had not blasted him with lightning nor blistered his arm, and that he could effortlessly remove it from its resting place. Bryan held the magnificent lance aloft, unable to keep a boyish grin from his features. Thrusting its blade into the air, he then twirled it once over his head and planted its pommel in the floor next to him. At first, the nobles eyed him with unabashed shock in their eyes. For a stretching second, Bryan found himself wondering just what they would do once they regained their wits. Would they pledge their loyalty to him, or would they seek his blood for foiling their shared ambition to rule Astryn? Within moments, however, he had his answer. One of their number, a young baron, approached the prince and, after a moment of perplexed hesitation, dropped to one knee.

“I acknowledge you, my liege lord and king,” he affirmed, rather insistently grasping Bryan’s free hand and kissing it.

“As do I,” avowed a marquis, bowing to the Emerald Sentinel.

Within moments, the other assembled nobles, Laris and Canus included, knelt in homage before Bryan, their prince, and pledged their loyalty. Some did so eagerly, while others seemed reluctant, but all vowed to support this rediscovered heir to the throne.

“…The power of Eronite proves that your claims are true,” Laris uttered, almost reverently. “You are, indeed, the heir to the Astrynian throne. As such, we pledge our loyalty to you…Prince Bryan, heir and champion of House Novat and House Astryn.”

“And I thank you for your support,” Bryan replied with a smile. “Now, let’s find Tavon and make him answer for his crimes.”

“Of course, your highness.”

For a brief moment, Bryan was uncertain what to say; but, a moment later, he recalled Sally, and he suddenly had a great deal to say. He ordered that, with the matter of the succession having been resolved, the nobles were to cease their preparations to fight one another over the throne and, for now, dedicate their troops to rooting out and crushing the bandits that still ran rampant throughout Astryn. Meanwhile, the palace guard would defend the palace while Bryan and Azura, and everyone else would seek out Alec and Tavon. Though, Bryan had to admit, if Tavon had escaped the palace, then finding him would be a daunting task. Astryn was a very large nation, the largest in Altarais, in fact, and Bryan feared that Tavon could find any number of places to hide himself and his hostage. Still, he could only pray that they found both men soon. After all, Shigo was still at large as well, and there was still the matter of the beast laguz of Larame and their mysterious quarrel with the dracoknights. After the army was assembled outside of the palace grounds once again, Francois caught up with Bryan and spoke.

“Your highness, if I may make a suggestion?” the count of Urae inquired, and Bryan was only too eager to nod his approval. “Well, if you’re right and Tavon did indeed kidnap Alec, it might be best that we find Alec first. With luck, we will find one with the other. And, if I wanted to imprison someone as important as General Alec, I’d ensure that he was kept somewhere that was both isolated and defensible. A likely place would be one of the old forts in the woods up north. They are rarely used anymore, if at all, because our more fortified forts, such as Fort Mercue, are better able to withstand an assault…usually. If I may say so, I also believe that Tavon has other reasons for abducting Alec. After all, his disappearance occurring so close to your arrival cannot be coincidental. There is more to Tavon’s actions than we know, and I believe we must find out what.”

“Alright, then that’s what we’ll do,” Bryan agreed. “We move out now!”

The assembled warriors immediately began to march for the woods that Francois spoke of. Thankfully, it was not a long journey and the woods came into view within an hour. Though less appealing, and much more foreboding, than the Forest of Hope, Bryan could tell that any building within those sylvan folds would be well hidden. The woods were so dense that the trees and undergrowth could conceal just about anything from view…including, problematically, where the group was going. As he and the group continued traveling into the woods, Bryan approached Azura.

“Well, Az, I believe I can safely say that Astryn will be joining you,” the prince announced. “Your army is growing.”

“Aw, Bryan… Astryn’s soldiers are yours to command, silly,” Azura pointed out with a chuckle.

“Yes, but I’m still technically in your service. You were made the commander of this army, after all.”

“Ah, that is true. I still don’t feel it’s proper for me to be giving you any orders, but if you don’t mind, then I won’t argue.”

“And, I don’t. So once Shigo is dealt with, you’re taking the helm.”

“Heh, alright.”

With that, they continued on through the woods. Bryan suspected that Tavon might’ve had time to arrange a reception, so he ordered the heavier combat units to the front of the column while the lighter units guarded the flanks. The ranged attackers and healers, meanwhile, moved to the inside. Kiel and Sara scouted ahead while Ranulf, Josef, and Sheryl watched for danger approaching from either side or to the rear. Strangely, the expected enemies did not make an appearance. All the group did find were a number of old wooden buildings, likely old fishing shacks and hunting lodges, dotting the trails. Though all looked abandoned, Bryan suspected that searching them would be pointless. Tavon would want to keep Alec somewhere fortified and defensible, and those shacks looked as though they’d topple over if someone knocked on the door too hard. Sometime later, however, they came upon a large stone building, which Francois identified as one of the old forts. It was known as Fort Betel. In bygone days, it had served as an isolated prison and staging area for woodland patrols, but it had been abandoned in favor of such palatial redoubts as Mercue. Before Bryan could suggest that they search it, however, he was interrupted by a clattering sound which rang out from further ahead.

“Did you guys hear that?” Bryan inquired.

“Better than that! I just saw something fly out of one of the windows!” Ike exclaimed. “It must’ve made that noise when it landed.”

“What?! Are you sure?”

“Yeah, it came from the third floor. It was too fast for me to get a good look at it, but it was glinting in the sunlight. So, I think it was metal or glass. And, it sounds like it landed somewhere over that way.”

Ike then pointed to the southwest side of the fort, barely a hundred paces from where the column had halted.

“I’ll take a look,” the prince of Astryn replied.

With that, Bryan rushed over to where Ike had directed him and peered into the scrub and dirt below. Sure enough, he discovered a glass bottle that had gauged a small canal into the forest floor. Inside it was a rolled up piece of parchment.

“Here it is,” Bryan announced, removing the parchment. “And there’s something inside!”

“Really?” Francois inquired. “Let me see it.”

The count rushed to Bryan’s side as the prince dumped the parchment onto his hand. The message was barely legible, clearly scrawled on the page in a great hurry. It took at least a few minutes to decipher the barely intelligible script, but the message soon became clear.

To whomever finds this note, please help me. My captors have abandoned me here and left me to starve. They are dangerous men, and Astryn may be in even greater peril than we thought! I’ll explain everything when you find me! Please hurry!

“…Prince Bryan, this is Alec’s handwriting, I’m sure of it!” Francois gasped. “No doubt he feared we’d pass him by without realizing he was here, which explains why it’s even less legible than usual. We’ve got to get up there and help him!”

“And we will. Dad, you, Azura, Kye, and Francois come with me. Everyone else, wait out here!” Bryan ordered. “If Tavon changes his mind about leaving Alec and comes back here, I want you guys ready to greet him. Kye, I’m going to need you to free another prisoner.”

“Sure thing!” Kye happily obliged.

With that, the five of them charged into the fort and raced up the closest staircase they could find. Bryan’s instincts told him that, based on Alec’s message, the general knew something about Tavon’s plans and had likely been captured and imprisoned here in order to silence him. Still, Bryan had no time to praise his own deductive skills; if Alec had been imprisoned here for days without food or water, then he might not have much time left. As soon as the Emerald Sentinel and the others reached the third floor, a clanging noise, the same kind Bryan had heard when he was rescuing Josef and Sheryl, but louder, rang out from a nearby hall. The prince and his comrades, recalling all too well how such a sound had led them to Josef and Sheryl, quickly raced to follow and it led them a prison cell on the far side of the hall. However, as the group approached, the clattering sound grew fainter and was replaced with a hoarse gasping and wheezing. Once they reached the cell, they discovered a man with a fairly large build, crumpled to his knees and sagging against the bars of the cell. His captivity had clearly been a trying one. The pallor and dryness of his skin and the sunken appearance of his cheeks and eyes made it quite obvious that he had gone too long without nourishment. His gray tunic was riddled with tears and splotched with stains, more than a few of which looked like blood, while dirt caked his grayish red hair. His face and hands were blooded as well, no doubt from fighting with his captors. Heaped behind him was a suit of heavy armor colored a deep blue violet, which the man had likely discarded when he’d realized that the hot metal accoutrements were dehydrating him all the faster. Alec, for Bryan was certain this was the missing general, had attempted to say something, but all he could do was gasp out in pain before collapsing to the floor.

“Oh my goddess!” Azura gasped.

“General Alec!” Francois cried. “No! He must be near starvation!”

“Then let’s get him out of here and fast,” Bryan replied. “Kye!”

“I’m on it,” Kye obeyed and quickly worked at the lock on the cell. Within seconds, he’d opened it and allowed Bryan and Francois to throw the cell door open.

“Alright, I’ll grab his armor. The rest of you help him outside,” Bryan ordered. “Give him some food and water as soon as you can and let me know when he’s ready to talk.”

The others nodded and the five got to work. Bryan quickly grabbed as many pieces of Alec’s armor as he could carry and hauled it downstairs. The large size of the shoulder guards indicated that he was likely the same class as Morris, so Bryan found himself hoping the cumbersome load would not cause him to topple down the stairway. Thankfully, Ike and Skye offered to give the prince a hand. Meanwhile, Azura and Francois helped Alec to one of the wagons. Azura prepared a plate of food and a canteen of water as the weakened general, still barely conscious, sat down inside.

“General Alec! Come on, are you strong enough to drink some water, at least?” Francois desperately inquired as he tried to revive the half-starved general. Yet, Alec barely stirred, and count feared that Alec had used the last of his strength to alert his rescuers to his whereabouts.

“Unnh…” the general moaned. “I…think so.”

“Then go ahead, drink as much as you need, but not all in one gulp. Please!”

Alec slowly nodded and took the canteen Azura had brought out.

“And take your time, you don’t need to rush,” Azura added as Alec raised the canteen to his lips and, no doubt suppressing the urge to dump it all down his throat, began to sip the life-giving liquid. As soon as the cool water touched his lips, his better judgment failed him and he began to gulp it down faster than a Swordmaster would wield his blade, nearly choking. He truly hadn’t had a drink in days, and hardly seemed to care he'd make himself ill forcing so much into his shriveled stomach. Azura quickly tried to pull the canteen away and called Raela over to assess him.

“Yeah, he’s definitely dehydrated and malnourished,” the Valkyrie confirmed. “It looks pretty severe. In fact, I’d say that had we not gotten here as soon as we did, he would surely be dead by now.”

“Well, it’s fortunate that he managed to toss us that bottled message,” Francois replied. “At least we saved him. General, are you well enough to talk to us? Your message implies that you know something about the dangers facing Astryn.”

“Ah… Yes, of course,” Alec agreed, though his voice was rather hoarse.

“Hey! Is he alright?” Bryan interrupted as he rushed over, followed by Owen. “Ike and Skye helped me with the armor, it’s stowed in the wagons. I also brought my father so he could speak with Alec.”

“Indeed. I’m curious about what he has to say,” Owen added.

“Ah, I see. And yes, General Alec will be fine. Turns out, we got to him just in time,” Francois confirmed. “It might be a while before he recovers, but he should be out of danger.”

“Oh, thank the goddess.”

Alec, still sagged from exhaustion, straightened and gaped when he laid eyes on Bryan.

“Hey! You…you must be Prince Bryan! I am honored to finally meet you, your highness,” the general greeted, nibbling chicken to coax his wasted body back to life. Bryan and Owen merely exchanged shocked glances.

“Wait, how do you know who I am?! And for that matter, how do you know of my heritage?” Bryan inquired.

“Where did you get this information? I told very few people after Shigo’s attack,” Owen pointed out.

“Ah… Forgive me, it’s a long story,” Alec replied, a hint of normal color returning to his cheeks. “I learned this from Grand Duke Luther, just before he died. He knew his time would come very soon, so he summoned me to his bedside and told me about you. See, I am his nephew.”

Alec then went on to explain that Luther said he had information regarding the rumors about a long lost prince, which only he and the ailing Queen Marion knew. However, the queen’s condition had deteriorated too much for her to properly relay it to someone else. Luther then revealed to Alec that the story was, in truth, no rumor at all and that his old friend, Grand Duke Owen, had married Marion’s sister, Princess Caline. They later had a son, a baby boy named Bryan, whom Luther then described as best as he could. Luther had agreed to be the young Prince Bryan’s guardian should anything happen to his parents; but shortly after, Shigo launched his attack and Caline’s body was found in the fallows. Owen and their infant son had vanished, and Luther never saw them again. Alec finished by revealing that Luther had suspected that Tavon was up to something and could not be trusted.

“Why…why didn’t you tell anyone?” Francois inquired. “This information would’ve changed everything. His highness wouldn’t have had to go to such lengths to prove his claims. And Laris would’ve had Tavon investigated.”

“I know. And I sincerely apologize. I was meaning to tell Grand Duke Laris after my uncle had passed,” Alec continued. “But, as I was passing Duke Tavon’s chambers, I overheard him speaking to someone. The other voice wasn’t familiar to me, and my uncle's words had me suspicious, so I got as close as I could and listened in. What I heard shocked me and proved my uncle’s words were true. Unfortunately, as I tried to leave and summon help, I accidentally bumped against the door handle. That gave away my position. Tavon found me, and knew I had overheard his plans. I think he used an Elsleep staff on me, as I passed out and woke up inside that prison cell later in the day. He must’ve also taken my axe, because it’s missing. I called through the window for help, but no one came.”

“I knew it,” Bryan growled. “What’s he planning? Is he the reason you said Astryn is in more danger than we think?”

“Yes,” Alec confirmed. “That man I overheard him speaking to, turns out he was a Red Claw bandit disguised as a mercenary for hire. He helped subdue me, and I saw his brand during the struggle. From what I heard, Tavon had commissioned some smiths and Sages working for the Red Claw to forge a fake Eronite and to cast a spell on it that would make it reject your touch.”

“And, when Tavon realized that we’d discovered the fake, he fled,” Francois finished.

“…Oh no,” Alec replied. “He’s gone? This is bad. Very bad.”

“And why is that?” Bryan wondered, more angered than nervous.

“He also said that just in case you managed to secure your throne after all, he had something else planned. He’s going to meet with a Meloran delegation at the border to sign a non-aggression pact between Astryn and Melora!”

“Are you serious?!” Francois and Owen exclaimed at the same time.

“Wait, what exactly is that?” Bryan inquired.

“A non-aggression pact is a treaty in which two nations pledge that no fighting will occur between them,” Owen explained. “Neither of them would be allowed to attack the other. My guess is that Tavon will pledge that Astryn will remain neutral in exchange for the promise that Melora will not attack.”

“WHAT?!” Bryan exploded. “But, Tavon is a fugitive! How could him signing the treaty keep Astryn out of the war?!”

“It’s quite simple,” Francois began, sounding as though frustrated that he hadn’t thought of it sooner. “Tavon’s powers as steward will not expire until you are crowned; or, in this case, if he is arrested. Granted, we know he replaced Eronite with the counterfeit, but the only evidence we have of his guilt is his hasty departure from the scene of the deception. Alec’s testimony would be enough for him to, at least, be relieved of his post; but heading back to Medann and having Alec testify would take too long. No doubt Tavon had that in mind when he left Alec here, as a simple way to buy him the time he needed. If Tavon does sign the treaty, while his powers remain in effect, then it will be legally binding and will strip you of any chance of having Astryn join the war against Melora!”

Bryan clenched his fist until the chainmail about his hands groaned in protest.

“That conniving son of a dastard! I’ll have his throat for this!”

“Then we have to head north immediately,” Alec advised. “Every minute lost hastens his victory. If he can make that pact legally binding, then breaking it could turn the bluebloods against you.”

“Agreed. We move out now!”

With that, the group set off once again. Francois explained that the shortest route to the border was to the north, snaking around the fringes of the woods and then straight along to the northwest. At this, Bryan and Azura led everyone out of the woods while the laguz amongst their allies tried to pick up Tavon’s trail. Alec, once he had regained enough strength, donned his armor and armed himself with a new axe from the stockpile of weapons that had been recovered from Fort Mercue. Francois asked the general if he was sure he was able to do battle so soon after an incarceration that had left him near death, but Alec assured him that he would be fine. He wasn’t a general of Astryn for nothing. Plus, he wanted as much as Bryan did to make Tavon pay for his actions. Alec had learned much of the history of House Astryn and House Novat from his late uncle, and did not take Tavon's slights against their progeny lightly at all.

Over the next hour, Bryan, Francois, and Alec held a hurried conference about how to deal with Tavon once he was found. Bryan and Alec, obviously, wanted to finish him on the spot; but Francois warned that doing so might damage their reputations and that it might be best if Tavon was arrested and sentenced, preferably to a lawful execution, later on. As such, the three decided to see what move Tavon would make. Unfortunately, Alec had no idea what escort, if any, Tavon might be traveling with. Still, even if the fugitive duke was well guarded, Bryan and Azura were confident they and their troops would win. Francois seemed quite insistent that it would be best if Tavon surrendered peacefully, which might very well happen if the fugitive duke was travelling alone when they caught up to him. Either way, death would be promised to the traitorous duke, and that was enough. If, however, Tavon had already met with the Meloran delegation, which would surely have its own escorts, then that might complicate matter. Isis had excellent reason to want this treaty signed, as Lartz later pointed out. At present, Allied Command was losing the war. But, if Astryn and the other nations of southern Altarais rallied in opposition to Melora, it might very well change everything.

One way or the other, the next few hours might very well decide the fate of the entire continent.

As the group traveled along the Astryn-Larame border, they kept a sharp eye out for any other armed parties. Bryan had not forgotten that Larame still blamed Astryn for looting their stores, and was only too aware that another attack by irate beast laguz was a delay they could not afford. What’s more, supporters of Tavon’s or even Shigo’s men might be abroad as well. Bryan had not forgotten that the Meloran general was still hiding himself and his army somewhere, and was quite eager to contend with him once Tavon was dealt with. Again, Bryan found himself wondering why Shigo had not revealed himself by now. The rogue Meloran general had allowed several opportunities to kill the prince to slip through his fingers, and the Emerald Sentinel was still at a loss as to explain this oddity. But, he had no time to dwell on the matter. Soon enough, another group of people was spotted along the path; smaller than Bryan and Azura’s, but clearly armed and on the alert. In their midst stood an all too familiar man garbed in silver robes: Tavon. Thankfully, the Meloran delegation did not appear to have arrived yet.

“Tavon!” Bryan shouted as he raced ahead of his group.

Tavon turned around, a devious smile on his face.

“Well, well…” he said, snickering. “If it isn’t his highness. I see you managed to find the real Eronite.”

“We did. We also know about all your plans, thanks to Alec!”

“I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised that you found that fool. I’ll admit that I half expected you to take him in the opposite direction. But then again, you’re already willing to sign all of our death warrants by having us take up arms against Melora. What’s one more death against that?”

Bryan glowered, his gaze smoking with hatred. Alec, though no less incensed, merely growled.

“You snake! You’re lucky I don’t lop your head off right now!” the general threatened.

“Heh. You think your words scare me?” Tavon replied. “A Meloran delegation will be here any moment, and there will be nothing you can do once I have signed the non-aggression pact. The very laws you, Bryan, as a king, must uphold will compel you to honor Astryn's end of the bargain.”

“You are as much a fool as you are a traitor, if you think signing a piece of paper with Melora will protect Astryn,” Bryan spat. “And someone who wishes to rule Astryn would not be so blind! We’re siding with Allied Command, and that will not change.”

“You are persistent, Prince Bryan, that much I cannot deny,” Tavon admitted, though his tone was far less than complimentary. “However, raw courage simply is not enough to change the reality of the situation. Time is, clearly, not on your side. Melora’s manufactories and supply lines are operating at maximum capacity, whereas those of the Allies have been thrown into chaos by the loss of the raven messengers. Melora commands vast forces, both of their own army and the Red Claw, while Allied Command is currently experiencing a manpower shortage and cannot even account for the troops it has, due to the communications breakdown and the invasion of Cilae. Melora has repeatedly struck within the Allied Nations, in particular, the raid on Castle Eraghoa and the conquest of Cilae, whereas Allied Command has not been able to strike at Melora itself at all. And, most importantly, Melora is resolved to win the war, regardless of the time or the cost. I would be quite surprised if the Allied leadership has not already explored the option of negotiating their way out of the conflict, as I have already decided to do. So, candidly speaking, which side sounds like the wiser one to take?”

Bryan’s answering glare was as hard and as sharp as Eronite’s blade, and only a hairsbreadth short of openly hostile.

“The side most likely to leave Astryn in peace after the war is over,” he answered simply.

The fugitive duke was clearly displeased with Bryan’s answer. He scoffed, sneered and then spat contemptuously at Bryan’s feet.

“You call me a fool and a traitor for seeking peace while you seek a war that can only spell our doom. Again, I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised; but, I am disappointed.”

“Tavon, why are you doing this?” Francois inquired. “Prince Bryan is right, Melora will never honor any agreement they sign with us! You must be mad to believe they can be trusted!”

Mad? Indeed, I am. Mad of being cheated, mad of having what it rightfully mine snatched from my very fingertips,” Tavon replied, a manic gleam entering his eyes. “I suppose you might say it is my lot in life, as it was for my fathers, and their fathers.”

Here, Tavon paused and turned his gaze fully upon the prince. The blaze of hatred in Bryan’s eyes was quickly matched by that of the fugitive duke.

“You, I suspect, know a great deal about snatching away others pride and glory. After all, it runs in the family, does it not?”

“What are you babbling about?” Bryan demanded, suddenly suspecting that Francois’s rhetorical assertion that Tavon was mad might not be far from the truth.

“If you wish to know the truth, I guess there’s no harm in telling you,” Tavon replied. “My ancestors were of a great and noble house, far above the dreary province I rule today, until the machinations of a low born cur saw them disowned and their pride and glory stripped away. My family still lives with that pain, and has for generations, as we watched that cur turn our rightful lands and treasures into his own and become beloved by all who were fooled by that handsome face and that supple sword arm. He bewitched my ancestors’ ancestor, bedded one of the women of their house and sired his own bloodline. In fact, I’m surprised that my ancestors even had the will to live after watching all of these indignities on top of being stripped of their rightful inheritance. House Novat cast us out and ruined us! Ruling Astryn myself would’ve assuaged that pain and repaid us a hundred times over. But, once again, the progeny of my most hated enemy, a man who died hundreds of years before I was even born, comes to snatch away my prize. Just as you, progeny of Xavier, destroyed my plans to claim the throne, I’ll destroy any chance you have of victory in your war against Melora!”

“What?!” Bryan exclaimed, his head suddenly abuzz with confusion and anger as he turned to Owen. “Dad, isn’t Xavier your middle name?”

Owen could only nod in reply, his brow furrowed as he regarded the almost crazed Tavon. The fugitive duke regarded the pair almost expectantly for a moment but, after a time, he scoffed.

“I’m not certain if I should be amused or insulted that you are so ignorant of history. After all, Xavier was exceedingly famous. Though, admittedly, his true name is, these days, known only to me and mine, who hated him from the moment we drew our first breath. He is more commonly known, I believe, as “Iron Storm.””

The price’s eyes pulsed wide at the mention of his famous ancestor and, suddenly, Tavon’s almost delirious speech began to make sense. A quick glance at his father revealed that the former Grand Duke’s face had turned grave as realization dawned.

“…Bryan,” Owen interjected. “His words just made me realize something more. “Tavon” is “Novat” spelled backwards. And, I can think of only one explanation for these ramblings of his. He must be descended from that cowardly son, who was disinherited for abandoning his father on the battlefield.”

“I guess there is some intelligence amongst your branch of the family after all,” Tavon remarked, his face twisting with madness. “The day I learned that Shigo had wiped out your line was the happiest in my life. But, I suppose I should’ve realized that it was too good to be true.”

“So that’s it,” Bryan replied, the barest hint of pity in his tone as he faced Tavon once more. “What a shame. Your ancestor had only himself to blame, for abandoning his father to his death. It’s too bad that neither you nor he realized the good Iron Storm had done for House Novat by putting you and yours in their place. What you’ve done though is worse than cowardice, it is betrayal of this country; maybe of the whole continent. I guess that means we both have a score to settle. Only, I won’t be as lenient as my ancestor was.”

“Ha. Well, I may have been cheated out of the throne, but I will not go down so easy!” Tavon retorted and snapped his fingers.

Instantly, an army of both Melorans and Red Claw members emerged from the paths and underbrush, and Bryan and Azura’s troops found themselves outnumbered.

“Damn it!” Bryan opined angrily and readied Eronite.

“You should feel honored,” Tavon continued. “I’m generous enough to give you a last battle and a warrior’s death! Unlike my ancestor, I’M NO COWARD!!”​
 
So, it's been quite awhile since I last updated this. Originally, I was going to discontinue this story here because of lack of interest in it. But I changed my mind, so I'm going to update! Chapter 32 is divided into two parts due to the length, so the first part has no battle. The battle against Tavon still counts as chapter 31's fight.


Chapter 32: Leyon's March

Part 1

Bryan's only reply to Tavon's remark was a low growl as he angled his shield and reached for his weapon. The prince of Astryn hardly needed Francois to tell him that, with Tavon having chosen to fight, the prospect of getting the traitorous duke to surrender peacefully had just become quite remote. Tavon's generations-old grudge against Bryan's family likely meant that he would prove as implacable an enemy as Shigo; and that nothing, short of death, would stop him. Tavon's motives were far too personal for him to be persuaded; and, again, Bryan found himself suspecting that Tavon and the renegade Meloran general were cut from the same cloth. That musing, however, sparked another; could they actually be in league with one another? Did Shigo put Tavon up to all of this, the capture of the hawks, the production of the counterfeit Eronite, and Alec's abduction, by promising him revenge against House Novat?

At first, the notion seemed unlikely. After all, Tavon did originally want to take the throne for himself, and he seemed too twisted by his hatred of House Novat to settle for anything less. Yet, he'd also shown himself to be cunning and devious. Perhaps Shigo had convinced him that he would do great things for Tavon's family if he was crowned instead. Even if Tavon had bristled at the notion of being denied the throne, he might have used such an offer to hedge his bets, in case his own plans went awry. It was even possible that Tavon's attempt to claim the throne had been only a ruse to throw Bryan off; and, that could explain why Shigo hadn't attacked yet. But, would someone as twisted and power-hungry as Tavon accept help or trust another who also sought the throne? It still seemed doubtful, but the prince of Astryn knew that there was only one way to find out.

Bryan had nearly un-slung his brave lance, eager to rush forward and ready to sound the charge, when he felt a hand seize him by the arm.

"Bryan, wait!" Owen shouted. "Hold on for a minute!"

"Huh? Dad, are you out of your mind?! You shouldn't be out here!" Bryan replied, though his tone held as much irritation as concern. "These imbeciles might know who you are and they'd skewer you in seconds!"

"I know, but just listen to me. Think about what you're doing. Some of the soldiers supporting Tavon aren't Meloran or Red Claw!"

"What?!"

Bryan then whirled to look upon Tavon's troops once more, and the sight that greeted him caused his lower jaw to migrate earthwards. Owen was right. Many of Tavon's escorts were clad in armor that was colored silver, rather than the ebony of the Meloran soldiers and Red Claw members. They couldn't be from either arm of Isis's deadly army, which could only mean one thing.

"Prince Bryan, I'm afraid your father is right!" Alec put in, echoing Bryan's thoughts. "There are some of my troops among them as well!"

"Are you serious?!"

"Hehe, you finally noticed," Tavon chuckled. "It is true. After I got rid of you, Alec, I reached out to some of your men. Like myself, they were…disappointed with the current state of affairs in Astryn, and wanted things to change. I managed to convince some that I could provide that which they so desired. Others were too stubborn to see what I am capable of, but I think what forces I did manage to gather should suffice."

Alec growled angrily.

"You traitor! You'll never get away with this!" he vowed, turning to face the Astrynian troops in the traitorous duke's entourage. "My fellow Astrynians, please hear me out! Tavon has deceived all of you! He's betrayed us all! I command you to serve Prince Bryan, rightful heir to the throne! He is sure to lead Astryn to a path of righteousness!"

Many among Tavon's troops were men whom Alec had known for years, had trained with and whom he trusted. Thus, one can only imagine his astonishment when, rather than rallying to his order, they instead jeered and hissed and spat at him.

"Wha?" Alec stammered, shocked and dismayed. "Why…? WHY?!"

He was shaken from his stupefaction by the sound of Tavon mockingly applauding him.

"What a sterling speech," he sarcastically opined. "But, what else can I say? They didn't put much stock in this story about a "Lost Prince." As for you…well, they weren't exactly impressed when they learned that I had managed to subdue and cage you."

It took all of Alec's willpower to quash the notion of tearing Tavon apart upon hearing this. He merely grimaced, as the duke was right about one thing. He had managed to make Alec look weak, and had turned once loyal comrades against him. That wound clove into the general more deeply than any he'd suffered as Tavon's captive. Still, he knew what he had to do; and, as such, he turned to Bryan instead.

"Your highness, it's up to you try and talk some sense into them," Alec said. "Please, I beg of you, convince them that your ascending the throne is what's best for this country. And that…that I'll grow stronger, and regain their respect. Please…"

"Alec, don't worry. You have my word on that," Bryan replied, though he could not help but wonder if this promise might prove difficult to keep. "This will not stand."

"Ah… Thank you so much…"

Bryan reached for his brave lance again, but, having a thought, he un-slung Eronite instead. The sight of the legendary lance caused several of the Astrynians accompanying Tavon to gape in wonderment, and Bryan could not suppress a smug grin when Tavon blanched in dismay.

Hopefully, the traitorous duke's entourage would not prove as loyal to Tavon as he had implied.

"Now everyone, charge! Let me deal with the Astrynian soldiers! If they attack you, defend yourselves, but try not to kill them unless you must!"

With that, prince of Astryn and his forces rushed forward to clash blades with Tavon's followers. Owen retreated to one of the wagons, his heart lurching as it always did when his son charged headlong into battle. Not for the first time, Owen wished to be at Bryan's side, guarding his back and helping him to return safely. Once upon a time, he might've been able to do just that; for Owen had once wielded powerful light magic. But, he had long since abandoned it to raise his son. Even so, despite his fear for Bryan, he was proud beyond words of his son. Proud of his resilience, his tenacity, his deep sense of loyalty, and his determination to never give up, no matter the odds arrayed against him. And, Caline would no doubt feel the same way if she were here to see their boy. Despite any lingering doubts that Bryan might have, Owen could easily see the truth in Alec's words. Once Bryan was crowned, he would lead Astryn to a bright future.

As the battle raged on, most of Azura and Bryan's troops focused on attacking Tavon's Meloran and Red Claw allies. The prince of Astryn, meanwhile, engaged every Astrynian soldier he could reach, trying to appeal to them as they crossed blades. It was as plain as day that he could crush any of them in the blink of an eye, but if he could convince them to join him instead, then he would have more troops for his campaign against Shigo's forces. Still, even though he'd gotten their attention by displaying Eronite, Bryan suspected that persuading them would be no easy task. The Astrynians' reasons for siding with Tavon were understandable, given Astryn's decline and how far-fetched Bryan's story was. What's more, their reaction to Alec's entreaty had Bryan wondering if they would make reliable allies, even if he did win them over.

What made things even more difficult, however, was Tavon himself. Francois warned Bryan that in addition to being cunning and devious, the traitorous duke was also a magic-user with the rank of Archsage; and, thus, he was very skilled with all forms of magic, particularly dark magic. In addition to that, he could use any kind of staff efficiently as well. Tavon gave a worrisome demonstration of this talent by frequently using a Physic staff to heal his wounded men.

Bryan cursed the fugitive duke. Much though he wanted to tear Tavon limb from limb, he knew that a strong magic spell would go right through his armor and cut directly to the flesh beneath. The prince of Astryn found himself wondering who amongst his company would be strong enough to fight Tavon. Whatever he did, however, he would have to do it before the Meloran delegation arrived…or all hope was lost. The arrival of the delegation, which would surely be heavily escorted by Meloran troops, would force Bryan either to retreat or fight a hopeless battle. And, either way, the non-aggression pact would be signed and Bryan would be able to do nothing to help Allied Command fight against Melora…assuming the Melorans didn't simply kill him before the ink was dry.

He shook the grim thoughts from his head, knowing they were a distraction he could ill-afford. Instead, he focused on winning the aid of the Astrynian soldiers that had sided with Tavon, trying to win over the aid of any he could. And thankfully, some decided to listen. As might be expected, they were still skeptical of this supposed "Lost Prince"; but, Bryan hurriedly relayed bits and pieces of Melora's dastardly actions abroad, and some of them realized that Melora could not be trusted. Several defected to Bryan's side, but others were deaf to his entreaties, and he was forced to take them down. The notion of killing fellow Astrynians, whose only real crime was being fooled by a villain, left a sour taste in Bryan's mouth. But, he forced himself to focus on the battle, and to take some comfort in the possibility that his and Azura's army likely outnumbered Tavon's.

As the battle wore on, Bryan and Azura soon realized that, although the duke no longer held the numerical advantage, he had begun calling in reinforcements to replace the men that he'd lost. This put the traitorous duke and the prince of Astryn on near-even footing, which only served to make time press all the more heavily on Bryan and his troops. Thankfully, Lartz's most recent kill allowed him to promote to a Dragonmaster, and Marina followed suit moments later, becoming a Falcon Knight. The garb of Lartz and his wyvern now resembled that of Eric, only blue instead of silver and green. Marina, likewise, now looked more akin to Faline, only hers and her armor and Pegasus's trapping was green and yellow. While this seemed to tilt the odds back in their favor, neither Bryan nor Azura could be sure how much longer the group could continue to fight. The Meloran delegation, and more worrisome, its escort of soldiers, could not be far away.

Yet, as was often the case, help came from a most unlikely source.

One of the Astrynian soldiers among Tavon's troops, a dirty blonde haired paladin wielding a steel bow, had watched the battle with mounting despair. He had been reluctant to join up with Tavon and the other mutinous Astrynian troops, after all, they weren't the sorts to take "no" for an answer, and was even less eager to fight. But, with the battle now raging, his thoughts were turning away from how he'd gotten coerced into joining this battle and more and more towards how he would survive it. He was thankful that he had not yet been ordered to the frontline; and, he became all the more so when the corpse of a Red Claw member, riddled with arrows, crashed to earth no more than ten paces away.

"Ugh… How did I ever wind up in this mess?" he wondered to himself, more than a hint of panic in his voice. "Liv is so going to kill me when she finds out about this…"

His murmuring was cut off abruptly when the sound of leathery wings cutting through the air drew his gaze upward. Above, a wyvern swooped down upon a Meloran warrior and tore him to pieces. The insignia upon the wyvern's trappings, however, made nearly as much of an impact on the Bow Paladin as did the creature's handiwork.

"Huh?!" he blurted, blanching like a sick heron. "The dracoknights?! If they're here, then that means… Uh oh…"

"Hey, you!" a Red Claw member shouted. "Get out there and help the others! Go on, move it!"

"Gah! Okay, okay, I'm going!" the Bow Paladin replied, hoping he sounded less terrified than he felt, and rode towards the combat. "That's it, I'm dead…"

As the reluctant combatant warily rode forth, he soon spied Olivia and, idly suspecting that he'd lost his mind, he headed towards her. The only way he could get out of this situation alive was to reach her…and hope she was in a forgiving mood. The deputy commander of the dracoknights soon spotted him, and was so astonished by the sight that she nearly fell from her saddle.

"What the—?!" she exlcaimed when she saw the Bow Paladin. "Fin?!"

"Heh, hey, Sis!" Fin greeted with a nervous smile.

"Fin, you pinheaded idiot!" Olivia barked angrily, turning progressively redder as she swooped down upon him. "What in goddess's name are you doing with Tavon's troops?!"

"W-What? T-Tavon's troops? Uh, I just arrived!" Fin blurted, improvising his way around the truth.

If it was possible for the incensed Olivia to turn redder, she did so.

"Oh, please!" she scoffed. "That's the worst lie I've ever heard! You should be serving your prince, not that good-for-nothing traitor!"

"B-But I can exp—Huh?!" Fin blurted, anxiety giving way to surprise. "W-Wait, prince?!"

"I'll explain later, just get your lazy bum over to our army! NOW!"

"Whoa! Alright, alright! Geez…"

With that, though wondering all the while if he'd just jumped out of the frying pan and into the fire, Fin joined the other troops on Azura and Bryan's side and began combatting Tavon's followers. Bryan soon noticed the new recruit and smiled, glad to see yet another one of Tavon's men defect to his side. His smile, however, turned upside down when he saw that this latest addition to the army didn't seem to be very bright. He was struck in the leg by one of his former comrades within a minute of his defection and, by the time he'd even noticed, his assailant was well out of reach. Yet, despite this, Bryan could see that he nonetheless had superb skill with a bow; perhaps even rivaling that of Skye. His first arrow struck a foe who was standing thirty feet away, the shaft burying itself right in the middle of his forehead.

The battle ground on and, sometime later, Tavon's healing staves had begun to run out of power. Several of them, their energies spent, literally crumbled in his grasp. Snarling a curse, he decided to join the fight himself. He withdrew from his robes a tome bound in black leather, spoke an incantation, and large waves of darkened purple clouds and mist billowed out onto the battlefield. A few of the Astrynian soldiers that had defected to Bryan's side fell to this powerful dark magic, some sent toppling to the ground and others sent beyond the realm of the living. The tome which the traitorous duke had used was clearly one of the stronger dark magic tomes, probably either a Verrine or Balberith tome. Though Verrine wasn't quite as powerful a spell as Balberith, as the latter was the strongest known form of dark magic in either Tellius or Altarais, either could inflict grievous harm. No less disconcerting was Tavon following up this arcane assault with blasts of Arcfire and Arcthunder as well, the strongest of the common forms of fire and thunder magic. A handful of light magic users who'd left the traitorous duke's service, realizing too late that their foe had turned the tables, were sent flying amidst salvos of fireballs and lightning bolts. Within a short time, Tavon had smashed his way through to Bryan, Francois, and Eric.

"Hehe, you all have fought well," he commended. "I will admit, I did not expect you to offer such formidable opposition. Perhaps I should have. After all, I am uniquely aware that Novat blood isn't given to spill easily. But, it matters not. I have waited far too long for my due to give up now!"

"We'll take whatever you dish out!" Bryan affirmed. "You won't win in the end!"

"That's right, Tavon! Your scheming ends here! I won't let you force Astryn to side with Melora!" Francois seconded.

Tavon merely chuckled contemptuously.

"Well… We'll just have to see about that, won't we?" he snickered, and eyed Francois. He then produced another staff. But this time, it was not one designed for mending wounds. Tavon swept it toward the count of Urae and soon, a cold blue glow flared outward to envelope Francois.

"Aaagh!" the count yelped as he collapsed to his knees.

"Francois!" Bryan exclaimed and rushed to his aid. Before he could do much, however, Tavon directed the staff's icy glow towards Raela, Lily, Armelle, and Soren as well. Each screamed in pain and pitched headlong to the earth, their strength seeming as though it had been sapped in an instant. Raela and Lily, each sister clawing their way to the other, clung to one another in desperate terror. Ike and Elincia raced to aid Soren, finding him gasping unintelligibly and his eyes round with fright. Eric, more than a bit terrified himself, gasped and rushed to Armelle's side, lifting her up and taking her upon his wyvern. He then gazed upon Tavon, his face aglow with hatred.

"Tavon, you son of a bitch!" he seethed, his rage beyond control.

"Argh…" Francois groaned, his eyes glazed over.

"Francois, what did he do to all of you?!" Bryan desperately inquired.

"That…is a Silence staff," Francois explained, his words oddly slurred. "It affects the minds of spell casters and staff wielders. My spells…the gestures and the incantations, my memory of them is all jumbled. Our mages and healers will be useless until this affliction wears off. I beg your forgiveness."

"WHAT?! Damn it!"

"Hahahaha! This should make our bout a little more…interesting. After all, how will all of you continue to fight without being able to heal yourselves?" Tavon inquired rhetorically. "Vulneraries can run out quickly, you know."

"You won't be laughing when I chop your ass to pieces!" Eric glowered.

"For once, we can agree," Bryan added. "There won't be enough of you left to fill a funeral urn, Tavon!"

Eric's glare, suddenly, swung away from Tavon to alight, no less furiously, upon Bryan.

"Shut it!" he barked. "This lout is mine!"

"Oh yeah?" Bryan snapped, Tavon briefly forgotten. "And just how do you expect to kill him when his Arcthunder tome can burn you and your wyvern to a crisp?!"

"Errrrgh…Why you little—!"

The two antagonists looked ready to fight one another, much to Tavon's delight, until a feminine voice rang out.

"Neither of you will fight him!"

All three men turned to see Faline. The Falcon Knight had brought her Pegasus to a halt between the two men and Tavon, her eyes narrowing into lavender daggers poised at the traitorous duke.

"Faline!" Bryan cried.

"What's she up to?" Eric wondered in annoyance.

"You two need tend to the others. I will handle Tavon," Faline proclaimed.

"What?! Faline, are you crazy?! That's suicide!" Bryan protested.

"Haha, I'd listen to your boyfriend if I were you," Tavon laughed.

"No. I've made my decision," Faline insisted. "Bryan is the man I love; and I will help him win, whatever the cost. He is Astryn's prince and I've seen how devoted he is to guiding this kingdom back to its former glory. As his love, I can do no less than he, and I will protect Astryn as well. I will not allow a perverted maniac like you to endanger this kingdom any further!"

"But Faline—!" Bryan interjected desperately. However, Faline didn't listen, and spurred her Pegasus towards Tavon. Bryan felt his breath go short and hard as he watched the blur of feathers and steel that was Faline charge headlong toward Tavon, the traitorous duke's face contorting with mingled rage and alarm as he fumbled for a tome. The prince of Astryn tried to tell himself that Pegasi were naturally resilient against magic, and that their riders shared this gift as a result of their training; but, this knowledge did little to quiet the blood pounding in his ears. However, when he recalled as well that Tavon didn't have any wind tomes, which was the only type of magic truly deadly to a Pegasus knight, he found himself wondering if his love's seeming impetuousness might win the battle. Yet, was Faline strong enough to withstand the duke's other spells? There were more than a few amongst Bryan's troops who hadn't been, not all of whom had survived the traitorous duke's wrath. And, though Bryan himself had trained her, he was uncertain if she was ready to face as powerful an enemy as an Archsage. All he could do was hope and pray that either Faline would win, or that he would find the chance to intervene if things went awry.

Faline leveled a steel greatlance, larger and even more powerful than a common steel lance, at Tavon as she swooped down upon him. But, he quickly sidestepped the blow and readied his Arcfire tome. With a powerful incantation, Tavon conjured a massive blast of fire and sent it hurtling towards the Falcon Knight. Bryan's blood ran cold at the sight; but Faline spurred Flower, known for being one of the fastest Pegasi on the continent, into the air. In a blur of ivory and feathers, the creature was in motion. The flames flew past Faline, managing only to lightly singe her arm, but this seemed only to spin the Falcon Knight into an even greater frenzy. The two continued trading blows, neither able to land a decisive strike. Tavon took only a few cuts and scratches from Faline's lance while Faline herself had sustained some more minor burns. Yet, despite this, they seemed evenly matched. Though Faline was not yet a Seraph Knight, the third tier of Pegasus knight classes, the Archsage she fought seemed unable to land more than a glancing blow with his deadly magic.

Watch what I've learned from you, Bryan! Faline mused confidently as she urged Flower rise high into the air. Tavon, meanwhile, summoned yet another Arcfire spell and followed his foe's rise with unblinking, madness filled eyes. Bryan looked on, nearly lightheaded from breathlessness, yet somehow knowing in his gut told him that this was the moment that would decide the battle. One of these two attacks would hit its mark…and someone was about to die. The prince prayed that it would not be Faline, but if it appeared that such might occur, he would save her again…or die trying himself. He watched as Faline spurred Flower into a swift dive and Tavon hurled the massive conflagration into her path. The blast of fire soared towards Faline once again, but the Falcon Knight did not waver in her flight. Just as it appeared that the flames would strike her head on, Faline jerked Flower upward slightly. The flames roiled beneath the Pegasus's hooves, streaking off toward the horizon, and Faline then spurred her mount into a spiraling dive as she continued descending towards her target. She straightened out moments later, twirled her lance, and thrust it right at Tavon's heart. All Tavon could do was stare in wide-eyed fear at what was about to happen.

"HAAAAA!" Faline exclaimed as she closed in on the duke at blinding speed. Her lance's blade went right through Tavon's chest, cleaving through his heart and killing him instantly. The entire blade, along with much of the shaft, burst out from his back, lending mute testimony to just how instantly fatal the blow had been. Faline didn't even stop her Pegasus until her lance's blade buried itself in a tree trunk, Tavon's body impaled upon the shaft like a skewered boar on a spit. She let the gruesome trophy hang there for a few moments, and then yanked the lance free of the tree's bark and out of Tavon's flesh. The duke's corpse then fell to the ground below, for all of his remaining followers to see. Many stood there frozen, gaping in shock and more than a bit of fear, and what remained of the enemy Astrynian soldiers quickly fled. Bryan, Azura, Elincia, and Marina approached Faline moments later, surprise and shock in their widened eyes.

"Faline!" Bryan called, unable to conceal his stupefaction. "That…that was incredible!"

"More than incredible!" Azura added. "I can't think of any words to describe it!"

"I'll say!" Marina seconded. "Not even Commander Eilonwy has ever pulled off a maneuver like that!"

"Yeah! I rode a Pegasus during the wars back in Tellius, but I looked like a rookie compared to you," Elincia put in. "You're a force to be reckoned with now!"

"Ah…" Faline replied, a large smile dawning her features. "Thank you all! But I don't deserve all the credit for coming up with that one. Bryan was the one who taught me. All of the more advanced lancing techniques I know, I learned from him! If it weren't for Bryan, I wouldn't have ever come up with that spin dive."

"What? Really? I don't know about that," Bryan countered, smug pride in his love tugging at the corners of his mouth. "All I know about Pegasus knights is what I've read in books. I couldn't teach you aerial techniques that advanced if you paid me."

"But you're a great teacher, Bryan! To be honest, I was one of the weaker knights in Cilae before you started training me. At least, I thought so."

"Oh, wow. Well, you're very strong now, and that's what matters. …Hm?"

Bryan's words trailed away when he and the others belatedly realized that Alec, Francois, Eric, Olivia, and the other Astrynian troops and dracoknights were still staring wide-eyed at Faline in slack-jawed astonishment, no doubt shocked at what she had just done. The corners of Alec's mouth then curved upward, however, as a thought occurred to him, and he spun 'round to face his comrades.

"Hey, everyone! Did you see that?! Tavon, the foul traitor who shed the blood of many of our friends, was brought down with a single blow!" he announced. "Let us salute this avenging Shield Maiden of the Skies! Three cheers for Lady Faline!"

"YEAH! HIP HIP, HUZZAH! HIP HIP, HUZZAH!" the Astrynian army thundered proudly along with Alec. Even Eric had joined in the cheering, despite still having little respect for Bryan. Bryan himself, though proud beyond words of his love and realizing that her prowess did much to raise everyone's spirits, only hoped that none of the troops would start swooning over Faline. It was enough that she'd already picked up some unwanted male admirers in Cilae. Having Astrynian soldiers seeking her attentions, and while she was already with the prince no less, would surely drive both her and Bryan crazy. Still, Bryan was proud that Faline had also gained the troops' support and admiration.

He did, however, notice that one of the Astrynian troops had remained conspicuously silent during the outburst of cheers. He looked to be a swordmaster, due to his long robe and sheathed sword at his side. His sinewy body was tense, like a cat laguz waiting to spring, and his sharp, angular features gave him a hawkish appearance.

The Prince of Astryn suddenly found himself certain that, although this man didn't seem likely to start swooning over Faline, he might prove troublesome nonetheless.

"You'll pardon me if I don't hold off on jumping up and down, I hope?" the swordmaster wondered, prompting a hard glare from Bryan. "You've proven that you can kill this kingdom's enemies; though, I'd have to say that your girlfriend upstaged you a bit on that score. But, can you guide Astryn to a better future?"

Faline's smile suddenly twisted into a scowl and, sensing impending violence, Bryan laid a restraining hand on his love's shoulder

"Why don't you stick around and find out?" the prince of Astryn replied, mentally revising his musing of the swordmaster's countenance from "hawkish" to "buzzard faced."

"Tavon was right about one thing; the present state of Astryn is…disappointing," Buzzard Face countered. "I'm curious about whether or not you really can turn things around here."

Faline nearly slipped free of Bryan's grip, and he could not restrain a flush of pleasure when he saw Buzzard Face warily draw back.

"I say again, stick around and you'll find out," he intoned, though more firmly this time.

"I will," Buzzard Face replied. "For now, however, think of this as me extending an Olive Branch."

So saying, he unbuckled the sword at his waist and casually tossed it toward Faline. She snatched it out of the air and unsheathed it, revealing a serrated blade and a hilt fashioned like the claws of a dragon. It was a Wyrmslayer.

"That's for getting so many of Tavon's followers to join you," Buzzard Face explained. "That takes icy nerves and quick thinking. I like that."

The swordmaster was hardly concerned with ingratiating himself, but Bryan had to admit that his gift was impressive. Wyrmslayer blades were quite rare and, since Melora used wyverns so extensively, it would prove invaluable the next time the group faced down the Meloran army.

"Well, would you look at that?" Bryan spoke to Faline moments later. "Even the skeptics love you now. And you even won Eric over. Faline, you're amazing."

"Finally, something we agree on," Eric replied, his tone only half as sarcastic as usual. "Prince Bryan, I'll admit this. You have excellent taste in women. I'm not so sure about her taste in men, but maybe there's more to you than I thought. Maybe."

Bryan's eyebrows rose upon hearing the general's words.

"Really? Wow, uh… Thanks," he replied, more than a bit shocked at the admission, convoluted though it was. Faline, you're a life saver.

With that, the cheering resumed. Faline, who still recalled the days when she was the punch-line of many a joke in the barracks back in Cilae, could only continue to smile while her eyes brimmed over with tears of joy. She was nearly overwhelmed with happiness now that both she and Bryan had gained Astryn's support. Even better, with Tavon's death, the plot to discredit Bryan's claim to the throne and to force Astryn into neutrality had been thwarted.

Perhaps, at that very moment, the tide of the war had finally begun to turn.

Suddenly, however, a loud, deep voice brought the excitement to an abrupt end.

"I wouldn't celebrate just yet, punks!" the voice rang out angrily. It was followed by a frightened yelp and a sharp intake of breath.

"KYE! NO!" Skye's voice cried out fearfully. Azura, Bryan, and the others turned to behold a tense standoff. Skye was facing down a lone Red Claw member, who was clutching a kicking and struggling Kye while holding his hand over the boy's mouth.

"Huh?!" Bryan gasped, his eyes pulsing wide once again, but this time in fear. "Drop the hostage, you scum!"

"Before I drop your body!" Skye seconded, readying an arrow. "LET HIM GO IF YOU WANT TO DIE FAST!"

"Oh, that's right dangerous," the Red Claw member remarked, lifting Kye until the small rogue was in the path of Skye's arrow. "Ya might…miss."

"Skye never misses," Bryan pointed out. "Besides, Tavon's dead. You blew your chance to keep Astryn out of the war. You really think Isis is going to be in a forgiving mood when you tell her about this fiasco? Release him, and you might keep your skin."

"Or, if you'd rather be put out of your misery…" Skye trailed off pointedly.

"Ha! Any of you move, and the boy is dead!" the Red Claw member threatened. He then unslung a large axe forged of crimson steel with small serrations on its edges, leveling it a hairsbreadth from Kye's throat. The young rogue stared at the blade in deep fear, tears trailing down his cheeks. It was a killer axe, one of the several weapons known for often dealing fatal blows to even the strongest opponents.

"Errrrgh, DAMN IT!" Bryan thundered in despairing anger. Tavon was gone; but now, Skye might very well lose his brother, and Bryan could lose a good friend and a valuable member of his army. And, there seemed to be nothing he could do about it.

"Yer not so tough now, are ya?" the bandit sneered, his gaze fixing upon Skye. "Threaten me all ya like, you can't do a thing to help this little worm! Despite Tavon's death, I thinks I can still salvage this bit. The worm fer the prince, and that's me final offer! Hahahaha!"

Bryan knew immediately that he could not capitulate to that demand. Though he'd gladly give his life for a friend, he knew that doing so now would ruin any chance of Astryn joining the war. And, as much as Bryan hated to admit it, Kye was only one life weighed against countless thousands who remained imperiled by Melora. Skye, as though sensing the prince of Astryn's thoughts, growled louder than before.

"Aw, somebody's getting angry," the Red Claw member chortled. "Guess this wee runt is important to ya, huh? Should I leave a few of his fingers fer ya to remember 'im by?"

With this, Skye's rage reached the boiling point. Nobody insulted or harmed his little brother and got away with it, no matter what.

"NnnghAAAAAAAAAH!" the sniper bellowed, so piercingly, that those nearest to him grimaced, and he clenched both of his fists until his knuckles crackled like one of the late Tavon's Arcfire spells. A split second later, a ring of white light erupted from the earth and encircled Skye as the ground beneath everyone's feet began to tremble violently. A searing wind blew in Skye's face and tossed his hair, his eyes scraping closed as the light began to induce a transformation. His scarf darted from his collarbone to his waist and his tunic became a surcoat that spread outward to cover his shoulders like a cloak. Dark fabric flamed out behind him to reach near his ankles while his shoulder guard expanded and smallish sections of armor appeared across nearly his entire arm. The armor on his legs grew slightly in size and became more ornate. When the light finally faded to reveal Skye's new appearance, the newly promoted Marksman opened his eyes, which shown with a bright white glow.

"What the—?!" Francois gasped. Eric's jaw dropped.

"FEAR THE POWER OF SILVER ARROW!" Skye shouted; but it sounded as though two people were speaking at once through the same pair of lips, with the second voice being slightly deeper than Skye's. No less shocking was the deftness with which the Marksman drew three arrows, then tossed the arrows skyward, leaped into the air and caught them, and fired them from his bow from midair. Each arrow struck one of the Red Claw holding Kye, missing the small rogue by inches, as one shaft found the villain's chest, another plunged into his side and the third struck him right in the forehead. Bryan could only stare in amazement as the Red Claw member, as though only belatedly realizing he was dead, remained upright for nearly ten seconds before crumbling to the earth, and the boy slipped free of the villain's death grip and rushed towards his brother and hid behind him. The remaining enemies fled in deep fear. Strangely, Skye's eyes then returned to normal, though he appeared rather confused as well as angry. What…the hell did I just do? He pondered.

"What in the world…?" Azura blurted, stupefied.

"…D-Did he just use Deadeye with three arrows?!" Bryan stammered, turning to Francois. Deadeye was well known as being the mastery skill of the Marksman class, but a feat such as Skye had performed was unheard-of. Had Bryan not seen it with his own eyes, he would have thought it impossible.

"He did…" Francois replied, his eyes still gaping. "I don't believe it…"

"And Skye, what in the world is Silver Arrow?" Bryan inquired.

"Yeah, and where'd that small earthquake and those glowing eyes come from?" Azura added.

"Honestly? I haven't a clue. It just…popped into my head out of nowhere," Skye replied, looking as bewildered as the others. "I don't know where it came from. As for the ground shaking and my eyes going all white, I have no idea about that either."

"Well, I don't care, you saved me!" Kye blubbered, throwing his arms around his brother. "I was so scared… Thank you, Skye!"

Not used to such a display from his younger brother, Skye looked almost as shocked by these words as by the strange transformation he'd undergone. Yet, a smile quickly lit up his face as he hugged the young Rogue.

"Of course, little bro," he replied feelingly, noting Azura's approving grin out of the corner of his eye.

"Pardon the intrusion, but I think I can explain what happened here," Francois offered. "And, I must admit, I'm quite amazed at this development."

"Then tell us," Bryan urged. "Skye deserves to know most of all."

"Of course. Now, you all know of Iron Storm," Francois began. "The man who led House Novat to an age of prosperity. Well, there was another famous Astrynian hero during his time, who also happened to be his best friend. His name was Angus. But he was better known as Silver Arrow."

Francois went on to explain that Silver Arrow was one of the greatest archers Astryn had ever produced, and he and Iron Storm made a formidable team. During the same war that led to Iron Storm's being named successor to House Novat, Silver Arrow had served as a body guard to the other house members while Iron Storm and the others were engaged on the battlefield. Though the earl whom they both had served, who'd named Iron Storm as his successor after having been left to die by his cowardly son, had been slain, Silver Arrow managed to save the late earl's wife from a deadly assassin. He had done so by managing the seemingly impossible feat of firing three arrows while performing Deadeye. It was his most famous technique. Silver Arrow had earned his nickname from the silver bows he often used and how his arrows seemed to sparkle like silver every time he used Deadeye.

"And, when he first became a Marksman, his transformation underwent a strange twist; exactly as yours did, Skye," Francois finished. "They say it's because he possessed such skill and such strength as an archer that his eyes lit up with a white glow every time he used Deadeye , just as yours did. He also often shouted "Fear the power of Silver Arrow" as well."

"Okay, this is a fascinating story," Skye interjected. "But, how does it explain what just happened?"

"I'm getting to that," Francois answered, with a hint of incredulity. "As you know, the young noblewoman who would later be Iron Storm's wife was the daughter of the woman whose life Silver Arrow had saved. As thanks, she gave him a remarkable gift: the Mark of the Phoenix."

"I've heard about that," Bryan spoke up. "Isn't it supposed to be a way for the dead to return to life, or something like that?"

"In a manner of speaking. It gave Silver Arrow's spirit the ability to affect the mortal realm, even after his death."

Just like the Saints who created the Miracle Stone, Azura realized; but, with so many strangers about, she decided to keep this observation to herself.

"But, the Mark of the Phoenix works in a particular way," Francois continued. "It is believed that, from time to time, Silver Arrow's spirit chooses to reincarnate itself in the body of a worthy and heroic archer. The hero he chooses is born with the birthmark of a bird on his or her right shoulder blade."

"I used to have a mark like that," Skye admitted. "I knew it was a birthmark, but I would never have guessed it had such significance."

""Used to?""

"I was outdoors too long on a sunny day, and it peeled off. The outline is still there, and some of the head too."

"…That's disgusting. Well, I imagine those who chronicle the movements of Silver Arrow's spirit will find that to be an…interesting anecdote. But, that is all by the by. What has happened means, without a doubt, that Silver Arrow's spirit has been reborn once again, and has chosen to manifest itself within you. Skye, you now hold his power. You are this age's reincarnation of the great Silver Arrow."

"…Wow," was all Skye could say. "I…I can't believe it…"

"Yeah, neither can I!" Azura agreed. "That's incredible."

"That is so awesome!" Kye cried and hugged Skye again. "I knew my big brother was the best!"

"I'm shocked as well," Bryan admitted. "And Iron Storm and Silver Arrow were best friends? That's also like Skye and I…"

"Indeed. It seems that far more than Silver Arrow's prowess with the bow accompanied him on this latest journey from beyond the mortal realm. Their strong friendship has also been rekindled between you two," Francois agreed. "Which leads me to believe that you, Prince Bryan, are Iron Storm's own reincarnation. Not in the same way as Silver Arrow, of course, but in how you live your life and fight your battles. He mainly used an iron sword, but he also fought with an iron lance, if necessary. Like yourself, he was known for his staunch loyalty and unshakable resolve. And, he had gained the support and adoration of nearly all of Astryn, as you yourself very well might."

"Amazing…"

"I must agree," Owen stepped in, having joined the group earlier. "My son and his best friend, each possessing the spirits and strengths of such heroes… And just when we need them the most."

"Yes, it is most wonderous," Francois agreed with a smile.

"But of course!" Faline added. "Bryan and Skye are two of the bravest and most noble men you could ever meet!"

"Indeed," Owen seconded proudly. "And Faline, you're a great warrior yourself, you know. I've heard of how you've aided my son, most recently by killing Tavon. Bryan could not have found a finer girl."

"Oh, Owen. You are too kind," Faline commented with an abashed smile.

"And to think," Soren spoke up, a sly grin crossing his features. "Skye is the reincarnation of this continent's greatest archer, and folks back in Tellius who know of this war only think he's the Emerald Sentinel's Sniper Sidekick."

"…Are you serious? "Sniper Sidekick?!"" Skye blurted, as much bewildered as angry. "What the hell kind of nickname is that?!"

"Oh relax, it was mostly just a joke."

Skye, looking far from amused, turned to face the Prince of Astryn,

"Bryan, you know how, when we first heard about Tellius and I said it would be fun to go there and explore?" he inquired, not bothering to give Bryan a chance to reply. "I take it back…"

"Well, if we're all finished here, we should return to the palace," Francois suggested, chuckling at Skye's reaction. "I also think it appropriate that we leave Tavon's corpse here for that delegation to find. That might convey to Melora just how interested we are in their empty promises."

"Heh, heh, I like your thinking," Bryan replied with a devious smile. "Let's get going then! We have a lot of work to do before we can take the fight to Shigo!"

Francois nodded in agreement and with that, the army began its march back to Medann and Astryn Palace. The journey was punctuated with many of the troops boasting raucously of their deeds in battle, and more than a few declarations that Shigo would soon rue the day he crossed Astryn's borders. Bryan found his mind much at ease with confidence running so high, and heartily agreed that Shigo's days were numbered. Indeed, how could it be otherwise? His and Azura's army now had the might of not one, but two ancient Astrynian war heroes; not to mention the strength of Ike and his fellows from Tellius, each a legendary hero of in his or her own right. Though Astryn's army yet remained tattered and dispirited, Bryan didn't doubt for a moment that this would change, and soon. Once this was accomplished, he knew he would have a powerful force to aid him in his battle against Shigo. With the power of Iron Storm and Silver Arrow on his side, the Meloran general wouldn't stand a chance. Bryan's train of thought was soon interrupted, however, when he heard heavy, running footsteps and the sound of someone calling out his and Owen's names. The two turned to see Alec rushing towards them.

"Ah, good, I'm glad I caught up with you both," the general wheezed, breathless from sprinting in his heavy armor.

"What's the matter, Alec?" Bryan inquired.

"Yes, is it important?" Owen added.

"Yeah, sort of," Alec replied. "There was one more thing I had forgotten to mention earlier. I…well…get distracted easily. And, in my anger towards Tavon and his foul schemes, I nearly forgot all about it. But I have something for you both."

Alec then held up what appeared to be a large pipe…though, "large" seemed to understate the case a little. Bryan had seen more than a few of the pipes that farm workers and nobles alike would stuff with pipeweed and smoke, but this was easily the biggest one he had ever seen. The shank was as long as Bryan's forearm, including the hand and elbow, and was as thick as the shaft of his brave lance. No less shocking was that his fist could fit snugly in the bowl.

"Er," Bryan stuttered, looking dubiously at the pipe. "Thanks, but neither of us smoke."

"No, no, it's inside the pipe!" Alec corrected.

"What is?"

"My uncle gave me a piece of parchment just before he…he passed on. He told me that I was supposed to give it to you if you ever came. I stumbled upon Tavon's plot just after, though. I didn't have much time, so I rolled the parchment up and hid it in the shank to keep it safe. I'm just lucky Tavon's men didn't bother confiscating it. After you found me, I kept the pipe in one of the wagons, so that the parchment wouldn't get damaged during the battle."

He then dug inside the pipe's shank and pulled out a rolled up scroll. He then handed it to Bryan. Bryan then unrolled the parchment, still uncertain why it was so important. Small portions of the parchment's edges had been blackened, suggesting that it had been badly burned, and much of the text written on it was smeared with soot. It appeared to be a very old document, for the unmarred portions were yellowed and faded, and Bryan had trouble making out what few words he could find. What he could see was that some of the text had been underlined for some reason.

"…Please tell me you haven't lit that thing up recently," Bryan pleaded, arching an eyebrow.

"Of course not!" Alec replied, though his incredulity soon turned to uncertainty. "Though, I can only vouch for myself in that regard."

Bryan merely sighed. When Owen had examined the parchment, however, his eyes pulsed wide with shock.

"Bryan…" he choked out. "This is… This is your birth certificate!"

"Wait, what?" Bryan replied, stupefied. "How can you tell? This thing looks to me like it might as well have been some kid's schoolwork."

"Yes, but look closely at some of these letters," Owen insisted, very nearly shoving the parchment in his son's face. "At the top, you can see a few letters from the words "Certificate of Birth." Below that, you see N, M, and E, and then on the line next to it, you can see B, R, and Y. Those originally read "Name of child" and "Bryan." And then look at the letters next to your name. C, R, I, N, O, and T. I believe the C, I, and R are part of your middle name. Alas though, I still can't seem to recall it for some reason. But, these other letters are part of "Novat." Below that, I can also see a couple letters of the words "Father" and one letter from my own name. Though, where it would say "Mother" and your mother's name, that's pretty much covered with these soot smudges."

Bryan then looked at the letters more closely, and soon realized that his father was right. Now that he knew what to look for, and where, he could just barely separate the faint marks of the ink from the darker black of the soot.

"Whoa… I see it now," he said.

"Indeed, it is true," Alec confirmed. "Again, I apologize for not showing it to you both earlier."

"It's fine, Alec, don't worry," Owen assured. "The good news is that the birth certificate is intact and legible. The bad news is the whole thing smells like pipeweed."

"Ugh!" Bryan cringed after taking a whiff. "I hear it's some sort of Astrynian custom for new fathers to give out packets of that stuff to their friends, but I think I'll pass."

"Well, anyway," Owen continued. "Alec… Luther had this all along, didn't he?"

"Yes. My uncle was hiding it," Alec confirmed. "He said he had rescued it from the fires when Shigo attacked Medann. He meant to return it to you once all of you were out of danger; but you got separated in the chaos, and he never saw you again. Once the two of you made contact, after my uncle returned to Astryn, he considered sending it to you via a messenger. But he reconsidered, as he was afraid that it would put it at risk of falling into the wrong hands. So, he handed it to me the day he died, and instructed me to pass it on to you."

"Wow… I see. Oh, Luther, my dear old friend…" Owen intoned sadly, bowing his head in prayer. "Thank you… May you rest in peace."

"It does sound like he was a great man," Bryan opined.

"Oh, you have no idea, Bryan," Owen replied. "Luther and Eric's father, General Reynard, were my closest friends. And your mother…she would be so happy to see your birth certificate safe and sound…well, mostly so, at least. She loved you with all her heart and the day of your birth was the happiest of her life. Oh, you were such a beautiful baby…"

"Dad…" Bryan uttered, his cheeks going pink with embarrassment as Skye, Cato, and some others nearby began snickering. They were never going to let him hear the end of this.

"Ah, sorry about that. Heh, heh… Perhaps I've gone senile with all this nostalgia about? Anyway, Luther must have gone to great lengths to save the birth certificate. Knowing him, he foresaw that you would need it."

"I see… Well, we can talk more about this later. We have to get back to the palace as soon as possible."

Owen could only nod in agreement and the group continued their journey. During the remainder of the trip, Olivia introduced Fin, who beforehand, seemed as though going out of his way to remain inconspicuous, to Bryan and explained that he was her younger brother and a member of the main army's cavalry unit. She admitted, however, that Finn was far better with his bow than his head. Fin merely glared at her, but then deflated and admitted that he was hardly clever or skilled with tactics and strategy. However, he also told Bryan that he would continue fighting for the Prince of Astryn. Aside from it being the right thing to do, he muttered that his sister likely wouldn't give him a choice in the matter. Olivia had earlier relayed to her brother the story behind the discovery of Bryan being the last remaining heir of Astryn's throne, and the events leading up to the battle with Tavon. Fin then explained that he had not ended up in Tavon's army by his own choosing. One of the deceased duke's followers had found him training at the palace and, already knowing of Fin's reputation as being a dullard and a fool, simply gang-pressed him into Tavon's service. Bryan was only glad to accept Fin into his and Azura's army, especially since they were noticeably lacking in archers, though he could only hope that Fin's "reputation" was unmerited.

During the remainder of the journey, the earlier boasting and excitement gave way to calm chatter and gossip as the marching column sought to while away the long journey. Bryan talked to many of the Astrynian troops in particular, trying to get to know them better. They were the men he would be commanding, not only in the campaign against Shigo, but when he took his place as prince, and later, king, of Astryn. His time leading his platoon had taught him, at times, the hard way, that the best commanders cannot be strangers to their men. The best commanders knew everything they could about their men; where their strengths lay, who they worked together best with, who they had waiting at home for them. Loyalty ran both ways, and Bryan made sure to blaze his end of the trail. He listened to their stories, told his own, and worked to cement the newfound ties between him and the men he would soon lead into ever greater battles.

As the palace soon came into view, however, Bryan belatedly realized that the sky was dark as ebony. Between the long march that had taken them to and from the battle with Tavon, not to mention the confrontation with the traitorous duke, the day had literally flown by. His and Azura's group had been marching and doing battle all day, perhaps for even longer, with little more than a moment's rest all the while. Though the prince was quite eager to confer with Laris and the other nobles and begin discussing plans for the battle against Shigo, but he knew everyone needed time to rest first, not to mention heal any wounds sustained in the fight against Tavon. Bryan was tired also, but his eagerness to defeat Shigo seemed to overpower his weariness. Yet, the recollection that Shigo had not yet attacked, for whatever reason, rose above the tumult. The Prince of Astryn still had no idea why Shigo hadn't yet made his move, but Bryan decided that the strange lull was best used to prepare his army. Still, why Shigo would choose this course of action was beyond Bryan. During their last encounter, the Meloran general seemed as if he would strike as soon as he was given the chance. Yet, he'd had plenty of opportunities, and had let them all pass.

The young prince's thoughts were interrupted, however, when a familiar feminine voice spoke up.

"Um… Prince Bryan?" Armelle called out, somewhat timidly, as she approached Bryan.

"Hm? Oh, Armelle," Bryan greeted as he turned around. "What's on your mind? Are you feeling alright? You and the other mages and healers gave us a scare when Tavon blasted you all with that Silence staff."

"Ah, yes. My head's still a bit foggy, but I think I'm as well as I could be right now. But, there's something…more pressing on my mind."

"And what would that be?"

Armelle looked almost hesitant to answer the question but, after a moment's indecision, she continued.

"Ah, well… Like others, I've noticed the…quarrel between you and Eric."

"Mm," Bryan huffed, almost in resignation. "Yeah, I bet. He's the only one around here that just won't give me a break. Even when he said I had good taste in women, he turned right around and made a jibe out if it."

"Yes, I understand. But please, you must forgive him. Eric can be hot-tempered at times and he doesn't always think before he speaks. But he's really a good man with a kind heart. I think he''ll come around; and, I hope you will too. Please believe me."

Bryan had to admit, he had considerable trouble accepting her story. Ever since Bryan had first met Eric, the two of them hadn't been able to so much as march in the same direction without some squabble erupting. Yet, there was no disguising the firm conviction in Armelle's gaze. She clearly believed what she said; and, strongly at that.

"Hm…" Bryan considered, and then sighed. "I could try. He is hard to get along with, but it's obvious that he's a brave man and a skilled Dragonmaster. And, I did notice that he seems to care a lot about you."

"Mhm, he does," Armelle agreed, her lips drawing upward into a smile. "You see, Eric and I…are engaged."

At this, Bryan's eyebrows rose.

"As in to be married?" he wondered, unsure if he should offer his congratulations or his sympathies.

"That's right. He is my fiancé. We were betrothed to each other as young children. Our families have been friends for generations and this isn't the first time that they have arranged a marriage between their respective children. Eric and I met when we were both still crawling. But as we grew older, we grew closer. I love Eric dearly. Though, admittedly, he doesn't want to admit his feelings for me. Hee hee…"

Finally, someone besides me is getting put on the spot! Bryan mused, snickering under his breath.

"Heh. Well, perhaps I do need to give him a chance," Bryan decided with a smile. "Thanks for letting me know."

"Of course, your highness," Armelle replied with a gracious bow.

With that, the group proceeded into the palace, many of the soldiers quite relieved to be back after the confrontation with Tavon. As Bryan had surmised, a majority of them were either exhausted, injured, or both. Seeing that even the inexhaustible Kye was barely able to keep his feet, he realized that he had no choice but to let everyone relax and get a good night's sleep.​
 
And now for part 2, where we actually get to Leyon's part of the chapter. :p


Chapter 32: Leyon's March
Part 2

Once most of the group had dispersed to seek their beds, Bryan, Owen, and Francois immediately sought out Laris and Canus. The prince of Astryn would have preferred to begin planning the campaign against Shigo, but he knew that he needed to report their success in stopping Tavon. Bryan was nervous about how they would react, however. Although he hadn't actually been the one to kill the traitorous duke, it was quite possible that Laris and Canus would not be pleased with how Tavon had been dealt with. What's more, now that the heat of battle had passed, Bryan found himself wondering if leaving Tavon's corpse for the Meloran delegation to find might not have been a wise decision. The delegation might bear word of what had happened to Isis, which could anger her enough that she might launch an attack on the palace. Yet, on the flipside of the coin, Tavon's savaged remains could send them a message saying that Astryn had regained some strength and shouldn't be trifled with.

However Laris and Canus took the news, Bryan would have no choice but to pray for the best, yet brace himself for the worst. And soon enough, he, Owen, and Francois met once more with the nobles in the main hall. Laris spoke up first.

"Ah, Prince Bryan, you and the others have returned," he noted. "We're pleased to see that you, Grand Duke Owen, and Count Francois are safe."

"Indeed. We managed to rescue General Alec and bring him back safely. Though, it was terribly exhausting," Bryan replied.

"I can imagine so," Canus added. "You three have been gone all day, perhaps even longer. But… Where is Tavon? Wasn't he arrested?"

"Er… Not exactly," Bryan admitted nervously. "He's…dead."

"…What?" Laris blurted, his tone betraying his consternation as he brought a hand to his face and sighed. "Don't tell me you killed him. That could be…problematic."

"We can explain, Laris," Owen stepped in. "We learned of Tavon's whereabouts from Alec. We caught up with Tavon; but, he refused to surrender, and battle ensued."

"Yes, it's true," Francois added. "He had Meloran soldiers, Red Claw members, and even some of Alec's troops under his command. We had no choice but to fight."

Laris's brow was deeply furrowed, suggesting that this news greatly displeased him, and Bryan suddenly found his worries over the nobles' reaction taking a grimmer turn. What would happen to Faline when they learned that she'd been the one to kill Tavon? Would it be better for her if Bryan claimed that he'd done the deed? His gaze found Owen's, trying convey the question with this eyes. His father knew these people better than he, and Bryan could only trust that the Grand Duke knew what to do.

"I can assure you that my son wasn't the one who killed Tavon," Owen spoke up, his gaze meeting Bryan's and silently warning him not to contradict the account. "Nor was it Francois. He was subdued by Tavon's Silence staff."

"I see. But if none of you slew him, then who did?" Laris wondered, arching an eyebrow.

Owen turned to his son again, this time motioning for him to speak.

"…Would you believe it was my girlfriend?" Bryan said, somewhat abashed.

"Hardly," Canus replied, folding his arms and giving the prince a stern look. "Trust me, we've heard similar tall tales before."

"…Heh, thought so. But it's no lie. And, this tale is "tall" enough without embellishment. While I was tending to Francois after Tavon used that Silence staff and Faline flew in on her Pegasus to battle the duke herself. She was amazing, and came away with only a few minor burns from Tavon's Arcfire tome."

"It is the truth, actually," Francois affirmed. "I saw it with my own eyes. Lady Faline is a powerful ally. She would do much for us alongside Prince Bryan."

"I didn't see all of the battle," Owen stepped in. "But, what I managed to see from the wagons was incredible. Tavon was a powerful Archsage, and that girl slew him in one blow."

"Huh," Laris commented, amazement easing some of the displeasure from his face. "I must say, neither Canus nor I expected such tidings. Tavon had this coming to him for his criminal deeds, none can dispute that. But, we would have greatly preferred that he be arrested, tried, and then executed. Prince Bryan, you are lucky that you had not been the one to kill him. If you had been, you would be in a great deal of serious trouble right now, not just with us, but likely with the entirety of Astryn's nobility."

"Laris is correct," Canus added. "Your highness, for future reference, it would be very unwise to take the roles of a judge, jury, and executioner upon yourself. Do not make this mistake. Past kings who have done so found their reigns to be…brief. "

"You both are absolutely right," Owen replied. "But, if Faline hadn't stepped in when she did, Bryan might not have had a choice."

"Actually, I must agree with Grand Duke Owen's assessment," Francois admitted. "Tavon clearly wasn't going to surrender, and his magic could have cost many lives if Lady Faline had not acted when she did."

"That may also be true," Laris conceded. "But the nobles would have still looked unkindly upon your actions regardless. Some among them might find themselves wondering if Tavon would be the only restive noble whom you would kill."

"I would not resort to that, so long as I had an alternative," Bryan replied firmly, suspecting that this was the best answer he could give under the circumstances. "However, I understand what you're saying. And, I am sorry that things didn't turn out the way you'd planned."

"You have nothing to apologize for, in my opinion. You've still done very well, and it's important that you all get your rest," Laris assured. "I'll have maids prepare rooms for everyone. I'm sure all of your troops are tired. We'll discuss what to do about Shigo in the morning."

"Alright. Thank you very much."

"Of course, your highness. Oh, and if you so desire, we'll prepare the royal bedchambers for you. They are yours to use, since Queen Marion is dead and you are her successor."

"Thanks, but I'll just use a regular room for now," Bryan declined. Laris nodded and he and Canus directed their attendants to summon the maids. In truth, Bryan wouldn't have minded using the royal bedchambers, even though he might have found such opulence vaguely intimidating. However, he didn't want to spend a night in them without Faline. The first time he slept inside them, he wanted the girl he loved to share the moment with him. Besides, sharing any room with Faline at the moment would be terribly awkward. Aside from Owen's presence, and his dreadful habit of embarrassing his son, Faline and Bryan weren't yet married.

Someone else might notice such a dubious act as them sleeping together beforehand…and, they might not react with Owen's good humor.

Still, the notion of sharing a bed with Faline was a tantalizing one.

After all, what great king was complete without a great queen?

It didn't take long for the many servants and maids in the palace to answer the summons and, seemingly in the blink of an eye, they had prepared enough rooms for all the troops. As it turned out, much of this speed was because most of the troops were staying in the royal barracks. Spartan and simply furnished, these were ready in moments for the weary soldiers. Once the rooms were prepared, the majority of the army immediately sought them out. The night had grown late, and many were too tired to have dinner, or even to change out of their clothes, before collapsing onto their beds. Only a few soldiers chose to stay up for a little longer; such as Ike, who refused to even entertain the idea of sleeping on an empty stomach. Rolling his eyes at the recollection, Skye quickly dropped off his weaponry, armor and rucksack in his own room. Like the ever-ravenous hero of Tellius, however, the newly promoted Marksman wasn't in much of a hurry to fall asleep. The events of the day, and the revelation that he carried the eternal soul and the skills of Altarais's greatest archer, had left him much too excited.

During the march back to the palace, Skye had grown more and more curious about the legendary Marksman; and, thankfully, he'd gotten permission to venture to the royal library so he could learn more about Silver Arrow. If Skye truly did possess all of Silver Arrow's abilities, perhaps studying the legendary Marksman would provide some clues about how to use this newfound power. And, perhaps Francois had left out a few details that could prove helpful. Unfortunately, the results of Skye's search turned out to be disappointing. There weren't many books about Silver Arrow, and Skye couldn't learn much beyond what Francois had already told him. Any other information had likely been lost in Shigo's first attack.

With a frustrated sigh and a shrug, Skye returned the books to their shelves and made for his room. However, the sheer size of the palace soon had him asking for directions to the correct hall again and again. And by the time he had arrived there, the Marksman had completely forgotten which door led to his room. Gah! Was it the fourth one from the end of the right side or the fifth one? Or maybe the sixth? Skye wondered in his mind as he scratched his head. Damn it, why couldn't they have put numbers on these doors or something?! Deciding it was probably the fifth door from the end of the right side of the hall, Skye approached it and quietly pushed it open, so as not to wake anyone that was already asleep.

Once he was past the threshold, however, Skye froze where he stood. The sight that greeted him caused his lower jaw to plummet and his eyes to nearly pop out of his head. In a queen-size bed, half buried beneath a small lake of blue silken blankets, were Marc and Leona. The two knights were cuddled together and lashing their tongues past one another's lips, contented moans and faint whispers passing between the melded lips of the two ironic lovers. Marc was shirtless; and Skye thought Leona was too at first, until he spotted hints of a rather revealing night gown. The material was thin and gauzy, offering more than a hint of the flesh beneath. It had no sleeves, nor even straps, and looked as though a brush of the hand could remove it…which might very well have been the whole point. Her hair was down too, as her hair clip lay upon a nearby end table as though casually tossed there, while her arms were curled around Marc's neck. Marc had her smaller form pressed against his torso, which was brawnier than Skye would have guessed, even though the knight did wield heavy axes.

"Huh?!" Marc gasped when he heard Skye's footsteps.

"What the—?!" Leona exclaimed when she turned around. Her face went beet red when she saw the stupefied Skye standing at the door. "SKYE! You pervert!"

"Whoa! Sorry, sorry!" Skye apologized when he'd shaken himself out of his trance, his cheeks tinged red with embarrassment. "I thought this was my room!"

"Well, it's not! What were you expecting?! Raela lying on your bed wearing a negligee and a sly, come hither stare?!"

Skye's blush turned several shades deeper.

"What?! No!" he blurted, though the two knights didn't seem to find his words very convincing. "Why does everyone think she likes me?! Or that I like her?!"

"Maybe because she loves to tease you, and you talk about her so often?" Marc suggested with a snicker.

If Skye wasn't comically red before, he was now.

"Shut up, Marc!" he retorted with a growl.

"Whatever! Just get the hell out!" Leona demanded, apparently tiring of the game.

"Alright, I'm going! Geez," Skye replied and departed the room. After closing the door, he sagged against the wall nearby and a frustrated sigh parted his lips.

"Man, that was embarrassing," he mused to himself. "And I swear, if Kye ever caught wind of Raela, he'd—"

"What's this about me?" a familiar, dreaded voice interrupted. "And just what were you doing in Marc and Leona's room, Skye?"

"Gaah!" Skye yelped and jumped, his blood tinged face suddenly turning pale. "R-Raela! You scared the crap out of me!"

Though Raela yet wore her usual, sly smile, reminding Skye uncomfortably of Leona's earlier words, she nonetheless un-slung her Sleep staff before responding.

"Give me one good reason why I shouldn't use this on you right now," she intoned severely.

"Aaah! W-Wait, wait!" Skye protested, backing away. "It was an accident! I thought it was my room! Please don't!"

"Oh, of course it was, silly. So, Skye, what makes you so afraid of a little Sleep staff, hm? Hmmm?"

"Uh…um… Oh! I j-just remembered that I…uh…gotta go check on Kye! H-He's pretty shaken up from earlier; so yeah, see ya!"

With that, Skye darted down the hall and disappeared around a corner, practically at a run. Raela merely giggled.

"Oh, Skye, you cute and funny man."

In his mortification, Skye had unwittingly left the door to Marc and Leona's room open a crack, and the couple had heard just about every word of the exchange between the Marksman and the Valkyrie. All Leona could do was sigh.

"Geez, would you listen to those two?" she said, almost rhetorically. "Sometimes I wonder how Bryan or Azura put up with them. Especially Bryan."

"Yeah, those two are at least as bad as we were," Marc replied, prompting Leona to roll her eyes and snicker at the recollection. "Still, at least we pretty much know for sure that Raela has a crush on Skye. Heh, heh. She said he's cute and funny, and she's always trying to spend time with him…"

"True, but we really can't say whether or not Skye likes her back. He could still just think of her as a friend. His habit of running away from her could just as easily mean that he wants to avoid hurting her. And besides, matchmaking is General Leyon's specialty. Let's leave that to him."

"Heh, good idea. If anybody can get those two together, he can. After all, we're living proof he can do it."

"Hee hee, I hear that…"

With that, the two entwined once more, finally allowing years of guarded affection and desire to bubble to the surface amidst an infinity of passionate kisses and soft caresses.

In another of the palace's seemingly endless halls, Bryan had already burrowed under his blankets and had begun lightly snoring. At first, he had wanted to jot down a rough outline of his strategy for hunting down Shigo, but by the time he had finished speaking with Laris and Canus, the strain of the day had caught up with him. Upon reaching his room, much akin to Marc and Leona's, only his bed was full-size and the room itself was slightly smaller, he was almost too exhausted to stand. The prince of Astryn had shed his armor, setting it aside near a small table, and draping his tunic over the chair next to it. Bryan normally would have removed his greaves and undershirt as well, but he had been so tired that he hadn't bothered. Before he dozed off, however, Bryan spared a long glance at Eronite. The legendary lance was neatly propped up against the wall nearest the bed, a habit nearly every soldier developed, whenever one was bedding down in unfamiliar or dangerous territory, its blade cleansed of the blood it had shed during battle. Bryan's brave lance stood alongside it, the sight causing a nostalgic grin to cross his features. The prince would have liked to continue using it, as it had served him well in so many battles. But, Bryan knew that it was only proper that he wield Eronite when he led the charge to save his country and his people. After all, the fact that he could wield it would prove to anyone that he was the true prince.

Curiously, it did not seem like Bryan had slept for very long when he suddenly awoke to behold bright sunlight shining down upon him. Worried that he'd overslept, he jumped to his feet, and to his perplexity, he realized that he was already wearing his armor. More curious still, Eronite was already slung across his back, as was his shield. Puzzled, Bryan took stock of his surroundings, and he found that he was no longer even in the palace. He was sitting in a beautiful meadow full of wildflowers, dotted by the occasional oak tree. The sun was shining, and the day was warm and cloudless while many rabbits, squirrels, and birds scurried or fluttered by. It was a lovely place, save for a massive, black scar upon the earth from which jagged timbers thrust skyward. The result of a lightning strike, or a wildfire, perhaps?

"Where am I?" he wondered. "And why am I in my armor? This must be a dream of some sort. Too bad Faline isn't here with me. Aside from that burned area, this place is beautiful…"

Bryan, a smile tugging at the corners of his mouth, settled upon the turf and relaxed, in case Faline might soon appear. As he idly gazed at his surroundings, he was surprised to notice a patch of wildflowers directly in front of the blackened scar. Perplexed, for he could've sworn that they hadn't been there a moment ago, he drew closer. When he knelt alongside the patch, however, wonderment replaced his confusion. The flowers were breathtaking.

They were brighter, more vibrant, and more alive than those that he had noted earlier. More remarkable still, they had a strange glow about them that made them seem almost ethereal. Softly glowing colors pulsed and then dimmed in a strange, but delightful rhythm, the latter phase seemingly causing the flowers to vanish before they shimmered back into existence.

What truly struck Bryan about these flowers, however, he found difficult to make sense of. It was almost as though he felt a touch of the person who'd planted them. And, in that touch, he felt an overwhelming kindness and unconquerable resolution to face each moment with joy and to make each day better than the one which came before.

When he ventured to pick one of the flowers for Faline, however, he was astonished to see his hand pass straight through it!

His perplexity, however, was blown from his mind, and then replaced tenfold, when a piercing wail reached his ears. It was the cry of an infant. The prince stood, seeking the source of the sound, and the sight that greeted him left him gaping. Where there had once been a blackened scar upon the earth was now a house. It was enormous, easily large enough to be considered a mansion. And, like the flowers, it had an ethereal glow that caused the structure to seemingly fade in and out of sight. As Bryan struggled to make sense of these nonsensical events, he noticed that the jagged timbers thrust up out of the blacked scar were now melded into the walls of the house.

What he had taken for the effects of a wildfire was the house's ruins.

More bizarre still, the cries came from within the ethereal mansion.

Perhaps Bryan should not have been surprised when he discovered that he could simply walk through the door, without opening it first, but he was nonetheless. Shaking off his confusion, he followed the sound through a spectral entryway and then into what looked like an infirmary. Upon the bed was a woman. Like everything else, she possessed an ethereal glow that suggested that she was far beyond the reach of mortal hands. Yet, as Bryan approached more closely, his eyes nearly popped out of their sockets.

He had seen this woman before.

Her hair and eyes were the same color as his own. Her face, though bespangled with a cold perspiration, was regal and beautiful, with high cheekbones, smooth skin and full lips. Her hair, though unbound and disheveled, was lustrous and her eyes were aglow with happiness.

Mother...? Bryan silently wondered, his tongue having become useless.

Her legs were spread wide, her right hand held aloft to one side. Then, before Bryan's eyes, a second figure wrinkled into view. It was a young blue-haired man with green eyes, his fingers curled about the woman's right hand. Almost before Bryan realized that he was seeing a younger version of his father, a third figure shimmered into existence; this one clad in the trappings of a physician.

"Congratulations, your highness and your grace! It's a boy!" the physician exclaimed happily. With a gentle tug, he raised a tiny infant, red and slippery and wailing in protest of the cold air and bright sunlight. After the physician had severed the umbilical cord, he wiped the infant clean, bundled him up and handed him to the new parents.

"Ah…" the woman gasped, exhausted and yet overjoyed as she turned to face her husband. "Owen, my love, isn't it wonderful? We have a son…"

"Oh, it very much is, my dear Caline," the man clasping the woman's hand replied, kissing her on the cheek and then craning over the see the baby boy. "I'm so happy that both of you appear to be healthy."

When he heard these words, Bryan suddenly found his legs quavering beneath him. He instinctively tried to lower himself into a chair but, since the chair was only an image, the results weren't terribly pleasant. Dazed more from the scene than from the mishap, he continued to watch his parents, and the day he was born.

"Oh, Owen… He's so beautiful," the princess gushed as she kissed her baby's forehead. "And he's our baby boy."

"That he is," Owen replied as he leaned in to stroke his newborn son's soft cheek. "What shall we name him?"

"Ah… Well, ever since I learned I was pregnant, I've been remembering our time together. And, one memory in particular struck me. Do you remember Sir Bryan, that knight in your service who introduced us? I think it would be appropriate to name our greatest joy after the man who brought us together."

"Bryan, eh? That sounds perfect to me."

"Oh, but Father was such a great man. He was always a hero to Marion and I; and we'll love him forever. I must honor him somehow. Then again, naming a child after a parent or grandparent is so common and overdone, don't you think?"

"Yes, I can see your point. And yet, King Casimir was indeed one of the finest kings we've ever had. My parents have always been proud to have served him."

"Yes, exactly! I have an idea, though. Casimir can be Bryan's middle name. Bryan Casimir Novat."

"Ah… That has a nice ring to it. It's a very good name, my love. He shall be Bryan Casimir Novat."

"Oh, thank you so much, Owen. Then he's our little Bryan…"

Bryan watched, almost wistfully, as Caline placed another kiss on the brow of his newborn self. The Bryan who was now a man heaved a melancholy sigh as the scene faded away. A moment later, he found himself alone amidst the blackened scar that had once been the place of his birth.

"So Casimir is my middle name," he thought aloud. "Dad, how could you have forgotten that if it was the name of my grandfather, a great king?"

"Yes, your father is silly, isn't he?" a feminine voice replied. Bryan's jaw plummeted yet again as he recognized the voice. With a hint of trepidation, he turned to see the ethereal Caline herself, seated before the patch of spectral flowers. She looked much as she had in the portrait from the palace, only slightly older. Yet, in the ethereal light of her small garden, she seemed nearly as timeless as the kindness she radiated.

"…M-Mother?" Bryan murmured, frozen where he stood.

"That's right," Caline confirmed with a bright smile, beckoning for her son to be seated. "It's me. And what you just saw was one of my fondest memories. I have always cherished the day you were born. It was the happiest day of my life, even after my life had ended."

Her words, and the unwitting reminder of how he had never known her, turned his eyes glassy. Caline instinctively reached out to comfort him, but belatedly remembered she was a tad insubstantial for such a feat.

"I see… Then you came into my dreams yourself."

"Right again," she confirmed. "As the story of the Miracle Stone and Silver Arrow might have told you, the deceased are never truly gone. I've been watching over you and your father ever since he brought you to Talgria; sometimes watching from beyond the realm of the living, sometimes seated at your bedside. And, in case you're wondering, no. I don't fall through the furniture…not anymore, at least."

A trace of mirth crossed Bryan's features, and Caline waggled a finger at him in a scolding gesture that was less-than-convincing.

"I knew your father would take such good care of you and raise you wonderfully," Caline remarked. "And now look, you've grown up into such a handsome young man, and a strong prince. You even have a loving girlfriend by your side, and the friendship between you and Skye is unbreakable. I am so proud of you."

Caline then drew Bryan into her arms and, though Bryan could not feel her embrace, he nonetheless felt her presence, warm and loving, descend over him.

"Er, yes… Thank you, Mother," Bryan whispered, seeing clearly that Owen had been right when he said that Caline loved her son dearly. "But, I must apologize. I was weak at first. I made it hard for Father when I was a kid; and, probably for you too, since you were watching over me. I'm so sorry…"

"Don't worry, I understand," Caline replied, a hint of regret marring her features. "Believe me, I was upset to see all those children and even the adults treating my little boy so poorly."

"Yeah. But, after seeing what those people had gone through, when the Red Claw burned down Narcoss, I just can't find it in me to be angry at them anymore. When I met Misty again, and saw how disfigured she was, I wanted so badly to tell her that it served her right… but, I couldn't do it."

"I know. And, that's why I know you're such a fine man. You'd be amazed how hard it is to let go of old grudges or to master one's anger. Tavon couldn't do either, and look where it led him. But still, you rose above it. You grew and changed, and you have so many friends. And Faline loves you just as much as I love your father. Perhaps even more."

"Yeah, that's true. She's the love of my life. But…Mother… I still don't know if I can rule Astryn. When I started out as a platoon leader, I was terrible at it. And I'm still not anything like the great and well-respected leaders of our time, like General Leyon or General William. I-I just don't know if I can live up to my grandfather and Iron Storm's legacies."

"Mm… Bryan… Look around you. A few days ago, none of the Astrynian troops or nobles even believed you were real. Yet, look how things have changed. You've gained their support, and many of them would be overjoyed to see you on the throne. Even better, you've already rescued many of the Astrynian people from starvation and further abuse by Melora and the Red Claw. And, before all that, you've led your troops to one victory after another, even when the odds were stacked against you. If you can do that, I know you can do so much more. Believe in yourself, and never give up. Keep that in mind, and you will be an excellent king. You might even surpass your grandfather and Iron Storm."

Bryan's answering blush spread from his chin right to the tops of his ears.

"Well, I don't know about that…" he murmured, somewhat overwhelmed by the praise. "But, I will do my best. However it turns out, I owe Astryn and her people at least that much. And, you're right. I've done a lot of things lately that I used to think were impossible, despite the mistakes I've made. I just need to keep going and protect Astryn, no matter what the cost."

"That's right," Caline agreed with a smile. "I'm sorry that your heritage was kept secret for so long, though. But you were just so young."

"Yeah, I know. I searched for clues as best I could, but…looking back, I believe that Father did the right thing by not telling me until I was older. I wouldn't have been able to handle it. And, I also guess that's why you never came into one of my dreams before."

"Yes, and it pained me that I couldn't. But Bryan, remember, you can do anything if you put your mind to it. And even though I can see that he's not the same man who invaded Astryn so long ago, I know you can defeat Shigo."

Not the same man? Bryan wondered, perplexed. He was about to ask Caline what she meant by that, but reconsidered at the last minute, for fear of bringing reviving memories of her death.

"…Yes, I can do it. I have to," Bryan vowed. "For you, and for all of Astryn."

"That's right! Bryan, even in death, I still love you very dearly. And, though you're every inch a man now, you'll always be my precious baby boy."

Caline then took Bryan into another ghostly hug, and planted a spectral kiss on his forehead. Bryan felt another flush of warmth, though whether it was from her loving presence of his embarrassment, he couldn't be certain.

"Mother…" the prince groused.

"Hee hee…"

Moments later, the area grew dark again, and both Caline, the meadow, and the ruins of the Novat mansion vanished. Bryan's eyes opened again, and this time to behold the ceiling of his room inside the palace. His gear lay undisturbed where he'd left it, and the sky outside was still dark. Bryan could only sit up and stare out the window at the bright moonlight as the dream he'd just had whirled through his mind.

Unlike most dreams, this one was no less vivid now that he had awoken. And, as he let his mind gloss over the strange visitation, he recalled the ruins where he had seen his long lost mother.

Could that place have been real?

If so, perhaps he might find it within Francois's land, since the former holdings of House Novat now lay within the Count of Urae's territory.

Perhaps it would make a fitting testament to his forbearers if, once Astryn was strong again, he returned to the seat of House Novat and rebuilt his ancestral home…and grew another patch of the wildflowers his mother had been so fond of.

"Mother… Thank you…" was all the prince could say.

Had Leyon's men been aware of the accommodations Bryan and Azura's group presently enjoyed, it might have elicited some ill feelings. Still, despite having to bed down on the cold ground, amidst the roots and pebbles, and in the open air, many of them, even Leyon himself, were still sound asleep. Though they were still in Occupied Cilae, and deep behind enemy lines, preparations for the retaking of Jerusa had exhausted them. The knights had been training hard while waiting for word of the arrival of the siege weapons bound for the besieged Allied troops on the coast, as well as for Eliot's broken leg to heal. Just in case he did not recover in time to fight alongside the army as they stormed Jerusa, however, Leyon had trained well into the night. If Eliot could not fight, then the general decided he would need to train hard in order to be ready for the assuredly fierce opposition that awaited them in the capital. Thus, even as the sun rose, the general still slept soundly in his bedroll. Those had been a fortunate find, which the group had "appropriated" from a Meloran supply convoy after deciding they'd passed a few too many nights sleeping on the bare ground. Everyone's bedrolls had been dispersed and concealed as best as possible, to avoid attracting any undue attention as well as to make sure that no one's snores woke up the whole camp.

Louise was soon roused, however, by a Talgrian messenger who'd ridden from Aracion on horseback. He reported to her that the siege weapons had arrived at their destination, and this was excellent news. When the Melorans and Red Claw holding Jerusa learned that Allied ships had arrived at the Cilaean ports, they'd surely assume that an evacuation was underway. They'd surely send a portion of their strength to attack those Allied troops before they could escape. Of course, since the Allied troops holed up there were receiving ballistae and catapults, the Melorans who attacked them would be in for a nasty surprise.

With that diversion, and the Meloran defenders left undermanned, the group could finally proceed to Jerusa. She quickly suited up and relayed the news to Derien. The wolf general, no less eager to complete their vital mission, informed her that he would divide his troops into two companies; one to get the "evacuation" going, and the other to harry and delay the Meloran reinforcements that would depart from Jerusa. Louise quickly reiterated that the latter group must not bloody the Melorans up so much that they turned back, otherwise the attack on Jerusa might fail, and then ordered the other troops to suit up. She then made her way towards Leyon, but her dismay, however, he was still asleep and clad in nothing but his red shorts. How he could sleep through the running about of all the troops was beyond her, but before Louise could say anything, Leyon rolled over lazily and began to mumble.

"Ah, Azura, my love… You're so beautiful…" he gushed as he slept. "…Oh, of course I'll flex my muscles for you!"

Louise just stood there stupefied as the sleeping general flexed his right bicep. Leyon settled back against his pillow, snoring piercingly. But, before Louise could recover her wits, a lazy grinned tugged at the corner of the slumbering general's face.

"…I love you more than blueberry cheesecake!" he proclaimed and then grabbed his extra pillow. Louise growled angrily as Leyon pressed his lips into it.

"LEYON!" she bellowed. Leyon snapped awake, choking on one of his snores and rising with a violent start.

"Waaah!" he yelped, trying to spring to his feet, but succeeding only in getting entangled in his bedroll and crashing to the ground. "Oh, for the goddess's sake!"

"Leyon! You embarrassing idiot of a general!" Louise spat, her features turning livid. "Get your butt up before I drag you out of there myself!"

"Huh? W-Wait, what did I do?" Leyon wondered as he finally freed himself from his bedroll.

"You just started mumbling like a moron in your sleep about your girlfriend, is all," Louise replied, folding her arms in obvious displeasure.

"I-I did what?! Uh…" Leyon blurted in embarrassment, and clapped a hand over his face. "Oh, damn it…"

Louise was about to make a rather pointed comment on just how much Leyon had understated the case, when she realized that the work of breaking camp had more-or-less ground to a halt as most of the troops were now staring at the two. Leyon soon noticed their scrutiny as well, and the pair could only gape in shock and embarrassment.

"Alright, alright, carry on people, there's nothing to see here!" Louise commanded once she'd regained her voice. The troops then slowly resumed their tasks and Louise shot Leyon a glare.

"I know, I was being stupid," the general admitted ashamedly. "I'm so sorry."

"You'd better be. You're just lucky that we have a mission to accomplish right now. I recently received a report that the siege weapons reached our friends on the coast. It won't be long before we can finally attack Jerusa."

"Really? Excellent, then let's hurry! I heard last night that Eliot's legs have partially healed. With luck, he'll be able to ride again by the time we get there."

"Right, now hurry up and get dressed!"

"I will, I will, geez…"

With that, Louise stalked over to rejoin the other troops, and Leyon quickly began suiting up himself. As he did so, he prayed that Azura would never find out what he'd muttered in his sleep. For the first time since the young earl's army had divided, he was glad that she wasn't present. Knowing the fiery redhead, she likely would have found it as much of an embarrassment as Louise did. And, it didn't help matters that Leyon recalled bits and pieces of his dream, and his less-than-eloquent declarations of love. Blueberry cheesecake? Really?! Leyon fumed to himself. First I watch Azura skinny-dipping, now this! How stupid in love can I get?! Still, the general had more pressing things to worry about than the scene he'd made. Trying to salvage his dignity, he quickly finished donning his armor. After rolling up his bedroll and loading it into the wagon, Leyon mounted his horse and rode toward Louise and the other troops. Much to his dismay, and further humiliation, he found that everyone, including Eliot and Natalie, had already arrived and had been waiting on him.

"Ah, I apologize for taking so long," Leyon spoke up, his cheeks going pink. "I…ah…was having a really good dream. Eh, heh…"

Louise merely sighed and rolled her eyes.

"Well, at least you're ready," she replied, her tone a tad acidic. "Anyway, the messenger had brought word of the siege weapons' arrival. Since they were delivered by boat, and the ships will be staying in port for the time being, the Melorans will think that the Allied troops there are being evacuated. A contingent of Red Claw has the ports besieged, but Melora will need to send more, likely from Jerusa, in order to attack. Once they do, we can storm Jerusa while the enemy defenses are undermanned."

"Excellent. Then Derien, let's split our group about half way there," Leyon suggested. "Most of our troops will be needed for the attack on Jerusa, but we'll also need to send one group to get the fake evacuation started. They'll work with the Allied troops already there and use the siege weapons to fight off the Melorans that are already there. We'll also need to send another group to pin down the Meloran reinforcements that'll try to reach the ports. Your wolves can move faster than the rest of us, so it's best if they handle that part of the plan. Meanwhile, my team will launch our attack once we have our opening."

"Sounds good to me," Derien agreed. "I'll have around half of my troops handle the diversion then. I don't want to send too many, though. Even after we sucker the Melorans into dividing their strength, we'll probably still need a larger group to retake the capital. Whoever's staying here will join the attack on Jerusa."

"Fair enough. Be sure to tell the group that'll be harrying the Meloran reinforcements that they must not bloody the enemy up so much that they turn back. If our forces attacking the capital get hit from behind, we're sunk."

"You got it!"

"And, that goes for the rest of you as well. We'll be able to hit Jerusa once the Meloran defenses are undermanned, but the timing has to be just right. We must strike when the departing Melorans are too far away to realize what we're doing, or too busy with the wolves to stop us. We can't strike too early. Also, Eliot, how are your legs? Are you able to ride?"

"Well, it's only been a couple of days or so, but they're healing quickly thanks to the medicine and the…diet that Norman's been giving me," Eliot replied, wincing slightly at the recollection of the food Norman had chosen for him. "Unfortunately, I don't think I'd be of much help in a battle right now. I'm able to stay in the saddle, but I keep losing my balance whenever I spur my horse to a gallop. And mounting puts enough strain on my left leg as it is. Still, I might be able to fight by the time we reach Jerusa."

"Alright, I hope so. Let's move out!"

With that, the group began their journey to the capital. Along the way, Leyon, Louise, and Derien discussed possible battle strategies for when the time came to attack the city. They decided that it would be best to lay siege to Jerusa itself first, and move onto the castle afterward. That way, they wouldn't end up taking on the entire Red Claw army stationed there at once. As the capital drew nearer, Leyon found that he was growing more and more anxious about the upcoming battle. It would be, without a doubt, the single most important mission of his career…and, the most dangerous. Not even Russell had ever been tasked with such a crucial battle upon which the very survival of Talgria, if not all of Altarais, might depend. And, while Leyon believed that his brother would've been more than able to accomplish the mission, Leyon wasn't sure if he himself had skill enough to do the same. Derien and Louise, both of whom knew Leyon well enough to sense his trepidation, could only encourage the general to do his best and fight hard; not only to win the battle, but for both Russell and Azura. Especially Azura, as she was counting on Leyon to succeed, and return to her alive. Remembering this, Leyon's anxiety crumbled, and he found himself eager to see the look on the Meloran troops' faces when they were kicked out of Cilae.

As had been decided earlier, when the group was halfway to their destination, half of Derien's wolves split off from the group. Several headed towards the northern ports while the rest dispersed to hide in the groves of trees and hills that dotted the horizon. Leyon quickly reiterated to his troops that, once they'd arrived at Jerusa, they would not attack until news of what was going on up north reached the enemy. And some hours later, the remainder of the group arrived in the hills located directly south of Jerusa itself. Using the terrain as concealment from the Red Claw, the group waited for their opportunity.

As Leyon had surmised, however, there were dozens upon dozens of Red Claw soldiers waiting at the gates and, according to Louise, there were even more inside the city as well. Still, if enough of them were sent out of the city and northward, Leyon's group could gain an advantage, though one they could not afford to lose. However, there was still the question of how many Melorans and Red Claw awaited them inside the castle. Whatever the case, Leyon's group would be in for a long and hard battle. The good news, thankfully, was that while his broken leg had not completely healed yet, the sprain in Eliot's left leg was gone. Thus, the knight was able to maintain his balance atop his horse well enough to do battle. Even so, Leyon ordered him not to push himself too hard.

Much to Leyon's delight, the group did not have to wait long for their window of opportunity to present itself. Within only minutes of their arrival, a Red Claw messenger rushed up to one of the soldiers outside the city gate, his body language hinting at panic. After a short conversation, nearly half of the enemy troops present rushed out of the city and began a frantic march towards the north…directly into the area now laden with wolves waiting in ambush. Sure enough, though only Derien and the other wolves could see it, the Meloran and Red Claw troops' advance had ground to a halt as the enemy was soon being pummeled from all sides by Eraghoan hit-and-run attacks.

"Hehe, Derien, your wolves are awesome," Leyon complimented. "Please, pass along my compliments to them."

"Yup, we train hard. And thanks! I'll be sure to let them know," Derien replied with a smile.

"Heh, great. Now here's what we'll do," Leyon continued. "Lady Louise, after we take care of the guys outside, we need you to fly over the wall, find the gate mechanism, and open the gate for us. Then, we'll rush in, split into small units, and take the enemy by surprise by using the buildings as cover."

"Alright, sounds good to me," Louise agreed. "Just be careful and keep an eye out for enemy reinforcements."

"Don't worry, we will."

"Oh, but before I forget, I left orders with my other wolves. They are to return to us once the situation up north is under control. They'll be our own reinforcements later," Derien pointed out.

"Ah, excellent. Thanks so much, Derien. Now everyone, CHARGE!"

With that, the small army spilled forth from the hills, charging directly for the remaining enemy troops stationed at the gate. Leyon took the lead and drew the first blood by launching Olegxing at a Halberdier. It struck the gaping fool clean in the neck, killing him instantly. The rest of the enemy troops, already rattled by news of the burgeoning disaster up north, were caught entirely off-balance and were being cut to pieces. Louise, meanwhile, took to the air in order to see over the gate and spotted three enemy guards defending the gate's controls. Unimpressed, she launched a spear at one of them. Before his corpse had even fallen, she followed up with a blast of Elthunder to take down the other two. Massive bolts of lightning streaked out of the sky, striking the flabbergasted guards and frying them in seconds. Louise could not keep a smug grin from her features, as she was the only known flier to use magic. Leyon knew this would definitely come in handy, and his supposition was right on the mark. The crown princess of Talgria then made for the controls and hurriedly began opening the gate for the others.

The Red Claw had definitely been caught by surprise; even as Leyon and his men stormed the city, the enemy defense seemed panicked and sloppy. Soon enough, however, large numbers of enemy reinforcements began streaming out of several buildings and gradually, Leyon's group found themselves surrounded. The enemy garrison must've been much, much larger than was supposed, for it seemed as if the wolves luring some of the enemy away had made little to no difference. Leyon's grip on Olegxing tightened until his knuckles popped, anger and frustration burning in his gut.

"Damn it!" he snarled. "Everyone, just fight as hard as you can! We're not giving up! We've got to hold out until our reinforcements arrive!"

The group was not hesitant to obey the general's orders and charged at the tightening ring of enemies, blades clashing on all sides. Norman, being the most vulnerable, remained in the middle of Leyon's defenses, so that he could safely heal his wounded allies. This wisdom seemed to be contradicted, however, when two steel-tipped arrows slipped through gaps between the knights and came flying in Norman's direction. Petrified with fear, Norman stood frozen, his Mend staff clattering to the ground. Before the arrows could pierce his flesh, however, Boyd leaped in front of him and brought up Urvan. The arrows hit the axe's massive blade instead, shattering from the impact and falling to the ground in splinters. Norman, who'd stopped breathing somewhere during his near-miss, began heaving air back into his lungs and shakily retrieved his staff.

"Oh… Oh my…" he gasped as he did so.

"Norman! Are you alright?" Boyd inquired, turning around to help him to his feet. "Calm down, man! You're safe."

"I-I know… I'm fine… It's just that being in such a pitched battle…" Norman jabbered. "I'm really nervous. I got used to being in smaller battles, but… This is j-just…"

"Overwhelming? Ah, yeah, I understand. I did hear about your…issue with being in the middle of a battle. But you've gotten so much better at it since you started, you know? At least, that's what it seems like. I wasn't with you guys when you joined up, after all. But you're hanging tough, just like you should be!"

"Ah, true. And thanks so much, Boyd. I will get better at this! I can promise that! …Oh my goodness! Your leg's been cut to shreds!"

"You're quite welcome! And yeah, a guy with a sword managed to get the drop on me just after I'd chopped a lance paladin to pieces. It hurts like hell to walk on."

"Oh, then let me heal that right up for you!"

With that, Norman quickly leveled his Mend staff at Boyd's injury and whispered the incantation. A soft glow bathed the savaged limb and, gradually, it began to heal. The wound stopped bleeding, and then vanished entirely within several seconds.

"It feels as good as new!" Boyd remarked as he tested the limb. "Thanks a bunch!"

"Ah, it's the least I could do to repay you for saving my…Huh?" Norman began, his words trailing off abruptly. "Oh!"

Suddenly, an all too familiar glow surrounded Norman, and his attire began to change. His robes became somewhat more ornate, lengthening to enshroud his legs. His small cloak cascaded further down his back and acquired a more ornate design as well. Once the glow vanished and his transformation was complete, Norman looked at himself curiously, shock evident in his expression.

"Oh my!" he exclaimed in wonderment. "A-Am I a Bishop?"

"You are!" Boyd confirmed with a large grin. "Norman, this is the first step to conquering your fear for good! Bishops can use light magic. So now you can help us clobber these idiots if you can find yourself a light tome!"

The newly promoted Bishop gave a sly grin, and then produced a tome of basic light magic tome, its creamy white, yellow, and light blue colors glistening in the sunlight.

"Something I learned during my time in the laboratory," Norman intoned, already sounding more confident. "Never discount something you don't yet know how to put to use."

"You had that all along?" Boyd wondered, surprised. "Norman, that was a smart move! Now don't worry, I'll protect you. You just attack from behind me."

"Ah, alright. I'll try."

With that, Norman opened his tome and quickly studied the gestures and incantations he needed. He raised his right hand, chanted, and watched as a wave of light burst from his fingers and struck a swordmaster standing within a pace of Boyd. Having been wounded on his arm, he was killed instantly.

"There you go!" Boyd commented happily. Heh, Norman kinda reminds me of Rhys, he thought. Only, he was frail and sickly rather than cowardly.

"Hey, I did it!" Norman cheered. "Studying these spells beforehand really paid off. You know, I think I could actually get used to this!"

Boyd smiled at the older man's almost boyish enthusiasm as the two continued to cut a swath through the enemy. Eventually, despite the enemy ambush, the group broke through the Meloran lines and reached the castle gates. Once again, Louise flew over the wall to find the gates' mechanism. There were more guards awaiting her this time, but these were easily clobbered them by her thunder magic and spear. However, she soon realized that there were many more enemies stationed within the castle grounds. To complicate matters still further, these foes were clustered together, which meant they could surround lone attackers and strike from all sides. Leyon, however, was not going to back down. He had promised Azura that he would win; and, he would keep his word, no matter what. If his group had to retreat and devise a new strategy, they would do so. But the general would not return to his beloved lady of Elhorhi without Jerusa having been retaken and under Allied control once again. What's more, if Leyon did win this battle, then Russell, wherever he was, would surely be proud of him.

However, unbeknownst to Leyon and his troops, there was more than just the enemy awaiting within the castle grounds. Locked inside a horse pen, that was heavily guarded by Red Claw members, was an orange-haired Valkyrie. Typical of her vocation, she was garbed in an ornate red and gold outfit and an elegant white horse fixed her with an almost worried gaze from a neighboring stall. She sighed gloomily as she endured the misery of incarceration.

"I just had to get myself captured on my way back to Kolah…" she groused to herself. "And if that wasn't bad enough, I found out my poor village was sacked by these heartless scoundrels as well. Oh, how I pray that Raela and Lily are safe…"

"Hey! Shaddup in there! Or do ya want t'die now?!" one of the guards shouted, overhearing her.

"Fine, whatever…" the Valkyrie replied, sour resignation in her tone. If only I had a Florete or a Rewarp staff… Or even some Warp Powder. Then I could escape.

The Valkyrie could only remind herself that she was lucky not to have been locked inside a dungeon cell. She might very well have been, if the Melorans had not crammed them with prisoners, and she knew that she had at least some chance of escaping from a horse's pen. Besides which, a Valkyrie's mount was also a valuable prize, so having her horse nearby would be a great boon if she found a way out of her manure scented cell. Her thoughts were interrupted, however, by a masculine voice shouting at the guards.

"Oh! So you dirtbags are keeping prisoners here too, are you?!" Leyon's voice snarled. "Don't worry, Miss! I'll get you out of there right away! Jett, give me a hand!"

"You got it, General!" Jett, who had followed Leyon, replied. The two then assailed the small group of guards stationed at the pen. As they were well behind their own lines, they had been caught by surprise and quickly fell to both Leyon and Jett's blades.

"Oh! I'm being rescued!" the Valkyrie cried happily. "I'm so relieved!"

Once the guards were reduced to nothing but a pile of corpses, Leyon and Jett hacked away at the door on the pen. The wooden barrier shuddered, splintered, and then fell to pieces, allowing the imprisoned Valkyrie and her mount their freedom. As she approached Leyon, however, she jerked to a halt and gaped in amazement.

"Hey, wait a moment! You're General Leyon, the commander of Talgria's Royal Knights, aren't you?" she blurted, her jaw going slack.

"Yes, that's me. My army and I were tasked with retaking Jerusa," Leyon confirmed. "Who might you be? And how did you get here?"

"Ah, my name's Lisa," the Valkyrie replied. "I'm from Kolah, a village in Talgria near the Forest of Hope. I had left there to aid another town that was in need of my healing arts. But on my way back, I ran afoul of the Red Claw and was captured. When they realized that I was a Valkyrie, they assumed I was part of the Talgrian army. I was imprisoned here after this city fell. By then, the dungeons of Castle Cilae were chocked full, so I was locked up here instead."

"I see. We've great need of your aid, I'll admit, since you can both heal our wounded and use a weapon. Would you like to come with us?"

"Oh, most certainly. It's the least I could do to repay you. But I have to ask you something. When I was captured, I was trying to find out what had happened to my apprentice and her younger sister. Their names are Raela and Lily. Have you seen them? Do you know if they're safe?"

Hearing this, Leyon brightened.

"Ah, as a matter of fact, I do," he confirmed. "They are alive and well, and currently with another allied army in Astryn. This group is being led by Azura, the lady of Elhorhi, and Bryan, Astryn's prince."

"Oh, thank goodness," Lisa sighed, sagging with relief, but then springing upright as realization dawned. "But, wait… Did you say Azura and Bryan? Why, I ran into them awhile back , while I was off aiding that town. Sir Ike had injured his ankle, and I healed it. I did hear about Azura being granted a noble title, as well as Bryan's renown as the Emerald Sentinel. But...wow! Who would have guessed that he was also the fabled Astrynian prince…?"

"Really? Well, this makes things all the better then. We're going to rejoin them once this mission is complete. You should stay with us so you can meet them and Raela again."

"Yes, I quite agree. Thank you so much, General."

"My pleasure."

With that, Lisa rode off towards the Allied troops. Seeing that Norman was hard pressed to keep healing the wounded, she spurred her mount to join him. In addition to her advantage of mobility, Lisa had managed to recover her Physic staff from her late captors, allowing her to heal wounded comrades from a distance. Why the Red Claw hadn't taken the pains to hide it better was beyond Leyon. Perhaps they already had a large enough stock of staves, and had no use for it. Maybe it was simply an oversight born of complacency, for the enemy clearly had not anticipated that Allied Command could launch such a bold counter-attack.

Whatever the case, the general was glad Lisa still retrieved it. With the pitched battle still raging, such a staff, and a talented healer to wield it, would be worth their weight in gold. Hopefully, that would be enough; for waves enemy reinforcements continued to arrive, this time pouring out of the castle itself. Leyon knew that this battle was far from over, and he could only hope that he and his group would prevail. He and his troops had the advantage of skill, strength and surprise; but, the enemy's numbers seemed limitless. If they were not shattered, their foes would crash down upon the Allied army until exhaustion sapped their strength…and ultimately lead to their doom.​
 
Alright, small update! The flashback at the beginning of chapter 1 has been revised. Hopefully, I should be getting out a new chapter sometime soon though.
 
Review Game review:

First off, I knew nothing about Fire Emblem at all so I feel like you did a very good job of setting the stage and informing a novice reader like me in a little of the backstory throughout the text. I'm not really a big fan of stories with character profiles, though, because I enjoy it better if the author introduces the characters naturally through the story.

The beginning was full of emotion and passion between Elincia and Ike and their romance. This was expertly written and your prose were elegant which matched very well with the romance of the moment. You are very talented at writing your stories in such a way that isn't choppy. It flows nicely as its being read, if that makes any sense.

You really feel for Elincia with the whole Geoffrey situation, but strangely enough, you kind of feel for him too, which I think is awesome. Good work there, making the storyline and how the reader feels and relates to the characters more complex.

The dialog is very natural sounding which is good. A lot of times, myself included for sure, we can focus too much on how we want the dialog to move the story along and lose the essence of it and it ends up sounding forced or awkward. You avoid that, especially with how Elincia speaks to Geoffrey and Ike, etc.

There are some spots where the text gets a little heavy. Maybe throw in some more dialog if possible to break up the big chunks of description, or just shorten it. There's a fine line between not enough description and too much, and there are some spots where it gets to be a bit much, but its not that bad, just a suggestion.

Overall, you should be proud. You are obviously a very talented writer with the ability to tell a great story with your words. Congrats and keep up the good work!
 
@Legacy;: Ah, thanks a lot! This means a great deal to me, as I was not sure that the early chapters of this fic were as good as anything I've written recently, seeing as the early chapters are the oldest. xP

And yeah, there is a lot of description at times (since my co-author/editor likes description quite a bit), but I rather like it that way myself. I would like to balance it with dialogue a bit more though, as you say, so thanks for reminding me of that.

Having the reader feel for Geoffrey, Elincia, and Ike was my goal with this chapter. In fact, you could feel for Ranulf too since he also had a sad tale to tell. So I'm glad you picked up on that. :)

So again, thanks a bunch, Legacy! I really really appreciate it. ^^
 
Maaan, I must apologize for the long delay in the next chapter guys. My co-author and I just ended up being so danged busy, what with him working with other clients and me trying to get a blasted job... xP

Anyway, first off, since I remembered some people voicing that they didn't favor seeing the character descriptions in the first post, I put them in spoiler tags. This way, anyone can choose whether or not to read them. Second, here is the first half of the next chapter! It's another long one that had to get split into two...lol


Chapter 33: Forging Alliances

Part 1

The sounds of battle had become a low but incessant rumbling, like a thunderstorm punctuated by the wails of the dying. Arcing weapons clove through the air like lightning as the sparks of clashing blades danced about the two armies like some perversion of the beautiful fireflies that often swarmed Jerusa during early spring. Within the grounds of Castle Cilae, the Allied army fought, with a ferocity inspired by courage and desperation, while cobblestones turned slick with blood and corpses piled up on all sides. The Royal Knights battled with peerless skill, and the Red Claw could only bring down one of them by sacrificing ten of their own number…

…but, they could afford to.

There seemed to be hundreds upon hundreds of them.

By now, Leyon felt as though he'd hacked his way through at least half of the enemy's army, and idly hoping that such wasn't far from truth. He'd cost the enemy much of their number, but more and more Red Claw appeared to replace those he'd slain. Though most had been greeted by Olegxing's edge before they could come close to drawing blood, the sheer weight of the assault was taking its toll, and even he had sustained a few wounds from combat. No less troubling, weariness was slowly creeping upon him, causing his weapon arm to grow numb and Olegxing to seem heavier and heavier. The general risked a quick glance at his comrades, only to find that a few of the knights had fallen not far from Lisa's former prison. The bodies of knights and mounts alike lay strewn beside the pen where the Valkyrie had been locked up, their corpses seemingly hacked to pieces. No doubt the enemy had been angered that they lost a valuable hostage, and Leyon had lost still more friends to the enemy's spite. Enraged, he'd vowed that these knights would be honored with a funeral service befitting their courage in undertaking this pivotal mission. At least a few of the deceased, Leyon knew, also had families; people who would surely be waiting in vain for their son, or daughter, or husband, or wife, or brother, or sister, or father, or mother…who would never return home. The Royal Knights looked after their own, however, and Leyon vowed that he would ensure that those families received whatever help and support they'd need.

Still, the general knew that he had to be alive in order to keep that promise.

And, that would be challenge enough.

Though the Red Claw spent lavishly of their lives to bring down the Royal Knights, Leyon could see that their assault would ultimately prevail. Still, Leyon did not despair, for he knew that they just needed to hold on until their wolf allies returned from the ports up north. Once they arrived, their strength would turn the balance…but, would they come soon enough? The laguz could travel much faster than any beorc ever could on foot, but they still needed time. Not to mention that they would also need to find their way through the city to reach the castle.

The wolves could manage this, but would any of the knights still be alive to meet them?

With that dreaded question plaguing his mind, Leyon almost felt afraid. And, as though fate sought to remove the "almost," his train of thought was suddenly interrupted by a familiar voice.

"Aaah!" Eliot cried from nearby. Leyon turned to see the clumsy knight in yet another predicament. Though Eliot had recovered enough to ride and fight, his right leg had still not healed properly, and after narrowly dodging an arrow, he'd lost his balance and had nearly fallen from the saddle. Thankfully, Zane and Boyd had rushed over just in time to catch him before he could fall from his mount and into the waiting arms of the merciless Red Claw. Relief washed over Leyon, but within seconds, it was gone. His gaze roamed the battleground once again, only to behold still greater misfortune. Red Claw reinforcements, still streaming forth from the castle, now had his entire group surrounded. Despite having to clamber over a rampart of their own dead, they approached in such throngs that Leyon blanched with dread.

An instant later, the sound of heavy footfalls and ragged breathing jolted Leyon from his reverie, Olegxing rising above his shoulder for an overhand chop. Yet, it was not a Red Claw that greeted the general, but a knight under his command. Though the knight had managed to keep his life in this furious battle, he'd done so only by the skin of his teeth. Deep cuts had been cloven into his arms, legs, and torso; yet, he grit his teeth in defiance of the pain and hurriedly limped over to Leyon. Leyon was about to order him to Lisa's side immediately, but the battered knight spoke up first.

"General…Leyon!" he rasped.

"What the—?! What do you think you're doing?! You need to see a healer immediately!" Leyon commanded. "I found a Valkyrie being held in the stables. She's been freed now, and has a powerful healing staff, so—!"

"I-I'll go see her, but I'm afraid…we're in big trouble!"

This inspired revelation of the perfectly obvious nearly prompted a reprimanding blow from Leyon's fist, but an oncoming Red Claw forced him to redirect his aggression elsewhere.

"Yeah, I can see that!" he intoned with biting sarcasm. "Now get your ass over to that Valkyrie!"

"N-No, that's not what I meant!" the battered knight protested, trailing off as his wounds abruptly throbbed. "…Aaaugh! Our reinforcements…have been delayed…!"

"WHAT?!"

Leyon was so thunderstruck by this dire news that a whirling Red Claw hand axe nearly took his head off. Snapping back to attention, he cast Olegxing in the direction of his would-be assailant. The axe then reversed its course, twisted through the air until its haft smacked into Leyon's waiting palm, its edge glistening crimson. A half a second later, the sound of a body hitting the cobblestones reached Leyon's ears.

But, he didn't have time to savor this small victory.

"The enemy…has the wolves pinned down at the castle's back gate," the battered knight continued, once he was certain that the general was unharmed. "I was over there, along with some other knights… The wolves told me to tell you…that they're fighting to break through as quickly as they can, but… Aaagh…damn!"

"Rrrgh! NO!" Leyon bellowed in anger, almost absently bringing Olegxing down upon a nearby foe. "And now we're surrounded! I have no idea how we're going to get out of this!"

The moment the words had passed his lips, Leyon clamped his mouth shut in a vain attempt to snatch them back. He knew, both from Russell's stories and his own experience, that such an admission could have a terrible effect on his troops' morale. A commander, Russell had told him, could not afford to let the strain of leadership be plain to see. Soldiers or knights, beorc or laguz, they looked to their commanders not only for leadership, but for faith that they could prevail. The best commanders, such as Russell and Ike, engendered such courage and determination that their very presence could make all who followed them believe that victory was inevitable.

Leyon had long since admitted that he simply did not possess the same overwhelming charisma as such lofty peers, but he'd done the best he could nonetheless. And, in time, he'd become a general that any man-at-arms would gladly follow anywhere, confident of victory.

But, if the esteemed General Leyon could not find a way to win this battle, then what chance was there?

The battered knight's features seemed to pale, as though he were contemplating that very same question. Cursing himself for his loose tongue, Leyon tried for his customary expression of brotherly reassurance, accented with a gleam of determination in his eyes. Though wondering all the while if it was convincing, he nonetheless spoke once more.

"But then, it might not matter," he suggested, underscoring the point by cleaving through yet another Red Claw member. "If the enemy keeps this up, they'll run out of men."

The battered knight didn't look particularly reassured, but some of the color had returned to his face.

"Well, I got cut up pretty badly on my way back here…" he admitted. "I'll be back to fight once I get healed up, but… We gotta find a way. So many people are counting on us."

"Yeah, so why don't you get healed up so I can concentrate?" Leyon suggested with something resembling good natured sarcasm.

"Yes, sir."

With that, the knight limped off to seek out Lisa and, idly wondering if his unthinking admission had just cost them the battle, Leyon turned his attention back to the fierce melee, desperately seeking some way out of the situation he'd led his troops into. And, yet, all he could see was death pressing in on all sides. Though Leyon had long since accepted that his service as a knight might cut short his life, the seeming inevitability of his demise made him recoil; not out of fear, nor even the anguish of never seeing Azura again, but the knowledge that Allied Command's doom might very well be sealed in the next few minutes.

Gnashing his teeth, he shook off the dread musing. Something had to be done to save everyone, and that duty fell to Leyon. He could not let fear overtake him, for such would mean certain defeat. And yet, from what he could see, it appeared that the enemy had the beleaguered Allied troops right where they wanted them. The knights could not break through the Red Claw army, and escape was impossible. Time was running out, and yet Leyon could find no solution. And, with each futile search, he felt more and more frightened. A cold sweat had begun to trickle down the sides of his head and tears welled up in his eyes.

Would this indeed be his final battle?

Had he failed as a general, when his king and country had needed him most?

Had the wiles of fate determined that he was he not meant to live up to his brother's legacy after all?

Perhaps Russell would be waiting in the afterlife with the answer? Leyon suspected he'd pass into that realm soon enough.

The notion of seeing Russell again almost made death seem appealing. All his life, Leyon had known Russell. More than an older brother, Russell had been his confidant, his protector, his role model and his best friend. He had also been Leyon's only family. The two brothers had lost their parents when they were quite young and had been taken in by their grandmother, only to lose her as well when Russell was barely upon the threshold of manhood and Leyon still a young boy.

At times, Leyon was certain that his life would have been quite brief, and would've had a decidedly grim ending, if not for his older brother. Russell's iron will and staunch refusal to fail had buoyed Leyon through boyhood and adolescence, and had inspired him to become a knight as Russell had done. Yet, when Russell had been lost, it had cloven a wound into Leyon's very being that, he suspected, he would carry so long as he walked the realm of the living.

Perhaps, soon, that pain would be gone…

…but, along with what else?

It almost didn't seem to matter, so near and so certain death was. The general had even found himself wondering what Russell would have to say upon their reunion…

…and, that musing snapped him out of his resigned languor.

Russell would certainly have a good laugh over Leyon's fumbling love affair with Azura, and would laugh raucously over Leyon comparing the fiery redhead to blueberry cheesecake. But, the revelation that Leyon had failed a mission upon which the very survival of Talgria depended, largely because he had succumbed to panic and then defeatism in the face of danger, would surely earn his brother's disappointment.

And, that hurt more than anything which Isis' hirelings could inflict.

A pulse of resolution, fragile but determined, coursed through his veins, nerving his arm and causing Olegxing to become light as a feather. He still could see no means of smashing through the trap that continued to close in around him, but perhaps it did not matter.

Leyon was not Russell, that much he knew; but, he was himself. He would not fail here without a fight. Though he could not cast Olegxing with the same deftness that Russell had possessed with his bow and arrows, he could still slay almost any foe with one stroke. Though he could not turn a legion of knights into an unbreakable wall, he…

…except, what if he could?

A sudden flash of memory stole over him, and he recalled a daring maneuver that Russell had once spoken of. It was a defensive formation which, if properly applied, would allow smaller armies to withstand and, ultimately, defeat vastly larger numbers of enemies. It could turn the tide of this battle, but it entailed great risk. This maneuver would strain the strength and stamina of an army to its very limit…limits which Leyon's men might already have passed. He feared the knights would not be able to hold out for much longer before succumbing to weariness, and then to the Red Claw blades.

Even so, Leyon knew that he had no choice. If this desperate strategy succeeded, then he could save his troops and win the battle for Jerusa. If not, then at least he could hold his head high when he met Russell beyond the mortal coil. And, whatever the outcome, it was a risk he had to take.

Shouting above the tumult of the battle, he directed all of his troops to regroup around his position. The beleaguered Allied troops, many of them limping or clutching at bleeding wounds, fell back towards the general, fighting off enemy pursuit all the while. Once they arrived, he ordered the knights to stand shoulder-to-shoulder, forming a ring. The more vulnerable troops, such as the healers and those who could engage in ranged combat, would form a second ring within the first and would serve to support their hardier comrades.

This pronouncement was greeted with considerable skepticism, but the knights did as they were ordered. The Red Claw, perhaps after a moment's perplexity of their own, came on as the knights assumed this new formation. But, though the continual onslaught claimed a few, one arc of men-at-arms formed, followed by another, and another, until the two rings had been forged. Some of the Allied troops seemed to regain their strength, as though anticipating that this strange order might somehow portend victory, but, Leyon knew that this tactic alone would not save them. The knights were already exhausted, and the Red Claw yet numbered far too many. The group was simply too small and too weary to hold out long enough against so many foes.

Fortunately, Leyon's creative mind lent itself to far more than just poetry.

And, just as he could improvise his way around stubborn meter and rhythm, so too could he improvise a way to withstand the Red Claw onslaught.

Seemingly unimpressed, the Red Claw came on in an endless tide. Again and again, they broke upon Leyon's lines like water upon a rock, seeking to erode the stone into sand. And, for a moment, it seemed to be working. Just as before, the knights' arms grew weary and their enemies drew blood. Sensing victory, the Red Claw surged forth in an almost bestial charge…

…except, they faced not the exhausted outer ring of Allied troops, but those of the inner ring.

What's more, these had had the time to get their second wind, and they handily threw back the enemy's clumsy charge.

That ring, too, eventually began to buckle under the continued assault, however. Yet, when at last it seemed the new outer ring would crumble, the knights who'd comprised the original outer ring, now refreshed and healed, moved to the fore once again.

Leyon had derived this maneuver from two that he'd learned of from Russell, and the general had woven the two together as seamlessly as the poem he had written for Azura. On the one hand, there was the phalanx formation that Russell had learned from General William and his foot knights, where armored infantry would stand shoulder-to-shoulder, forming a wall within a narrow passage. In that tight space, the enemy would be constrained, only able to send forth a fraction of its strength at a time, while a solid wall of armored knights smashed these piecemeal forces, again and again, until none remained. On the other, the fighting retreat tactics Russell had devised, where small groups of knights would harry an advancing foe and then break away, only to be replaced by other knights who would also strike and then flee. The pattern would be repeated, with fresh riders being brought to bear again and again, to sap the enemy's strength.

Now, these two tactics had been combined to form a mighty ring of defenders, who always had a reserve force in waiting, and which was as implacable and untamable as a fierce, earthbound thunderstorm.

The Ring of Storms, Leyon mused. Catchy.

He didn't let himself get caught up in the moment though. This was the first time he'd employed such an outlandish tactic in a battle.

If he was careless, it would also be his last.

"We can do this! Keep it up, everyone!" Leyon ordered as he tossed Olegxing into one enemy after another. As the Red Claw pulled back from another futile charge, the general took a moment to survey the battlefield. The scene was a grim one, as the once beautiful courtyard would not soon be cleansed of the day's carnage, but he could see that he'd chosen the right place to make this stand. The Allied troops had gathered to form the Ring of Storms at the heart of the winding garden paths, with hedgerows taller than Leyon himself was rising on all sides. The Red Claw could only reach him and his troops via a tangle of garden paths, hemmed in by the hedgerows and now congested with the corpses of knight, wolf and Red Claw alike. With the enemy now only able to attack in fairly small numbers, the odds were slowly swinging back into balance. Still, after all the rude surprises he'd had during this mission, Leyon knew better than to become complacent.

The Ring of Storms had given him a chance, but he wasn't sure if it would be enough. This was a strategy that no one had ever tried before, employed during a mission of such importance that nothing undertaken by any of his contemporaries could compare, not even Russell. Leyon could only pray that it would work. He wanted to win this fight; not just for himself, or Azura, or everyone else whose lives were at stake and whose futures might very well ride on this undertaking , but also for his brother as well. Leyon owed nearly everything he had, and everything he was, to his older brother. And, wherever he may be and whether was alive or not, Leyon had to give proper honor to his memory.

For what felt like days, the battle continued. The Allied army continued to beat back the endless throngs of Red Claw and, finally, after many torturous minutes of slaying the merciless bandits, readying weary troops to fight again, and shoving aside the corpses to make room for battle, the enemy's numbers began to dwindle. Unfortunately, Leyon and his troops it seemed, had weathered the onslaught. But, they had not done so without cost.

Many Allied troops, far too many, numbered amongst the dead, and those who still drew breath seemed utterly exhausted. Leyon's hair and face had become so damp with sweat that he almost looked as if he'd just emerged from another moonlight swim with Azura. His breath came in short, ragged gasps as he slew yet another Red Claw, and he could easily tell that his comrades were no better off. Kevin could barely move in his heavy armor, which was now warped and dented seemingly beyond repair, and Norman leaned heavily upon his staff, looking ready to collapse. Many of the knights sagged in their saddles and what wolf allies who yet lived had been bloodied and cleaved, whimpering as they licked at their wounded pelts. Leyon supposed he shouldn't be surprised, for his weapon arm felt as though it would fall right off if he tried to throw or swing Olegxing again. Suddenly, a feminine voice jolted his weary mind back to attention.

"General Leyon, look out!" Jade's voice called to him. Leyon's gaze darted in search of whatever had caused her alarm, and he beheld a swordmaster lunging at him. Leyon tried to defend himself, but Olegxing slid free of his numb, blood slick fingers and the swordmaster, grinning smugly, drew closer. Jade, however, had raced towards the imperiled general with speed that even a bird laguz could be impressed with. In midstride, the young myrmidon bounded atop the back of Leyon's horse, then leapt again to sail right over the head of mount and rider, meeting the general's assailant while still airborne. Her sword clove into the Red Claw member's neck, almost deep enough to behead him, and he fell to the ground with a look of utter astonishment permanently etched on his face. Jade then dashed to the general's side, snatching up Olegxing and almost bashfully returning it. Leyon shook his head, almost unable to credit what his eyes had told him of the myrmidon's impressive attack.

"D-Dang! Jade, that was amazing!" Leyon complimented, though his voice was raspy from fatigue. "Thanks for the help. He might've had me back there."

"Aw shucks, it was nothing," Jade replied, her cheeks going pink. "I'm just honored to help!"

"And I'm glad you did."

Still, Leyon mused. She took down a swordmaster, a swordsman that was clearly more experienced and should've been stronger than her. Maybe she's close to becoming a swordmaster herself, for she has the makings of one.

Abruptly, Leyon's thoughts were interrupted once again by the sound of several howls followed by many screams and cries of alarm. In the distance, the general could see Red Claw members seemingly devoured by leaping shadows; and the sight eased a smile from his weary features. It was the wolf reinforcements, at last! The leaping shadows soon resolved into numerous lupine forms as Derien's men raced to join Leyon's tired and battered party, plowing through the remaining Red Claw members all the while. Those few Red Claw who'd yet kept their lives, their resolve broken at this reversal, succumbed to panic and scattered in all directions…though, Leyon had no doubt that not one would escape the wolves.

With the enemy in the castle grounds now routed, Norman and Lisa quickly began tending the injured. Unfortunately, however, the staves' gentle power did nothing to ease their weariness. The group was in dire need of rest, if only for a moment, before advancing further into the castle. Such was a dangerous prospect while in hostile territory, but Leyon felt there was little chance of being assailed by fresh attackers. The flood of enemy reinforcements coming from the castle had stopped some time ago, which probably meant that the Red Claw had already sent forth nearly everyone that might've been inside the castle itself. With luck, they'd find the castle empty of hostiles and ripe from reclamation. Wouldn't that be a nice surprise, Leyon mused. He knew better than to expect such a thing, however. He also ordered that Norman and Lisa worry about his injuries later, as there were many others who needed their attention more.

Leyon stretched life back into his limbs and, after several of his troops were pronounced as being well enough to carry on, he led them through the inner front gate and up to the main doors of the castle. As the general had surmised, there were a few Red Claw awaiting them. Standing before the doors was a man with a lithe but sinewy build, clad in a long cloak and with sections of armor along his left arm. He carried a silver bow and definitely looked to have the caliber of a Marksman, the highest tier of archers. Alongside him were several heavy foot knights, each seeming at least comparable to Kevin and Morris. Boyd and Kevin, the latter eyeing the enemy knights and muttering something about "replacement parts," quickly charged to meet these latest foes. Several other infantry units quickly joined the pair, followed by Derien's wolves. Norman raced to catch up to Boyd, narrowly avoiding charging into his newfound friend when the latter came to a sudden halt, and readying his light tome. His studies of light magic, no doubt, had informed him that such spells were highly effective on heavy knights, even more so than other types of magic. Not only did it go straight through the thick armor, but the metal of the armor actually seemed to amplify the damage, much like how glass could concentrate sunlight. The Marksman, seemingly unperturbed by the apparent reversal of fortune, merely folded his arms and glowered at Leyon. The general, meanwhile, regarded this foe with suspicion and a hint of perplexity. When Queen Belinda had relayed the tale of Jerusa's fall, she'd said that Bernard, who'd led the assault, wielded axes. This man, therefore, could not be him.

"Well, now. Look who's shown up at my castle," the Marksman greeted with a smirk. "General Leyon, of Talgria's Royal Knights. I'm impressed that you've made it this far. And with such a paltry army, no less."

"Your castle?! Try again, weasel!" Leyon retorted. "Where's Bernard?! A lot of people want him to answer for what he's done here, especially me!"

"Oh, how rude of me," the Marksman replied with a sarcastic chuckle. "I'm afraid you won't find Commander Bernard here."

"Ha! Do you really expect me to believe that?! Bernard was the one that invaded this city in the first place! Is he too much of a coward to try and hold on to it?"

"Heh, I'm sure he'll enjoy making you pay for your impertinence. You are correct about one thing though, he did take Cilae. And, most deftly, I might add. But he left defending the capital to me, as he had more pressing business to attend to in Melora and Astryn."

Leyon had been about to make a snide remark regarding Bernard's wisdom, in trusting his prize to a commander who could not hold onto it, but the Marksman's last sentence drew him up short and caused the barb to die in his throat.

"…Wait, Astryn?!" he blurted, his eyes pulsing wide.

"But of course," the Marksman confirmed, flashing a sickening grin. "I suppose there's no harm in telling you, since it's far too late for you to do anything about it. Commander Bernard sent some of us over there to pick clean a number of towns and to spread rumors that their "lost prince" was dead, cut down by our hand. By all accounts, the people of Astryn weren't hard to convince."

"You son of a bitch!" Leyon bellowed, the consternation on his face replaced with murder.

"Tsk, tsk, such language! Still, as you may have gleaned from how Commander Bernard led you around by the nose to ensure that Cilae was vulnerable, his plans didn't stop there. The group he'd dispatched was also ordered to capture the hawk mercenaries that were going to be hired to help fight against us. And, as a finishing touch, we've secured the aid of the steward of Astryn. He seeks the throne, as well as the so-called Prince Bryan's neck, and he's decided that a partnership with us would be to his advantage. By now, the princeling and his little friends should be dead, and the steward has likely signed the non-aggression pact with our envoy that will keep Astryn neutral in this war, and unable to do anything to help you!"

Leyon's eyes pulsed even wider and his face turned ashen at these words. If Bryan and his men had been defeated, which was bad enough, then surely it meant that Azura had been killed as well. Images of the fiery redhead who'd enchanted him, cut to pieces by the brutal Red Claw, flashed before Leyon's eyes, nearly turning his guts to water. But, at the last, he regained control of himself. Bryan and Ike were outstanding commanders, and their troops were all seasoned warriors. What's more, Azura had been outwitting and outfighting Red Claw pursuit for the better part of her life. Surely, they could not fall so easily.

"WHAT?! NO!" the general exploded in anger, gripping Olegxing as if it were Bernard's neck. "I'll hack you limb for limb for this, you goddess damned whoreson!"

"How did you manage to become a knight with such poor manners and so little control over your temper?" the sub commander inquired in a patronizing tone. "Your anger does seem a tad premature, though. I don't know for sure if your little friends are dead…yet. Though, just between us, I wouldn't get my hopes up if I were you."

"I refuse to believe it! Bryan has never lost and he never will! And Azura's been giving the Red Claw the slip for years now. Besides, for all I know, Bernard's hiding somewhere in here because he's too spineless to fight me, and you're just bluffing!"

The sub-commander's answering grin gave Leyon the sudden urge to start removing his foe's teeth by hand.

"Heh, if that's your decision," the Marksman replied dismissively. "You don't look so ready for a fight, though. Just the opposite, in fact. You look half dead. Are you sure you wish to challenge me?"

Leyon brought up Olegxing, tossing it into the air and deftly snatching it by the grip, and then chuckled with grim humor.

"Not a doubt in my mind. My girl is waiting for me to return and tell her that we've taken this city back."

"Aren't we getting ahead of ourselves?" the Marksman wondered, no small amount of condescension in his tone. "You haven't taken this city back."

"Not yet, but by now, you're the only ones left. The army you dispatched north has been routed, the sieges against the Allied armies along the border and the coast are broken, and the garrison here has been cut to pieces. You've lost. You had the advantage of numbers, surprise and tactical acumen behind you, and it still wasn't enough."

Leyon had the gratification of seeing the sub-commander's smugness waver a bit, twisting into bitter anger.

"Do tell me, oh sage, what were we missing?" the sub-commander inquired, almost spitting the words.

"Conviction," Leyon answered simply. "I won because I have faith in my men and myself, because I refused to give up, and because I never forget who and what I'm fighting for."

Though Leyon noticed only belatedly, his words seemed to catch the sub-commander's attention. The Marksman's brow furrowed, as though he were searching his memory, and then he suddenly burst into derisive laughter.

"…Ha, I should've guessed!" he blurted out, his words trailing off amidst a cruel chuckle which caused redness to gather at the periphery of Leyon's vision. "I thought you looked familiar, and, after hearing your spiel, it just hit me!"

"Speaking of things hitting you…" Leyon growled, trailing off ominously as he drew back Olegxing for a killing blow.

Despite the general's thinly veiled threat, the Marksman remained perfectly still, his eyes glinting with malicious humor.

"You bear a resemblance to that delusional sniper Talgria once called a general," he remarked, his words causing Leyon to go rigid. "The one that "disappeared" three years ago? Pshaha! He always did have a knack for childish clichés!"

Leyon felt something crackle and then sizzle in his blood. His lips peeled away from his teeth and a growl rumbled from his throat.

"How dare you insult my brother!" he thundered. "And how do you know who he is?!"

"What else can I say?" the sub-commander replied, a hint of pleasure in his tone at having riled the general. "You perk up your ears at the right time, and there's no telling what you might learn…"

"I'll be sure to carve that on your funeral urn!"

Letting out a long, piercing battle cry, Leyon spurred his horse to a gallop. Barely seeming to notice the sub-commander snatching an arrow from his quiver, the enraged general swung Olegxing in an arcing pattern. The sub-commander quickly notched an arrow to his bow and fired it, but Leyon leaned to one side and it whistled past. As he came to a sudden halt in front of the Marksman, a golden glow suddenly flared to life, expanding outward to envelop him, his horse, and Olegxing in such brilliance that the suddenly terrified Marksman was left blinking away stars. Leyon then swung the axe into the sub-commander's torso, one blow gouging a deep crimson gash that ran from one shoulder to the opposite hip. Olegxing glowed more fiercely than before, and the luminescence spread to encompass the sub-commander. Except, the light that bathed the Red Claw Marksman was no sunburst, but instead seemed almost sickly.

In the midst of Leyon's follow through, the strange, sickly light flowed up and into the general's battered form. At its touch, the bleeding wounds on his body began to scab over. This was the magic of Sol, the mastery skill of Gold and Silver Knights as well as Valkyries, which allowed them to heal their wounds by draining the vitality of their foes.

With nary a moment's pause, Olegxing then rose and descended again, leaving another very deep gash bisecting the first. The lights of Sol flared again, this time causing crimson rents in the general's flesh to become pale skin. Leyon was not finished yet, however, and the display of overwhelming power was concluded when the general's mount reared up onto its hind legs and Olegxing came down in a final, vertical slash that fell upon the sub-commander's chest. The blow fell with such immense force that the Marksman was dead before he even hit the ground. The Marksman's body, what was left of it, came to rest in a crumbled heap in a large pool of his own blood.

Yet, Leyon barely seemed to notice either the savaged corpse or the blood that splattered him and his mount. Utterly spent by the long battle, the general seemed to crumble against his steed's long neck, the bloody Olegxing falling once more from his nerveless fingers. His arms were too heavy to lift and his thoughts were languid and jumbled, for though Sol had the power to heal injuries, it could do nothing against sheer exhaustion. Thankfully, Boyd and Kevin had , by this time, also vanquished their opponents, and the battle was over at last. Leyon and his men had fought hard, many of their band had fallen and none had come away unscathed. And, yet, they had won. With Jerusa having been retaken, Melora's hold over Cilae had been broken.

Allied Command, which only days earlier seemed on the verge of total defeat, had withstood Isis' greatest blow and had repaid her underhanded assault with a stinging defeat.

Maybe, just maybe, the war could still be won.

"Heh, it's sure been awhile since I last saw Sol in action," Boyd commented. "And it's just as handy as I remember."

"Yeah, that was a magnificent sight," Kevin agreed. "Poor General Leyon, though. He looks like he could fall out of that saddle any second. We'd better give him a hand."

Boyd nodded, and with that, Leyon agreed to allow them to help him dismount. With everything below his waist having gone numb from so long in the saddle, he barely managed a step before falling to his knees. Though several raced to his aid, he waved them off and ordered them to keep watch for any enemy stragglers. The general then heaved himself to a sitting position, working to massage life back into his cramped legs, and ordered Eliot to take whatever knights were healed to search the castle. Lisa had mentioned that many prisoners were being held in the castle, and Leyon also warned them to be on the alert in case Bernard really was hiding within the city after all. Leyon was quick to remind them of just how dangerous the Red Claw commander was reputed to be and that, if they spotted him, they were to follow him, but remain out of sight. Once Leyon was well enough to fight again, he would follow and, if Bernard was found, he would engage the villain in single combat.

This pronouncement was greeted by a few concerned remarks that the general was in no condition to battle such a deadly foe, and some snarky comments about Bernard's prospects of living long enough to face Leyon, if the Red Claw commander was found. Normally, Leyon would have replied with playful threats of disciplinary action, but he instead chose to reiterate his orders in a tone that brooked no disagreement.

Any man who could orchestrate the downfall of an entire country was not to be taken lightly.

As the Allied troops entered the castle and divided to search its myriad halls and corridors, the general quickly found himself lost in thought over what the sub-commander had said just before he was killed. Ever since Russell had disappeared, Leyon had tenaciously refused to believe that his older brother was dead. This was no secret amongst his friends and acquaintances back in Aracion, yet they all simply shook their heads pityingly and whispered to themselves that Leyon was tormenting himself with false hope.

For a long time now, it seemed that Leyon was alone in believing that Russell yet lived…

…but, the sub-commander's tone seemed to suggest otherwise.

The condescending Marksman's words rang shrilly between Leyon's ears. Somehow, the sub-commander had realized that Russell and Leyon were related, for he had commented on the two brothers' resemblance. And, when he'd taunted Leyon's beliefs, which he'd learned from Russell and which the sub-commander also seemed familiar with, there had been that strange twist in his tone when he spoke of Russell's disappearance. It was as though the sub-commander had been intimating that he knew something about the general's older brother…something which, aside from Leyon, no one else even considered.

Could this mean that Russell was, indeed, alive after all?

Leyon suddenly had trouble breathing.

How long had he been seeking some clue, no matter how suspect, that might reunite him with his brother? How many nights had he prayed that he might chance upon Russell the following dawn?

Now, at long last, he had struck upon something…

…or, had he?

The bandits, brigands and villains that formed the Red Claw weren't exactly the most reliable witnesses. And, even if the sub-commander's intimation had been true, Leyon had no idea where he might find the next clue. The deceased Marksman had spoken as if Russell was alive, but had he known that for a fact? If so, might he have also known something about Russell's whereabouts? Or, had it all been just a simple stratagem to throw Leyon off-balance during the battle?

Well, if it was, it sure didn't do him any good, Leyon mused with a contemptuous glance at the few recognizable portions of the Marksman's body.

Still, though this last notion was surely the most likely, Leyon could not make himself believe it. Some inner voice insisted that this sudden discovery must not be ignored. And that, whatever meaning there was to it, Leyon had to find out, and fast. If his brother was alive, as Leyon had suspected for so long, then there was no telling how he was faring amidst this terrible conflict. He might not have much time before fate snatched Russell away again, and permanently.

Unfortunately, the general had no idea where to search next. For now, he could only hope that another clue would turn up later, and search thoroughly for Bernard. If the Red Claw had had a hand in Russell's disappearance, as Leyon now suspected, then Bernard would surely know…and if so, they would pay dearly for it.

Several minutes later, enough sensation had returned to Leyon's legs that he was finally able to walk and join his comrades in the search for Bernard. He quickly snatched up Olegxing, slung across his back, and hurried inside the castle. He was promptly met by a pair of wolf laguz who informed him that, as Lisa had reported, many of Jerusa's citizens and the castle staff had been found imprisoned in the dungeon below. Leyon quickly joined the search, allowing not one nook or cranny to go unexplored. Though he was all too aware that Azura and Bryan were still in Astryn and waiting for him to rejoin them, he nonetheless sought any sign of the man that was likely involved in Russell's disappearance. After nearly an hour, however, it seemed that Bernard's underling had been telling the truth after all. Bernard was not in Jerusa.

And, the question of where he might be suddenly brought the question of Azura and Bryan's wellbeing back to the forefront of the general's mind.

Leyon wanted to believe his own words that they could never lose, and that they were alive and well, regardless of whatever schemes Bernard could devise. But, he also knew that the mission to bring Astryn into the war would surely prove to a far greater challenge than any they'd yet faced…and, that was before learning that Bernard was at large in Astryn and that he'd had the country's steward as an ally. Could the situation in Astryn possibly have proven simply too overwhelming for them?

Leyon prayed that this was not the case.

Still, he decided that it would be wise to find out. He quickly ordered his troops to rest in the castle for a little while, and he began mulling over which of the knights and wolves should accompany him on the journey back to Astryn and who would remain at the castle to defend it.

"General Leyon!" one of the knights called out, interrupting Leyon's train of thought.

Leyon turned in the direction of the sound, and quickly recognized the man who approached as the same one who'd delivered the news of the wolves during the battle. The knight skidded to a halt and snapped a crisp salute.

"Sir, there's no sign of any remaining Red Claw," he reported. "It seems that maneuver of yours really broke them."

"Very good," Leyon replied with a curt nod.

"And, if I may say so, sir, that was incredible. I've never heard of a tactic like that."

The general could not help the wry smile that tugged at the corners of his lips.

"That's because I just invented it," he remarked, chuckling good naturedly at the knight's look of slack-jawed astonishment.

"…Seriously?" the knight asked when he'd found his voice.

"Indeed. I'm just glad it worked. Is there anything else?"

"Ah, yes, we found this."

Belatedly, Leyon noticed that the knight was holding a length of fabric, rolled up and cradled in his arms, which he handed over to Leyon. When the general unrolled it, he was greeted by the light blue and stained glass-like pattern of the Cilaen flag.

"Bernard must've wanted to keep it as a trophy," the knight opined. "The Meloran flag is still flying above the castle gate. Even after the battle, that thing still gives me the creeps.

Leyon couldn't blame the knight for his discomfiture, as the Meloran flag depicted what looked like an especially gruesome display of dark magic. Still, the discovery of the flag was fortuitous, since the people of Cilae would be grateful to have it back.

And, he knew who amongst them had earned the honor of carrying it back to its rightful place.

"Kevin, Jade, over here!" he called out.

The two Cilaen mercenaries, the latter nearly jumping out of her boots at being addressed directly by the general, raced over to meet him.

"Kevin," Leyon began, "I want you to go to the castle gate and remove the Meloran flag."

"Delighted, sir," Kevin replied, his armor creaking as he saluted.

"And, Jade," Leyon continued, pressing the Cilaen flag into her arms, "I want you to put this back where it belongs."

Having admired Leyon for years, being accorded such an honor sent Jade into near hysterical delight. She very nearly leapt on the general, hugging him with astonishing strength, as she gushed uncontrollably about what an honor he'd just conferred on her. Leyon, after several futile attempts to extricate himself from her grip, resigned himself to her clenching as he suddenly became aware of several gawkers who'd trickled in to behold his predicament.

What was I thinking? Leyon mused as he noted several people trying desperately to choke down their laughter.

"Is she even allowed to do that?" Natalie whispered as she watched the scene from around a corner, snickering despite herself.

"Doubtful," Eliot remarked, rosy cheeked and breathless from raucous guffawing at Leyon's misfortune. "But, no sense spoiling the moment."

***​

Far from the site of a battle that would be remembered for generations to come, sinister events were being set in motion within a ruined fort, whose name had long been forgotten. At the abandoned fortress controlled by the renegade General Shigo's army, Dougal rode toward the gates, nearly shouting himself hoarse as he cried out for the gates to be opened. Shigo's confidant didn't have to wait long for his request to be granted, for it was obvious that he had urgent news for his superior officer. Dougal's face was streaming with perspiration and his mount had ridden into a lather from what must've been a grueling journey. But, Dougal knew it would be worth it. For, this time, he had information that he knew Shigo would be pleased to hear. Dougal quickly dismounted, tossing his horse's reins to a sentry, and rushed into the fort's main building. He found Shigo in back training once again, as the general was determined to be at his strongest when he finally confronted Bryan. Dougal quickly made his way over to Shigo, having no hesitation about interrupting him this time.

Shigo could be volatile at times, but this news was certain to put him in much better spirits.

"General Shigo!" Dougal called out as he approached, his words punctuated by ragged, heaving breaths. "I apologize for interrupting again, but—!"

"Sigh… Dougal, what is it now?" Shigo replied, hardly in the mood for more bad news. "You better not tell me that Bryan is dead."

"Oh! No, no, Sir. Just the opposite, in fact. My suspicions have been confirmed. Bryan is alive and well."

"Ah, that's excellent. Thank you for letting me know. But I am curious about what he's been doing all this time. I grow eager to face him, but my patience is wearing thin waiting for him to offer a worthy challenge."

"Ah, yes, about that…" Dougal continued, his tone suddenly turning wary. Shigo surely would not be pleased that the Red Claw had intervened. "Unfortunately, Bryan and the Astrynian nobles have been having…difficulties."

"Such as? You already told me about the rumors claiming Bryan was dead."

"Yes, well… We discovered that the Red Claw was indeed behind that. It was as I suspected. They wanted to break the Astrynians' morale and trick us into abandoning this mission."

Shigo chuckled.

"I knew it! Well, that pitiful subterfuge has failed! We will continue our mission as planned. Now what of these "difficulties" you were talking about?"

"Well, firstly, Prince Bryan and his companions were attacked without warning by the Larameans. They had accused the dracoknights of raiding across the border and looting their stores. This apparently happened just after the Red Claw came in and picked some of Astryn's towns clean."

"Bernard's handiwork, no doubt," Shigo spat. "A cowardly wad of dung like that would never have been deemed fit to serve as King Darthen's rat-catcher. That Isis has someone like that at her right hand is rather telling, wouldn't you say?"

"My thought exactly, sir," Dougal concurred. "Prince Bryan's group was able to turn back their attackers, but our spy has assured me that the Larameans plan to return. More startling still, it seems that Isis had Astryn's steward in her pocket. He apparently sought to take the throne for himself. He had some kind of vendetta against the prince's family, dating back goddess knows how long. This steward attempted to discredit Bryan and, when that didn't work, he tried to sign a non-aggression pact with Melora, to ensure that Astryn would stay neutral in the war. Again, Prince Bryan's group prevailed, though I have a feeling he might now suspect us to have been in league with this steward."

"Bah…" Shigo scoffed. "I'd never stoop so low as to align us with such refuse. People like that are as much a tumor as Isis and Royce. I'm guessing that it was actually some of the Meloran dracoknights that robbed the beast laguz?"

"Indeed. Our spies at the border discovered this not long ago. The laguz, no doubt, were tricked into thinking Astryn was attacking them."

"Just as I thought. Isis will do whatever it takes to get whatever her greedy little heart desires, and she won't take no for an answer. Still, in a way, this all might actually work to our advantage. Bryan at least now has experience in defending his people and battling powerful enemies, even those lurking within his own camp. If he does believe that we were behind this traitorous steward you mentioned, then he might very well come to us. And, soon."

"That's true, yes. But the beast laguz are certain to return, no doubt stronger than before. What if the Larameans kill him before we do battle?"

"Hmm… Admittedly, that is a possibility. Still, I seek a worthy opponent in Bryan, and he would only prove himself all the more if he were to diffuse this situation on his own. He will come to us, and I expect you and the men to be ready when he does."

"Understood. And, I believe Prince Bryan may, indeed, be able to resolve this crisis. According to what the spies told me, his girlfriend is a very skilled Falcon Knight. They said she slew the traitorous steward in one blow, and while he was pelting her with Arcfire spells, no less."

"Heh, excellent. I look forward to meeting her on the battlefield. I just want a fair, honorable battle with the man she loves, without any of this sneaking around and dirty work that Isis so delights in. Things might have been very different in the past, but it's the truth. I find that, in my old age, I've taken to glossing over my past and, now, much of what I see displeases me. If I had it all to do over again, I would've given Caline a fighting chance before slaying her. Or, at least, a cleaner death than stabbing her in the stomach like a spineless Red Claw. I'm just glad that I had the sense to let baby Bryan live. He looked…I'm not sure I can put it into words. But, I sensed great potential in him, and was somehow certain that killing him then and there would have been a waste. And, it seems I was right. I still desire Astryn for my own, as it is my promised due. However, I wish to keep it out of Isis's hands. I will not let her turn another nation into the depraved hell Melora has become. They don't deserve that. No country does."

Shigo paused for a moment, then chuckled with deceptive joviality.

"I must sound quite senile," he opined, letting out a rattling chuckle which betrayed his true age. "Rattling on about the old days like this."

"On the contrary, sir," Dougal denied. "What you say about Melora and Isis makes a lot of sense. You might have had some doubts about me at first, but… You rescued me and practically raised me from the cradle when I had no one else in the world. How could I not stand by your side when you need me to repay that loyalty?"

"You've always been a fine pupil, Dougal. Thank you."

"You're welcome, sir. And I thank you too."

***​

The light of the sun had long since bathed the marble exterior of Astryn Palace in its warm radiance, but many of its current inhabitants were still asleep or recuperating from the previous day's events. Though, this was hardly surprising after Azura, Bryan, and their troops had gone through so much traveling and combat the previous day. A few had risen, however, as they wanted to get an early start on preparing for the campaign against Shigo. These included Laris, Canus, and several other nobles who were quite eager to voice their ideas to Bryan the moment he was up. After all, though Bryan had proven himself to be an able commander time and again, it was plain to see that the scope of the situation in Astryn was far larger than any he'd yet faced, and the rediscovered prince would definitely require aid in deciding upon the proper strategy. Other people that had risen early included Ike, whom could not pass up the smell of breakfast cooking in the royal kitchen, and Owen, who decided to join the other nobles and try to get a sense for which of them would have the best counsel to offer his son. Faline soon woke up as well, and decided to check on Bryan.

After slipping on a pair of soft slippers she often packed when she was traveling, but deciding to leave behind her armor and only don her tunic for the time being, Faline entered the halls to find some of the others who were preparing for the day as well. As she'd suspected, Bryan was not amongst them. This was hardly surprising, given all he'd been through since the group had arrived in Astryn, and she hoped that he'd made good use of the opportunity to get some badly needed rest. Thankfully, his room was not far from hers and naturally, she had lost no time committing its location to memory. Upon arriving, Faline quietly opened the door and peered inside. Only faint snores greeted her and she could make out Bryan lying sprawled upon the bed. She smiled as she watched the man she loved continue to doze, relieved that he'd gotten this respite. Bryan undoubtedly worked harder than anyone else the past few days, and the combined strain of seeing his future kingdom's decline and confronting skeptics and threats alike had surely wearied him to the bone. He probably hadn't had such a good night's sleep in a long time, and he'd need it for the trials that still lay ahead.

As such, Faline decided to let him sleep, though she hoped he would wake soon. She also decided that in the meantime, she would prepare some breakfast for him. Perhaps she might even bring it back to Bryan when she was done so he could eat it in bed. Faline couldn't help but snicker at how such would be a strange adjustment for her lover, since Bryan seemed somewhat intimidated by the decadence and luxury of Astryn Palace. Still, if his day proved as hectic as she suspected, she felt that he deserved to enjoy whatever relaxation could be found. And with that, she quietly departed her lover's room and headed for the royal kitchen.

Some of the kitchen staff found it a bit odd that a supposed guest would come in to cook a meal, but they relented when they realized that, at the very least, they wouldn't have to worry about her burning the palace down. Indeed, Faline was well practiced in the kitchen. After her father had abandoned her and her family, Faline learned to cook and clean so she could help her mother whenever she was ill or overwhelmed by other work. Faline's sisters had still been rather young yet, though eventually they also were taught such skills. Thinking back on those times caused a nostalgic, almost sad smile to cross her features. After her father had abandoned them, her family had had a difficult life. Their mother had tried to support them as best she could, but, though she soldiered on without complaint, Faline could clearly see how badly she'd been wounded by her husband callously walking away from her and their children.

Yet, beyond even the grievous wound of being betrayed by a man they all had loved, was the far more tangible implications of her father's actions.

Faline's family had always been one of, to put it charitably, modest means. But, once her father had stopped contributing his earnings, funds had become terribly scarce, and luxuries even fewer and further between than before. The house they'd lived in was small and cramped, but, since they could afford nothing better, they kept it up as best they could. Many a time, Faline had to count herself lucky if she'd gotten more than one simple meal a day and more than a single gift in all the live-long year.

It had been a hard life, but Faline's mother had never complained; and, thus Faline hadn't either.

But, it wasn't for lack of temptation.

Faline had been nearly an adult before she'd scraped together the funds just to have her own bed. And, since Faunir, her youngest sister, had the less-than-endearing habit of kicking and flailing in all directions when she was having a nightmare, it couldn't have come soon enough for Faline's tastes.

Though the falcon knight hardly missed the man who'd coldly abandoned them, she soon found out that a girl who didn't have a large and loving, but intimidating-looking father at her side had other problems to concern herself with. Since her father had left them, she'd attracted more than a few unsavory characters. Some professed that they were besotted with her, despite her impoverishment. But, if they really did want her, it had always been for all the wrong reasons.

The only thing her father had given her, that she'd actually wanted, was a keen eye for men who were best avoided.

And then, she'd met Bryan.

If she'd thought she'd been an outcast as a child, he'd been even more so.

Yet, it had been more than a kindred spirit she'd seen in him. Even as a small girl, she could tell that there was vastly more to him than met the eye and that, far within, lay great worth.

And, I was right, she mused with a smug, inward grin, though it soon turned a shade nervous. Still, this is going to take some getting used to.

Bryan hadn't been the only one who'd found the splendor of the palace a tad unsettling, for it taken quite a bit of willpower for Faline to convince herself that she needn't be afraid to touch anything in the opulent seat of the Astrynian royal family. Still, by rights, this was Bryan's home and he had vowed to put it in proper order.

And, perhaps in time, it would be her home as well?

As she began cooking a few pancakes and eggs, thoughts of what the future held for her and Bryan swam through Faline's mind in an almost dizzying succession. She had no idea how to help her beloved rule a country, but just doing her best to aid Bryan by being at his side as his wife the rest of their lives would be more than good enough for her. And if they desired them, she vowed that she would be the best mother she could be for his children as well.

As she finished preparing the repast, Faline grabbed a banana from the fruit rack and poured a cup of orange juice. After placing the food on a plate and grabbing the appropriate silverware, she set everything on a bed tray and made her way back to Bryan's room. During this journey, it became obvious, comically so, in fact, that word of both her and Bryan had gotten around. Servants and nobles alike stepped aside and bowed as she passed, and she'd found herself waving off more than a few insistent entreaties to let another carry the tray for her, one of which nearly saw her going back to the kitchen to cook the meal all over again.

Deciding that Bryan wouldn't be the only one having difficulty adjusting to life in the palace, she carefully carried the tray to his door and quietly opened it once again. Bryan still appeared to be asleep, so Faline tip-toed over to the small desk in the room and placed the tray there. She considered rousing Bryan, if only so the food wouldn't become cold by the time he awoke. Moments later, however, Faline noticed him roll over in bed and his eyes fluttered open.

"Huh…? Oh, Faline," he greeted in a drowsy voice. "You nearly startled me."

"Ah, sorry about that," Faline apologized and then flashed a loving smile. "I was just seeing if you were awake. Also, I made you breakfast."

"Oh? You didn't have to do that. There must've been a hundred other people who would've been happy to save you the trouble."

"More like a thousand. And, they caused me trouble, by all trying to snatch the tray from me so they could deliver it instead. Seriously though, I wanted to. You've been working so hard lately, Bryan. You deserve some rest and relaxation."

"Well, that's true. Besides, once this day gets started, I get the feeling it'll be a long one. Thanks so much."

"You're very welcome, my love."

Bryan answered with a bright, if drowsy smile, and Faline found herself thinking that it was a sight she'd enjoy seeing more often in the future. The prince of Astryn then sat up to see what Faline had cooked for him. He had just gotten himself propped up against the headboard when Faline suddenly leaned forward to give Bryan a good morning kiss. Bryan was slightly startled by this gesture, but happily returned it nonetheless.

"Oh, you poor dear. You didn't even completely change out of your clothes," Faline noticed when their lips parted. "You must have been so exhausted."

"Yeah, I sure was. I'd wanted to jot down some plans for seeking out and fighting Shigo's men before getting some sleep. But by the time I got up here, I was just dead on my feet. Still, that breakfast sure smells good! I'm already getting an appetite too."

"Oh, I hope so! I cooked it with love especially for you. And, I ran a real gauntlet getting it up here."

Bryan muttered something under his breath about "endearing melodramatics," and, despite the good natured teasing, Faline smiled again as she picked the tray back up and set it over Bryan's legs. She then pecked his cheek.

"I swear, I'm in love with an amazingly wonderful girl," Bryan replied with a smug smile. "But, you already know just how great you are, don't you?"

"Aw…" Faline gushed bashfully, her cheeks going pink. She then sat down on the bed next to her lover as he took his fork and began working on the eggs.

"Wow, this is delicious! I had no idea you could cook so well," Bryan complimented after several rapid bites had passed his lips.

"Heh, thank you, Bryan! I'm so glad you like it!" Faline gushed as she lowered herself onto the bed. "My mother taught me and my sisters to cook, clean, sew, and other things. She always had so much to do, and, even then, we were barely getting by. My sisters and I wanted to help her however we could, but that's also why my sisters and I were always lagging behind the other Pegasus knights in our training."

"Wouldn't they be surprised by how you've turned out? Seriously though, I wish I'd had another chance to meet your mother. You girls really had a hard life, and I think it might've done her some good to see…well, this."

He waved a hand to encompass the chamber, or, more likely, the palace and kingdom that lay beyond. And, despite a pang of grief at the reminder of her mother's death, Faline could not suppress a small laugh. Her mother had not been impressed with Bryan when she'd first clapped eyes on him, and she'd lost no time relaying this opinion to her daughter. And, though Faline was hardly the vindictive sort, she imagined a most hilarious expression of utter, slack-jawed befuddlement crossing her mother's features at her lover's newfound destiny.

Her eyes turned glassy, however, when she recalled that she'd never be able to see that, nor have the satisfaction of whispering "I told you so" as her mother fawned over her grandchildren.

Some of her distress must've shown, for Bryan brought up one hand to caress her cheek, his expression turning apologetic.

"I'm sorry, I shouldn't have brought that up," he offered in recompense.

"No, no need," Faline contradicted. "I mean, I understand that she's…gone, but with everything that's been happening, I've had no chance to grieve."

Faline knew Bryan well enough to sense he'd make some self-depreciating comment about how he'd contributed to that fact, so she preempted him by pressing two fingers over his lips.

"Don't worry, the time will come," she assured. "I'm just glad I didn't lose my sisters too. I really don't think I could bear that."

"I'm glad too," Bryan replied, a wistful grin crossing his features a moment later. "It makes me wonder if I'd have been less lonely growing up if my parents had had other children. Of course, Skye has always been like a brother to me, but, since my father was always so busy with his shop, it was often so lonely at the house."

"At least you had your privacy," Faline snickered. "My whole house was probably the size of this room. And, with four people living there…well, use your imagination."

Bryan did, and he suddenly found himself reconsidering his earlier words.

"I see your point. I suppose I can't truly understand, since my father was able to provide for us well enough, but…"

"Oh Bryan, you had it rough too, you know. Just in a different way. I could tell that right from when we first met."

"Well, true. I'm just glad things eventually worked out for both of us."

"Hee hee, me too."

Faline then scooted closer to Bryan and let her lips meet with his once more. She wrapped her arms around his neck, being careful not to knock the food tray or orange juice over. Bryan let his arms caress Faline's waistline as their tongues probed one another's mouths. Within the next few moments, Bryan pulled away to let his lips seek Faline's neck, eliciting light moaning as he pressed kisses into the hallow of her throat. For a time, the two had forgotten about Bryan's food, the nobles that were still waiting for him, and the still lingering menace of Shigo and his rogue army. Suddenly, however, their moment of bliss came to a jarring end when the door abruptly opened again and a deep voice rang out.

"Ahem," Owen spoke up. By this time, Bryan had opened up the collar of Faline's tunic and his lips were exploring her collarbone. However, upon realizing they were no longer alone, the now blushing couple immediately separated.

"Huh? Aw, Dad!" Bryan protested, irritation adding several new shades of red to his cheeks. "You could've knocked, you know. You ruined the moment!"

"Actually, I did knock," Owen corrected, folding his arms and eyeing his son knowingly. "About four or five times, I might add."

"Uh… Oh."

"Indeed. Now just what were you two up to?"

"Huh? Nothing! Honest. We were just having a few minutes alone together, that's all."

"Yeah, there's nothing to worry about, Owen," Faline added in a perfect-little-angel sort of voice.

Owen was silent for a moment after hearing this, a wistful grin tugging at his features, but which became tarnished with conflict a moment later. After the visitation from his mother's shade the previous night, Bryan could readily guess what was happening in his father's mind. Like as not, the Grand Duke was torn between his desire to see his son happy, as Owen himself had been during his married life, and the knowledge that this romantic escapade could prove damaging to Bryan's image.

"I understand," Owen remarked feelingly after a pause. "Just so long as you know your limits right now. I heard some noises as I came to the door and I know you two ought to know better than to have any funny business going on at a time like this."

"Oh come on, Dad, really?" Bryan replied, unable to keep a touch of incredulity from his tone. "You know we're not that careless."

"Just being cautious is all. It's not that I'm against you both wanting time alone, it's just that now is not the time to be getting carried away."

"Yes, we understand. You are talking to the one leading the effort to save this country, you know."

"That's true. But it doesn't hurt to still be a father and make sure my son is the same boy I raised."

Bryan merely grumbled while Faline giggled.

"Fine…" Bryan uttered grumpily, conceding the point.

"Good," Owen replied. "Now I came to tell you that the nobles are all ready to meet with us to discuss this effort to save the country which you oh-so-modestly mentioned earlier. You'd best finish your meal and get dressed quickly."

"He's got a point, Bryan," Faline agreed, though with the barest hint of reluctance. "You don't want the breakfast I put so much effort into to get cold either."

"Yeah, yeah," Bryan retorted playfully.

"Heh, I thought that delicious-looking meal was your work, Faline," Owen commented with a smile. "I can see you're already taking good care of my son."

"Yep, that's right! You can count on me!" Faline replied, returning the gesture.

"Eh, heh…" Bryan murmured bashfully, resuming his meal in an almost crestfallen fashion.

Despite Faline's peerless culinary skills, embarrassed incredulity seemed to crowd out Bryan's sense of taste. Though the prince of Astryn could appreciate his father's logic, he hoped that the older Novat barging in on him like this would not become a recurring event. Bryan could not help but cringe at what the shade of his mother would have had to say, had she made another visitation at this moment.

That musing, however, jolted Bryan so soundly that his fork clattered to the floor.

"Oh, Dad!" he blurted, oblivious to the surprised stares that greeted him. "I nearly forgot. I need to talk to you for a minute."

"Oh?" Owen uttered, perplexity upsetting the sole syllable. "Can't it wait until later?"

"It could, but I really think that you'll want to hear this now. Trust me. You know neither of us remembered my middle name? I now know what it is. It's Casimir. It came from my grandfather, King Casimir. You should remember him, for he was Mother's and Aunt Marion's father."

Owen's eyes widened to an impossible breadth and his lower jaw plummeted halfway to the floor.

"…Wha—?!" he blurted, incoherent with befuddlement. "How did you—? Who—?"

"Mother told me," Bryan replied simply, underscoring just how far from "simple" the answer truly was.

"…Wait, what? But how could she have—?"

"I had a dream about her last night. And during it, I saw the day I was born. You know, I think it's best if I continue explaining once I'm dressed and finished eating. It's a long story."

"…W-Well, alright. I'll see you later then."

Though still looking shaken by his son's words, Owen somehow managed to gather himself and slowly departed the room. During the seemingly miles long trek to the door, his mind burned with confusion as he contemplated how Bryan could have dreamed what he'd claimed. He had seen his mother in the old portrait from the palace, but that was all he knew of her besides what Owen had told him. He had been far too young to remember her as she'd been when she was alive, he could not possibly remember the sound of her voice, or what she had looked like when he was born, or anything else of Caline. The memories had just been too painful for Owen to share, even after revealing his son's secret destiny.

And, yet, beneath his anguished confusion, was a glimmer of light that was somehow familiar and yet enigmatic all at once.

Could it be that, maybe, his late wife wasn't truly dead?

True, it had been many years since she was slain and interred, but, perhaps spiritually…she yet lived on in this world. The souls of the Saints who'd created the Miracle Stone yet lingered in amongst the living, discharging their duty to safeguard the powerful artifact, and Silver Arrow's spirit was reported to periodically migrate to the bodies of worthy heroes, the most recent of which being Skye. As he thought more of what his son had said, Owen grew more eager to hear Bryan's story. All he could do was wait in the hall for his son to be ready, passing one torturous minute after another.​
 
Last edited:
Please note: The thread is from 11 years ago.
Please take the age of this thread into consideration in writing your reply. Depending on what exactly you wanted to say, you may want to consider if it would be better to post a new thread instead.
Back
Top Bottom